2009 Manual of Motorcycle Sport

2009 Manual of Motorcycle Sport
3mm spine
2009
Manual of Motorcycle Sport
Leatt 014-08
Neck safety is not a luxury, it is a necessity
Photo:
olesky
Craig K
Photo: M
Moto GPX Sport
Full individual adjustability
Carbon bre
Photo: Sarah
ichael M
üller
Moto GPX Club
Full individual adjustability
Glass reinforced nylon
Gutiérrez
ADVenture™
Basic adjustability
Glass reinforced nylon
Does your neck protection system offer
biomechanically and race proven alternate
load path technology with published test
results and a forum discussion? If not, why?
© Leatt Corporation 2008
014-08 Oz Diff Ad.indd 1
For your nearest dealer contact:
Autofocus Tel: 07 5540 7189 Fax: 07 5540 7853
Website: www.leatt-brace.com.au
10/30/08 10:53:50 AM
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
Motorcycling Australia
2009 Manual of
Motorcycle Sport
Published annually since 1928
by Motorcycling Australia
ABN 83 057 830 083
147 Montague Street
South Melbourne 3205
Victoria Australia
Tel: 03 9684 0500
Fax: 03 9684 0555
email: mail@ma.org.au
website: www.ma.org .au
Motorcycling Australia is
the Australian affiliate of
the Fèdèration Internationale
de Motocyclisme.
This publication is available
electronically from:
www.ma.org.au
www.fim.ch
ISSN 1833-2609
2009. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the CEO.
njoy the ride
INTRODUCTION
enjoy the ride
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2009 EDITION
Welcome to the 2009 Manual of Motorcycle Sport, a publication designed to assist you in your riding
throughout the upcoming calendar year.
While the information in the 2009 MoMS is correct at the time of printing, things can – and often do change.
For this reason, we urge you to keep an eye on the dedicated MoMS page of our website: www.ma.org.au/
infobulletins and on our fortnightly e-Newsletters for information about any changes that may occur. You
can also download an on-line version of the Manual from: www.ma.org.au/manual.
2008 was a bumper year for motorcycle sport, not just in Australia but for Aussies competing on the World stage
- with Chad Reed, Troy Bayliss and Andrew Pitt all crowned World Champions in their respective disciplines.
The action wasn’t limited to those riding bikes, with many exciting developments happening off track as
well. MA launched an exciting Rider Safety campaign spearheaded by MotoGP rider Chris Vermeulen.
The campaign aired nationally on television, radio and in general and industry media, highlighting the
importance of staying safe while riding on our roads. Chris was keen to be involved in spreading a safety
message to all motorcycle riders, and sacrificed his own personal time to work with MA in delivering this
important message to the community.
MA has continued to develop in the last 12 months, with a number of staffing changes occurring at the head
office. Beginning in January a Communications Officer position was created and this was later followed by
an internal restructure. This saw the creation of several new positions, including the roles of: Reception /
Admin Assistant (part-time), a second Communications Officer and an Operations Manager.
The restructure has resulted in two new staff members joining the MA team in 2008, and now with a total of
14 employees MA is in a better position than ever to continue to develop and grow the sport of motorcycling
in Australia. A full list of MA staff members and position descriptions can be found on the MA website.
Throughout the year MA staff attended numerous events, ranging from various championship rounds, noncompetitive motorcycling events, development programs and AIS training camps. In total more than 100
visits were made by staff in 2008, covering a broad range of disciplines both here and abroad and many
other events in the motorcycling industry.
MA’s insurance subsidiary company, MA Insurance Limited, which was established in 2002, has continued to
provide comprehensive and secure coverage without having to experience the volatility of the conventional
insurance market each year.
It was also a big year for women competing in motorcycle sport, with Kristy Gillespie winning the Australian
Women’s Motocross Championship, the first time an Australian woman has won the title since its inception
in 2006. MA also announced that there would be two girls only classes at the 2008 Australian Junior
Motocross Championship and more than $10,000 in grants were allocated to selected female riders to
assist them in getting to the West Australian event.
Our commitment to the development of the sport saw MA facilitate four Australian Institute of Sport training
camps throughout the year covering most of the sport’s disciplines. This included a women’s-only multidiscipline training camp. In addition to the AIS camps a MA level two coaching program was held as well
as a speedway training school run by World Championship Speedway rider, Leigh Adams.
Junior riders also had a big year in 2008, with five Wildcard entries into the 125cc class at the MotoGP. Jed
Metcher became the first Aussie in recent history to finish in the top-20 of the 125cc race at the GP from a
Wildcard entry. MA also announced that it would be sending a team of young Aussie riders to compete at
the 2009 World Junior Motocross Championship to be held at Taupo, New Zealand, on 15-16 August.
The Riders’ Division continued to grow in 2008, with a steady increase in members throughout the year
and an increase to the range and level of member discount benefits. MA is working with Governments,
other rider groups and with individuals to improve motorcyclist safety and to defend Riders’ rights.
4
Midway through 2008, MA was made a Rider Representative on the Federal Motorcycle Safety Consultative
Committee to represent riders’ rights as the sole affiliate of the FIM in Australia. For more information on
the Riders’ Division and how MA is working to protect riders’ rights, check out the rear section of this
manual or go to: www.ma.org.au/riders.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
INTRODUCTION
Back on the bike, our Aussie riders blitzed the field with three new World Champions crowned.
Troy Bayliss farewelled the racing scene and Australian fans saw him ride to victory at Phillip Island for
the last time, on the way to securing his third World Title at the 2008 World Superbike Championship.
Meanwhile Andrew Pitt won his second World Supersport Title and Chad Reed battled injury to take the
World Supercross Title for a second time.
Not to be out-done, MotoGP rider Casey Stoner tried valiantly to defend his 2007 crown however was
forced to settle for second place while fellow Aussie Chris Vermeulen finished in eighth place and Brendan
Roberts was victorious in the World Superstock class.
Australia was well represented in Speedway with Jason Crump finishing second in the World Speedway
Championship and compatriot Leigh Adams coming in sixth place. Meanwhile young-gun, Chris Holder,
came second in the 2008 World Under 21 Speedway Championship.
Stefan Merriman was also a strong performer on the world stage, wrapping up the 2008 World Enduro
Championship in fifth place and was Australia’s strongest competitor at the 2008 ISDE finishing in seventh
position outright.
A number of our top Aussie riders pulled on the green and gold to represent their country in team events to
great success with numerous top 10 finishes. As always a strong contingent of Australian riders took part in
the International Six Day Enduro with our Junior World Trophy Team finishing an impressive second place,
while the World Trophy Team came in sixth at the event.
In the 2008 Motocross of Nations we saw three of Australia’s top Motocross riders take to the track finishing
in sixth place, while the Australian Team, competing at the 2008 Speedway World Cup, finished in a
credible fourth place. At the 2008 Trials des Nations the Aussie team finished a strong third in the B Grade
and, for the first time, a women’s team also competed in the event finishing in sixth place overall.
Still overseas and Aussie rider Cameron Donald put in a spectacular effort at the Isle of Mann TT in May
and June, with victory in the Dainese Superbike and Scottish Life International Superstock classes.
Back on home soil and a number of new Australian Champions took their place in the history books.
In the 2008 Australian Superbike Championship it was Glenn Allerton who took out the Superbike class
with Jamie Stauffer victorious in Supersport. The Australian Motocross Championship saw three new
Aussie Champions crowned with Jay Marmont winning the Pro Opens, Luke George riding to victory in the
Pro Lites and Tye Simmonds taking out the Under 19’s Title.
Still on Motocross and 2008 saw Meghan Rutledge take out the two inaugural girls-only classes at the
2008 Australian Junior Motocross Championship while Daniel Shrimp took out the 250cc 15 years class.
On the Speedway scene Chris Holder backed up his international efforts by winning the 2008 Australian
Speedway Championship and the Under 21 Aussie Speedway title, while Angus Reekie swept the Supermoto
Title. 2008 was also a massive year for Chris Hollis, finishing 16th overall in the ISDE and winning both the
Australian Off Road Championship and the 2008 Australian Four Day Enduro outright - an impressive feat.
The top three results in each of the 2008 Australian Championship classes can be found by turning to the
Motorcycling Australia 2008 Champions List, starting on page 24.
It was a great year to be a part of motorcycling in Australia, and as holiday celebrations wrap up we look
forward to 2009, which promises to be an even bigger and better year on the Australian Motorcycling
scene.
On behalf of the Board of Motorcycling Australia, we wish you all the best in 2009.
Ron Kivovitch
President
Motorcycling Australia is proudly supported by
the Australian Sports Commission
David White
Chief Executive Officer
5
enjoy the ride
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2008 EDITION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 4
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 14
AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 16
A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA STRUCTURE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 20
2008 AUSTRALIAN MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 30
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEDIA GUIDE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 32
THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 36
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Immediate Rule Changes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission ..
Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 38
. 38
. 40
. 41
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
JURISDICTION .. .. .. ..
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. ..
Purpose of Rules . .. .. ..
Repeal of Current GCRs ..
By - Laws . .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 42
. 42
. 43
. 43
. 43
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
ADMINISTRATION .. .. .. .. ..
The Controlling Bodies. .. .. ..
Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Sports Development Levy .. ..
Sports Development Account ..
Officials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 45
. 45
. 45
. 46
. 46
. 46
3.1
3.1.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
LICENSING . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing Requirements .. .. .. .. ..
Licence Types and Activity Eligibility
Licensing - General . .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing - Seniors .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing - Juniors .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing - Entrants . .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing - Speedway Mechanics ..
Licence Issuing and Renewals .. ..
Junior Coaching Program .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 51
. 51
. 52
. 53
. 53
. 53
. 54
. 54
. 55
. 55
4.1
4.2
4.3
COMPETITIONS . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
The Promotion and Conduct of Competitions ..
Offences .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 56
. 56
. 56
. 60
2
3
4
5
5.1
6 5.2
..
..
..
..
..
PROTESTS AND APPEALS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 65
Protests .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 65
Appellate Bodies .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 66
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.3
Appeals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 66
6.1
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 68
MA Hearing Guidelines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 68
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Creation of Commissions. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Structure of the Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Structure of the Standing Committees and Special Sub-Committees .
Objectives of the Commissions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Commission Terms of Reference. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
8.1
NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 72
Coaching Background.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 72
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME .
Officials Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Levels of Accreditation. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Officials Licensing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
National Officials Sub-Committee Guidelines .. .. .. ..
State Officials Review Panel Guidelines .. .. .. .. .. ..
6
7
8
9
10
10.4
11
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 70
. 70
. 70
. 70
. 70
. 71
. 74
. 74
. 74
. 75
. 75
. 75
NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 76
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 77
ANTI-DOPING POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Anti- Doping Background . .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.1
Anti-Doping Policy Responsibilities.. .. ..
11.2
Anti-Doping Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.3
MA’s Position on Doping .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.4
Anti-Doping Policy Application . .. .. .. ..
11.5
Anti-Doping Policy Obligations. .. .. .. ..
11.6
Definition of Doping.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.7
Proof of Doping .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.8
Anti-Doping Rule Violations . .. .. .. .. ..
11.9
Anti-Doping Prohibited List .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.10 Therapeutic Use .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.11 Anti-Doping Testing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.12 Retirement and Return to Competition ..
11.13 New Members .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.14 Anti-Doping Sample Analysis .. .. .. .. ..
11.14.1 Anti-Doping Investigations .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.15 Anti-Doping Result Management .. .. ..
11.16 Anti-Doping Hearings .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.17 Anti-Doping Sanctions . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.18 Doping- Consequences to Teams .. .. ..
11.19 Anti-Doping Appeals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.20 Anti-Doping Violations Ouside of ADP . ..
11.21 Anti-Doping Confidentiality and Reporting
11.22 Interpretation of the Code .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 78
. 78
. 78
. 80
. 81
. 81
. 81
. 82
. 82
. 82
. 82
. 82
. 83
. 83
. 84
. 84
. 84
. 84
. 86
. 86
. 87
. 87
. 87
. 87
. 88
7
enjoy the ride
TABLE OF CONTENTS
11.23
11.24
11.25
11.26
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 88
. 88
. 90
. 90
12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11
12.12
12.13
12.14
12.15
12.16
12.17
ALL DISCIPLINES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Application of Chapter.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fees- All Disciplines. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines – Formulae for Calculation of Capacities and Classes ..
Measurement - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Number Plates- All Disciplines . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Radio Communication.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel-All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions -All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Starts and Finishes - All Disciplines . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Stopping Events- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Flags and Signals- All DiscipliNes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Scoring- All Disciplines. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Change of Machine During a Competition - All Disciplines .. .. ..
Junior Competition Rules - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Junior Capacity Classes - All Disciplines . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
. 91
. 91
. 91
. 91
. 91
. 92
. 93
. 95
. 95
. 97
. 98
100
101
101
102
102
102
104
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS .. .. ..
MA Events .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protocols .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Championship Medallions and Trophies ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
106
106
106
110
14
2008 IN PICTURES. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 112
15
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
15.8
15.9
15.10
15.11
15.12
15.13
15.14
15.15
15.16
8 15.17
Anti-Doping Miscellaneous .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Alcohol Breath Testing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Alcohol Blood Testing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
ADP Appendix- Anti-Doping Code Prohibited List
ROAD RACING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Road Racing ..
Frames and Parts - Road Racing ..
Engines - Road Racing .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Road Racing .. ..
Fuel - Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Superbikes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Supersport .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Superstock 600 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Superstock 1000 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
125cc GP Class .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
250 GP Mono .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Formula One Sidecars . .. .. .. .. ..
Formula Two Sidecars . .. .. .. .. ..
Yamaha FZ6 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Junior Competition Eligibility .. .. ..
Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc. .. ..
Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
114
114
115
116
116
116
116
118
120
121
123
123
124
127
129
130
130
131
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.18
15.19
15.20
15.21
15.22
15.23
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
131
132
132
133
133
138
HISTORIC ROAD RACING . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
An Overview. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Historic Road Racing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Categories and Classes- Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Historic Road Racing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility - Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Requirements- Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Requirements - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars ..
Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing -Sidecars & Cyclecars ..
Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars .
Fuel- Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Historic Road Racing Championships .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
139
139
139
140
140
140
141
142
143
143
144
145
145
145
17
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
17.9
17.10
17.11
17.12
17.13
17.14
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Motocross and Supercross.
Frames and Parts - Motocross and Supercross ..
Noise Emissions - Motocross and Supercross ..
Fuel- Motocross and Supercross . .. .. .. .. .. ..
Senior Classes- Motocross and Supercross .. ..
Junior Classes- Motocross and Supercross .. ..
Competitor Grading- Motocross and Supercross.
Competition Rules - All Ages and Classes .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Freestyle Motocross .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Fast 50’s .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Motocross Championships.. .. .. .. ..
Australian Junior Motocross Championships .. ..
Australian Supercross Championship .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
146
146
146
147
148
148
148
148
148
149
150
151
152
154
154
18.
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
18.9
18.10
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Machine Requirements- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track . .. .. .. ..
Machine And Class Identification- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .
Frames and Parts -Solo - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. ..
Engines - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Tables of Accepted Machines- Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Sidecars - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track . ..
Engines - Sidecars - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track . .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility - Classic Long Track . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
156
156
156
157
157
157
158
158
162
163
164
16
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
16.9
16.10
16.11
16.12
Protective Clothing – Minimoto .. ..
Frames and Parts - Minimoto .. .. ..
Engines - Minimoto .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Road Bike Freestyle. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Road Racing ..
Australian Superbike Championship
TABLE OF CONTENTS
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
9
enjoy the ride
TABLE OF CONTENTS
18.11
18.12
18.13
18.14
Frames and Parts - Classic Long Track .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Motocross and Dirt Track
Australian Classic Motocross Championship ..
Australian Classic Dirt Track Championship ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
164
164
164
164
19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
19.6
19.7
19.8
19.9
19.10
19.11
19.12
19.13
19.14
19.15
SPEEDWAY. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Speedway .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines – Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines - Junior Speedway . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Rider Identification- Speedway .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes- Junior Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
250cc Intermediate Speedway. .. .. .. .. .. ..
350cc Solo Speedway . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Speedway Championships . .. .. ..
Australian Teams Championships -Speedway.
Test Matches- Speedway. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
World Championship Selection - Speedway ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
165
165
166
171
172
173
174
174
174
174
174
175
179
182
184
185
20
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5
20.6
20.7
20.8
20.9
20.10
DIRT TRACK .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Dirt Track . .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. ..
Machine and Rider Identification - Dirt Track
Fuel - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Junior Classes - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Senior Classes - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Dirt Track . .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Dirt Track Championship. .. .. ..
Australian Junior Dirt Track Championships
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
186
186
186
187
188
188
188
188
189
189
190
21
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
21.5
21.6
21.7
21.8
21.9
21.10
TRACK .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Track Machines .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Motocross or Enduro Machines.
Frames and Parts - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Track - Junior .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Junior Track Championships .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Senior Track Championships . .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
191
191
192
193
194
194
195
195
195
195
196
22
22.1
10 22.2
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
QUADS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 197
Protective Clothing - Quads . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 197
Footware in Pits .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 197
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
22.3
22.4
22.5
22.6
22.7
Frames and Parts- Quads .. .. .. ..
Engines- Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel - Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes and Age Groups- Quads .. ..
Competition Rules - Quads .. .. .. ..
TABLE OF CONTENTS
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 197
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 198
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 198
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 198
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 199
23
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23.6
23.7
23.8
MOTO-TRIALS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Moto-Trials. .. ..
Classes and Grades – Moto-Trials .. ..
Frames and Parts - Moto-Trials .. .. ..
Fuel- Moto-Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Sidecar - Moto-Trials .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules – Moto-Trials .. .. ..
Australian Moto-Trials Championships
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
200
200
200
201
201
201
202
202
205
24
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
24.5
24.6
24.7
24.7
SUPERMOTO . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Supermoto . .. ..
Frames and Parts- Supermoto. .. .. ..
Engines- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions - Supermoto.. .. .. ..
Fuel- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Capacity Classes- Supermoto . .. .. ..
Competition Rules- Supermoto .. .. ..
Australian Supermoto Championship ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
206
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
209
25
25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
25.5
25.6
25.7
25.8
25.9
25.10
25.11
25.12
25.13
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Enduro and Reliability Trials
Frames and Parts - Enduro and Reliability Trials.
Noise Emissions- Enduro and Reliability Trials ..
Fuel- Enduro and Reliability Trials .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules- Enduro and Reliability Trials.
Competition Rules -Junior Enduro .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian 4 Day Enduro Championships .. .. ..
The Course – A4DE . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Preliminary Examination- A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Publication of Results- A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
A4DE Awards .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Cross Country .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Off-Road Championships .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
210
210
211
211
211
211
219
219
220
221
221
222
223
224
26
26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
26.5
26.6
26.7
MINIKHANA. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Introduction .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Minikhana .. ..
Frames and Parts- Minikhana .. .. ..
Engines- Minikhana . .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes and Categories- Minikhana
Competition Rules- Minikhana . .. ..
Courses- Minikhana . .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
227
227
227
227
228
228
229
231
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
11
enjoy the ride
TABLE OF CONTENTS
27
27.1
27.2
27.3
27.4
27.5
27.6
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION .. .. ..
Alternative Activities . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues - Alternative Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Permits - Alternative Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Supplementary Regulations- Alternative Activities ..
Licensing of Competitors - Alternative Activities .. ..
Technical Specifications - Alternative Activities .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
28
28.1
28.2
28.3
28.4
28.5
28.6
28.7
28.8
RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY.. .. .. ..
Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Controlling Bodies- Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. ..
Officials – Recreational Activities . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues – Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
The Promotion And Conduct of Recreational Activity ..
Permits – Recreational Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Entries .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Licensing of Participants .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
239
239
239
239
239
239
239
240
240
29
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 241
APPENDIX 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 243
29.1.1 Approval Labels For Helmets .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 243
Helmet Fitting Guide .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 244
APPENDIX 2
MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 245
APPENDIX 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY . .. .. ..
1.
Purpose of this Member Protection Policy .. .. ..
2.
Who this Member Protection Policy Applies to: ..
3.
Code of Conduct .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
4.
Organisational Responsibilities .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
5.
Individual Responsibilities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
6.
Policy Position Statements .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
7.
Member Protection Policy - Screening. .. .. .. ..
8.
Member Protection Information Officers (MPIOs)
9.
Child Abuse Procedures .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
10.
Complaints Procedures .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
11.
Breaches of This Member Protection Policy .. ..
12.
Forms of Discipline .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
13.
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Attachment A - Code of Conduct .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Attachment B - Member Protection Declaration .. .. .. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
251
251
251
251
251
252
252
254
255
255
255
256
256
257
259
260
APPENDIX 4- PRIVACY REGULATION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 261
APPENDIX 5- OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 263
APPENDIX 6- ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 263
12
! "# "#
enjoy the ride
MA INFORMATION
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
Chief Executive Officer
Operations Manager
Finance & Administration Manager
Riders’ Division Manager
Commissions & Committees Manager
Risk and Compliance Manager
Communications Officer
Communications Officer
Accounts & Administration
Events and Sport Development
National Development Officer
PA to the CEO
International Teams Officer
Address
Postal
Phone
Fax
Web
PERSONNEL
David White
ceo@ma.org.au
Andrew Weiss
operations@ma.org.au
Jamie Nind
finance@ma.org.au
Dan Rotman
riders@ma.org.au
Ross Martin
commissions@ma.org.au
Amit Oberoi
compliance@ma.org.au
Erin Lagoudakis
communications@ma.org.au
Paul Fink
websiteofficer@ma.org.au
Kellie Forty
accounts@ma.org.au
Sam Ryan
events@ma.org.au
Asher Newton
development@ma.org.au
Kipley Firth
pa@ma.org.au
Sian Smith (part-time)
teams@ma.org.au
147 Montague Street, South Melbourne, VIC 3205
PO Box 134South Melbourne, VIC 3205
+61 (03) 9684 0500
+61 (03) 9684 0555
www.ma.org.au
OFFICE BEARERS
President
Ron Kivovitch
Vice President
Steve Foody
Patron
The Hon. Tony Street
Auditor
Terrence Jasper & Associates
National Director of Coaching
Stephen Gall
Chief Medical Officer
Dr Carl Le
COUNCILLORS
New South Wales Christine Tickner
Northern Territory Ian Jordan
Queensland Allan Halley
South Australia Ivan Golding
Tasmania Peter Kitto
Victoria Darryl Hiddle
Western Australia Paul Foster
14
Tony Street
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Ron Kivovitch President
Stephen Foody Vice- President
Lyal Allen
Les Thomas
Beach Thomas
Ron Kivovitch
Stephen Foody
Les Thomas
David White
Beach Thomas
Lyal Allen
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA INFORMATION
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
COMMISSIONS (Chairman - bolded)
Road Racing
Motocross/
Supercross
David Noice
Phil Tainton
John Redding
David Bancell
John Inkster
(2009)
(2010)
(2009)
(2009)
(2008)
Historic Road Racing
Peter Shires
Alan Warner
John Simms
Dave Morgan
(2009)
(2009)
(2010)
(2008)
Robert Mestrom
Kevin Mortimer
John Tisdale
Mark Luksich
Paul Foster
(2009)
(2010)
(2010)
(2009)
(2008)
Classic Motocross
& Classic Dirt Track
David Tanner
Shane Fraser
Stewart Muntz
(2009)
(2010)
(2009)
Michael Poole
Ivan Golding
Jane Collier
Rod Colquhoun
(2009)
(2010)
(2008)
(2008)
Kevin McDonald
Derek Rumble
(2009)
(2010)
(2008)
(2009)
Collin Jennings
Ron Goggin
Tim Shearer
Denise Hore
(2009)
(2010)
(2009)
(2008)
Moto-Trials
Bob McGlinchy
Trevor Bennett
Colin Scott
(2010)
(2009)
(2009)
Braxton Laine
TBA
Cameron Scheuber
(2009)
(2008)
(2010)
Womens
Jennifer Ballard
Fiona Collins
Lynn Long
Tania Millard
Jacqui Beattie
(2010)
(2009)
(2009)
(2009)
(2008)
Officials
Andrew Graham
Lorraine Bunt
Peter Bell
Darral Holman
Speedway
Enduro
Junior Sport &
Development
Dirt Track
Track, Supermoto
& Quad
COMMITTEES
Coaching
Lyndon Heffernan
Rod Jenner
Ian Willis
Stephen Gall
JudicialLegal Members
Richard Lawson
John Urquhart
JudicialMotorcycle Members
Ross Earl
Dale Wyatt
Ralph Freeman
Environment
Darryl Hiddle
Dan Seketa
Peter Sparshott
Andrew Graham
Heritage and Museum
Lindsay Urqhart
Mick Pettifer
Jim Scaysbrook
Peter Drakeford
Ian Hopkins
Motorcycling Australia
Enduro Commission 2008
L to R
Tim Shearer
Colin Jennings
Ron Goggin
Denise Hore
1515
MA INFORMATION
enjoy the ride
AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES
MOTORCYCLING NEW SOUTH WALES
CEO Daniel Gatt
President Christine Tickner
Address 67 High Street,
Harris Park, NSW 2150
Postal PO Box 9172,
Harris Park, NSW 2150
Phone +61 (02) 9635 9177
Fax +61 (02) 9635 5277
Email mnsw@motorcycling.com.au
Web www.motorcycling.com.au
MOTORCYCLING QUEENSLAND
General Manager Lindsay Granger
President Allan Halley
Address 2/8 Gordon Street
Ipswich, Qld 4305
Postal PO Box 2072
North Ipswich, Qld 4305
Phone +61 (07) 3281 2255
Fax +61 (07) 3812 2742
E-mail info@mqld.org.au
Web www.mqld.org.au
MOTORCYCLING WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Executive Director Rick Gill
President Paul Foster
Postal Address 25/168, Guildford Road
Maylands, WA 6051
Address 46 Seventh Ave, Maylands WA.
Phone +61 (08) 9371 5333
Fax +61 (08) 9371 5311
Email mail@motorcyclingwa.org.au
Web www.motorcyclingwa.org.au
MOTORCYCLING SOUTH AUSTRALIA
General Manager Rob Bauman
President Ivan Golding
Address 251 The Parade
Beulah Park, SA 5067
Phone +61 (08) 8332 9000
Fax +61 (08) 8332 9100
Email administration@motorcyclingsa.org.au
Web www.motorcyclingsa.org.au
16
MOTORCYCLING VICTORIA
General Manager TBA
President Darryl Hiddle
Address 10 Hilton Street
Clifton Hill, Vic 3068
Postal PO Box 414
Clifton Hill, Vic 3068
Phone +61 (03) 9482 5422
Fax +61 (03) 9482 5488
Email info@motorcyclingvic.com.au
Web www.motorcyclingvic.com.au
MOTORCYCLING TASMANIA
Administrator Fred Bessell
President Peter Kitto
Postal PO Box 270
Latrobe, Tas 7307
Phone +61 (03) 6426 1988
Fax +61 (03) 6426 1988
E-mail mtas@southcom.com.au
Web www.mtas.org.au
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY
Manager Ian Jordan
President Ian Jordan
Address 35 Menaja Road
Howard Springs, NT 0835
Postal PO Box 154, Howard Springs NT 0835
Phone +61 (08) 8983 2200
Fax +61 (08) 8983 2200
E-mail mant@bigpond.com
Web www.mant.org.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA INFORMATION
A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
Subsequently, in late 1992, the name Motorcycling
Australia replaced ACCA to reflect a more modern
and progressive image, and to ensure easy
identification with motorcycling sport. A new logo
was introduced at the same time, to match the
improved image.
In 1928, the Auto Cycle Council of Australia (ACCA) was
formed to represent the interests of motorcycle clubs
and State associations at a National level. The ACCA
would eventually become Motorcycling Australia, the
representative body for motorcycle racing in Australia.
But organised motorcycle sport was established many
years before the ACCA. Speedway racing was the first
form of motorcycle competition to be organised as a
professional sport. John Hoskins has been credited with
presenting Speedway to the world, when he conducted
the first meetings at the West Maitland Showgrounds
(NSW) in 1923. His efforts laid the foundation for future
Australian successes in World Championships.
ACCA held biennial National conferences until 1972,
when they became annual affairs. Delegates from
each State Controlling Body (SCB) participated at
the conferences. These high-level gatherings had the
primary purpose of updating the General Competition
Rules (GCRs) and determining future directions of the
sport.
In 1975, ACCA moved to International recognition
by affiliating with the Fédération Internationale de
Motocyclisme (FIM).
By the 1980s, motorcycle sport was no longer an
amateur business and it was becoming unfeasible
to operate in the traditional way. In 1989, the ACCA
established a permanent office in Melbourne, staffed by
a full-time administrator and assistant. By 1991, a new
full-time National Executive Director was appointed,
replacing the administrator. It was clear that the
organisation had to change with the times and provide
the professionalism demanded by modern sport.
A full-time National Development Officer was
appointed in early 1993, reflecting the growth of
the sport and the organisation’s commitment to
support and encourage that growth. At the 1993
annual conference, there was an overwhelming
vote in favour of change for the long-term benefit
of the sport, including plans for restructuring the
organisation.
The following year, at the Annual conference, the
Council approved a restructuring of the organisation.
National Commissions were established and
Commissioners appointed for each branch of the sport.
Each Commission was responsible for rule changes
and the national development of its discipline. Special
Sub-committees, responsible for the business aspect of
the sport, were also established. In 1998, the Northern
Territory was formally admitted as a member.
At the 2000 Annual conference in Hobart, a new
constitution was adopted which empowered an
independent Board of Directors. Councillors were
reduced to one from each State. In the same year a
Motorsport Manager was appointed to administer
Australian championships. That role would eventually
become that of Sport and Development Manager,
merging the duties of National Development Officer and
Motorsport Manager into one role. In 2001, Motorcycling
Australia appointed a Media Manager and in late 2002,
a new role of General Manager was created, replacing
that of Operations Manager.
Motorcycling Australia established its own Public
Liability insurance arm- Motorcycling Australia
Insurance Limited (MAIL) in 2003 to free the sport from
the volatility of the public insurance market.
Today, the organisation has in excess of 21,000
competitors, more than 350 affiliated clubs, and over
3000 registered officials.
Motorcycling Australia will continue to serve its
members and the motorcycle sport community, to
ensure the healthy future of motorcycle sport.
1717
enjoy the ride
MA STRUCTURE
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA STRUCTURE
Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of
motorcycle sport in Australia.
States and Territories except the ACT. These are listed
on page 14.
In any sport, it is essential to have rules regulating its
conduct. This is particularly so in the case of motorcycling,
where safety is vital for participants and spectators.
MA’s National Council is made up of one delegate from
each SCB, usually the SCB President. The Council elects
4 Directors to the MA Board, which in turn appoints 2
independent Directors.
This book of rules, referred to as the GCRs, the Rule
Book, sometimes ‘The Bible’ and MoMS variously, forms
the basis of a contract between the regulating bodies of
the sport and those who participate in it, namely licence
holders, promoters and the clubs.
Our rules must be fair, they must confer on officials a
clearly defined discretion to ensure that they are applied
fairly, and must be observed by all. As the technology of
our sport is constantly changing and developing so must
our rules adapt to change.
MA’s core business
MA’s core business is to develop and apply the rules and
regulations of the sport and represent you, our 25,000
members Australia-wide.
MA operates within the framework of local, State and
Commonwealth Government legislation and regulations
and is affiliated with the international governing body,
Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM), based
in Geneva, Switzerland.
MA is a Federation with seven voting members,
comprising State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) from all
MA’s has a full-time National Office in Melbourne as do
most of the SCBs around Australia. All are available to
help keen riders enjoy their sport to the full.
Responsibilities
In addition to electing the Board, the MA National Council
is responsible for policy development and strategic
direction.
The MA Board is responsible for implementing and
reviewing the adopted Strategic Plan, governance and
appointing suitable people to join Commissions and
Committees.
The CEO is employed to manage the organisation.
Commissions are mainly discipline-specific and exist
to develop recommendations for the management of a
particular area of the sport. They have been established
across the spectrum of motorcycle sport, including Road
Racing, Motocross & Supercross, Speedway & Track,
Enduro, Moto Trials, Classic Motocross, Historic Road
Racing, Dirt Track, Juniors and Women.
To find out more about the Commissions and Commitees
see page 66
Administration of the sport
Motorcycle sport is administered under the doctrine of
“Relevant Controlling Bodies”.
The FIM is responsible for international competitions, MA
for Australian Championships and series, and the SCBs
control state and club competitions. Although each SCB
is autonomous and incorporated in its own State, both
MA and SCBs have a mutual reliance for the efficient
management of the sport.
MA and the SCBs administer all competitions under
common rules and the SCBs have delegated authority
to licence competitions, venues and control the sport at
State/Territory level.
18
Together with their organisational roles, MA and SCBs
are concerned with the well-being of riders, officials,
venue and track standards, risk management, all
aspects of safety, the administration of safe, free and fair
competition in accordance with the principles of natural
justice and the development of the sport in Australia.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA STRUCTURE
Clubs
Clubs are the smallest, but one of the most important
units of organistation in our sport.
They often provide the face-to-face contact that
encourages people to join motorcycle sport. They have
also traditionally provided a social aspect which makes
our sport, in particular one which attracts people and
often keeps them involved for entire lifetimes.
Competitors
Competitors are the life-blood of Motorcycling Australia.
Without your involvement and enthusiasm, there would
be no sport.
MA has sought to recognise this vital contribution that
competitors bring to motorcycling by creating a Member
Benefits program that competitors can use to reduce the
cost of participating in the sport.
By arranging discounts on accommodation, car and
truck hire, bike transport, tyres, accessories, protective
clothing, etc, we hope to encourage new competitors to
join our sport, and older competitors to continue to take
part.
Volunteers
Competitors, administrators, spectators, sponsors and
government authorities are all important elements of the
successful running of a sport. One of the most overlooked
groups – volunteers – is of fundamental importance.
Volunteers fulfill the majority of roles and responsibilities
in the function of every day motorcycle sport. The many
organisations delivering sport and recreation services and
the volunteers that create and sustain these organisations
make a vital contribution to the needs of the community.
involvement in motorcycle sport.
We would encourage anyone interested in becoming
involved in motorcycle sport to contact a club.
Rider’s Division
Until recently, MA existed solely as the governing body
of motorcycle sport in Australia.
Motorcycling Australia saw the need for a national body
that was relevant to all motorcyclists, so we created the
Rider’s Division as part of a plan to become the peak
motorcycling organisation in the country.
The Riders’ Division is not only a reason for non-racing
motorcyclists to be a part of Motorcycling Australia. It is
also another reason for members to get on their bikes- to
enjoy the ride.
Members of the Riders’ Division get not only access to
Member Benefits, but also increasingly, tours, rides and
rallies to enjoy.
There’s more about the Riders’ Division at the back of
this book
Without volunteer support, our sport would
not exist. It is also true that the volunteers
receive the least recognition or reward for
their time and effort. Competitors enjoy
the excitement of competition and the
opportunity to win prizes; Sponsors receive
increased recognition for their brand or
product; and a professional administrator or
Promoter can realise a profit.
Volunteers do it for the love of the sport,
so we acknowledge the contribution that
you make to motorcycle sport in Australia
and greatly appreciate your time and effort
given.
All our volunteers have access to the full
range of Member Benefits at no cost to them. It’s another
way that we recognise volunteers’ cricial contribution to
our success.
MA and the SCBs conduct courses in Officiating and
Coaching and have support services to assist volunteer
19
enjoy the ride
MA HALL OF FAME
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS
1936
1938
1951-1952
1957
1961
1969
1979/1981
1983
1987
1992
1994-1998
1995
1996/2005
1997
1997
2000
2000/2002
2001
2001
2001
2001
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2006
2006
2007
2008
2008
2008
Lionel Van Praag
Bluey Wilkinson
Jack Young
Keith Campbell
Tom Phillis
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
Steve Baker
Wayne Gardner
Leigh Adams
Michael Doohan
Jason Crump
Troy Corser
Shane Watts
Peter Goddard
Stefan Merriman
Warwick Nowland
Troy Bayliss
Andrew Pitt
Heinz Platacis
Stefan Merriman
Stefan Merriman
Chad Reed
Chris Vermeulen
Karl Muggeridge
Stefan Merriman
Jason Crump
Jason Crump
Troy Bayliss
Casey Stoner
Chad Reed
Troy Bayliss
Andrew Pitt
Andrew Pitt
20
AUSTRALIAN WORLD CHAMPIONS
Speedway
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc)
Road Racing (125cc)
Road Racing (250cc)
Road Racing (Formula TT)
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Road racing (Superbikes)
Enduro (125cc)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Enduro (250cc)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Enduro (400cc)
Enduro (250cc)
Supercross (250cc)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Enduro E1 (125cc 2T v 250 4T)
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (Moto GP)
Supercross
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Brendan Roberts
Casey Stoner
Chad Reed
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA HALL OF FAME
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS
Bluey Wilkinson
Jack Young
Keith Campbell
Tom Phillis
Barry Smith
Steve Baker
Wayne Gardner
Heinz Platacis
Michael Doohan
Stefan Merriman
Troy Bayliss
Troy Corser
Shane Watts
Peter Goddard
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
Kel Carruthers
2121
enjoy the ride
MA HALL OF FAME
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
22
1961
1964
1968
1970
1978-1979
1983
1986/1988
1989
1991-1992
1995
1995
1996
2001
2001-2003/2005
2002
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2007
2008
2008
2008
2008
SECOND PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Tom Phillis
Road Racing (250cc)
Jack Ahearn
Road Racing (500cc)
Jack Findlay
Road Racing (500cc)
Kel Carruthers
Road Racing (250cc and 350cc)
Gregg Hansford
Road Racing (250cc)
Billy Sanders
Speedway
Wayne Gardner
Road Racing (500cc)
Jeff Leisk
Motocross (500cc)
Michael Doohan
Road Racing (500cc)
Daryl Beattie
Road Racing (500cc)
Troy Corser
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Ryan Sullivan
Speedway (under 21)
Chad Reed
Motocross (250cc)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Troy Bayliss
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Broc Parkes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (250cc)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro E2 (250cc 2T v 450cc 4T)
Jake Stapleton
Enduro (Junior)
Kevin Curtain
Road Racing (Supersport)
Chris Vermeulen
Road Racing (Superbike)
Andrew McFarlane
Motocross MX2 (125cc 2T v 250cc 4T)
Kevin Curtain
Road Racing (Supersport)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Leigh Adams
Speedway
Chad Reed
Supercross
Broc Parkes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Chris Holder
Speedway (under 21)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Chris Holder
Speedway (under 21)
Troy Corser
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Steve Martin
Road Racing (Endurance)
1936
1950
1951
1954
1958
1959
1966
1968
1968-1969
1973
1976
1978-1979
1980
1990
1990
1991
1991-1992
1993
1994
1994
1995
1996
1998
2002
2005
2006
Bluey Wilkinson
Graham Warren
Jack Biggs
Ken Kavanagh
Aub Lawson
Bob Brown
Jack Findlay
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
John Dodds
Phil Crump
Gregg Hansford
Billy Sanders
Michael Doohan
Todd Wiltshire
Jason Lyons
Rob Phillis
Daryl Beattie
Jason Crump
Craig Boyce
Ryan Sullivan
Shane Watts
Troy Corser
Ryan Sullivan
Leigh Adams
Stefan Merriman
THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Speedway
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc and 500cc)
Road Racing (500cc)
Road Racing (350cc)
Road Racing (50cc)
Road Racing (250cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Speedway
Speedway (under 21)
Enduro (250cc)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Speedway
Speedway
Enduro E2
Jack Findlay
Chris Holder
Aub Lawson
Gregg Hansford
Ryan Sullivan
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA HALL OF FAME
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2008
1974
1976
1990
1994
1995
1998
1999
1999
2001
2006
2007
2007
2008
THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
ISDE (Enduro E2)
Road Racing (Endurance
Speedway
Road Racing (Endurance)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Road Racing (Supersport)
AUSTRALIAN TEAMS
Pairs Speedway
Team Speedway (Phil Crump, Billy Sanders, Phil Hearne, John Boulger)
Pairs Speedway
ISDE Junior Trophy
ISDE Junior Trophy (Ian Cunningham, Shane Watts, Shawn Reed Jamie Cunningham)
ISDE World Trophy
ISDE Junior Trophy
Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan Jason Lyons, Todd Wiltshire)
ISDE World Trophy
Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Craig Boyce,
Jason Lyons)
Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Jason Lyons)
Team Speedway
Oceania Motocross (Nathan Brochtrup, Lee Ellis, Josh Strang, Kirk Gibbs, Chris Hollis, Cody
Mackie, Ryan Marmont, Joel Passlow, Harley Quinlan, Tye Simmonds, Todd Waters)
ISDE Junior Team (Christopher Hollis, Joshua Strang, Blake Hore, Darren Lloyd)
Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Rory Schlein, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder,
Dave Watt)
Oceanic Motocross (Craig Anderson, Troy Carroll, Lee Ellis, Jay Marmont, Jake Moss,
Cameron Tatlor, Danny Anderson, Lewis Stewart, Kristy Gillespie, Ashlea Bates, Adelia Barton,
Tye Simmons, Ross Beaton, Luke Arbon)
ISDE Junior Team (Jarrod Bewley, Geoff Braico, Blake Hore, Andrew Lloyd)
Left to Right: ISDE Junior Trophy Team - Tim Shearer (Team Manager), Blake Hore, Sian Smith
(International Teams Officer), Jarrod Bewley, Geoff Braico and Andrew Lloyd.
2nd
1st
2nd
2nd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
3rd
1st
1st
2nd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
2nd
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
2002
2003
2006
Stefan Merriman
Damien Cudlin
Jason Crump
Damien Cudlin
Steve Martin
Josh Brookes
2323
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
enjoy the ride
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
24
Superbike
Glenn Allerton
Jamie Stauffer
Daniel Stauffer
125 GP
Blake Leigh-Smith
Brad Gross
Jed Metcher
Nakedbike
Adrian Pierpoint
Neil Webster
Beau McKenzie
2008 AUSTRALIAN ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP
Supersport
1st
Jamie Stauffer
2nd
Joshua Waters
3rd
Wayne Maxwell
FX Pro- Twins
1st
Craig McMartin
2nd
Daniel Wheeler
3rd
Mick Johnston
F1 Sidecar
1st
Shane Souter-Jeff Rowe
2nd
Vincent Messina-Matt Johnston
3rd
Darryn Walker-Neal Walker
2008 AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP
Period 2 Vintage Unlimited
Period 4 Post Classic Unlimited
Tony Hynes
1st
Karl Corpe
Derek Gobby
2nd
Simon Cook
Ken Vincent
3rd
Terry Martin
Period 3 Classic Lightweight
Period 4 Post Classic Sidecar
Jake Campbell
1st
Lindsay Donai/Christine Menzies
John Imrie
2nd
Ron Bennett/Daryl Skewes
Colin Campbell
3rd
Alan Warner/Mark Hanlon
Period 3 Classic Junior
Period 5 Forgotton Era Ultra Lightweight
Mandy Beales
1st
Lindsay McKay
Neil May
2nd
Trevor Lusby
Philip Paton
3rd
James Barclay
Period 3 Classic Senior
Period 5 Forgotton Era Lightweight
Dave Cole
1st
Derek Brown
Tony Hynes
2nd
Adam Senior
Bredan Roberts
3rd
Grant Boxhall
Period 3 Classic Unlimited
Period 5 Forgotton Era Junior
Peter Guest
1st
Adam Senior
Joe Ahern
2nd
Terry Morris
Les Thomas
3rd
Derek Brown
Period 4 Post Classic Junior
Period 5 Forgotten Era Unlimited
Joe Ahern
1st
Robbie Phillis
Keith Campbell
2nd
Karl Corpe
Bob Humphreys
3rd
Peter Guest
Period 4 Post Classic Senior
Period 5 Forgotten Era Sidecar
Barry Ditchburn
1st
Ray Watkins/Roy Brittain
Jack Coyle
2nd
Doug Chivas/Neal Walker
Greg Dalsanto
3rd
Peter Selke/Christine Williams
Pro Open
Jay Marmont
Daryl Hurley
Cheyne Boyd
U19 Lites
Tye Simmonds
Lawson Bopping
Matt Ryan
2008 AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Lite
1st
Luke George
2nd
Adam Monea
3rd
Kade Mosig
Women
1st
Kristy Gillespie
2nd
Adelia Barton
3rd
Katherine Prumm
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
2008 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
50cc Auto Div 2 7 - Under 9
65cc 7 - Under 9
Caleb Grothues
1st
Justin Hart
Riley Dukes
2nd
Lachlan Bassett
Morgan McNicol
3rd
Hunter Lawrence
65cc 9 - Under 11
65cc 11 - Under 13
Wayde Carter
1st
Scott Kramer
Dylan Heaton
2nd
Robert Lovett
Connor Tierney
3rd
Jack Simpson
85cc/150cc 9 - Under 12
85cc/150cc 12 - Under 14
Kyle Webster
1st
Jacob Wright
Joel Dinsdale
2nd
Jackson Richardown
Jesse Dobson
3rd
Kurt Waterman
85cc/150cc 14 - Under 16
125cc 13 - Under 15
Wade Hunter
1st
Dylan Berwick
Geran Stapleton
2nd
Jackson Richardown
Ben Hussey
3rd
Shaun Cornick
125cc 15yrs
250cc 4ST 13 - Under 15
Daniel Shrimp
1st
Sam Duncanson
Ashley Whisler
2nd
Matthew Phillips
Dylan Petersen
3rd
Shaun Cornick
250cc 4 st 15 yrs
125cc - 250cc Womens 13-U16
Daniel Shrimp
1st
Meghan Rutledge
Jake Zelich
2nd
Courtney Hirst
Ashley Whisler
3rd
Jessica Moore
85cc - 150cc Womens 12-U16 years
Meghan Rutledge
Jessica Moore
Courtney Hirst
1st
2nd
3rd
Pro Open
Chad Reed
Jay Marmont
Cheyne Boyd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2008 AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Lite
1st
Matt Moss
2nd
Tye Simmonds
3rd
Ryan Marmont
Above: The top three place getters from the first
women’s class at the 2008 Australian Junior
Motocross Championship - L. to R. Courtney
Hirst, Jessica Moore and Meghan Rutledge, with
Women’s Commissioner Lynn Long.
Above: 2008 Australian Superbike Champion
Glenn Allerton took time out at one of the
championship rounds to sign autographs.
2525
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
26
2008 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS
Pre 1968 All Powers
Pre 1975 30-39yrs
Tony Cavell
1st
Jody Smith
Les Bowen
2nd
Peter Clarke
John Selva
3rd
Steven Newman
Pre 1975 4 stroke Solo All Powers
Pre 1975 40-49yrs
Tony Cavell
1st
Dave Hammond
Chris Major
2nd
Tony Cavell
Peter Willoughby
3rd
Brian Watson
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc
Pre 1975 50-59yrs
Nicholas Smith
1st
Gary Pye
Peter Clarke
2nd
John Boag
Craig Schoene
3rd
Les Bowen
Pre 1975 Solo 250cc
Pre 1978 250cc
Jason Herbert
1st
Peter McCormack
Adam Herbert
2nd
Kris Lindgren
Craig Schoene
3rd
Arno Franz
Pre 1975 263cc and over
Pre 1985 263cc & over
Gary Pye
1st
Shaun Baker
Tony Cavell
2nd
Gerry Kerrison
Jason Herbert
3rd
Matthew Turner
Pre 1975 under 30yrs
Evolution 263cc and over
Adam Herbert
1st
Shaun Baker
Jason Herbert
2nd
Grant Plumbridge
Kris Lindgren
3rd
Jody Smith
2008 AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY CHAMPIONSHIPS
Senior
Under 21
Chris Holder
1st
Chris Holder
Troy Batchelor
2nd
Tyron Proctor
Joe Screen
3rd
Robert Ksiezak
Sidecar
Under 16
Darrin Treloar-Justin Plaisted
1st
Arthur Sissis
Mick Headland-Paul Waters
2nd
Darcy Ward
Grant Bond-Glen Cox
3rd
Clinton Dennis
Under 16 Teams
350cc Juniors
Arthur Sissis-Mason Campton (SA/NSW)
1st
Todd Kurtz
Justin Sedgmen-Josh Munro (VIC)
2nd
Alex Davies
Darcy Ward-Nick Morris (QLD)
3rd
2008 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
250cc 4 -stroke
450cc 4-stroke
Luke Richards
1st
Dylan Trengrous
Damien Koppe
2nd
Jace Castles
Jace Castles
3rd
Ian Hamilton
500cc 2 stroke & over 450cc 4 stroke
Luke Richards
Alan Macdonald
Craig Andrews
enjoy the ride
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2008 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
65cc 7-Under 9 years
65cc 9-Under 13
Aubrey Faull
1st
Joe Morris
Boyd Hollis
2nd
Josh Pickering
Brendon Walther
3rd
Ben Cook
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke 11-Under
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke 9-Under 11
13
Brendan Sharp
1st
Jake Allen
Jack Dawes
2nd
Brady Kurtz
Ty Lynch
3rd
Sean McLellan
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke 13-Under 16
80cc 4-stroke 8-Under 11
Luke Burgess
1st
Ben Cook
Corey Schaffer
2nd
Zaine Kennedy
Ryan Douglas
3rd
Thomas Duggan
80cc 4-stroke 11-Under 14
250cc 4-stroke 13-Under 16
Brady Kurtz
1st
Todd Kurtz
Matthew Davies
2nd
Tyson Nelson
Jake Allen
3rd
Jackson Jeffrey
125cc 13-Under 16
Tyson Nelson
Todd Kurtz
Josh Blunt
2008 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
Results not available at time of printing. Check out www.ma.org.au for all results
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
CHAMPIONSHIP
65cc 9 - Under 13
Matthew Davies
Zac Levy
Josh Pickering
80cc 4-stroke 8 - Under 11
Ben Cook
Zaine Kennedy
Tyler Davies
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke 13 - Under 16
Torey Bellamy
Nathan Trigg
Corey Schaffer
80cc 4-stroke 11 - Under 14
Matthew Davies
Tyson Snow
Sean McLellan
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
1st
2nd
3rd
2008 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR LONG TRACK
65cc 7 - Under 9
Zach Cook
1st
Boyd Hollis
2nd
Jakhai Nelligen
3rd
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke 9 - Under 11
Jack Davwes
1st
Billy Dawes
2nd
Bailey Faull
3rd
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke 11 - Under 13
Jake Allen
1st
Matthew Davies
2nd
Sean McLellan
3rd
250cc 4-stroke 13 - Under 16
Alex Davies
1st
Grant Charnock
2nd
Tyson Nelson
3rd
125cc 13 - Under 16
Daniel Begley
Tyson Nelson
Corey Schaffer
2727
enjoy the ride
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
Pro
Ryan Lancaster
Chris Brenton
Chad McKay
35+ Veterans
Anthony Yewers
Dean McMillan
Len Pipicello
1st
2nd
3rd
Open
Colin Zarczynski
Jake Whitaker
Kyle Middleton
Junior
Sam Rummery
Alex Nolan
Lachlan Gibson
Post-classic
Brendan Johnson
Malcolm Chapman
Mark Beechey
Youth
Jason Byrne
James Blackwell
Drew Anderson
Women
Michelle Owen
Kristie McKinnon
Brooke Lonie
1st
2nd
3rd
S1 Class
Angus Reekie
Josh McFarlane
Ross Taylor
1st
2nd
3rd
S3 Class
Luke Triall
Luke Whitaker
Rowan Tegart
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2008 AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
200cc 2-Stroke - 300cc 4-Stroke Juniors up to 16
1st
Stephen Wilson
2nd
Adam Larson
3rd
Luke Nixon
Women
1st
Patrisha Bartley
2nd
Donna Newman
3rd
Roxanne Peterson
2008 AUSTRALIAN MOTO TRIALS CHAMPIONSHIP
Veterans
1st
Steve Holzhauser
2nd
Greg Nordsvan
3rd
Peter Curtis
Masters (35 years and over)
1st
Richard Kent
2nd
Martin O,Connor
3rd
Simon van Baalen
Sidecar
1st
Justin Gough - Maurice Blanchard
2nd
Chris Schultz-Stuart Gerhardy
3rd
Todd Kuerschner-Stephen Sparkes
Classic
1st
Colin Bowen
2nd
Steve Johnson
3rd
Geoff Lewis
2008 AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO CHAMPIONSHIP
28
1st
2nd
3rd
NSW
VIC
SA
1st
2nd
3rd
VIC
ACT
QLD
1st
2nd
3rd
S2 Class
Angus Reekie
Cru Halliday
Linden Magee
2008 AUSTRALIAN 4-DAY ENDURO CHAMPIONSHIP
Challenge Trophy
Damian Smith, Chris Hollis, Ben Kearney, Brad Williscroft, Darren Lloyd, Adam Lees
Jehi Willis, Matt Fish, Cameron Taylor, Daniel Thomas, Brett Barrett, Tim Bowden.
Rowan Pumpa, Brett Haydon, Matthew Robinson, Nathan Newell, Leigh Bentley, Tom Jones
Junior Trophy
Blake Hore, Peter Boyle, Todd Stephenson, Mark Portbury
Luke Tomlinson, Luka Bussa, Mark Goggin, Scott Thomas
Nicholas Beattie, Michael Hand, Brent Carlson, John Day
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
2008 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
E1
Peter Boyle
Ben Kearney
Josh Green
E2
Chris Hollis
Jarrod Bewley
AJ Roberts
Women
Alison Parker
Jemma Wilson
Rosie Lalonde
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
500cc and over 4-stroke
Brad Williscroft
Chris Birch
Darren Lloyd
Veteran (35-44 years) All-powers
Stuart Bennett
Rohan Crouch
Jason Cater
Masters (45 years plus) All-powers
Geoff Ballard
Adrian Fitzgerald
Phil Wade
Women
Alison Parker
Jemma Wilson
Rosie Lalonde
2008 AUSTRALIAN OFF ROAD CHAMPIONSHIP
Vets
1st
Stuart Bennett
2nd
Dave Claypole
3rd
Trent Lean
Masters
1st
Geoff Ballard
2nd
Steven Clarke
3rd
Rick Braico
Chris Hollis - 1st place AORC E2 and A4DE 270-450cc 4-stroke
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
1st
2nd
3rd
Up to 200cc 2-stroke
Mark Goggin
Nathan Castle
Adam Waldon
Over 220cc 2-stroke
Kirk Hutton
Nicholas Beattie
Todd Stephenson
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
Peter Boyle
Damian Smith
Ben Kearney
270-450cc 4-stroke
Chris Hollis
Anthony Roberts
Blake Hore
2929
enjoy the ride
CALENDAR
2009 AUSTRALIAN MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR
Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites
january
2
2009
Speedway Solo Championship, QFY Gosford NSW
27-1
Australian Superbike C’ship Rd1 Phillip Island Vic
3
Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 1 Newcastle NSW
27-1
World Superbikes Australian Rd,Phillip Island Vic
7
Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 2 Mildura Vic
10
Speedway Solo Championship, Rd 3 Gilman SA
16-18
Australian u16 Solo Speedway C’ship Undeera Vic
23-25
16th Annual Island Classic Phillip Island, Vic
31
Australian u21 Solo Speedway C’ship Gosford NSW
march
2009 april
2009
7- 8
Australian Off Road C’ship Rd 1&2 Port Maquarie NSW
4-5
Australian Superbike C’ship Rd2 Symmons Pl Tas
27-29
Australian Speedway Sidecar C’ship Mildura Vic
5
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd1 Wodonga Vic
11-12
Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza, Broadford Vic
16-19
Australian 4 Day Enduro Orange NSW
18-19
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd2 Canberra ACT
may
30
2009 february
2009 june
2009
16-17
Australian Off Road C’ship Rd 3&4 Blayney NSW
5-7
VMX Classic Dirt 6 (Recreational) Conondale QLD
17
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd3 Toowoomba QLD
8
Australian Senior Long Track C’ship Townsville QLD
24
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd4 Mackay QLD
14
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd5 Murray Bridge SA
29-31
Australian Superbike C’ship Rd3 QLD Raceway QLD
21
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd6 Wanneroo WA
27-28
Australian Off Road C’ship Rd 5&6 Murray Brg SA
Want to volunteer for one of these events?
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
CALENDAR
2009 AUSTRALIAN MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR
Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites
july
2009 august
4-5
Australian Junior Long Track C’ship Somersby NSW
18
Speedway World Cup Final Leszno Poland
1-2
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd8 Coolum QLD
26
Australian Motocross C’ship Rd7 Lakes NSW
1-8
Australian Safari tba WA
26
Australian Womens Motocross C’ship Rd1 Lakes NSW
september
1-2
2009
Australian Womens Motocross C’ship Rd2 Coolum QLD
7-9
Australian Classic Motocross C’ship Conondale QLD
7-9
Australian Superbike C’ship Rd 4 Eastern Creek NSW
15-16
Australian Off Road C’ship Rds 7&8 tba QLD
16
World Junior Motocross Championship Taupo NZ
29-30
Australian Moto Trials C’ship Pacific Park NSW
29-30
Australian Superbike C’ship, Rd5 Mallala SA
2009 october
2009
Australian Historic RR C’ship Warwick QLD
4
Motocross of Nations Franciacorta Italy
12-13
Australian Off Road C’ship Rds 9&10 tba NSW
12-17
International Six Day Enduro Figueira da Foz Portugal
20
Trials des Nations Darfo Boario Terme Italy
15-18
Australian MotoGP Phillip Island Vic
19-20 Australian Quad Motocross C’ship Murray Bdge SA
15-18
Australian Superbike C’ship, Rd6 Phillip Island Vic
19-20
Australian Classic Dirt Track C’ship Barl.Ranch NSW
24-25
Australian Senior Dirt Track C’ship Albury NSW
26-30
Australian Junior Motocross C’ship Maffra Vic
30-1
Australian Superbike C’ship, Rd9 Adelaide SA
november
13-15
2009 december
2009
Australian Superbike C’ship, Rd7 Calder Park Vic
MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR
4-6
Go to www.ma.org.au/2009calendar for the following event information as it comes to hand:
Australian Supermoto Championship
Australian Supercross Championship
Australian Junior Dirt Track Championship
MRRDA Series
East Coast Road Race Series
Formula Xtreme Road Race Series
Go to www.ma.org.au/2009calendar
3131
enjoy the ride
MEDIA GUIDE
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEDIA GUIDE
FOR RIDERS, CLUBS AND PROMOTERS
Get your local media involved:
Local media such as newspapers and radio stations
are a great place to start to increase coverage
of your efforts as a rider or for an event you are
promoting. MA has electronic lists of Australian
media contacts, which are available by contacting
the Communications Department at MA’s head
office.
If you’re just starting out and haven’t done much
promotion work before, don’t be afraid to ask the
media what information they need and if they have
any advice for you.
Remember, if you have any questions about
media/event promotion, your SCB and the MA
Communications Department are only a phone call
away.
Also consider asking around for someone studying
Public Relations, Journalism or Marketing and
Communications, who might be interested in
helping out with your promotion as work experience.
Contact your local university or TAFE to see if they
run related courses and have some students who
may be interested in helping out. There are many
websites where you can advertise work experience
placements to help with your promotion.
Find out if your local newspaper has a separate
sports editor (if not speak to the news editor) and
tell them about your efforts or event. Ask them if
they’d be interested in coming out to see you ride or
to attend the event, or if they’d like you to send more
information through.
Similarly, when ringing your local radio station ask to
speak to the news producer, or if you are interested
in getting promotion on a particular program (e.g. the
Sunday afternoon sports program) then ask to speak
with the producer of that program. Again, explain
what your news is and ask if they would like you to
send them some more information.
If they ask you to send through more information,
find out the best way to send this information
through to them – fax, email, hard copy. Most of the
time email will be preferred; as such the best format
to present this information is as a press release.
PRESS RELEASES:
A press release is a short, one page news story
that provides the reader with the: who, what,
when, where, and why of the story. This
32 information should be included in the first one – two
paragraphs of the release. It should also include a
headline – which summarises the story, a date, and
contact details at the end of the release for anyone
seeking more information. (A downloadable press
release template is available for you to use from the
MA website at www.ma.org.au/media.)
In a press release you should;
* Write like a reporter writes a news story (read
it through in your head in a news-reader voice
to see if it works)
* Use simple and easy to understand language,
as if a 10 year old could read it.
* Ensure your writing is short and snappy and
get to the point quickly - one sentence is the
equal to one paragraph in press releases
* Answer any questions a journalist may have,
make it as easy as possible for them to write
the story.
* Present the facts in an ‘inverted pyramid’
style of writing – the most important information
always goes at the top, that way if only the first
two or three paragraphs are read they still get
the most important information.
* Proof read, proof read again and have someone
else proof read your release for you. Check for
spelling, grammar and the correct wording.
* Include an image.
INTERVIEWS:
If you are speaking with your local media and they
are interested in interviewing you or someone else
in order to write a story, the following are some
of the do’s and don’ts of interviews for TV, radio,
newspapers, magazines, and websites, as well as
pointers on preparation.
Preparation:
* Be accessible, return all calls within 24 hours
and ensure you have a professional voicemail
message that you regularly check.
* Write down key messages you wish to tell
them about so that you stay focused when
answering questions.
* Think of questions you might be asked and
prepare some answers.
* Practice! It might sound stupid, and feel even
worse but getting someone to ‘mock’ interview
you is a great way to practice, as it will be much
easier talking to a journalist than having a friend
or family member interviewing you!
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MEDIA GUIDE
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEDIA GUIDE
* Dress to suit the situation, always wear your
team/sponsor/club clothing for interviews and
official occasions. (And be mindful of visible
tattoos and obvious piercings.).
* Be Punctual!
During the interview:
* Find out how much the journalist knows on
the topic, it will change the type of answers you
need to give.
* Find out the length of the interview, so you
know how long your answers should be.
* Don’t feel like you have to start talking
instantly, take a slow breath and take your time
to think about the question. Speak slowly; be
confident, clear and to the point.
* Don’t feel that you have to keep talking to fill
the silence, if you’ve said all you want to say,
stop talking!
* Avoid - waffling on and using; ‘um, ah’, ‘yeah,
no, yeah’, ‘you know’ and putting ‘but’ and
the end of each sentence. If you’re talking to
someone from outside the industry, don’t use
technical industry-specific words.
* Never ‘bag’ or talk negatively about others, the
interview should be about you, and never lie.
* Keep in mind the facts of the event or your
story; don’t go off on a tangent. Make sure you
know all the facts about the race, the club, the
championship, and the event, whatever it is
that they are interviewing you about including
things not directly related to you.
* If you had a bad race, or an event was rained
out, don’t dwell on the negative, look for a
positive angle. E.g. if you fell off and DNF’d,
rather than talk about how bad it is, talk about
how you’ve learned from it and will hopefully be
able to improve next time.
* If you feel yourself loosing it, don’t be afraid
to ask them what the question was again, and
take your time to think about an answer.
* Use the opportunity to thank sponsors,
teammates, parents and any anyone else who
has helped you.
If television cameras are present:
* Don’t look at the camera, instead look at the
person who is talking to you, maintain eye
contact with them and don’t fidget.
* Don’t wear sunglasses on camera, however if
they are sponsor glasses, place them on the top
of your head.
At the end of an interview:
* Thank the journalist for their time.
* Ask who else they are interviewing and put
them in touch with other people in the field
(even your competition) and ask if there’s
anything else you can help them with.
* Be a good resource for the journalist about the
industry, not just what directly relates to you;
if you help them out they will more likely cover
your events.
* Journalism is based on trust so don’t burn a
journalist with bad information.
It is important to remember that even if you have
spent hours writing press releases, made countless
phone calls and have been interviewed by a
journalist, if something more ‘newsworthy’ comes
up - it could be a dramatic car crash or something
seemingly ridiculous like a dog saving a chicken your story could be dropped and forgotten.
This can happen, and is not meant to discourage
you, however it is a reality of promotion and public
relations. It pays to have thick skin and to persevere
no matter how many times your story gets rejected.
OTHER PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES:
In addition to media coverage there are other ways
that you can increase promotion of an event that you
are organising or riding in, which include:
* Creating posters and distributing them to
shops along your town’s main street to put in
their front window is a great way of increasing
the event’s profile.
* Printing flyers to put in mail boxes of people in
the local area.
* Visits to local schools with a bike and a rider to
have a chat about what you do and rider safety.
This is a great way to get children interested in
the sport and you can take posters and some
free tickets to give away.
* Setting up a static display in your local
shopping centre (with centre permission) is also
a great way of getting more people interested
in the event.
Speak with your SCB or with the MA Communications
Department for more information about these
promotional activities.
33
MEDIA GUIDE
enjoy the ride
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEDIA GUIDE
SPONSORSHIP:
34
Sponsorship plays a vital role in the success of our
sport, for an event or so you can continue riding in
your chosen discipline.
Before approaching sponsors it is important to do
some research and preparation. You should research
potential sponsors with a similar interest, or who
could stand to benefit from exposure in the industry.
Preparation:
* Create a brief sponsorship proposal. Don’t be
put off by the name; it’s just an information pack
that sells you! It should include things like:
- A letter introducing yourself and
explaining what you want (product or
financial support) and how it would help
you. It should also include an explanation
of what’s in it for the sponsor – what
you can offer them in return for their
sponsorship, which is the most important
part of the proposal. The letter should
also include background information such
as: website details, statistics, member
numbers of your club and your contact
details. Even though you need to put
most of this information in, the letter still
needs to be short and sweet one to two
pages max. It pays to do several drafts
and get a few people to proof read them
for you.
- You should also include a record of your
recent results or successful events that
you have run, and if possible include some
photographs.
- Any positive newspaper clippings
about you (keep the originals and use
photocopies instead).
- In total the proposal should be no longer
than four pages.
* Find the right person in an organisation
to approach about sponsorship, often the
Marketing or Brand Manager or in small
businesses it is often the General Manager.
* Have reasonable expectations and don’t be
discouraged by rejection, you will be rejected
more times than you will be accepted.
Approaching potential sponsors:
* Send through a copy of your proposal – email
or hard copy - and follow up with a phone call
the day after. Explain what you are interested
in, and offer to come in and meet them.
* Be punctual.
* Present yourself well; stand up straight, pull
your pants up, speak clearly and don’t have
chewing gum in your mouth.
* When you first meet them, take off your hat,
shake their hand and make eye contact and
introduce yourself.
* Sell yourself, what’s in it for them? How can
they get value for their sponsorship of you or
your event?
* Have a copy of your materials (see
preparation section) on hand to show them
even if you’ve already sent it to them.
* Answer any questions they may have and
thank them for their time when you head off.
Retaining Sponsors:
If you are successful in securing sponsorship make
sure you keep them informed and up-to-date with
your activities.
* Ensure that you service your sponsor and
that you fulfil the terms of your agreement at
events. Don’t do the wrong thing by a sponsor,
word travels fast and you could find yourself
blacklisted.
* Following each race/event let the sponsor
know how it went and keep in contact
with them, let them know of any exciting
developments and include them in your press
release list.
* If, unfortunately, something goes wrong, keep
your sponsors informed.
* If you receive any media coverage keep a
record of it and send them a copy.
* Provide them with a yearly report to show
them (in words and pictures) what you’ve done
as part of the agreement, another alternative
would be to provide them with a framed picture
with a message of thanks for their support
included.
* If for some reason a sponsor cannot continue
working with you (it happens), be good
natured about it, politely ask for a reason, and
irrespective of the answer extend them the
opportunity to re-establish the relationship in
future if they are interested.
enjoy the ride
PHILOSOPHY OF GCR’S
THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES
THE PHILOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE OF THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES
No set of Rules can anticipate every issue which may
arise in the conduct of a sport, especially one with as wide
a variety of disciplines and competing interests as exist in
motorcycling. The philosophy of these Rules is that good
sense, cooperation and a fair and reasonable interpretation
of reasonable Rules should be more important than “Rule
Book Racing”.
In Rule Book Racing, if a situation arises, the answer is
to be found by looking up the book, not by the exercise of
independent judgment. If there’s no answer in the book,
a new rule has to be devised to “plug the hole”. Rule Book
Racing assumes that Controlling Bodies have little or no
interest in working effectively with competitors, with each
other, or with Promoters to benefit the sport and those
who participate in it. It also assumes that officials have
no common sense or understanding of the sport. None of
these ideas is true or fair.
These rules confer on the Controlling Bodies and their
representatives and officials discretion in the application
and interpretation of the Rules. It is intended that discretion
will be exercised, as stated in the very first rule in this book
to ensure that competition is safe, free and fair.
Officials are expected to exercise judgment wisely
and fairly, on the understanding that if they do not,
their decisions, other than those made in the heat of
competition, will be subject to review through protest
and appeal. They will be trained and encouraged to take
responsibility for their actions, and to work in a way which
supports the underlying philosophy of the Rules.
Our rules should reflect the way that the sport is conducted.
MA and the State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) have been
careful to ensure that there is a process in place to ensure
that every participant has the opportunity to have their say
in the way these rules are written.
We actively seek constructive criticism of these Rules
and encourage participants to work through their
representatives to ensure their relevance.
STRUCTURE OF MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
This book is divided into 29 chapters.
The first 14 chapters apply to all disciplines of the sport
and the rest to the specific disciplines. There will be a
degree of crossover from the first section to the specific
disciplines and some of the Rules contained in those first
chapters need to be added to or varied according to the
needs of a particular discipline.
36
We have attempted to make this edition of the book more
user friendly, reinstating an index and reframing every
chapter into a as close to a consistent format as possible.
We have also striven to eliminate any ambiguities and
contradictions.
Chapter 1 - Jurisdiction.
This chapter states the purposes and principles
underlying the Rules. The Rules are to be applied fairly
and according to the principles of natural justice. These
Rules are binding not only on competitors but also on all
Controlling Bodies.
There is a list of definitions which may be useful while
using the rest of the Book.
Chapter 2 - Administration.
This very important chapter sets out the authority of the
Controlling Bodies. It identifies and empowers the people
and the instrumentalities through which the Controlling
Bodies exercise their authority.
MA is a member of the FIM, a federation of the controlling
bodies of motorcycle sport throughout the world, and MA
is a federation of which the SCBs are members. The
significance of this that the FIM would not exist without
the cooperation and involvement of its members, and the
same principle applies to MA.
SCBs agree to be bound by the decisions of MA as part of
the agreement they entered into with each other when MA
was formed. The SCBs are, in effect, the owners of MA,
and their control over MA is exercised through the Board.
The Board has the power under the Articles of Association
of MA to make competition Rules.
Rule 2.1.2 is a very important rule which typifies the
philosophy which underpins these Rules. In providing
for the making of agreements, the Rules clear the way for
resolving differences among Controlling Bodies and with
Promoters, by consultation, discussion and agreement
rather than by disputation and resort to a strict and
legalistic approach.
The rest of the chapter identifies the roles, responsibilities
and limits of authority of various key officials.
Chapter 3 - Licencing
The primary pupose of having a licencing regime is to
ensure the safety of competitors.
This may be applied through separating less experienced
competitiors from ‘old hands’ and, in the case of junior
competition, to ensure that all riders obtain the benefits
of a structured coaching process.
Licence holders may not compete at a level higher than
their licence.
The chapter also sets out the processes by which
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
PHILOSOPHY OF GCR’S
competitors can obtain a licence, and the means
by which applicants can appeal against the refusal
of a licence or the imposition of a condition on their
licence.
The full details of the Personal Accident Insurance
Scheme are available in the insurance policy
documents.
Chapter 4 - Competitions
While the use of performance enhancing drugs is not
as big an issue in motorcycle sport as in some other
fields, MA recognises the need for a comprehensive
and prescriptive program to ensure that our sport is
free from the use of illicit drugs.
The intent of this long chapter is to codify present
practices throughout the sport.
Much of the chapter is taken up with establishing the
mechanisms for running competitions, and imposing
the conditions under which those competions can take
place.
Chapter 11 - MA Anti-Doping Policy
The chapter also deals with breaches of these Rules,
and the processes to take place in the event that the
Rules are breached.
Guided by the principals of fair and natural justice and
ensuring that our sport is safe and fair, this chapter
sets out the mechanisms for screening participants,
the testing of samples and the consequences of being
outside of the internationally recognised WADA code.
Chapter 5 - Protests and Appeals
Chapter 12 - All Disciplines
The application of fair and natural justice is an inherent
condition of these rules.
Where participants wish to protest against the actions
of an official or another participant, these rules of
natural justice require a mechanism for the fair hearing
of their protests, which is established in this chapter.
The chapter also sets out the jurisdiction and limits of
power of the appelate bodies.
Chapter 6 - Judicial Committee Guidelines
This chapter sets out the composition of Judicial
Committees and also provides a commentary on the
process that the Committee undertakes to adjudicate
on the matters brought before them.
Chapter 7 - Sporting Commissions
One of the functions of the Sporting Commissions is to
reconcile the competing interests in any discipline.
Technology and other changes mean that
Commissions need to find a balance between
ensuring that motorcycle sport is affordable to as
many participants as possible while not setting up a
rule book circumscribed by anachronisms.
Chapters 8 & 9- Accreditation Schemes
All sporting bodies need to ensure that those involved
in the development and control of the sport have the
tools they need to do their jobs.
The National Accreditation schemes established by
these chapters are an effort to ensure the future of
the sport through the development and training of its
officials and coaches.
Chapter 10 - Personal Accident Insurance
The chapter on insurance is a simple summary of the
coverage of MA’s insurance scheme, setting out the
benefits available to participants in the sport.
One of the most important aspects of interpretation
of these Rules is that they are permissive rather than
prohibitive. In other words, in almost all cases, the
Rules describe the things that may be done rather
than the things that may not.
This chapter contains the Rules which apply to all
disciplines. Any rule in one of the discipline specific
chapters will, unless otherwise stated, be in addition to
the provisions of Chapter 12. So Chapter 12 and the
relevant discipline chapters operate side by side.
For the purposes of these Rules, the age of Junior
competitors is now taken as on January 1 each year.
Full details are found at GCR 12.16.0.1
Competitors over the age of 16 years may not compete
in a junior competition, subject to GCR 12.16.0.1, and
a person who is under 16 may not compete in a senior
competition.
Chapter 13 - Australian Championships
These Rules prescribe the allocation, categories and
listing of Australian Championships.
Chapters 14 to 28 - Discipline Specific Chapters
As far as possible, the discipline specific chapters
follow a common format as follows:
1. Protective clothing 2. Frames and parts
3. Engines
4. Fuel
5. Classes
6. Competition rules
Appendices
Important additions to the 2009 Manual include
MA’s Occupational Health and Safety Policy and
Environmental Sustainability Policy, both of which
can be found in Appedndix 5 & 6 towards the rear
of this Manual.
37
enjoy the ride
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
Rules change from one year to the next, before they
appear in the next edition of the Manual of Motorcycle
Sport.
Ever wondered how this happens?
Feedback on current rules is sent through to the
relevant Commissions, either through one of the
Commissioners themselves, the Commission Chair or
the Manager – Commissions and Committees at MA.
Rules are sometimes altered to make the competition
easier or fairer, sometimes to reflect new technology
or equipment that has become availlable. Sometimes
rules are altered so that their meaning is made clearer.
Your feedback is encouraged and is always welcome
with regards to the rules.
We would like to know about any ways you think we
can make the sport better for our competitors.
To put forward a suggested rule amendment or rule
inclusion, see the Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form
on page 38.
If the relevant Commission decides to pursue this rule
feedback further, it will open the issue up to the SCBs
and to the general public for comment and discussion.
Depending on the input, the Commission will then either
scrap the proposal or make an official recommendation
with the wording of change put forward through the
Manager – Commissions and Committees.
The suggested rule change is then added onto the
agenda of the following Board meeting by the Manager
– Commissions and Committees.
The MA Board will then decide to accept or reject the
proposed rule change.
If rejected, this will be reflected in the Board Minutes,
and Board Report – the later which will become
available for public viewing at the MA Reports section
of the MA website - www.ma.org.au
If accepted, the rule will be appear in bold as an
amended rule in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport for the
following year.
Rules which have been deleted from the previous
Manual will appear as crossed out.
38
IMMEDIATE RULE CHANGES
What happens when rules are required to be changed
with immediate effect?
There are times – especially at the start of the year,
where a rule will need amending or clarification with
immediate impact on the current MoMS. When this
occurs the same process as above will take place,
however, after the Board’s decision, a number of other
things will occur.
Initially, the Manager – Commissions and Committees
is informed that the appropriate rule has been amended
and passes this information onto the Communications
Manager. The Communications Manager will then
create a Media Release to inform the public of the rule
change.
Once created, the release gets sent via the Manager
– Commissions and Committees, to the relevant
Commission Chair / Commissioners so that they can
review the wording of the release before it is made
public. Changes to the release at this point can still
be made, with Commissioners to suggest appropriate
amendments.
Once approved through the Commission, the Media
Release can then be sent to the motorcycling public
via email. This release will also be posted immediately
onto the MA website.
Further to this, a one-page Rule Change Information
Bulletin will be sent out to SCB’s, to on-send to affiliated
clubs. This will be done via a standard Rule Change
template, so that the club can post this information on
their own relevant bulletin boards. The Information
Bulletins will also be posted onto the MA website. An
example of the Rule Change Information Bulletin can
be found on the next page.
Clubs will have the right to respond and give feedback
regarding the rule change via the usual means of
communication – sending written feedback to a
Commission via the Manager – Commissions and
Committees.
All rule changes, clarifications, news and information
bulletins will be available under the Rules section of the
MA website.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
RULE CHANGE
Information Bulletin
April 13, 2007
Affected Discipline:
Motocross / Supercross
Rule pertains to:
E
L
P
M
A
X
E
The wearing of goggles
Current rule in 2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport:
GCR 17.1.5
New rule after change:
sttart
tar
art of an
a event,
eve
vent,
t, be
b wearing
aring goggles
go
A competitor must, at thee start
or a
pro
pr
otectio
on.. It iss st
strong
ngly
y rec
recom
omm
mm
similar form of eye protection.
strongly
recommended
that the competitor wear
ion at
a all
all time
durin the
he event.
ev
even
event
ven
ent
nt Where
W
the eye protection
timess during
the competitor removes their
tio
ion
on during
durin the course
cou
urse of an event,
even
eeve they do so entirely at their own risk. Eye
eye protection
ection
ction, includi
iincluding
cluding
luding spectacl
spe
spectacle
les,, prote
les
protection,
spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’
must comply with the following:
followi
fo owi
wing:
ng
a)
b)
c)
dd)
Eye ppr
pro
otecct and spectacles are made of non-shattering material,
protectors
Eye protectors
pr
p
Eye
which cause visual disturbance are not to be used
M
Metal or Perspex face shields are not used,
Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material.
Rule suggested by:
Motocross/Supercross Commission
Rule adopted by:
MA Board
Date rule change takes affect from:
April 13, 2007
Feedback contact:
Ross Martin – Motorcycling Australia, Manager – Commissions and Committees
(03) 9684 0504 or rmartin@ma.org.au
3939
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
PROCEDURE FOR CONSIDERATION OF ITEMS BY COMMISSION
enjoy the ride
TIMELINE
Proposal from Club, SCB, or individual to MA
Prior to 31 March
MA Commissions Manager refers to Commission
Mid year meeting
Proposed action to MA Commissions Manager
Referred to relevant
MA Committee, for
example, Safety, Medical
etc
Commission
recommendation referred
to SCBs and other
stakeholders
Comments received at MA office
Feedback referred to Commission
Prior to 31 August
Commission decision
MA Board for ratification
MA Office for promulgation of decision
Advice to Stakeholders
40
October Meeting
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
RULE AMENDMENT OR INCLUSION FORM
These are your rules, and Motorcycling Australia recognises that the people who are most involved
with the Sport are extremely well placed to provided feedback on wheth these rules work to make
Motorcycle Sport safe, free and fair.
If you have a suggestion on how a rule could be changed, or a new rule be included in next year’s
Manual of Motorcycle Sport, use this form.
When completed, you can:
•
Give it to your Club Secretary, or
•
Send it to your SCB (Their contact details are on P 14) or
•
Send it to Commissions Manager, Motorcycling Australia,
P.O. Box 134 South Melbourne 3205 or fax to 03 9684 0555
If you would like to know the process required for a rule change, see above.
New Rule
Amendment Existing rule number [if applicable]_____________________
Suggested wording of change or new rule: [Attach sheets if required] _____________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Explain why this rule change should occur. [Attach sheets if required] _____________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Your Contact Details Name ______________________________________________________
Telephone No [BH] ____________________ [AH] ___________________________________
Email _______________________________________________________________________
41
1
enjoy the ride
JURISDICTION
1
JURISDICTION
1.1
DEFINITIONS
1.1.0.1
“ASC” means Australian Sports
Commission.
“ASC Doping Policy” means the document
bearing that name, or any amendment or
equivalent thereof.
“ASADA” means the Australian Sports
Anti-Doping Authority.
”Board” means the Board of Directors of
MA.
“Club” means an incorporated or
unincorporated body formed for the
primary purpose of promoting the sport
and being affiliated to an SCB.
“Competition” includes any competition,
event, race or race meeting and all
associated practices, tests and qualifying
sessions.
“Code” means the Sporting Code of FIM
“Constitution” means the Constitution of MA.
“Consume” in relation to any prohibited
substances includes inject, swallow
or inhale and “Consumption” has a
corresponding meaning.
“Council” means the Council of MA.
“Disqualify” means to forbid the disqualified
person, body or machine from taking part
in any competition under these Rules and
“Disqualification” has a corresponding
meaning.
“Event” means any competition involving
the use of 1 or more motorcycles.
“Exclude” means to forbid the excluded
person, body or machine from taking
further part in, or being recognised as
having taken part in, the competition from
which such person body or machine has
been excluded and “Exclusion” has a
corresponding meaning.
“FIM” means Fèdèration Internationale de
Motocyclisme.
“FMN” means a Federation Member
Nation under the FIM Statutes.
“International meeting” means any
competition inscribed as such in the FIM
calendar.
“Junior competition” means a competition
1.1.0.2
1.1.0.3
1.1.0.4
1.1.0.5
1.1.0.6
1.1.0.7
1.1.0.8
1.1.0.9
1.1.0.10
1.1.0.11
1.1.0.12
1.1.0.13
1.1.0.14
1.1.0.15
1.1.0.16
42 1.1.0.17
1.1.0.18
1.1.0.19
1.1.0.20
1.1.0.21
1.1.0.22
1.1.0.23
1.1.0.24
1.1.0.25
1.1.0.26
1.1.0.27
1.1.0.28
which
only competitors who are under the
age of 16 years may compete and
“Junior competitor” has a corresponding
meaning.
“MA” means Motorcycling Australia.
“MA series” means a series of
competitions conducted in more than 1
State or Territory.
“Meeting” means a meeting at which
1 or more motorcycling events are
conducted.
“Motorcycle” means and includes:
a) Solo - a 1-track vehicle with 2
wheels with the drive through the
rear wheel.
b) Sidecar - a 2-track vehicle with 3
road wheels, with the drive through
the rear wheel of the vehicle.
c) Cycle car - a 3-track vehicle with 3
wheels that is driven by either 1 or 2
wheels.
d) Trike - a 3-track vehicle with 3
wheels that is driven by its rear
wheels.
e) Quad - a 2-track vehicle with 4
wheels driven by the rear or all
wheels and on which a rider may be
accommodated astride the vehicle
having control of the steering by
way of handlebars operating the
front wheels.
“OEM” means Original Equipment
Manufacturer.
“Prohibited substance” means any
substance prohibited under these Rules.
“Promoter” means the holder of a
competition permit.
“Race” means any event where speed is
the determining factor in the result.
“RCB” means the Relevant Controlling
Body having control of any competition
or recreational activity under Rule 2.1.
“Recreational Activity” means authorised
motorcycle activity, which has no
competitive element.
“Record” means an event where speed,
distance and time, or any combination of
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
those factors, determine the result.
1.1.0.29 “Repealed GCRs” means the Competition
Rules of MA in force until the date of
commencement of these Rules.
1.1.0.30 “SCB” means State Controlling Body
being any Member under the Articles.
1.1.0.31 “Senior competition” means a competition
which only competitors who have attained
the age of 16 years may compete and
“Senior competitor” has a corresponding
meaning.
1.1.0.32 “Sports Development Account” means the
sports development account established
under the repealed GCRs and continued
by these Rules.
1.1.0.33 “Sports Development Levy” means the
levy established by these Rules.
1.1.0.34 “SR”
means
Supplementary
Regulations.
1.1.0.35 “Steward” includes a Referee.
1.1.0.36 “Suspend” means to forbid the suspended
person, body or machine from taking
part in any competition under these
Rules during the period of suspension
and “Suspension” has a corresponding
meaning.
1.1.0.37 “Venue” means a permanent or temporary
place or facility, which has been approved
by the RCB for the conduct of motorcycle
competition or recreational activity.
1.1.0.38 “Support person“ means in relation
to an entrant, rider, licensee or
competitor, any person who provides
support to that entrant, rider, licensee
or competitor including but not only
mechanics, team assistants, team
members, medical staff and family
members and in relation to a minor
rider, licensee or competitor also
includes any parent or guardian of
that minor.
1.2
PURPOSE OF RULES
1.2.0.1
The purpose of these Rules is to regulate
and control motorcycle competition.
a) The Rules are to be interpreted with
the intent that competition will be
safe, free and fair and conducted
applying the principles of natural
justice,
b) The Rules are Competition Rules
made under clause 71 of the
1
JURISDICTION
Constitution,
c) The Rules, and any determination
made under them and in
accordance with them, bind
all Controlling Bodies and all
participants in the sport.
1.2.1
Recognition of Authority of FIM
1.2.1.1 By these Rules, MA acknowledges and
recognises:
a) FIM is the World Controlling Body of
motorcycle competition,
b) It is desirable that there be
consistent standards and Rules of
competition at all levels.
1.3
REPEAL OF CURRENT GCRs
1.3.0.1
The General Competition Rules of MA in
operation at the date of commencement
of these Rules are hereby repealed but
such repeal will not affect the operation
of the repealed GCRs in relation to any
competition conducted thereunder.
1.4
BY - LAWS
1.4.0.1
MA may make by-laws, which must be
consistent with these Rules, and which
may:
a) Proclaim model Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Prescribe forms and fees as
required under these Rules,
c) Prescribe fines for any breach of
these Rules,
d) Prescribe the requirements for, and
conditions of, insurance under these
Rules,
e) Establish National and State
championships, titled events, series,
competitions and meetings and for
such purposes:
i) Define criteria for the eligibility of
licensees,
ii) Define criteria for the eligibility of
machines,
iii) Publish calendars,
iv) Create prizes, trophies and
medallions,
v) Prescribe competition formats,
vi) Prescribe traveling and other
expenses,
4343
1
enjoy the ride
JURISDICTION
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
vii) Attach any relevant FIM rule or
regulation.
Prescribe manuals and procedures
for the performance by any person
or body of any power, duty or
function under these Rules,
Provide for the establishment and
operation of training and educational
courses under these Rules,
Prescribe the design, function and
operation of apparatus, instruments
and equipment used for timing,
measuring, weighing, counting or
calculating, for the purposes of
these Rules,
Prescribe levels of noise,
atmospheric and other emissions
from motorcycles,
Prescribe fuel contents and
standards,
Prescribe laboratories for fuel
testing,
Prescribe track and venue
conditions, designs and standards,
Prescribe the weights,
measurements and other
dimensions of motorcycles, and
Provide for or prescribe such
acts, matters or things as shall be
necessary for the full and effective
operation of these Rules.
1.4.0.2
1.4.0.3
1.4.0.4
Subject to this Rule, an SCB may make
by-laws, which must be consistent with
these Rules, and which may:
a) Proclaim model Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Establish State and Territory
championships, titled events, series,
competitions and meetings and for
such purposes:
i) Publish calendars,
ii) Create prizes, trophies and
medallions,
iii) Prescribe competition formats,
iv) Prescribe traveling and other
expenses.
c) Provide for the establishment and
operation of training and educational
courses under these Rules,
d) Prescribe noise, atmospheric and
other emissions from motorcycles,
e) Prescribe track and venue
conditions, designs and standards,
f) Provide for or prescribe such
acts, matters or things as shall be
necessary for the full and effective
operation of by-laws.
An SCB must, not less than 1 month after
any by-law has been made by that SCB,
forward a copy thereof to the Board.
The Board may amend or revoke any bylaw made under these Rules.
asd
Subscribe to MA’s e-news service –
regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free!
www.ma.org.au
44
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2
2.1
2
ADMINISTRATION
ADMINISTRATION
in relation to any matter to which both
apply, the Code will prevail over these
Rules.
THE CONTROLLING BODIES
2.1.1
Administration of Rules
2.1.1.1 Subject to the provisions of the Code, the
bodies with authority and responsibility for
the administration of Rules regulating the
conduct of competitions and recreational
activity in all disciplines are as follows:
a) FIM - World Championships and FIM
Prize Events as they are defined in
the Code,
b) MA:
i) International meetings, other
than World Championship and
FIM Prize Events,
ii) Australian championships,
iii) MA series,
iv) Australian Record attempts,
v) Events which have a course
traversing more than 1 State,
vi) Support events at World
Championships.
c) SCBs - All other competitions and
recreational activity within the
territorial borders of their state
unless permission has been granted
by the SCB within the territory of the
proposed event for another SCB to
permit the activity.
2.1.2
Agreements for Conduct of the Sport
2.1.2.1 Subject to these Rules, any Controlling
Body may enter into agreements or
arrangements with any 1 or more of the
other, and with any Promoter, for the
conduct of competitions.
2.1.2.2 If any such agreement or arrangement:
a) Includes FIM, and
b) Is for the conduct of a meeting
which includes both International
and National events, these Rules
will apply to the National events
conducted at the meeting, but in
all other respects the FIM Rules
will apply and be binding on all
participants.
2.1.3
Conflict between Code and Rules
2.1.3.1 If these Rules and the Code are in conflict
2.2
COMMISSIONS
2.2.1
2.2.1.1
Establishment of Commissions
The following are the Commissions of the
sport:
a) Road Racing,
b) Motocross and Supercross,
c) Speedway,
d) Enduro,
e) Moto-Trials,
f) Historic Road Racing,
g) Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt
Track,
h) Junior Sport and Development,
i) Dirt Track, Track, Supermoto and
Quads.
j) Women.
2.2.2
2.2.2.1
Functions & Membership of Commissions
The functions of the Commissions are to:
a) Assist, advise, and be responsible
to the Board and to act in the best
interests of MA and the sport,
b) Prepare and propose any
amendments to these Rules, or any
by-laws, so as to ensure the orderly
conduct of competitions, and
c) Assist and advise each other and
any Committee of the Board.
The members of the Commissions will be
appointed by the Board. The terms and
conditions of appointment of members of
Commissions will be determined by the
Board.
In appointing members of Commissions,
the Board must have regard to:
a) The advancement and welfare of the
Sport and of the relevant discipline,
b) The need to appoint skilled and
experienced persons to the
Commissions.
2.2.2.2
2.2.2.3
45
2
ADMINISTRATION
2.3
SPORTS DEVELOPMENT LEVY
2.3.1
Collection and Distribution
2.3.1.1 In all disciplines, there may be a Sports
Development Levy at the discretion of the
RCB.
2.3.1.2 In each year, an RCB may prescribe the
amount of the Sports Development Levy
for that year.
2.3.1.3 The Promoter of a meeting must, no
more than 14 days after the end of the
meeting, pay to the RCB the prescribed
Sports Development Levy imposed on
takings from:
a) Charges for admission by the public
to the meeting venue, and
b) Sales of programs for the meeting.
2.4
SPORTS DEVELOPMENT ACCOUNT
2.4.0.1
MA must pay any proceeds it receives
from the Sports Development Levy into
the Sports Development Account no
more than 28 days after receipt thereof.
In each year, the Board may determine
the purpose for and the amount of any
distribution from the Sports Development
Account.
The Board may impose any conditions on
the recipients of grants from the Sports
Development Account.
2.4.0.2
2.4.0.3
2.5
46
OFFICIALS
2.5.1
Powers and Authorities of Officials
2.5.1.1 In the administration of these Rules, the
powers and authorities of the Controlling
Bodies are exercisable by and through
officials.
2.5.1.2 For these purposes, the Controlling
Bodies may license any 1 or more of the
following officials:
a) Key officials:
i) Stewards or Referees,
ii) Race Directors,
iii) Clerks of Course,
iv) Race Secretaries,
b) Operational officials:
i) Marshals,
ii) Time keepers and Scorers,
iii) Measurers,
enjoy the ride
iv) Scrutineers,
v) Eligibility Scrutineers,
vi) Judges,
vii) Observers,
viii)Handicappers,
ix) Starters,
x) Final Control Officials,
c) Other licensed officials:
i) Coaches,
ii) Announcers.
2.5.2
The Licensing of Officials
2.5.2.1 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue, renew, recategorise or revoke an
official’s licence. The form of an official’s
licence will be as prescribed in by-laws.
2.5.2.2 No person will be issued with an official’s
licence unless that person has achieved
the minimum required standards at
a training course established and
conducted under these Rules.
2.5.2.3 A licence for a key official must not be
issued to person under 18 years of age.
A licence for an operational official must
not be issued to a person under the age
of 16 years.
2.5.2.4 An official’s licence remains in force for
no more than 4 years from the day of its
issue.
2.5.2.5 An application for an official’s licence
and for the renewal or recategorisation
thereof must be:
a) To the Controlling Body having
authority in the State or Territory
in which the applicant ordinarily
resides,
b) In the prescribed form, and
c) Accompanied by the prescribed fee.
2.5.2.6 An SCB which issues an official’s licence
must, within 1 month of issue, notify
MA which must enter the information
on a register of licensed officials to be
maintained for that purpose and kept at
the registered office of MA.
2.5.2.7 An RCB, which orders an investigation
into the conduct of a meeting, may
stand down any official involved in the
subject meeting, until the investigation is
concluded.
2.5.3
Categories of Officials’ Licences
2.5.3.1 Officials’ licences:
a) Are accredited at the following levels
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2.5.3.2
2.5.3.3
and must be appropriately endorsed
i) Level 1 – Club level,
ii) Level 2 – Inter club/zone level,
iii) Level 3 - Open event / State
championship level,
iv) Level 4 – MA series and national
championship level,
v) International.
b) Are accredited in the following
disciplines:
i) Dirt Track,
ii) Enduro,
iii) Minikhana,
iv) Motocross,
v) Moto-Trials,
vi) Road Racing,
vii) Speedway,
viii) Supercross,
ix) Track,
x) Supermoto.
c) May be endorsed with more than 1
category.
A licensed official:
a) Must not carry out any duty or
function to which that official’s
licence category does not apply, but
may have an assistant whose licence
is endorsed with a different category,
b) May apply for a different category of
licence. An application for variation
must be dealt with in the same way
as an application for a licence,
c) May not, without the authority of the
Clerk of Course, compete in any
competition at which the official is
officiating,
d) Must comply with these Rules and
with the proper directions of any official
having authority under these Rules to
impose such directions,
e) Must carry out all duties honestly,
diligently and fairly,
f) Must be in attendance no later than
1 hour prior to the official start time
of the meeting (including practice)
and remain until the completion of
their duties at the conclusion of the
meeting.
MA may, either independently or in
conjunction with other Controlling Bodies
conduct official’s training courses. The
2
2.5.3.4
2.5.4
2.5.4.1
2.5.4.2
2.5.4.3
ADMINISTRATION
content of the courses must:
a) Have regard to the various
disciplines of the sport,
b) Provide practical and theoretical
training,
c) Be as prescribed from time to time in
by-laws.
No person may compete at any meeting
to which they have been appointed a key
official with the exception of 2.5.7.1 (e).
Stewards
A RCB must appoint 1 or more Stewards
for any competition and, if more than 1
Steward is appointed, those Stewards
may collectively or individually exercise
the powers set out in these Rules.
Where more than 1 Steward is appointed
under this Rule the RCB must nominate a
senior Steward, whose determination on
any matter in relation to the meeting will
be binding.
In the absence of a jury, and subject to
Rule 2.5.5, Stewards of a competition
have supreme control and authority over
the conduct of that competition and may:
a) Amend any supplementary
regulation applicable to the meeting
if, in the opinion of the Steward,
exceptional circumstances arise
requiring amendments,
b) Amend the program for the meeting,
c) Give any instruction or direction to
the clerk of course of the meeting,
d) Determine the time for the
commencement and conclusion of
the meeting,
e) Stop the meeting or any part of it,
f) Order any event to be restarted or
rerun,
g) Hear and determine any protest,
h) Institute, hear and determine
any prosecution for any offence
committed during the meeting and
impose any penalty or penalties
under these Rules,
i) Abandon any meeting provided
that all entry fees must be refunded
unless otherwise provided for in the
SR for the meeting,
j) Order any competitor to submit to a
medical examination to determine if
47
the competitor is fit to participate in
2
enjoy the ride
ADMINISTRATION
2.5.4.4
the meeting,
k) Order the administration of any fuel,
drug, or other test,
l) Impose on a competitor or entrant
any penalty of relegation time or
points penalty, exclusion, fine or
suspension as provided for in these
Rules,
m) Order any machine, which the
Steward considers does not comply
with these Rules or the relevant
SR, to be impounded at the end of
the meeting and detained under the
control or direction of the Steward
for such period as may reasonably
be necessary for it to be examined,
n) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the meeting,
o) Refer any matter to the RCB.
As soon as possible, and no more than 5
days after the conclusion of a meeting, a
Steward of the meeting must complete and
deliver to the RCB a Steward’s report in
the prescribed form which must include:
a) A copy of the program,
b) The results of the meeting,
c) Total number of competitors,
d) A plan of the venue showing the
location and number of falls where
the competitor received medical
treatment at the venue and/or the
competitor is transported to hospital,
e) The number of competitors
transported to hospital including
details of suspected injuries,
f) The number of spectators attending
the event, and
g) The number of officials on duty at
the event.
2.5.5
Race Director
2.5.5.1 MA may appoint a Race Director for any
MA series.
2.5.5.2 The Race Director’s responsibilities are:
a) To ensure proper observance of the
1
Photo: Andy McGechin
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
48
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
JURISDICTION
WINNING PARTNERSHIP
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2.5.5.3
2.5.5.4
1
2.5.6
2.5.6.1
Rules and regulations,
b) To ensure the efficient running of
practices and races,
c) To ensure effective communication
between Promoters and Stewards.
The Race Director shall have overriding
authority in relation to:
a) The control of practices and races,
including modifying the program,
b) The stopping of any race or session,
c) Starting procedure.
A Race Director may:
a) Amend any series SR if, in the
opinion of the Race Director,
exceptional circumstances arise
requiring amendments,
b) Amend the series program,
c) Institute, any prosecution for any
offence committed during a meeting,
d) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the series.
JURISDICTION
Clerk of Course
Subject to the control and direction of the
Steward or Race Director of a meeting,
the Clerk of Course is responsible for its
conduct and for that purpose may:
a) Inform and instruct operational
officials,
b) Inspect the venue and do whatever
is necessary to ensure the venue is
in good and safe condition,
c) Ensure that all operational officials
are carrying out their duties fully and
effectively,
d) Receive any protest and convey it to
the Steward,
e) Impose on a competitor or entrant
any penalty of exclusion or relegation
or any time or points penalty or fine
as provided for under these Rules,
f) Stop any event,
g) Exclude any competitor from any
competition for any reason provided
for in these Rules,
h) Exclude from any event any machine
which the Clerk of Course considers
to be dangerous,
i) Order any event to be restarted or
2
ADMINISTRATION
rerun,
Collate all necessary information
from any operational official and
present it to the Steward at the
Steward’s request and direction,
k) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the meeting,
l) Authorise any operational official to
compete in any event in the meeting.
j)
2.5.7
2.5.7.1
Race Secretary
The Race Secretary is responsible for
the organisation and management of a
meeting and for those purposes:
a) Must comply with the instructions of
the Steward and the Clerk of Course,
b) May publish notices and documents
as directed,
c) May ensure that operational officials
are informed of their functions and
duties and properly equipped,
d) Must provide the Steward with a
copy of the program and the results
of events conducted at the meeting.
e) Moto-Trials. For club and interclub
Moto-Trials the Race Secretary
may compete in an event once
they have completed their duties
as described in Chapter 2, and
only with the authority of the
Steward and Clerk of Course.
2.5.8
2.5.8.1
Operational officials
In carrying out their duties, operational
officials must:
a) At the beginning of the meeting
report to the Clerk of the Course for
instructions,
b) Only use apparatus authorised under
these Rules,
c) Provide the Clerk of Course with
reports as required,
d) Comply with the directions and
instructions of the Steward/Referee
and the Clerk of Course.
Operational officials must carry out their
functions to the best of their abilities and
in accordance with these Rules.
Officials must be paid such fees, expenses
and allowances as are prescribed from
49
time to time.
2.5.8.2
2.5.8.3
2
ADMINISTRATION
2.5.9
2.5.9.1
Eligibility Scrutineer
An eligibility Scrutineer is a person
appointed by the RCB or the Promoter
at a meeting comprising of events for
historic or classic machines. The eligibility
Scrutineer has the authority to determine
whether entered machines comply with
the relevant eligibility regulations.
2.5.10 Specialist Sub-committees
2.5.10.1 A Controlling Body may appoint specialist
Sub-committees for the following
purposes:
a) To examine any machine to
determine if the machine, or the
class or group of machines of which
the machine is an example, is
eligible to compete,
b) To issue, in respect of any machine,
any log book or other record of
eligibility,
c) To direct the issue of a replacement
log book for any machine, and
d) To grant any exemption, in respect of
any machine, class or period group
of machines, for the use of any part
or parts as provided for under these
Rules.
2.5.10.2 The relevant Commission will, unless
otherwise determined in by-laws, be the
specialist Sub-committee for each SCB.
2.5.10.3 Specialist Sub-committees will be
appointed for such term and upon such
conditions as the Controlling Body
determines.
2.5.10.4 A specialist Sub-committee may have
expertise in more than 1 discipline of the
sport.
2.5.10.5 A determination of a specialist Subcommittee applies to, and binds:
a) The owner or entrant of any
machine,
b) Any subsequent owner or entrant.
2.5.11 Juries
2.5.11.1 Subject to the following 2 Rules, an RCB
may appoint, in addition to, or in lieu of,
a Steward, a jury which must comprise a
President and at least 2 members.
2.5.11.2 If a meeting is in Speedway:
a) A jury may not be appointed in lieu of
the Referee,
b)
The
functions of a jury are to hear
50
enjoy the ride
and determine any protest against
any decision or determination of the
Referee.
2.5.11.3 No person may be a member of a jury
unless that person is:
a) Appointed in writing by the RCB
under this Rule, and
b) A Steward.
2.5.11.4 The RCB may appoint to a jury, such
persons as it thinks have sufficient
expertise to be members of a jury.
2.5.11.5 The RCB must appoint the President of
the jury.
2.5.11.6 The Steward of a meeting may not be a
member of the jury for that meeting.
2.5.11.7 If, during a meeting, there is a vacancy
in the membership of a jury, the jury
President may appoint a substitute in
accordance with these Rules.
2.5.11.8 No member of a jury may participate in
any deliberations of the jury if that person
has an interest in the outcome of the
deliberations and must, immediately on
becoming aware of any such conflict of
interest, notify the other members of the
jury and withdraw from the jury.
2.5.11.9 The President of a jury:
a) Must convene the jury at the
commencement of the meeting,
b) Must ensure that the proceedings
of the jury are conducted in
accordance with these Rules,
c) Must ensure that the acts and
instructions of the jury are carried
out, and
d) May admit any person as an
observer of the jury’s deliberation
and must exclude any person who,
in the opinion of the jury, has no
interest in the proceedings or is not
entitled to be present.
2.5.11.10 Where a jury is appointed in addition to
a Steward, the authority of the jury will
prevail over that of the Steward.
2.5.11.11 In these Rules any reference to a Steward
in any discipline other than Speedway
will, in respect of a meeting for which a
jury has been appointed, be interpreted,
as if it were a reference to a jury.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3
3
LICENSING
3.1 LICENSING REQUIREMENTS
3.1.1
3.1.1.1
3.1.1.2
3.1.1.3
3.1.1.4
3.1.1.5
3.1.1.6
3.1.1.7
3.1.1.8
LICENSING
Licensing Conditions
A person may only participate in a competition
event if they are the holder of a competition
licence as detailed in this chapter.
A person may only participate in a noncompetition activity or event if they are the
holder of a competition or non-competition
licence detailed in this chapter.
MA may, either independently or in
conjunction with other Controlling Bodies,
establish and conduct training courses for
competition licensees. The content of the
courses must have regard to:
a) The interests of the sport,
b) The need for safety in all aspects of
the sport,
c) The desirability of fair and even
competition between competitors
having the highest possible skills at
each level of competition,
d) The graduated development of the
skills of competitors.
In the event of courses being established
under the above Rule, no person who has
not successfully completed an appropriate
course may apply for, or be issued with, a
competition licence.
An applicant for a competition licence who
is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB
under the previous Rule may appeal to
the appellate body of that SCB.
MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must, in
each year, deliver to every person issued
with a 12 month competition licence and a
copy of the GCRs.
An SCB which issues a competition
licence must, within 1 month of issue,
notify MA which must enter the information
on a register of licensed competitors
maintained for that purpose by MA and
kept at the registered office of MA.
A competition licence, other than a 1 meeting
licence, continues in force for 12 months from
the date of issue except where:
a) A renewal application is lodged less
than 3 months after the expiry date in
which case the licence will continue in
force for 12 months from the date the
3.1.1.9
3.1.1.10
3.1.1.11
3.1.1.12
3.1.1.13
3.1.1.14
application was received by the SCB,
or
b) A renewal application is lodged more
than 3 months after the expiry date
in which case it will be treated as a
first time application.
A competition licensee must:
a) Produce the licence on demand to any
key official during any meeting, or
b) If unable to produce the licence,
complete a licence declaration
certifying compliance with the
licence requirements of these Rules
and forthwith pay the prescribed
non-production fee.
No person who is serving a suspension
from the FIM or any FMN may be issued
with a licence during that period of
suspension.
Any period of licence suspension ordered
by the FIM or any FMN will concurrently
apply to the competitor’s MA licence.
Subject to the next Rule, an SCB may
not issue a competition licence to, or
renew the competition licence of, any
person who has not been a resident of
that SCB’s State or Territory for at least 3
months.
An SCB may issue a competition licence
to any person who is not a resident of
that SCB’s State or Territory:
a) If that person has not been the
holder of a licence in any other
State or Territory; or
b) If that person, being the holder of a
licence in another State or Territory,
is authorised in writing by the
Controlling Body of the other State or
Territory to apply for a licence outside
that other State or Territory, or
c) If that person has recently arrived in
Australia from another Federation
and has a clearance from that
Federation to apply for an MA
licence.
Any competition licensee whose licence
is lost or destroyed may apply to an SCB
for the issue of a replacement. The SCB
may charge the prescribed replacement
fee to replace the licence.
5151
3
enjoy the ride
LICENSING
3.1.2
LICENCE TYPES AND ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY
Activity Type
Licence Type
Age
Practice
Coaching
Recreation


Status
a)
b)
c)
Junior Club †
Junior National†
Junior Restricted National†*
7-Under 16 Competition
7-Under 16 Competition
7-Under 16 Competition
d)
e)
Senior Club
Senior National
16 & Over
16 & Over
Competition
Senior Restricted National*
Club
Inter- Club National









Competition







16 & Over
Competition




g)
h)
One Meeting
7 & Over
Senior One Meeting National^
16 & Over
(Classic/Historic & Masters/Veteran)
Competition



X
Competition
X
X
X

i)
Mini ♠




j)
k)
Single Recreational Activity
Recreational
Non- Competition ♠
Competition ♠
Non-Competition


X
X
X
X
X
X
f)
(“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials)
(“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials)
4-U16
4 & Over
4 & Over
Non -Competition
X
X
NOTE 1: In table 3.1.2:  means Eligible, X means ineligible. The rules below explain the other symbols in the table
NOTE 2: Normal competition rules apply for all practise
on all MA licensed tracks.
3.1.2.1 † Junior Competition (Club, National
and Restricted National) licences can only be held
by riders aged 7 to under 16.
3.1.2.2
3.1.2.3
3.1.2.4
52
*Restricted
National Licence will be
subject to the following conditions.
a) The licence will be available for both
junior and senior competitors.
b) The licence will apply to the
following categories:
i) “Fast 50’s”
ii) Minimoto
iii) Moto-Trials
c) Licencing requirements are as GCR
3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
♠ Club, Inter-Club and National meetings
can hold non-competitive activities
specifically for Mini licence holders
using 50cc Demo machines (4-U9). This
licence can also be used for Minikhana
activities (4-U16), Moto-Trials (4-U16)
and non-competitive events.
^ Senior One Meeting National Licence is
subject to the following conditions:
a) Licence will be available to all
applicants 16 years and older,
b) Current club membership is
3.1.2.5
3.1.2.6
required,
c) No competency test is required if the
applicant can prove that they have held
an annual competition licence within the
previous 10 years,
d) Applicants who have never held a
competition licence, or who have not
held a licence within the previous 10
years must undertake a competency
test, and apply for the licence via the
event Race Secretary at least 21 days
prior to the race meeting in which they
wish to compete. The competency
assessment may be undertaken at the
meeting in which the participant intends
to compete.
e) This licence category will only be
available to:
i) Participants in national classic/
historic events,
ii) Competitors using modern machines
at a national event specifically for
Veteran and/or Masters riders. The
minimum age to classify a Veteran or
Masters competitor for this category is
35 years.
No competition licensee may compete in any
competition above the level endorsed on that
person’s licence.
To be eligible for a competition licence a
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3
LICENSING - GENERAL
3.2.0.1
MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must, in
each year, deliver to each licensee a copy of
these GCRs.
An SCB which issues any licence must, within
1 month of issue, notify MA which must enter
the information on a register maintained for
that purpose by MA and kept at the registered
office of MA.
Any rider, who is transported to hospital,
recommended to attend hospital or is
advised by a medical practitioner that they
require a medical clearance before taking
part in any further competition will have
their license suspended until such time
as they supply a medical clearance to MA,
their SBC or a Key Official at a MA permitted
race meeting
3.2.0.2
3.2.0.3
3.3
LICENSING - SENIORS
3.3.0.1
An application for a competition licence, other
3.3.0.2
LICENSING
3.2
than a one meeting licence or international
licence, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides;
b) Be in the prescribed form.
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) Proof of the age of the applicant,
iii) Proof that the applicant has passed
an appropriate licence test,
iv) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
v) The prescribed fee.
d) If the applicant is a minor, be
accompanied by the written
authorisation of at least 1 of the
applicant’s parents or the legal guardian
of the applicant.
e) If the applicant has never been the holder
of a competition licence, be accompanied
by any 1 of the following:
i) The applicant’s current road
motorcycle licence,
ii) Proof that the applicant has attended a
motorcycle training course conducted
by, or with the approval of, a State
Government authority,
iii) Proof that the applicant has attended
any SCB accredited training school,
iv) Proof that the applicant has attended
a training school conducted by an
accredited coach, or
v) Endorsement on the application by
a club official authorised by the SCB
that, in the opinion of that official, the
applicant is capable of controlling a
motorcycle.
A first time licence applicant must undertake a
test of knowledge of these Rules
3
rider must be an Australian Citizen or be a
permanent resident eligible for Medicare, or
hold a licence from their FMN with insurance to
FIM standard and produce a start permission.
3.1.2.7 A competition licensee from any country in
which there is an FMN recognised by the FIM:
a) May compete in Australia as if that person
were a competition licencee under these
Rules, but
b) Must compete at the level, or its nearest
equivalent, endorsed on that person’s
licence, and
c) May not compete unless and until that
person satisfies the Steward of a meeting
in which that person seeks to participate
that that person is appropriately insured
and is authorised by that FMN.
3.1.2.8 No person other than a licencee competing
under the previous Rule may be issued with
a competition licence unless that person is a
member of a Club. This rule does not apply to
applicants for a Recreational and Single Use
Recreational Licence.
3.1.2.9 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue a
competition licence to any person. The form of
a competition licence will be as prescribed in
by-laws.
3.1.2.10 MA may issue international licences on behalf of
FIM to holders of a current national licence with
insurance to FIM standard.
LICENSING
3.4
LICENSING - JUNIORS
3.4.0.1
An application for a Junior competition licence,
other than a 1 meeting licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
5353
ii) Proof of the age of the applicant,
3
3.4.0.2
3.4.0.3
iii) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
iv) The prescribed fee.
v) Proof that the applicant has meet the
requirements of the Junior Coaching
Policy (JCP) GCR 3.8
vi) Written authorisation of at least 1 of
the applicant’s parents or the legal
guardian of the applicant.
v) Proof of current club membership.
No applicant will be issued with their first
competition licence if they are under the age
of 7 years.
All Junior competitors:
a) Must produce their JCP logbook upon
demand to any key official during any
meeting
b) If unable to produce their JCP
logbook, complete a declaration
certifying their compliance with the
logbook requirement of these Rules
accompanied by the prescribed fee.
3.5
LICENSING - ENTRANTS
3.5.0.1
A person or body corporate may not enter any
rider to participate in any competition unless
that person or body corporate is licensed as
an Entrant.
MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue
an Entrant’s licence to any person or body
corporate. The form of an Entrant’s licence
will be as prescribed in by-laws.
An application for an Entrant’s licence and for
renewal thereof, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form, and
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed fee.
On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of an Entrant’s licence, the SCB
may:
a) Issue or renew the licence
unconditionally,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
c) Issue or renew the licence on such terms
and conditions as it thinks fit.
An applicant for an Entrant’s licence who is
aggrieved by a decision of the SCB under the
previous GCR may appeal to the appellate
body of the SCB.
3.5.0.2
3.5.0.3
3.5.0.4
3.5.0.5
54
enjoy the ride
LICENSING
3.5.0.6
An entrant’s licence continues in force for 12
months from the date of issue.
3.6
LICENSING - SPEEDWAY MECHANICS
3.6.0.1
A person may not work as a Mechanic for
any rider in any Speedway competition
unless that person:
a) Is licensed as a mechanic,
b) Is not less than 16 years of age,
MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue a
mechanic’s licence to any person. The form
of a mechanic’s licence will be as prescribed
in by-laws.
An application for a mechanic’s licence and
for renewal thereof, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory
in which the applicant ordinarily
resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) Proof of the age of the applicant,
iii) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
iv) The prescribed fee.
On receipt of an application for the issue or
renewal of a Mechanic’s licence the SCB
may:
a) Issue or renew the licence
unconditionally,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions, as it thinks fit.
An applicant for a Mechanic’s licence who
is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB
under the previous GCR may appeal to the
appellate body of that SCB.
A Mechanic’s licence continues in force for
12 months from the date of issue.
A Mechanic’s licensee must:
a) Carry the licence at all times during any
meeting,
b) Produce the licence on demand to any
key official during any meeting,
If unable to produce the licence, complete
a declaration certifying compliance with the
licence requirements of these Rules and
forthwith pay the prescribed non-production
fee
3.6.0.2
3.6.0.3
3.6.0.4
3.6.0.5
3.6.0.6
3.6.0.7
3.6.0.8
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3.7
LICENCE ISSUING & RENEWALS
3.7.0.1
Senior- An application for renewal of a Senior
competition licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form.
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) The licence to be renewed,
iii) Proof the applicant has a current
ambulance subscription, and
iv) The prescribed fee
v) Proof of current club membership.
Junior - An application for renewal of a Junior
competition licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) The licence to be renewed,
iii) Proof in the JCP logbook of the
required coaching hours having been
completed,
iv) Proof the applicant has a current
ambulance subscription, and
v) The prescribed fee,
vi) Proof of current club membership.
On receipt of an application for the issue or
renewal of a competition licence the SCB
may:
a) Delay the issue or renewal for no more
than 14 days,
b) Issue or renew the licence unconditionally,
c) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
d) Issue or renew the licence on such terms
and conditions as it thinks fit.
3.7.0.2
3.7.0.3
3.8
JUNIOR COACHING PROGRAM
3.8.0.1
To obtain a competition licence, Junior riders (7
to under 16) must
a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours of
coaching by an accredited coach in the
required modules (Kick Start), and
b) Complete the written assessment.
To renew a licence, Junior riders must:
a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours
coaching each year until they reach the
3.8.0.2
3
3.8.1
3.8.1.1
3.8.1.2
3.8.1.3
3.8.1.4
3.8.2
3.8.2.1
3.8.2.2
3.8.3
3.8.3.1
3.8.3.2
LICENSING
age of 16, and
b) Maintain a log book recording their
coaching hours – refer GCR 3.8.2, 3.8.4
125cc/150cc and 250cc Endorsement
A rider wishing to compete on a 125cc/150cc
2-stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke machine must
undertake a minimum of 5 hours coaching on
those respective machines.
A rider who is endorsed for 125cc/150cc
2-stroke must receive a separate endorsement
for a 250cc 4-stroke and vice versa before
being able to compete on those machines.
The coaching required for a 125cc/150cc
2-stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke endorsement
can be undertaken 3 months prior to the
rider’s birthday that allows them to compete
on either machine.
The minimum of 5 hours coaching required
for a 125cc/150cc 2-stroke and 250cc
4-stroke endorsement will count toward the
coaching required under GCR 3.8.0.1.
Coaching Delivery
Riders in a coaching session must
a) Have a licence as defined in GCR 3.1.2, or
b) Be participating in a session exclusively
for the purposes of obtaining a licence for the
first time.
Licence holders may not participate in a JCP
coaching session with non-licence holders.
Junior Coaching Program Log Book
All Junior competitors will be issued with a
log book which includes:
a) Name, address and date of birth,
b) Provision to record training/coaching
hours and modules to obtain a
competition licence,
c) Provision to record Licence assessment
results,
d) Licence number,
e) Special medical conditions,
f) Ambulance subscription,
g) Provision of injury details (where
transported to hospital), and
h) Provision to record penalties (to be
countersigned by the Steward and
Clerk of Course)
A rider wishing to take out a 1 event
competition licence must produce a log book
to demonstrate they have completed the JCP
requirements.
5555
4
4
COMPETITIONS
4.1
VENUES
4.1.1
4.1.1.1
Register of Venues
Each SCB must, for its area of responsibility,
establish and maintain a register of:
a) Permanent venues, and
b) Temporary venues for special events
which may be altered by the addition, removal
or modification of, any 1 or more venues.
4.1.2
4.1.2.1
Venue Inspectors
An RCB may appoint venue inspectors
whose responsibilities are:
a) To inspect venues,
b) To ensure that venues comply with
any standards established under these
Rules, and
c) To make recommendations for the
issue of licences for venues.
4.1.3
4.1.3.1
4.1.3.2
4.1.3.3
4.1.3.4
4.1.3.5
4.1.4
4.1.4.1
56
enjoy the ride
COMPETITIONS
The Licensing of Venues
No venue may be operated without a venue
licence.
An application for the issue of a venue
licence must be in the prescribed form to the
RCB.
The RCB may, in respect of a venue:
a) Issue a licence subject to such terms
and conditions as it thinks fit or may
refuse to issue a licence, and
b) Revoke or suspend a venue licence if
the venue licensee fails to comply with
the licence or any condition.
During each competition or other permitted
event the venue licence must be prominently
displayed in the administration area of the
event together with a plan of the venue and
the GPS co-ordinates for the location of the
venue.
Any Support person who enters a licensed
venue or who otherwise participates
(in whatever manner and actively or
passively) in a competition under these
GCR is bound by these GCR and any SR
in force for that competition.
Notices to the Public
At all meetings to which the public have
access, other than events on a public
road, the standard notice warning [shown
4.1.4.2
4.1.4.3
4.1.4.4
4.1.4.5
4.1.4.6
4.2
on opposite page] the public that a
motorcycle competition is in progress
shall be prominently displayed.
Wherever at such meetings, it is
considered desirable by the Promoters of
the meetings, or is a condition of the grant
of a Venue Licence that the public shall be
excluded from a certain area, the standard
form of notice prohibiting the public from
access to that area [shown on opposite
page] shall be prominently displayed.
No other form of notice for warning the
public generally or for prohibiting access
to certain areas shall be displayed.
The standard form of notice measures
550mm x 450mm.
A sign must be prominently displayed
in pit areas [shown on opposite page]
warning that the carrying or consumption
of alcoholic beverages by all personnel
in the area is prohibited. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm.
At the entrances to any venue a
Promoter must prominently display the
sign [shown on opposite page]
Pit areas must be clearly defined. A
Promoter must prominently display the
sign [shown on opposite page] at the
entrance to the pit area
THE PROMOTION AND CONDUCT OF
COMPETITIONS
4.2.1
Authority to Promote
4.2.1.1 Subject to these Rules, competitions may
be promoted or conducted by:
a) A Controlling Body, or
b) A Promoter.
4.2.1.2 Promoters must be affiliated to the RCB:
a) Where an SCB is the RCB,
Promoters must affiliate with an SCB,
b) Where MA is the RCB, Promoters
must affiliate with MA if they have
not already affiliated with an SCB.
4.2.1.3 SCBs must notify MA of the details of
affiliated Promoters within 1 month of
them affiliating.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4
COMPETITIONS
WARNING TO THE PUBLIC
Motor racing is DANGEROUS, and spectators attending this track do so entirely at their own
risk. It is a condition of admission that all persons having a connection with the promotion,
and/or organisation, and/or conduct of the meeting, including the owners of the land and
the riders and owners of vehicles and passengers in the vehicles, are absolved from all
liability arising out of the accidents causing damage or personal injury to spectators or ticket
holders, except where due care and skill has not been exercised.
Notice 4.1.4.1
PROHIBITED AREA
The Public is not permitted in this area.
Notice 4.1.4.2
WARNING
The carrying or consumption of alcoholic beverages
in the pit area is prohibited.
By Order,
Notice 4.1.4.4
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
NOTICE
No Animals Allowed.
Guide Dogs Excepted
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
The riding of motorcycles in the pit area is only
allowed in marked access lanes.
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
4.2.2
4.2.2.1
4.2.2.2
Competition Permits
No competition may be promoted or
conducted without a competition permit.
An application for a competition permit
must be in the prescribed form to the RCB
and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
b) For any meeting forming part of
an Australian Championship, be
submitted at least 3 months before
the date set for the meeting,
c) For International meetings (i.e.
involving licensees from federations
other than MA and MNZ), MA series
or National meetings, be submitted
at least 8 weeks before the date set
for the meeting,
4.2.2.3
Notice 4.1.4.5
Notice 4.1.4.6
d) For any other meeting, be submitted
at least 14 days before the date set
for the meeting,
e) Be accompanied by proposed SR,
and
f) Identify the proposed venue.
An RCB may issue a competition permit
subject to terms and conditions or may
refuse to issue a permit.
a) At the time of issue of a competition
permit to a Promoter, the RCB may
require the Promoter to deposit with
the RCB a bond which:
i) Is equivalent to the prize money,
ii) Is an estimate by the RCB of the
gate levy payable.
b) Where a bond is not required, the
RCB will assume responsibility for
57
4
4.2.2.4
4.2.2.5
4.2.3
4.2.3.1
4.2.4
4.2.4.1
4.2.5
4.2.5.1
4.2.5.2
4.2.5.3
58
enjoy the ride
COMPETITIONS
the prize money.
c) A permit must not be issued unless
the Promoter making application is
insured to the satisfaction of the RCB.
Where any of the conditions of a
competition permit are not satisfied the
RCB may revoke the permit.
The permit for an event must be
prominently displayed in the administration
area of the event.
Refund of Permit Fees
If a meeting does not take place, any fee
paid for the permit must be repaid unless
in the opinion of the RCB, the meeting did
not take place because of the conduct of
the permit holder. In that event, the RCB
may withhold the refund wholly, or in part
at its discretion.
Forfeiture of Permit
A Promoter will be liable to forfeit a permit
if the Promoter breaches any of these
Rules, and in all things done in relation
to a meeting, must comply with, and is
bound by:
a) These Rules,
b) All conditions of the permit,
c) Any SR, and
d) All venue safety and other standards
proclaimed under these Rules.
The Appointment of Officials
A meeting must not take place unless
there are at least the following officials
present:
a) A Steward, a Jury, or a Referee,
b) A Clerk of Course,
c) A Race Secretary,
d) A Scrutineer.
Officials for Australian Championships
forming a series must:
a) In respect of Stewards, Juries and
Race Directors, be appointed by MA,
b) In respect of all other key officials, Chief
Marshals, eligibility Scrutineers and chief
technical Scrutineers, be nominated by
the host SCB for MA approval.
c) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
Officials for Australian Championships
which do not form part of a series must:
a) In respect of Stewards, Jury
Presidents and eligibility Scrutineers
4.2.5.4
4.2.5.5
be appointed by MA,
b) In respect of all other key officials,
Chief Marshals and chief technical
Scrutineers be appointed by the
host SCB,
c) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
Officials for meetings controlled by MA
which are not Australian Championships
must:
a) In respect of Stewards, be appointed
by MA,
b) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
Officials for meetings controlled by SCBs
will be appointed in accordance with the
by laws of the host SCB.
4.2.6
Competitions between Categories of Machine
4.2.6.1 In respect of any competition:
a) Unless otherwise provided for by
these Rules or any relevant SR, no
2 machines of a different category
may compete in any event,
b) No competition may be conducted
under these Rules between a
motorcycle and any other vehicle.
4.2.7
Invitations for Entries
4.2.7.1 A Promoter may invite and receive
entries to any competition authorised by
the permit. Every invitation to enter and
every entry form sent out to a potential
participant must:
a) Specify the closing date for
applications to enter,
b) Specify the amount of the entry fee,
c) Be accompanied by a copy of the
SR for the competition.
4.2.8
Applications for Entries
4.2.8.1 A competition licensee wishing to
participate in a meeting may apply to
enter the meeting. The application
must:
a) Be in the prescribed form and
contain the prescribed information,
b) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
c) If required by the RCB, be
accompanied by a medical
certificate that the applicant is fit to
participate in the meeting,
d) Contain no false or misleading
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4.2.8.2
4
information,
e) Comply with the SR for the meeting.
The Promoter to whom such an application
is submitted may accept or reject it and,
if the application is rejected, must inform
the applicant of the rejection.
4.2.9
Responsibilities of Promoters
4.2.9.1 A Promoter, on or before the day of the
meeting must:
a) Publish a program which must
contain:
i) The names of all competitors and
the identity of each competitor’s
entrant, club and State,
ii) The identification number of each
competitor and motorcycle,
iii) Any applicable starting position
and handicap,
iv) The status and identity of all key
officials,
v) All relevant information about the
events to be conducted.
b) Provide copies of the program
to all key officials, entrants and
competitors.
c) Appoint officials and in so doing
may appoint assistant pit and flag
marshals who need not be the
holders of officials’ licences. No
assistant pit or flag marshal may
carry out any duty unless directly
supervised by a licensed official.
d) Provide fire extinguishers to the
satisfaction of the RCB,
e) Where MA is the RCB, at any event
where speed is the determining
factor, provide an ambulance which
is,
i) Permitted to transport injured
persons on public roads, and
ii) Staffed by paramedics.
f) At all other events where speed is
the determining factor provide, to
the satisfaction of the SCB:
i) An ambulance, or
ii) First aid vehicle, or
iii) A medical room, which may be
mobile.
g) Ensure medical facilities are
operated by qualified first aid
personnel.
4.2.9.2
4.2.9.3
4.2.9.4
4.2.9.5
COMPETITIONS
h) Ensure that:
i) At Speedway / Track events
spectators are not permitted
inside the circuit,
ii) At all other events spectators are
not permitted in areas, which may
endanger themselves or riders.
iii) The nearest police station and
the nearest hospital to the event
is notified that the event is to take
place. This notification must be
given at least 21 days prior to the
event.
A Promoter must, no more than 21 days
after a meeting pay all fees, traveling
and accommodation expenses due to
Controlling Bodies, riders and officials in
respect of that meeting.
A Promoter is responsible for the payment
of all officials’ fees and expenses other
than the Steward’s fee and any costs
associated with the Race Director.
Unless otherwise instructed by the RCB,
a Promoter must, no more 7 days after the
results have been declared official, pay all
prize monies and prizes due to the riders.
At events where drug or fuel testing has
taken place an RCB may instruct the
Promoter to delay payments of prize monies
until the results of those tests are published.
4.2.10 Betting at Meetings
4.2.10.1 No person involved in the conduct of any
meeting may conduct any bet or wager at
a competition in respect of that meeting.
4.2.11 Results
4.2.11.1 As soon as practicable and no more than
5 days after the completion of a meeting,
the Steward must send the results to the
RCB.
4.2.11.2 Unless and until all protests and
appeals arising from a meeting are
finally determined, the results will be
provisional.
4.2.11.3 In respect of any provisional results, any
public announcement or advertisement
concerning those results must state that
they are provisional; and are subject to
official confirmation.
4.2.11.4 As soon as practicable and no more than
5 days after the final determination of all
protests and appeals in relation to any
meeting, the RCB must announce that the 59
4
enjoy the ride
COMPETITIONS
results are final.
4.2.11.5 A meeting will commence and conclude at
the times fixed by the Steward.
4.2.12
Results in Australian Championships and
MA Series
4.2.12.1 Results in any Australian titled event or
MA series event:
a) Must be faxed or e-mailed to MA by
the Steward by 9am on the Monday
next following the event, and
b) Must include the names of all
finishers in the event.
4.2.13 Supplementary Regulations [SR]
4.2.13.1 An RCB may make SR, which must
be consistent with these Rules, for the
purposes of the promotion and conduct of
any competition.
4.2.13.2 SR:
a) Have the force and effect of these
Rules,
b) Must comply, as closely as possible,
with the model SR in Appendix 2;
c) Must be printed and in the prescribed
form,
d) Must be delivered to those persons
or bodies whom the RCB considers
necessary to enable the competition
to be conducted fairly and efficiently,
e) Must be published and displayed
in a place to which officials and
competitors have reasonable access,
f) Must not be amended after delivery
and publication in accordance with
this GCR unless, in the opinion of the
Steward, exceptional circumstances
arise requiring amendments.
4.2.13.3 SR for competitions may prescribe:
a) Venue descriptions,
b) Dates, times and places of
competitions,
c) Entry times, methods and forms,
d) Competitor and other numbers and
number plates,
e) Methods of machine examination,
f) Methods of practicing and qualifying,
g) Methods of starting and finishing,
h) Flags and signals,
i) Competition officials,
j) Entry and other fees,
k) Prizes and trophies,
60
l)
m)
n)
o)
Competition formats,
Methods of scoring,
Timetables,
Such other facts, matters or things
as are necessary to ensure the fair
and safe conduct of competitions.
4.2.13.4 SR bind Support persons. Delivery,
publication or display of SR in
accordance with GCR 4.2.13.2(d) or (e)
shall be deemed delivery, publication
and display of the SR to Support
persons
4.2.14
Supplementary Regulations for Australian
Championships & MA Series
4.2.14.1 A draft of proposed SR for an Australian
Championship and MA series must be
sent to MA in electronic form (disc or
email) at least 3 months prior to the date
of the event.
4.3
OFFENCES
4.3.1
4.3.1.1
List of Offences
Any Promoter, licensee or Support
person, who:
a) Breaches any of these Rules, or any SR,
b) Acts in a manner which is prejudicial
to the sport or breaches the Code of
Conduct,
c) Behaves in an offensive or abusive
manner toward any competitor or
any official exercising authority under
these Rules,
d) Bribes or attempts to bribe, directly
or indirectly, any competitor,
Controlling Body, appellate body or
official exercising authority under
these Rules,
e) Offers, receives or offers to receive,
directly or indirectly, any bribe
in respect of the exercise of any
authority under these Rules,
f) Enters, or attempts to enter, any
ineligible person, body or machine in
any competition,
g) Acts in a reckless or dangerous
manner while competing.
h) Disobeys the lawful direction, order
or requirement of any Controlling
Body, appellate body, inspector or
official under these Rules.
i) Obstructs or misleads any official in
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
r)
s)
t)
u)
v)
the exercise of any of the powers
and duties conferred on that official
by these Rules,
Assaults any competitor or any
official exercising authority under
these Rules,
Without reasonable cause, fails
to participate in a competition for
which entrant fees have been paid
by or on behalf of that person or
body or in the case of Speedway a
competitor who has nominated for
that competition,
Does any act, the direct or indirect
purpose of which is to breach
or cause to be breached any
agreement between any Promoter,
entrant, or rider in respect of any
competition,
Participates in any competition for
which that person or body has failed
to complete an entry form or pay
entrant fees,
Being a Promoter advertises, and/
or programs riders who have not
entered the meeting,
Being a Promoter, club, entrant,
or rider knowingly publishes false
information concerning the results of
any competition,
Promotes, participates in, or
officiates at any competition which is
capable of being sanctioned by MA
but which is not authorized under
these Rules,
Uses other than the prescribed fuel
in any competition,
Fails to comply with the direction of
an authorised official to submit to a
fuel test under these Rules,
Being an entrant causes or
permits the rider entered by the
entrant, or any Support person of
that rider not to comply with these
rules
Being a competitor where any
of there Support persons fails to
comply with any of these Rules
Commits a doping offence under
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy,
Being an official knowingly:
i) Signs a record of measurement
as a personal record when it was
4
COMPETITIONS
not,
ii) Assists in the promotion or
conduct of any competition which
is not authorised under these
Rules, or
iii) Fails to comply with these Rules,
is liable to be penalised under these
Rules.
4.3.1.2 Should a Support person breach any
rule, the entrant, rider, licensee or
competitor, may in addition to the
Support person be held responsible
and sanctioned in accordance with
these GCR.
4.3.1.3 Subject to Rule 4.3.1.4, a prosecution for
any alleged offence under Rule 4.3.1.1
committed during the course of a meeting
must:
a) If instituted by the Clerk of Course,
be:
i) Heard and determined by the
Clerk of Course, or
ii) Referred to the Steward, or
b) If instituted by the Steward, be
i) Heard and determined by the
Steward, or
ii) Referred to the RCB, or
c) If instituted by a duly appointed
Inspector, be heard and determined
by the RCB.
4.3.1.4 A prosecution for any alleged offence
under GCR 4.3.1.1 committed during the
course of a meeting being part of an MA
series must:
a) If instituted by the Clerk of the
Course, be:
i) Heard and determined by the
Clerk of Course, or
ii) Referred to the Steward, or
b) If instituted by the Race Director; be
referred to the Steward, or
c) If instituted by the Steward, be
i) Heard and determined by the
Steward, or
ii) Referred to the RCB, or
d) If instituted by a duly appointed
Inspector, be heard and determined
by the RCB.
4.3.2
4.3.2.1
Imposition of Penalties during Events
In any event during the course of a
meeting, a Steward or Clerk of Course 61
4
4.3.2.2
4.3.2.3
4.3.2.4
4.3.3
4.3.3.1
62
enjoy the ride
COMPETITIONS
may fine, exclude, impose penalty or time
points on, or relegate, any competitor, if:
a) The whole or any part of that
competitor’s machine has left
the track and thereby gained an
advantage, unless such action was:
i) For the safety of other competitors,
or
ii) Due to the action of other
competitors,
b) The competitor has gained an
advantage as a result of an unfair
start,
c) The competitor has been guilty of
unfair or unsafe conduct.
d) The competitor receives outside
assistance other than:
i) By a relevant official at the start of
an event, or
ii) In the interests of safety,
e) The competitor’s machine is
dangerous,
f) The competitor’s machine does not
comply with the requirements of
these Rules or any SR,
g) The competitor has unreasonably
refused to submit to a medical test
required by the Steward under these
Rules,
h) The competitor, or the competitor’s
team, has breached the refueling
Rule.
For the purposes of this GCR, outside
assistance includes radio communication,
provided that SR may permit outside
assistance.
No person may protest against, or appeal
from, a decision to impose a penalty
during an event.
For the purpose of this GCR a decision
does not operate as such unless and until
it is notified to the competitor affected by
it or to that competitor’s team, providing
such notification is practicable within the
context of the event.
Hearing and Determination of Charges
during Meetings
In any proceeding relating to the imposition
of penalties for offences committed during
the course of a meeting:
a) The Steward or Clerk of Course:
i) May act on their own initiative,
ii) May act on such information and
in such manner as they think fit
having regard to the conduct for
which a penalty is to be imposed,
iii) Must, in respect of all prosecutions
other than those under GCR
4.3.2, conduct a hearing,
iv) Must, as soon as practicable
after determining the penalty,
inform the competitor and the
competitor’s team of the penalty
imposed, and
v) May not impose any fine greater
than the maximum prescribed in
by-laws.
b) No person may be represented by a
legal practitioner.
4.3.4
4.3.4.1
4.3.4.2
4.3.4.3
4.3.5
4.3.5.1
4.3.5.2
Inspectors
A Controlling Body may, by written
authority, appoint Inspectors.
The powers and duties of Inspectors are:
a) To institute prosecutions for
offences under these Rules other
than offences alleged to have been
committed by competitors during the
course of a event, and
b) To collect and collate evidence
reasonably required for the
preparation of any prosecutions
under these Rules, and to present
such evidence to the RCB,
c) To investigate the conduct
of meetings and make
recommendations to the RCB.
In performing duties under these Rules,
an Inspector:
a) May ask questions and give
directions as reasonably required,
b) Must comply with all directions of
any appellate body, and
c) Must maintain proper and accurate
records of all investigations
undertaken and any proceedings
arising therefrom.
Charges
Charges for offences under these Rules,
other than by Stewards, Race Director or
Clerks of Course may only be instituted by
Inspectors.
In relation to any charge instituted by an
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Inspector:
a) The offence will not be taken to have
been committed unless proved to the
satisfaction of the RCB,
b) The person charged may be
represented by a legal practitioner
or other advocate or may be
unrepresented,
c) The person charged may:
i) Give evidence,
ii) Call any witness,
iii) Produce any exhibit, or
iv) remain silent, and no adverse
inference may be drawn from the
exercise of the right of silence.
d) The RCB must
i) Have regard to the principles set
out in the next GCR,
ii) Deliver written reasons for the
finding to the person charged,
whether of guilty or innocent, and
any penalty imposed.
e) The RCB may refer charges to its
appellate body.
4.3.6
4.3.6.1
4.3.6.2
Penalties
In imposing any penalty, the Steward,
Clerk of Course, RCB or the appellate
body must have regard to the following
principles:
a) No penalty should be imposed
unless and until the offender has
been given the opportunity to make
representations as to the nature and
extent of the penalty,
b) In ordinary circumstances a single
penalty should be imposed for a
single offence,
c) The punishment for an offence
should be commensurate with the
gravity and effects of the offence,
d) The interests of the sport are
paramount,
e) The severity of penalties imposed
on an individual should increase if
that individual continues to commit
offences against these Rules,
f) Mitigating factors put by, or on behalf
of an offender, must be taken into
account, as must the effects on
others of the actions of the offender.
The Clerk of Course may impose the
4
4.3.6.3
4.3.6.4
4.3.6.5
4.3.6.6
4.3.6.7
COMPETITIONS
following penalties for any offence
committed under these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $1,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion.
e) Removal or ejection from the
venue
The Steward may impose the following
penalties for any offence committed under
these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $2,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion,
e) Suspension of no more than 6
months.
f) Removal or ejection from the
venue
The RCB may impose the following
penalties for any offence committed under
these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $5,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion,
e) Suspension of no more than 24
months.
The RCB may determine a period during
which a licence will not be issued to
persons falsely completing a licence
declaration under GCR 3.1.1.9. b).
An appellate body may impose the
following penalties for any offence
committed under these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $10,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion,
e) Suspension,
f) Disqualification.
In imposing a penalty under these Rules
an appellate body may:
a) Fix a time for payment of any fine,
b) Suspend the operation of any
penalty unconditionally or subject to
terms and conditions,
c) Fix a time for the commencement
of any penalty, but in the absence
of such fixing, the penalty will
63
4
4.3.6.8
commence from the moment of its
pronouncement,
d) Impose such conditions as are in the
circumstances just and expedient,
e) Require the offender to deliver any
document, record, material, object,
piece of equipment, machine or
thing as is reasonably necessary to
ensure:
i) That the penalty is carried into full
force and effect,
ii) That all persons or bodies
affected are made aware of the
penalty, and
iii) That any consequential orders or
directions are complied with.
f) Make such consequential orders
or directions as the appellate body
considers necessary and reasonable
for the full and effectual operation of
the penalty.
Unless otherwise ordered:
a) Every decision of an appellate body
will take effect from the moment of
pronouncement of the penalty,
b) The operation of a decision of an
appellate body will be suspended
upon the lodging of a notice of
appeal against the decision.
4.3.7
4.3.7.1
Penalties – Juniors
The Steward may fine or exclude any
junior competitor for the actions of the
agents or parents of the competitor.
4.3.8
4.3.8.1
Default Penalties
Any person or body having power to
impose any fine under these Rules must
fix a time within which the fine is to be
paid.
An RCB may impose, as a penalty in
default of payment of the fine within
that time, a penalty of suspension or
disqualification, which may be double
the period the payment of the fine, was in
default.
4.3.8.2
4.3.9
4.3.9.1
64
enjoy the ride
COMPETITIONS
Tests for Prohibited Substances
A person who commits a doping offence
contrary to the MA Anti-Doping Policy
[Chapter 11] will be sanctioned by MA
in accordance with that policy which is
published in this manual.
4.3.9.2
For the purposes of this GCR:
a) An SCB may, by instrument in
writing, delegate to MA its authority
to administer tests under this GCR,
and in that case, MA will be deemed
to be the RCB in relation to the
administration of tests,
b) The RCB is responsible for the
receipt of the results of tests.
4.3.10 Prohibited substances
4.3.10.1 Refer to the World Anti-Doping Agency
(WADA) Prohibited List under Chapter 11
for prohibited substances.
4.3.11 Fines
4.3.11.1 Fines are payable to the RCB.
4.3.12 Suspension and Disqualification
4.3.12.1 An order for suspension of any person
or body will operate throughout the
period thereof so as to prevent that
person or body from participating in any
competition.
4.3.12.2 An order for suspension or disqualification
from competition may operate so as to
prevent from participation in competition
a machine or machines of a particular
manufacturer provided that no such order
may be made unless the appellate body
is satisfied that the offence or offences
leading to the making of the order were
committed with the knowledge, or at the
instigation, of the manufacturer or the
manufacturer’s agent.
4.3.12.3 Any person or body who is the subject of:
a) An order of exclusion, or
b) An order for suspension or
disqualification for any offence
committed at, connected with, or
arising from, any competition;
is liable to forfeit the right to receive
or retain any award, trophy or prize in
respect of that competition.
4.3.12.4 If any penalty imposed alters the result of
any competition, the RCB must, as soon
as practicable after being notified of the
penalty, alter the record of that competition
so as to reflect the alteration.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
5
5.1
5
PROTESTS AND APPEALS
PROTESTS AND APPEALS
PROTESTS
5.1.1
Right of Protest
5.1.1.1 With the exception of penalties imposed
during an event any entrant or competitor
may protest:
a) Against a decision to reject an
application by a competition
licence holder to compete in any
competition,
b) Against a decision, action or
determination of any official,
c) Against the action or conduct of any
other competitor, entrant, mechanic
or team member during the course
of any event.
5.1.1.2 Any protest must:
a) Be in writing,
b) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee which will be refunded if the
protest is upheld, or if not must be
remitted to the RCB ,
c) Be made to a Steward of the
relevant meeting,
d) Comply with the following time limits:
i) For a protest under sub Rules a)
and b) of the previous Rule, as
soon as practicable after being
informed of the decision,
ii) For a protest under sub Rule c)
of the previous Rule, no more
than 30 minutes after the action
or conduct,
iii) For a protest under sub-Rule c)
in a Speedway or Supercross
meeting, no more than 5 minutes
after the action or conduct.
5.1.2
Protest Hearings
5.1.2.1 A Steward must hear and determine any
protest and must notify the outcome to
the protester, and any person materially
affected, within a reasonable time.
5.1.2.2 A Steward may refer any question raised
in any protest, or the protest itself, to the
relevant appellate body and must:
a) Notify such referral to the protester,
and to any person materially
affected by the protest,
5.1.2.3
5.1.2.4
b) Provide to the appellate body all
evidence and exhibits submitted
to the Steward in relation to that
protest,
c) Comply with all directions and
instructions of the appellate body.
In hearing and determining any protest, a
Steward may:
a) Direct any reasonable alteration or
modification to any course,
b) Alter or amend any program,
c) Overrule, vary or amend any
decision or direction of an official,
d) Substitute for any decision of an
official, the decision of the Steward
with or without conditions,
e) Give such directions, instructions or
orders as the Steward thinks fit for
the efficient and fair conduct of any
competition,
f) Alter, vary or amend the result of, or
prize for, any competition,
g) Do whatever is necessary for the
proper consideration of the protest.
In hearing and determining any protest,
a Steward must apply the following
principles:
a) The protester and any person
materially affected or likely to be
so affected by the outcome of the
protest must be notified of the protest
and the time and place fixed for the
hearing,
b) The determination of the protest
must be in writing and published
to the protester and any person
affected by the determination,
c) The principles of natural justice must
apply,
d) The protester and any person
materially affected or likely to be
so affected by the determination
may not be represented by a legal
practitioner,
e) The Steward is not bound by the
rules of evidence and may be
informed of facts in such manner as
the Steward thinks fit,
6565
f)
5.1.3
5.1.3.1
Protests - Juniors
In addition to the Rules regulating the
making of protests in all competitions,
Juniors must comply with the following:
a) A protest may only be made by a
competitor,
b) The competitor must indicate the
protest to an official prior to returning
to the pits,
c) The Clerk of Course must designate
an area, to be announced at the
riders’ briefing and to be marked by
a purple flag, where an official must
be present to note any indications of
protest,
d) No discussion on the content of the
protest may take place at the marked
position,
e) A competitor who indicates a protest
must return to the pits and present
the protest to the Clerk of Course.
5.2
APPELLATE BODIES
5.2.1
5.2.1.1
The Appointment of Appellate Bodies
Each Controlling Body must appoint a
suitably qualified person or persons as
an appellate body. A person is suitably
qualified if:
a) In the case of an appellate body
consisting of 1 member, that person
is an admitted practitioner of the
Supreme Court of any State or
Territory of Australia, or
b) In the case of an appellate body of
3 members, the chair is held by an
admitted practitioner of the Supreme
Court of any State or Territory of
Australia and the other members
have knowledge of, and experience
in, any aspect of the sport.
No person may sit as a member of an
appellate body, hearing any appeal, if that
person has an interest in the outcome of
the appeal.
5.2.1.2
5.2.2
5.2.2.1
5.2.2.2
Hearings by Appellate Bodies
An appellate body must hear and
determine each appeal and in so doing:
a) Is not bound by the rules of
evidence,
b) May inform itself in such manner as
it thinks fit,
c) Must act according to equity, good
conscience and the substantial
merits of the case,
d) May affirm, quash or vary the
decision appealed against in
such manner and subject to such
conditions as it thinks fit,
e) May not impose any fine greater
than that prescribed in by-laws,
f) Must publish reasons for its decision,
g) May, at its discretion, award such
costs to any party as it thinks fit.
An appellate body may not direct that an
event be re-run.
5.2.3
5.2.3.1
Decisions by Appellate Bodies
Unless otherwise ordered:
a) Every decision made by an appellate
body will take effect from the
moment of pronouncement of the
decision,
b) The operation of a decision of an
appellate body will be suspended
upon the lodging of a notice of
appeal against the decision,
5.3
APPEALS
5.3.1
5.3.1.1
Right to Appeal
A person or body having a material interest
in a decision of:
a) A Steward or jury arising from a
protest, or
b) A specialist sub-committee
may appeal to the appellate body of
the RCB.
A person or body, including a Steward of
a meeting, having a material interest in a
decision of an SCB or the appellate body
of an SCB, may appeal to the appellate
body of MA.
5.3.1.2
5.3.2
5.3.2.1
Commencement of Appeals
Appeals must be commenced by notice of
appeal which must be:
a) In writing and signed by the
COMPETITIONS
The Steward must determine the
protest according to equity, good
conscience and the substantial
merits of the case,
g) Unless otherwise ordered, every
decision made by a Steward will
take effect from the moment of
pronouncement of the decision.
66
enjoy the ride
PROTESTS AND APPEALS
4
5
4
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
5
COMPETITIONS
appellant,
b) Lodged with the relevant appellate
body, and
c) Accompanied by the prescribed filing
fee.
5.3.3
5.3.3.1
Time Limits for Appeals
The time for lodging a notice of appeal
is 21 days after the decision has been
5.3.3.2
5.3.3.3
PROTESTS AND APPEALS
notified to the appellant.
An appellate body may extend the time for
lodging a notice of appeal if it considers
that it is just and equitable so to do.
Unless otherwise directed by the
appellate body, appeals must be heard
and determined no more than 4 months
after lodgment of the notice of appeal.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your
Club to propose amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where
a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or
added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 41
It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input
WINNING PARTNERSHIP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
6767
6
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES
MA HEARING GUIDELINES
6.1.1
Composition of the Committee
6.1.1.1 The Judicial Committee is the National
appellate tribunal of MA.
6.1.1.2 Appointed members of the Committee
must be either:
a) A qualified lawyer; or
b) A person with appropriately
extensive knowledge of, and
experience in the sport.
6.1.1.3 The Committee’s President must be a
qualified lawyer.
6.1.1.4 The Committee sits either as a:
a) Panel of up to 3 members chaired
by a lawyer; or
b) Committee of 1 who must be a lawyer.
6.1.1.5 Matters generally come before the
Committee either as:
a) Appeals from State appellate
tribunals.
b) Appeals from protest hearings,
conducted by Stewards or juries,
where the event is National or is
part of a National series; or
c) As disputed questions on the
interpretation of the GCRs.
6.1.2
Notice of Appeal
6.1.2.1 When considering lodging an appeal to
the Committee. it is important to note :
a) The Notice of Appeal must be
lodged at the MA Ltd. office in
Melbourne.
b) The time limit for the lodging of the
Notice is 21 days from the date
of the written notification of the
decision being appealed.
c) The Notice must be accompanied by
the prescribed lodging fee.
d) There is no particular setting out or
style required, however, the Notice
should specify:
i) The person or body whose
decision is being challenged;
ii) The date and place of the
decision;
6.1.2.2
6.1.3
6.1.3.1
iii) What the decision was;
iv) A short outline (preferably in point
form) of why the decision is said
to be wrong.
A copy of the Notice of Appeal should
be posted to the person or body whose
decision is being challenged.
Conduct of Hearings
Hearings are usually, but not always, held
in Melbourne. Interstate telephone hookups are used on occasions.
6.1.3.2 Hearings are normally conducted on a
mid-week evening from 7.00 pm. They
are scheduled, as far as is possible, as
the parties’ request.
6.1.3.3 Hearings generally last 2-3 hours.
6.1.3.4 Parties to an appeal can present their
own case, may choose to be represented
by a lawyer, or they may choose to be
represented by a person who, though not
a lawyer, is familiar with their case and
who can explain it to the Committee.
6.1.3.5 About one third of appellants have legal
representation, another third had nonlegal representation – and the other third
presented their case themselves.
6.1.3.6 Typically, the parties are notified in writing
of the Committee’s decision within 10 to
14 days of the hearing.
6.1.3.7 Written reasons for the Committee’s
decision accompany the decision itself.
Where the Committee sits as a panel
it arrives at 1 decision, i.e. it does not
produce a majority decision and a
dissenting minority decision.
6.1.3.8 When a hearing has concluded there can
be no further communication between the
parties and the Committee.
6.1.3.9 If a party loses an appeal, any request it
may make of the Committee to reconsider
its decision will be ignored.
6.1.3.10 Enquiries and requests about the
scheduling of hearings should be directed
to the MA Ltd office (See page 14).
COMPETITIONS
6.1
68
enjoy the ride
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES
4
6
4
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
6
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES
COMPETITIONS
69
7 SPORTING COMMISSIONS & COMMITTEES
7
CREATION OF COMMISSIONS
7.1.0.1
MA has a Commission structure
comprising the following Commissions:
a) Road Racing ,
b) Motocross & Supercross,
c) Speedway,
d) Enduro,
e) Moto-Trials,
f) Junior Development,
g) Historic Road Racing,
h) Classic MX & Dirt Track,
i) Dirt Track & Track,
j) Women’s.
MA has the following Standing
Committees:
a) Judicial,
b) Safety.
MA has the following Special Subcommittees:
a) Coaching,
b) Officials Training,
c) Rules.
7.1.0.3
7.2
STRUCTURE OF THE COMMISSIONS
7.2.0.1
Membership of Commissions will be a
maximum of 3 persons, unless otherwise
approved by the MA Board.
Vacancies must be advertised in the
Motorcycle Press and through SCBs.
Applications to close on the last working
day in November of each year.
Appointments will be made by the
Board.
Appointments will be for up to 3 years
with 1 person due for election each year.
Casual Vacancies to be appointed by
the Board for the unexpired term of the
retiree’s appointment.
Appointments to be based on the ability
to contribute.
The Board will appoint the Chairman of
each Commission.
7.2.0.2
7.2.0.3
7.2.0.4
7.2.0.5
7.2.0.6
7.2.0.7
70
SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES
7.1
7.1.0.2
enjoy the ride
7.2.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss all
or any members of a Commission if
performance is unsatisfactory.
7.2.0.9 Positions on Commissions are honorary.
Approved travel, accommodation and out
of pocket expenses will be met by MA.
7.3
STRUCTURE OF THE STANDING COMMITTEES
AND SPECIAL SUB-COMMITTEES
7.3.0.1
Members of the standing Committees
and special Sub-Committees shall
be appointed by the Board and the
membership shall be reviewed annually
at the MA Annual General Meeting.
The structure should generally consist of
3 persons.
Applications for Committee positions will
be directed to the Board.
Members will generally be selected
because of their expertise and may be
members of the Board.
Positions on the standing committees and
special Sub-committees are honorary.
Approved travel, accommodation and out
of pocket expenses will be met by MA.
Casual Vacancies to be appointed by
the Board for the unexpired term of the
retiree’s appointment.
The Board will appoint Committee
chairman.
The Board has the right to dismiss
all or any members of a Committee if
performance is unsatisfactory.
7.3.0.2
7.3.0.3
7.3.0.4
7.3.0.5
7.3.0.6
7.3.0.7
7.3.0.8
7.4
OBJECTIVES OF THE COMMISSIONS
7.4.0.1
To assist in the achievement of the
objectives of MA.
To encourage growth, development,
participation and safety in motorcycle
sport throughout Australia.
To provide an environment for the orderly
and structured consideration and decision
making on the specialised aspects of
motorcycle sport.
7.4.0.2
7.4.0.3
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
7.4.0.4
7.4.0.5
7.4.0.6
7.4.0.7
7 SPORTING COMMISSIONS & COMMITTEES
To enhance the promotion of motorcycling
as a sport.
To enhance the status of National
Championship competitions.
To assist riders selected in teams
competing in International competition to
achieve International rankings.
To assist individual competitors, clubs,
Promoters, SCBs, and other interested
parties wherever possible in their specialty
of the sport.
7.5.1.10 To prepare and maintain a discipline
specific strategic plan.
7.5.1.11 To advise the Board on matters of policy
relevant to commission discipline.
7.5.2
7.5.2.1
7.5.2.2
7.5
COMMISSION TERMS OF REFERENCE
7.5.0.1
Commissions may consider:
a) Sport specific items only, that
is, those that do not affect other
disciplines,
b) Budget,
c) Technical,
d) National Team Selection,
e) International Programs,
f) Other Development.
7.5.1
7.5.1.1
7.5.1.2
7.5.1.3
7.5.1.4
7.5.1.5
7.5.1.6
7.5.1.7
7.5.1.8
7.5.1.9
Responsibilities of the Commissions
To be responsible to the Board and to act
in the best interests of MA and the Sport.
To keep minutes of all Commission
meetings.
To prepare and propose Rules and/or rule
amendments.
To assist and advise other Commissions
and Committees.
To initiate appropriate strategies to
ensure the development of the particular
discipline of the sport.
Where these strategies involve policy
change, the matter must be referred to
the Board
To foster the conduct of National
Championships
and
International
competition.
To provide a report in writing to the Board
annually.
To report as required to the Board.
7.5.3
7.5.3.1
7.5.3.2
7.5.4
7.5.4.1
7.5.4.2
7.5.4.3
7.5.4.4
Meetings of the Commissions
All meetings and communication between
Commission members shall be held on an
“as needed” basis and as decided by the
Board, but generally 1 meeting per year in
person and at other times by phone linkup, email or facsimile.
Communication with the Commissions
will be through the Commissions and
Committees Manager, at the MA Office.
Casual Vacancies
Upon being advised of the impending
absence of a Commissioner from a meeting
(including teleconferences) the Board
may appoint a casual replacement.
The term of the replacement is not to
exceed the absence of the incumbent
Commissioner.
Powers of the Sporting Commissions
To recommend GCR rule changes only
after full consultation with the SCBs and
relevant state sporting Sub-committees.
Communication must be through MA to
the SCBs and then to the relevant state
sporting Sub-committees.
To deal with matters within their discipline,
(subject to the overriding control of
the Board), in accordance with the
Constitution. The Board may refer
matters back to the Commissions for
reconsideration.
To select teams for international
competitions.
The process required to effect a change
of these Rules is shown on page 40.
7171
8
NATIONAL COACHING SCHEME
enjoy the ride
8 NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME
8.1
COACHING BACKGROUND
8.1.0.1 Motorcycling Australia (MA) is recognised
by the Australian Sports Commission
(ASC) as a National Sporting Organisation
(NSO). As such, MA is able to register
its coaching courses for accreditation
under the ASC’s National Coaching
Accreditation Scheme (NCAS). MA is in
the process of developing a fourth level
of accreditation and is currently working
towards having all levels of coaching
accreditation formally registered under
the NCAS.
8.1.0.2 The NCAS aims to:
a) Increase confidence and
competence in coaching ability,
b) Increase understanding of coaching
principles and sport science,
enabling a more in-depth approach
to coaching,
c) Encourage the development of
innovative coaching techniques,
d) Improve communication skills of
coaches,
e) Provide a credible education and
training process to attract members,
f) Increase the number of trained
coaches,
g) Provide recognition to coaches.
72
8.1.1
8.1.1.1
Recognition as a Motorcycle Sport Coach
There are three aspects to being
recognised as a Motorcycle Sport coach
under the NCAS:
a) Gaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Accreditation,
b) Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence,
c) Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation - Re-accreditation.
8.1.2
Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation
8.1.2.1
In order to gain a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence you will be required
to:
a) Demonstrate practical experience
in relation to motorcycle riding,
together with a sound knowledge of
motorcycle riding technique,
b) Satisfy any pre-requisites for
attending the coaching course
(for example, obtain a General
Principles certificate from the
ASC, achieve the first level of
accreditation prior to progressing to
next level etc.),
c) Attend, complete and successfully
pass all requirements of the
coaching course,
d) Complete any post course
assessment,
e) Show evidence you have satisfied
the necessary Child Protection
legislation in the States and
Territories in which you wish to
coach,
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41
It’s YOUR SPORT-
we welcome your input
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
f)
8.1.3
8.1.3.1
8.1.4
8.1.4.1
8
Complete and return the appropriate
licence application form to the RCB.
Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence
In order to maintain your coaching licence
you will be required to:
a) Complete and return the appropriate
licence application forms to the
RCB in order to keep your coaching
licence up to date,
b) Maintain the necessary Child
Protection legislation in the States
and Territories in which you wish to
coach,
c) Inform your SCB if your contact
details change.
Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation - Re-accreditation
Motorcycle Sport coaching accreditation
lasts for four years. In order to extend the
accreditation period by another four years
(re-accredit) it is necessary to perform
updating activities that develop your
skills as a coach. This includes both sport
specific tasks and general sports tasks.
On the following page is an example of
activities that will count towards your
NATIONAL COACHING SCHEME
re-accreditation. You have four years in
which to accrue the necessary hours,
check with the RCB for the hours required
for re-accreditation:
SPORT SPECIFIC TASKS
Obtain a higher level of coaching accreditation
Attend motorcycling courses
Conduct practical club coaching
Present/lecture at courses
Attend coaching workshops
Attend training camps
Work with a Level 2 coach
GENERAL SPORT TASKS
Attend State Department of Sport & Recreation courses
Attend other NCAS courses
Obtain Sport Trainer accreditation
Obtain First Aid Certificate
Obtain CPR accreditation
Obtain an officials accreditation
ABOVE: Level 2 Coaches Rodney Jenner, Tania Millard and Daniel McKenzie
73
9
enjoy the ride
NATIONAL OFFICIALS SCHEME
9 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME
9.1
OFFICIALS BACKGROUND
One of the recognised keys to the future of
motorcycle sport is the development and training of
officials.
9.1.1
9.1.1.1
Establishment
The National Officials Accreditation
Scheme aims to:
a) Increase confidence and
competence in officiating ability.
b) Improve communication skills.
c) Promote progressive improvement in
officiating knowledge and expertise.
d) Provide a credible education and
training process to attract new
officials and retain existing ones.
e) Ensure a uniform approach to
officiating throughout the country.
9.2
LEVELS OF ACCREDITATION
9.2.1
9.2.1.1
Level O - Basic Orientation Level
In the case where a person does not have
any accreditation, they are recognised as
Level O, and are therefore only qualified
to act as an assistant whilst in training or
assisting at a meeting.
9.2.2
9.2.2.1
Level 1 - Club Level
In order to act as an official at club
level, prospective officials are to
complete a written assessment. The
written assessment is available for
Club Secretaries to distribute or may be
obtained from SCBs.
The completed written assessment must be
endorsed by the official’s Club Secretary,
stating the person has competently
performed duties at club level.
The completed written assessment and
licence application are to be returned to
the relevant SCB for processing
Applicants complete this written
assessment in their own time and may
refer to their GCRs. The questionnaire
comprises 20 multiple choice questions.
This written assessment needs to be
successfully completed by persons
9.2.2.2
9.2.2.3
9.2.2.4
74
9.2.2.5
wishing to become, an accredited
official.
Generally, all current officials are
automatically graded at Level 1
unless application is made for higher
accreditation.
9.2.3
Level 2 - Inter Club/Zone Level
9.2.3.1 To attain this level officials are required
to attend a seminar and successfully
complete the assessment requirements.
9.2.3.2 The seminars are designed to be practical
by nature.
9.2.3.3 Level 2 is the lowest level for accreditation
of a Steward.
9.2.3.4 Applications for Level 1 and 2
accreditation are generally, reviewed by
the SCB Manager. If there is any doubt
as to the experience of the applicant, the
application may be referred to the State
Officials’ Review Panel for final approval.
9.2.4
Level 3 - National Event/State
Championship Level
9.2.4.1 As with Level 2, officials are required
to attend a seminar and successfully
complete the written assessment.
9.2.4.2 All Level 3 applications are reviewed by
the State Officials’ Review Panel before
being granted accreditation at this level.
9.2.5
Level 4 - National Championship
Level
9.2.5.1 To achieve Level 4 accreditation as a
Steward, Referee and Clerk of Course,
applicants must attend a Key Officials
Seminar conducted by MA every 4
years and successfully complete the
assessment requirements.
9.2.5.2 Level 4 accreditation for all positions
other than those listed in the previous
GCR is awarded by the National Officials
Subcommittee.
9.2.5.3 Level 4 officials are required to attend
seminars to retain their accreditation.
9.2.6
International (FIM) Accreditation
9.2.6.1 This includes senior officials at
international level.
9.2.6.2 To be accredited at the International
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
9
level, an applicant must hold Level 4
Accreditation and have successfully
completed an FIM Seminar.
FIM
seminars are conducted in Australia as
required to provide officials for World
Championships.
9.3
OFFICIALS LICENSING
9.3.0.1
Licences will be issued by SCBs on
behalf of MA with the exception of Level 4
Stewards, Referees and Clerks of Course
licences which will be issued by MA.
The back of the Official’s Licence has a
matrix indicating the disciplines of the
sport and types of accreditation. Numbers
indicating the level/s of accreditation will
be placed in the matrix.
It is recommended that all officials be
registered [i.e. hold an official’s licence].
Any official who has not been specifically
accredited, by their SCB [or does not
wish to be], should be issued an Official’s
Licence with no accreditation levels,
indicated in the accreditation matrix
on the back of the licence, indicating a
“General” Official’s licence not specifically
accredited for any discipline or category of
the sport, and that the holder must always
act in an assistant capacity.
9.3.0.2
9.3.0.3
9.3.0.4
9.4
NATIONAL OFFICIALS SUBCOMMITTEE GUIDELINES
9.4.0.1
To oversee the setting up in each state of
a State Official’s Panel.
To oversee the accreditation procedures
at state level for Levels 1, 2, and 3 and to
confer accreditation at Level 4.
To set down guidelines for the conduct of
the seminars at the various levels.
To provide input into the setting of the
assessment papers and questionnaires.
To provide input for the production of
resource materials.
9.4.0.2
9.4.0.3
9.4.0.4
9.4.0.5
NATIONAL OFFICIALS SCHEME
9.4.0.6 To re-appraise accreditation levels of
poorly performing Level 4 officials.
9.4.0.7 To liaise with MA, SCBs and Promoters
in the appointment of senior officials at
Australian Championships.
9.4.0.8 To review progress of the Scheme and
make any recommendations for updating
to MA.
9.4.0.9 To arbitrate on any disputes arising over
the Scheme.
9.5
STATE OFFICIALS REVIEW PANEL
GUIDELINES
9.5.0.1 To liaise with MA and the National
Officials’ Sub-committee.
9.5.0.2 To assess the suitability of Level 2 officials
when asked to do so by the SCB.
9.5.0.3 To review and accredit Level 3 officials.
9.5.0.4 To nominate officials for Level 4 to the
National Officials’ Sub-committee.
9.5.0.5 To organise and conduct seminars,
venues and presenters within the state
and/or zones.
9.5.0.6 To notify applicants of the success or
otherwise of their application.
9.5.0.7 To establish a timetable of when and how
often the Panel should meet.
9.5.0.8 To review the performance and
accreditation level of officials who do not
maintain the required standard.
9.5.0.9 To re-appraise accreditation levels of
poorly performed officials.
9.5.0.10 Accreditation of Level 1 and 2 officials is
an office function and is at the discretion
of the SCB, provided all necessary criteria
have been met by the applicant. This
eliminates the time-consuming process
for the State Officials’ Review Panel to
review every Level 1 and 2 application.
7575
10
PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE
enjoy the ride
10 NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE
10.1
10.1.0.1
SUMMARY OF POLICY COVERAGE
The following is a summary of the policy coverage. Reference should be made to policy documents for
specific details of coverage, terms and conditions. The terms and conditions of the policies will prevail.
10.1.0.2 Covering all: Competitors, Organisers, Officials, Marshals, Licence holders, Members, Volunteers,
Employees, Directors and Committee members of or associated with Motorcycling Australia and
its State bodies whilst competing, engaged in, and/or attending racing events, practice sessions,
functions and other activities officially organised by/or on the business of Motorcycling Australia and
its State bodies. Cover includes travel directly to and from such events from their place of work or
domicile.
10.1.0.3 A claim for the benefits provided must be made within 12 months from the date the injury was suffered.
10.1.0.4 Situation - Anywhere in Australia
10.2
Capital Benefits
10.2.0.1 Injury as defined resulting solely and directly and independently of any other cause in:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
76
CLAIM
Quadriplegia or paraplegia
Death
- Under 18 years of age
- If under 18 years of age with full time employment
- All other Insured Persons
Third degree burns and/or resultant disfigurement which covers more than 40% of the entire external body
Permanent Total Disablement
Permanent and Incurable Insanity
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of Both Eyes
Permanent and Incurable Paralysis of all Limbs
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of One Eye
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of one limb
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of two limbs
Permanent Total Loss of Hearing in:
a) Both Ears
b) One Ear
Permanent Total Loss of the Lens of One Eye
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers and thumb of either hand
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand:
a) Both Joints
b) One Joint
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of fingers of either hand:
a) Three Joints
b) Two Joints
c) One Joint
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of toes and disablement of foot:
a) All-one Foot
b) Great-both Joints
c) Great-one Joint
d) Other than great toe, each toe
Fractured leg or patella with established non-union
Shortening of leg by at least 5cm
AWARD
$150,000
$10,000
$75,000
$75,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$37,500
$7,500
$25,000
$35,000
$20,000
$15,000
$7,500
$5,000
$3,750
$2,500
$7,500
$2,500
$1,500
$500
$5,000
$3,700
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
20
21
22
23
10
PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE
Permanent Disability not otherwise provided for under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. Such percentage of the
Sum Insured as the insurer shall in its absolute discretion determine and being in its opinion not inconsistent with
the benefits provided under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive.
Funeral expenses
$2,000
Non-Medicare medical expenses
$5,000
Emergency transport costs for Officials, Marshalls and Volunteers
$10,000
WEEKLY BENEFITS
22.
Weekly Accident Benefits for Marshals and officials who are Income Earners
23.
Home Help Weekly Benefit
24.
Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit
PARENTS’ INCONVENIENCE ALLOWANCE
25
Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance – per day
Up to a maximum of
10.3.1
$50
$1,500
disablement.
Provided that:
a) The Insured Person is registered as
a full-time student.
b) Such home tutoring services are
carried out by persons other than
members of the Insured Person’s
family or other relatives or persons
who are full-time students.
c) Payments will commence from the
14th day of treatment by a legally
qualified medical practitioner.
Weekly Benefits
10.3.1.1 Weekly Benefits Excess - 30 days.
10.3.1.2 Weekly Benefit Period - One Hundred
and 4 (104) weeks maximum.
10.4
DEFINITIONS
10.4.1
Home Help Weekly Benefit
10.4.1.1 The insurer will pay for the cost of hiring
help and/or child minding services
reasonably and necessarily incurred by
an Insured Person as a result of injury
from an insured event causing temporary
total disablement. Provided that:
a) Such child minding services and
nursing help are carried out by
persons other than members of the
Insured Person’s family or other
relatives or persons permanently
living with the Insured Person.
b) Such child minding services and
help are certified by a legally
qualified medical practitioner as
being necessary for the recovery of
the Insured Person.
c) Payments will commence from the
14th day of treatment by a legally
qualified medical practitioner.
10.4.2
Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit
10.4.2.1 In respect of unmarried dependant
children, the insurer will pay the cost of
hiring home tutoring services reasonably
and necessarily incurred by an Insured
Person as a result of injury from an
insured event causing temporary total
$500
$250
$250
10.4.3
Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance
10.4.3.1 The insurer will pay up to $15 per day to
a maximum of $1,500 for reimbursement
of expenses incurred for travelling,
child minding or other out-of-pocket
expenses incurred whilst an insured child
is hospitalised arising from an insured
event.
10.4.4
Total Disablement
10.4.4.1 Total disablement means disablement
which entirely prevents an Insured
Person from attending to business or
occupation of any and every kind other
than motorcycling, or if the Insured
Person has no business or occupation
other than motorcycling, from engaging
in an occupation for which the Insured
Person is reasonably qualified by
education, training or experience.
77
11
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
This has been updated effective 1st January 2009 and should be reviewed before applying any of the policy.
ANTI- DOPING BACKGROUND
Under a referral dated 1st June 2006, MA
referred the following anti-doping functions,
powers and responsibilities (“anti-doping
functions”) to the Australian Sports AntiDoping Authority (ASADA):
•
Investigating possible anti-doping
rule violations within the sport of
Motorcycling;
•
Issuing infraction notices or other
matters under the determined
results management process;
•
Convening hearings before the
Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS).
There is no other hearing body for
anti-doping matters in Motorcycling;
•
Presenting allegations of anti-doping
rule violations and all relevant,
incidental matters in hearings before
CAS; and
•
Notifying the results of investigations
and hearings and all relevant,
incidental matters to relevant
bodies including MA and the FIM.
Any notification will be subject to
the Australian Sports Anti-Doping
Authority Act 2006 (ASADA Act) and
privacy legislation.
11.1
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
RESPONSIBILITIES
11.1.0.1 MA and ASADA acknowledge and agree
that under the ASADA Act, ASADA has the
function of supporting and encouraging
the development and implementation of
comprehensive programs and education
initiatives about sports drug and safety
matters. MA will assist ASADA with such
matters and will provide education and
information regarding anti-doping rules
and matters to persons within the sport
of Motorcycling within the framework
established by ASADA.
11.1.0.2 ASADA will perform and conduct the antidoping functions in accordance with this
referral and the ASADA Act. ASADA will
use its best endeavours to ensure the FIM
78
anti-doping code is recognised.
11.1.0.3 MA refers the above anti-doping functions
to ASADA on the basis that:
a) ASADA will, as soon as practicable,
subject to the ASADA Act and
privacy legislation, provide to MA
(and if necessary FIM) copies of
relevant documents including but not
only test results, infraction notices
and hearing documents;
b) MA retains the right to appear in antidoping hearings before CAS as an
interested party. MA will determine
whether it wishes to exercise this
right upon notification of a hearing
by ASADA. If MA wishes to appear
at any anti-doping hearing before
CAS it will pay its own costs of such
appearance;
c) All costs of any investigation and
hearing (including but not only CAS
application costs and any legal costs
associated with any investigation
and/or hearing) undertaken by
ASADA will be paid by ASADA;
11.1.0.4 MA will immediately advise ASADA of
any alleged anti-doping rule violation in
motorcycling and will provide assistance
to ASADA in any investigation that ASADA
might reasonably request; and
11.1.0.5 ASADA will, subject to the ASADA Act and
privacy legislation, provide such reports
to MA on ASADA’s conduct of the above
anti-doping functions as may be agreed
between ASADA and MA.
11.1.0.6 MA will recognise and enforce any
sanction determined by CAS in respect of
an anti-doping rule violation in the sport of
motorcycling and in any other sport.
11.1.0.7. MA will use its best endeavours to ensure
its members, athletes and athlete support
personnnel are aware of this referral of
the anti-doping functions to ASADA and
assist and co-operate with ASADA in the
conduct of the anti-doping functions. MA
otherwise recognises ASADA’s powers
and functions under the ASADA Act.
11.10.0.8 MA has amended its anti-doping
policy (ADP) to reflect the roles and
responsibilities under the referral. The
ADP adopts and reflects the World Anti-
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
7979
11
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
Doping Code (Code) which is annexed to
and forms part of this ADP.
11.10.0.9 Where an athlete or athlete support
personnel is bound by the FIM’s Anti
Doping Code as well as this ADP, that
person shall be bound to, and have
obligations in respect of, both policies.
11.2
11.2.0.2
ANTI-DOPING DEFINITIONS
11.2.0.1 Athlete means:
(a) any Person who participates in
sport at the international level
(as defined by each International
Federation), the national level (as
defined by each National AntiDoping Organisation, including but
not limited to those Persons in its
Registered Testing Pool), and any
other competitor in sport who is
otherwise subject to the jurisdiction
of any Signatory or other sports
organisation accepting the Code. All
provisions of the Code, including, for
example, Testing and TUEs, must be
applied to international and nationallevel competitors. For the purposes
of this ADP, ‘Athlete’ includes any
participant in sporting activity who
is a Member of MA, or a Member
organisation of MA, and meets the
definition of Athlete under the Code
and/or the NAD Scheme as in force
from time to time; and
(b) Any Person who:
(i) Is registered with MA or 1 of its
Members; or
(ii) Participates, or has in the
previous 8 years participated, in
any sporting activity conducted,
11.2.0.3
11.2.0.4
11.2.0.5
11.2.0.6
11.2.0.7
11.2.0.8
authorised, recognised or
controlled, either directly or
indirectly, by MA or a body
affiliated with MA; or
(iii) Has otherwise agreed to be
bound by this ADP.
Code means the World Anti-Doping Code
adopted by WADA on 17 November
2007 at Madrid: or if the Code has been
amended, the Code as so amended.
Federation Internationale de Motorcylisme
(FIM) is the international federation
recognised by the International Olympic
Committee or the General Assembly
of International Sports Federations as
the entity responsible for governing
motorcycling internationally.
IF means an international federation
recognised by the International Olympic
Committee or the General Assembly
of International Sports Federations as
the entity responsible for governing that
sport internationally.
Member means a Person who, or a body
which, is a member of MA; a Person who,
or a body which, is affiliated with MA; or a
Person who is a member of a body which
is a member of or affiliated with MA.
Motorcycling Australia (MA) means
the national entity which is a member
of or is recognised by FIM as the entity
governing motorcycling in Australia.
National Anti-Doping (NAD) Scheme
means the National Anti-Doping Scheme
as defined under the ASADA Act.
Prohibited List means the List identifying
the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited
Methods which is published and revised
by WADA as described in Article 4.1 of
the Code as updated from time to time.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your Club to
propose amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where a
new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 41
It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input
80
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.2.0.9 Specified Substance has the meaning
assigned to it in Article 4.2.2 of the Code.
11.2.0.10 Sporting Administration Body has the
same meaning as in the ASADA Act
2006.
11.3
MA’S POSITION ON DOPING
11.3.0.1 MA condemns doping as fundamentally
contrary to the spirit of sport. The
purpose of this ADP is to protect Athletes’
fundamental right to participate in dopingfree sport and to ensure harmonised,
coordinated and effective anti-doping
programs at the international and national
level with regard to detection, deterrence
and prevention of doping.
11.4
ANTI-DOPING POLICY APPLICATION
11.4.0.1 This ADP applies to Athletes and Athlete
Support Personnel as defined under
the Code. It also applies to Members,
employees and contractors of MA and any
other Person who has agreed to be bound
by it.
11.5
ANTI-DOPING POLICY OBLIGATIONS
11.5.0.1 The persons identified in GCR 11.4.0.1
are bound by this ADP as a condition of
their membership, participation and/or
involvement in motorcycling. Athletes
and/or Athlete Support Personnel must
comply with this ADP and the anti-doping
rules as prescribed in the NAD scheme
under the ASADA Act. In particular:
11.5.0.2 Athletes must:
a) know and comply with all anti-doping
policies and rules applicable to
them. These include, but may not
be limited to this ADP, the FIM antidoping code and the NAD Scheme;;
b) be aware of whether they are in
FIM’s and/or ASADA’s Registered
Testing Pools and comply with
the requirements of any such
membership;
c) read and understand the Prohibited
List as it relates to them;
d) be available for Sample collection
and provide accurate and up-to-date
whereabouts information for this
purpose when identified for inclusion
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
in a Registered Testing Pool;
e) take full responsibility, in the context
of anti-doping, for what they ingest,
Use and Possess;
f) inform medical personnel of their
obligations not to Use or Possess
Prohibited Substances and
Prohibited Methods and to take
responsibility to make sure that any
medical treatment received does not
violate anti-doping policies and rules
applicable to them;
g) immediately refer information about
possible anti-doping rule violations to
ASADA;
h) assist, cooperate and liaise with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged anti-doping
rule violation,
i) act in a discreet and confidential
manner in discharging their
obligations under this ADP,
j) be available for Sample collection
and provide accurate and up-todate whereabouts information on a
regular basis, even if not a regular
Member of MA, if required by the
conditions of eligibility established
by any applicable Anti-Doping
Organisation;
k) attend anti-doping education
as directed by MA and/or as
appropriate. Failure to attend an
anti doping education session
shall be no excuse for an alleged
anti-doping rule violation, nor shall
it mitigate culpability of the Athlete
in determining sanction; and,
l) accept that ignorance of this ADP,
the Code or the Prohibited List is
not an excuse from an alleged antidoping rule violation, and shall not
mitigate culpability in sanction.
11.5.0.3 Athlete Support Personnel must:
a) Know and comply with all antidoping policies and rules applicable
to them or the Athletes whom they
support. These include, but may not
be limited to this ADP; the FIM AntiDoping Policy and the NAD Scheme;
8181
11
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
b) Support and assist Anti-Doping
Organisations, including ASADA to
conduct Doping Control;
c) Use their influence on Athletes’
values and behaviour to foster antidoping attitudes;
d) Immediately refer information about
possible Anti-Doping Rule Violations
to ASADA;
e) Assist, cooperate and liaise with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged Anti-Doping
Rule Violation; and
f) Act in a discreet and confidential
manner in discharging their
obligations under this ADP.
11.6
11.10.0.5
DEFINITION OF DOPING
11.6.0.1 Doping is defined as the occurrence of 1
or more of the Anti-Doping Rule Violations
set out in Article 2 of the Code (see- www.
wada-ama.org).
11.7
11.10.0.4
11.10.0.6
PROOF OF DOPING
11.7.0.1 Article 3 of the Code applies (www.wadaama.org).
11.8
ANTI-DOPING RULE VIOLATIONS
11.8.0.1 Article 2 of the Code applies (www.
wada-ama.org).
11.9
ANTI-DOPING PROHIBITED LIST
11.9.0.1 This ADP incorporates the WADA
Prohibited List and otherwise applies
Article 4 of the Code (www.wada-ama.
org).
11.10
11.10.0.7
THERAPEUTIC USE
11.10.0.1 Athletes with a documented medical
condition requiring the Use of a Prohibited
Substance or a Prohibited Method must
first obtain a Therapeutic Use Exemption
(TUE) in accordance with the Code, the
International Standard for TUEs and this
ADP.
11.10.0.2 Athletes who have been identified
as included in FIM’s Registered
Testing Pool may only obtain TUEs in
accordance with the rules of FIM.
11.10.0.3 Athletes who are not in FIM’s Registered
Testing Pool but are in ASADA’s
82
11.10.0.8
11.10.0.9
Registered Testing Pool or Domestic
Testing Pool with documented medical
conditions requiring the Use of a
Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited
Method must request a TUE from
ASDMAC.
Athletes who are not in FIM’s or ASADA’s
Registered Testing Pool, Domestic
Testing Pool or have not otherwise been
notified by ASADA, in accordance with
the NAD Scheme, that they require TUEs
prior to Use of a Prohibited Substance
or a Prohibited Method, may submit
applications to ASDMAC for approval of
a TUE in accordance with the procedures
of ASDMAC.
Athletes should submit applications for
TUEs no less than 21 days before they
require the approval (eg prior to a National
Event), except for retroactive TUEs under
GCR 11.10.0.6.
An application for a TUE will not be
considered for retroactive approval
except in cases where:
a) emergency treatment or treatment of an
acute medical condition was necessary;
or
b) due to exceptional circumstances,
there was insufficient time or opportunity
for an Athlete to submit, or a TUE
committee to consider, an application
prior to Doping Control; or
c) ASDMAC procedures, in accordance
with the Code and the International
Standard for TUEs, provide for retroactive
approval.
An Athlete may not apply to more than
one body for a TUE at the same time.
Applications must be in accordance with
the International Standard for TUEs and
the procedures of FIM or ASDMAC as
appropriate.
The granting of a TUE by ASDMAC for an
Athlete in ASADA’s Registered Testing
Pool shall be promptly reported to
WADA.
WADA, on its own initiative, may review
at any time the granting of a TUE to
any International Level Athlete in FIM’s
Registered Testing Pool or national-level
Athlete who is included in ASADA’s
Registered Testing Pool. Further, upon
the request of any such Athlete who has
been denied a TUE, WADA may review
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
such denial. If WADA determines that
such granting or denial of a TUE did not
comply with the International Standard for
TUEs, WADA may reverse the decision.
11.10.0.10 An Athlete who is denied a TUE by
ASDMAC must seek review by WADA
of the decision before any appeal may
be commenced under Article 13.4 of the
Code. If, contrary to the requirements of
the Code, FIM does not have a process in
place where Athletes may request TUEs,
an International-Level Athlete may request
WADA to review the application as if it had
been denied.
11.11
ANTI-DOPING TESTING
11.11.0.1 All Athletes subject to Doping Control
agree to submit to In-Competition Testing
and Out-of-Competition Testing (at any
time or place, with or without advance
notice) by an Anti-Doping Organisation.
ASADA may test any athlete, any time,
anywhere.
11.11.0.2 All Testing shall be conducted in conformity
with the WADA International Standard for
Testing in force at the time of Testing.
11.11.0.3 Athletes must comply with their obligations
under the ASADA Act (including but not
only the NAD Scheme), the FIM antidoping code, this ADP and under the
Code and any International Standards
in respect to providing accurate
whereabouts information to ASADA and/
or FIM. Whereabouts information may
be released in accordance with the NAD
Scheme.
11.12
RETIREMENT AND RETURN TO
COMPETITION
11.12.1 International Athletes
11.12.1.1 An Athlete who has been identified by
FIM for inclusion in its Registered Testing
Pool shall be subject to FIM’s retirement
and return to Competition requirements,
to the exclusion of GCR 11.12.2.1.
11.12.1.2 Athletes wishing to retire should contact
MA to determine if they are in FIM’s
Registered Testing Pool and therefore
are required to follow FIM’s procedures.
MA shall immediately notify ASADA
of the retirement or reinstatement
of any Athlete in FIM’s Registered
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
Testing Pool and provide copies of the
correspondence from FIM confirming
this retirement/reinstatement.
11.12.2 National-Level Athletes
11.12.2.1 Athletes in ASADA’s Registered Testing
Pool or Domestic Testing Pool shall be
subject to the following requirements:
a) An Athlete who wants to retire from
Competition must do so by notifying
ASADA by fully completing and
forwarding to ASADA the ASADA
“RETIREMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM” (retirement notification) .
Retirement notifications that are not
fully completed will not be accepted
and will be returned to the Athlete.
An Athlete’s retirement date will be
the date ASADA receives the fully
completed retirement notification.
b) Upon receipt of a notification under
Article 11.3(a), ASADA will, as
soon as reasonably practicable,
provide the Athlete and MA with
written confirmation of the Athlete’s
retirement.
c) Retirement does not::
i) excuse the Athlete from giving a
Sample requested on or before
their retirement date;
i) excuse theAthlete from assisting,
cooperating and liaising with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation
or hearing into an alleged antidoping rule violation;
iii) prevent the analysis of a Sample
given by the Athlete on or before
their retirement date;
iv) affect the results of Testing
under (i) or (ii) above; or
v) exempt the Athlete from this ADP
in relation to an Anti-Doing Rule
Violation committed on or before
their retirement date.
(vi) affect ASADA’s power to conduct
results management.
11.12.2.2 An Athlete who has retired in accordance
with GCR 11.12.2, and who wishes
to return to Competition, can only do
so by notifying the ASADA Chair by
fully completing and forwarding to him
or her, the ASADA “REQUEST FOR 8383
11
REINSTATEMENT FORM” (reinstatement
request) . Reinstatement requests that are
not fully completed will not be accepted
and will be returned to the Athlete. The
Athlete’s reinstatement request date will
be the date the ASADA Chair receives the
fully completed reinstatement request.
Reinstatement will be at the discretion of
MA in consultation with ASADA.
11.12.2.3 Upon receipt of notification under GCR
11.12.2.2, ASADA will, as soon as
reasonably practicable:
a) provide the Athlete with written
confirmation of the outcome of the
Athlete’s reinstatement request; and
b) If the reinstatement request is
approved, provide MA with written
confirmation of the Athlete’s
reinstatement.
11.12.2.4 If reinstatement is granted then this ADP
will apply to the Athlete from the date of
their reinstatement request. :
a) An Athlete who is reinstated under
GCR11.12.2.2 may not compete in
Competitions and Events conducted
by or under the auspices of MA or
FIM for a period of six months from
the date of reinstatement request.
b) Upon receiving an application
from an Athlete, MA may grant an
Athlete an exemption or conditional
exemption from the requirements
in Article 11.12.2.4 a) if the Athlete
can satisfy MA that, in all the
circumstances, an exemption or
conditional exemption should be
granted. Such an exemption or
conditional exemption may be
granted by MA at its sole discretion
and MA is not required to give
reasons for its decision:
11.12.2.5 An Athlete must be available for
unannounced Out-of-Competition Testing
in accordance with this ADP from the date
of their reinstatement request. Being
available for Out-of-Competition Testing
means that an Athlete has provided
current and accurate and up-to-date
whereabouts information as required
under the reinstatement request and
Article 10.3 and has complied with any
request by an Anti-Doping Organisation to
provide a Sample.
84
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
11.12.2.6 A decision regarding reinstatement of an
Athlete may be appealed to CAS by MA,
the Athlete or ASADA.
11.13
NEW MEMBERS
11.13.0.1 Any new Member of MA who is an Athlete
subject to Doping Control in accordance
with the NAD Scheme (including
any Athlete in ASADA’s Registered
Testing Pool) must also be available
for unannounced Out-of-Competition
Testing in accordance with this ADP for a
period of 6 months from the date of their
membership request prior to competing
in national or international Competitions
and Events.
11.14
ANTI-DOPING SAMPLE ANALYSIS
11.14.0.1 Samples collected under this ADP
must be analysed by WADA-accredited
laboratories or as otherwise approved
by WADA. Laboratories shall analyse
Samples and report results in accordance
with the relevant International Standards.
11.14.1 ANTI-DOPING INVESTIGATIONS
11.14.1.1 ASADA may conduct an investigation to
determine whether an anti-doping rule
violation may have occurred under this
ADP. ASADA will conduct investigations
in accordance with the Code, the ASADA
Act and the NAD scheme as published
from time to time. MA may, with the prior
agreement of ASADA, conduct its own
investigation to determine whether an antidoping rule violation may have occurred
under this ADP, provided that MA does
so in coordination with any investigation
being undertaken by ASADA.
11.14.1.2 All persons bound by this ADP and MA
must assist, co-operate and liaise with
ASADA in relation to any investigation into
an alleged anti-doping rule violation.
11.15
ANTI-DOPING RESULT MANAGEMENT
11.15.0.1 Results shall be managed in accordance
with Article 7 of the Code (www.wadaama.org), the ASADA Act 2006 and the
NAD Scheme.
11.15.0.2 ASADA will conduct any follow up
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.15.0.3
11.15.0.4
11.15.0.5
11.15.0.6
11.15.0.7
11.15.0.8
investigation in accordance with the Code,
the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme.
ASADA shall be responsible for notification
of an alleged Anti-Doping Rule Violation
and all matters incidental thereto in
accordance with the ASADA Act and the
NAD Scheme.
ASADA will issue an infraction notice.
ASADA will advise MA and any other
relevant parties that ASADA is issuing
an infraction notice prior to issuing the
infraction notice.
The infraction notice shall:
a) notify the Person of the anti-doping
rule/s which appear/s to have
been violated and the basis for the
violation;
b) enclose a copy of this ADP and the
Code or the web site addresses
where these documents may be
found;
c) state that ASADA will refer the matter
to a hearing within 14 days (unless
the Person gives a written waiver
under GCR 11.15.0.7); and
d) state that if the Person does not
respond within 14 days (or other
period in accordance with the
Code, the NAD Scheme and the
ASADA Act) a hearing can be held in
absentia or sanction can be applied
in accordance with GCR 11.17.
Any relevant party will only disclose or use
information about a Person who is alleged
to have, or has committed an Anti-Doping
Rule Violation as permitted under the
ASADA Act 2006 and the NAD Scheme.
ASADA will refer the matter to hearing in
accordance with GCR 11.16. ASADA may
decide not to refer the matter to hearing if
the Person in writing:
a) acknowledges they have admitted
the Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and
b) waives the right to a hearing in
relation to:
(i) whether they have committed an
Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and
(ii) what sanction will apply.
If the Person does not respond within
14 days or other period in accordance
with the Code, the NAD Scheme and
the ASADA Act) a hearing can be held
in absentia or sanction can be applied in
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
accordance with GCR 11.17.
11.15.0.9 If an Athlete or other Person retires while a
results management process is underway,
ASADA retains jurisdiction to complete
its results management process. If an
Athlete or other Person retires before any
results management process has begun,
so long as ASADA would have had results
management jurisdiction over the Athlete
or other Person at the time the Athlete or
other Person committed an anti-doping
rule violation, ASADA will have jurisdiction
to conduct results management.
11.15.0.10 MA must, after consultation with ASADA,
impose a Provisional Suspension on any
Person whose Sample is the subject of an
Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified
Substance other than a Specified
Substance.
11.15.0.11 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
impose a Provisional Suspension on any
Person whose Sample is the subject of an
Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified
Substance or who is issued with an
infraction notice or who is subject to an
investigation.
11.15.0.12 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
impose the following Provisional
Suspension. MA may suspend:
a) financial or other assistance to the
Person;
(b) the Person from Competition in
Events and Competitions conducted
by or under the auspices of MA; and
c) the Person’s licence or participation
permit (if relevant).
11.15.0.14 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
apply the Provisional Suspension:
a) from the date of the infraction notice;
b) following the 14 day submission
period; or
c) as deemed appropriate by the MA or
FIM;
until the determination of the hearing or a
determination by ASADA not to refer the
matter to hearing.
11.15.0.15 If a Provisional Suspension is imposed,
the hearing under GCR 11.16 shall be
advanced to a date that avoids substantial
prejudice to the Athlete.
11.15.0.16 ASADA will convene any Provisional Hearing
and will present the case at any Provisional
8585
Hearing unless otherwise agreed.
11
11.15.0.17 As a general rule, the Provisional
Suspension of a Person will not be publicly
disclosed. A Provisional Suspension may
however be publicly disclosed so long
as such disclosure will not be unfairly
prejudicial to the interests of the Person.
ASADA must be consulted prior to any
such disclosure.
11.16
86
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
ANTI-DOPING HEARINGS
11.16.0.1 Article 8 of the Code applies.
11.16.0.2 ASADA will wait 14 days (or a shorter
period agreed between ASADA in
accordance with the Code, the NAD
Scheme and the ASADA Act or a period
less than 14 days as agreed between
ASADA and the Person) after sending
an Infraction Notice above and then will
convene CAS to conduct the hearing.
ASADA will prosecute the alleged AntiDoping Rule Violation.
11.16.0.3 CAS will determine:
a) if the Person has committed a
violation of this ADP;
b) if so, what sanction will apply;
c) how long the sanction will apply; and
d) any other issues properly brought
before it for determination.
11.16.0.4 CAS will give to the athlete, ASADA and
MA a written statement of:
a) the findings of the hearing;
b) what sanction (if any) will apply;
c) for how long the sanction (if any) will
apply; and
d) any other issues determined by it.
11.16.0.5 Sanctions will be applied under GCR
11.17.
11.16.0.6 ASADA will report the outcome of all AntiDoping Rule Violations in accordance
with the Code, the ASADA Act and the
NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.7 Hearings under this Article shall be
completed expeditiously as reasonably
practicable.
11.16.0.8 Australian Sports Commission (ASC),
MA, FIM and WADA and any other
relevant body (for example, Australian
Oympic Committee (AOC), Australian
Paralympic Committee (APC) or
Australian
Commonwealth
Games
Association (ACGA)) shall have the right
to attend hearings as an observer or
affected party.
11.16.0.9 Decisions by CAS under this Article may
be appealed as provided in GCR 11.19.
11.16.0.10 Decisions by CAS under this Article shall
not be subject to further administrative
review at the national level except as
required by applicable national law.
11.16.0.11 If, during a hearing, a party to the hearing
process implicates a third party to an AntiDoping Rule Violation, ASADA may use
any information that arises as a result of
the CAS process without having to first
seek the permission of the parties. This
clause expressly ousts Rule 43 of the
CAS Code of Sports-related Arbitration.
11.17
ANTI-DOPING SANCTIONS
11.17.0.1 Articles 9 and 10 of the Code apply.
11.17.0.2 CAS or another relevant body may
require the Athlete or other Person to
repay all funding and grants received by
the Athlete from that body subsequent to
the occurrence of the Anti-Doping Rule
Violation. However, no financial sanction
may be considered a basis for reducing
the period of Ineligibility or other sanction
which would otherwise be applicable
under this ADP. Repayment of funding
and grants may be made a condition of
reinstatement.
11.17.0.3 CAS may also determine, in addition to
applying the sanctions under the Code,
that a Person who has committed an AntiDoping Rule Violation, is required to go to
counselling for a specified period.
11.17.0.4 Where CAS determines that an employee
or contractor of MA has committed an
Anti-Doping Rule Violation, MA will take
disciplinary action against the employee
or contractor.
11.17.0.5 Once the period of a Person’s Ineligibility
has expired and the Person has fulfilled
the conditions for reinstatement, then
provided that the Person has paid all
forfeiture penalties in full and has satisfied
in full any award of costs made against the
Person by CAS and any other requirements
determined by CAS, the Person will
become automatically re-eligible and
no application for reinstatement will be
necessary. If, however, further forfeited
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
amounts become due after the Person’s
period of Ineligibility has expired then any
failure by the Person to pay all outstanding
amounts on or before their respective
due dates shall entitle MA to deny the
Person’s access to further Competitions
and Events or any other MA activity until
the amounts due are paid in full unless
otherwise agreed by both parties.
11.18
DOPING -CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS
11.18.0.1 Article 11 of the Code applies
11.19
ANTI-DOPING APPEALS
11.19.0.1 Decisions made under GCR 11.16 of
this ADP may be appealed to the CAS
Appeals Division in accordance with this
ADP, Article 13 of the Code and the CAS
Code of Sports Related Arbitration. Such
decisions shall remain in effect while
under appeal unless the appellate body
orders otherwise. Before an appeal is
commenced, any post-decision review
authorised in the NAD Scheme or
GCR 11.16.0.9 must be exhausted. The
following persons shall have the right to
appeal::
a) the athlete or other Person who is
the subject of the decision being
appealed;
b) the other party to the case in which
the decision was rendered;
c) ASADA;
d) any other affected parties including
MA;
e) FIM and any other Anti-Doping
Organisation under whose rules a
sanction could have been imposed;
f) the International Olympic Committee
or International Paralympic
Committee, as applicable, where
the decision may have an effect
in relation to the Olympic Games
or Paralympic Games, including
decisions affecting eligibility for
the Olympic Games or Paralympic
Games; and
g) WADA.
11.19.0.2 The outcome of all appeals must be
reported to all parties, ASC, MA, FIM and
WADA within 14 days of the conclusion
of the appeal. ASADA may inform other
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
Persons or organisations as it considers
appropriate.
11.19.0.3 The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be
within 21 days of the release of the written
decision of the initial hearing.
11.20
ANTI-DOPING VIOLATIONS
OUTSIDE OF ADP
11.20.1 Management of alleged anti-doping
rule violations not covered by an antidoping policy
11.20.1.1 In the case of a Person who has
committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation
or has committed conduct which would
have amounted to an Anti-Doping Rule
Violation if the Person was bound by a
Code compliant anti-doping policy and the
Person has not been sanctioned by the
CAS or any other hearing body because
the Person was not bound by a Code
compliant anti-doping policy, MA will:
a) prevent that Person from competing
in MA Competitions, Events and
activities if the Person is an Athlete;
b) prevent that Person (so far as
reasonably possible) from having
any involvement in MA Competitions,
Events and activities;
c) not employ, engage or register that
Person;
unless and until that Person agrees to be
retrospectively bound by this Anti-Doping
Policy from the occurrence of the AntiDoping Rule Violation.
11.21
ANTI-DOPING CONFIDENTIALITY
AND REPORTING
11.21.0.1 The identity of any Athlete or other Person
who is asserted to have committed
an anti-doping rule violation may only
be Publicly Disclosed by ASADA, or
MA after consultation with ASADA, in
accordance with the Code, the ASADA
Act, the NAD Scheme and the terms of
the Confidentiality Undertaking signed
between ASADA and MA.
11.21.0.2 ASADA or MA, or any official of either, will
not publicly comment on the specific facts
of a pending case (as opposed to general
description of process and science)
except in response to public comments 8787
11
11.21.0.3
11.21.0.4
11.21.0.5
11.21.0.6
88
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
attributed to the Athlete, other Person or
their representatives.
No later than 20 days after it has been
determined in a hearing in accordance
with Article 16 that an anti-doping rule
violation has occurred and the time to
appeal such decision has expired, or
such hearing has been waived and the
time to appeal the decision has expired,
or the assertion of an anti-doping rule
violation has not been challenged in a
timely fashion, ASADA must Publicly
Disclose at least: the disposition of the
anti-doping matter including the sport,
the anti-doping rule violated, the name of
the Athlete or other Person committing
the violation, the Prohibited Substance
or Prohibited Method involved and
the Consequences imposed. ASADA
must also Publicly Disclose within 20
days appeal decisions concerning antidoping rule violations. ASADA will also,
within the time period for publication,
send all hearing and appeal decisions
to WADA. MA may also elect to make a
public statement in relation to the matter,
following consultation with ASADA.
In any case where it is determined, after
a hearing or appeal, that the Athlete or
other Person did not commit an antidoping rule violation, the decision may be
Publicly Disclosed only with the consent
of the Athlete or other Person who is
the subject of the decision. ASADA will
use reasonable efforts to obtain such
consent, and if consent is obtained,
will Publicly Disclose the decision in its
entirety or in such redacted form as the
Athlete or other Person may approve.
Any decision of an Anti-Doping
Organisation regarding a violation of this
ADP shall be recognised by all Sporting
Administration Bodies, which shall take
all necessary action to render such
results effective.
Subject to the right to appeal provided in
GCR 11.19, the Testing, TUE and hearing
results or other final adjudications of any
organisation recognised by ASADA or
any Sporting Administration Body which
are consistent with the Code and are
within the organisation’s authority, shall
be recognised and respected by MA.
MA may recognise the same actions of
other bodies which have not accepted
the Code if the rules of those bodies are
otherwise consistent with the Code, the
NAD Scheme and/or ASADA’s position.
11.22
INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE
11.22.0.1 Article 24 of the Code (www.wada-ama.
org) applies.
11.23
ANTI-DOPING MISCELLANEOUS
11.23.0.1 Statute of Limitations – Article 17 of the
Code (www.wada-ama.org) applies.
11.23.0.2 Doping Control for animals competing
in Sport – Article 16 of the Code (www.
wada-ama.org) applies (if relevant).
11.23.0.3 Words not defined in this ADP have the
meaning ascribed to them in the Code
unless a contrary meaning appears from
the context.
11.23.0.4 This ADP may be amended by MA
subject to prior consultation with ASADA
and ongoing compliance with the Code
and ASADA Act.
11.23.0.5 Where this ADP adopts and applies
an article of the Code that article and
the terms in it shall be considered and
applied in the context of this ADP
11.24
ALCOHOL BREATH TESTING
11.24.1 Testing Procedure
11.24.1.1 This procedure applies to competitors
and officials.
11.24.1..2 Testing of competitors and officials to
determine the presence of alcohol in their
body, by analysis of their expired air, is
appropriate and necessary for the safety
of competitors, officials and the public.
11.24.1.3 In order to test fairly, an initial test will
be undertaken. Should this test return
a positive reading, a second test will
be undertaken a short time later under
controlled conditions to confirm that
positive result.
11.24.1..4 Any competitors or officials detected with
a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre
will be excluded from further participation
in the day’s competition (under GCR
4.3.9.1) and subject to sanctions under
Chapter 11 and other provisions of the
Anti-Doping Policy.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.24.2 Notification to Competitors or Officials
11.24.2.1 Competitors or officials must be informed
by written notice or in SR at least 24
hours prior to any testing being conducted
during the event. They do not need to
be informed of the actual times when
the tests will be conducted. Evidence of
such notice being given must be lodged
with the Stewards prior to any tests being
performed.
11.24.3 Requirements of Competitors or Officials
11.24.3.1 Competitors and officials being tested will
be asked not to consume any substances
by mouth for a period of 5 minutes prior
to any breath analysis test being carried
out.
11.24.3.2 Should an initial test indicate the presence
of alcohol, a participant will be isolated
for approximately 20 minutes, in the
company of a witness. Another test will
be undertaken no less than 15 minutes
after the initial test. No substances may
be consumed by the competitor or official
by mouth during this period.
11.24.3.3 Should a competitor or official refuse
to submit to an alcohol breath test, or
fails to follow the proper and reasonable
instructions of the testing official, the
competitor or official will be considered
to have returned a positive result. In
these circumstances, no further testing is
required and the competitor or official will
be excluded from further participation in
the day’s competition.
11.24.4 Requirements for Testing
11.24.4.1 All tests must be conducted using an
appropriate instrument which has been
certified as being calibrated in accordance
with the requirements of the manufacturer
or their agent, within the previous 6
months.
11.24.4.2 The result of all tests performed must be
recorded, together with the names of the
competitor or official and the witness, the
time and date of the test and the result of
the test eg, OK if 0, or actual reading if
>0.
11.24.5 Procedure for Testing
11.24.5.1 Testing should normally be carried out in
the morning, prior to any competition, but
may be undertaken at any time during the
event.
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
11.24.5.2 Testing will be carried out by an official
authorised by MA for the purpose (refer
to GCR 4.3.9.2) and that official must
have been trained and accredited by the
manufacturer of the testing equipment or
their agent. Such officials may include
doctors and police.
11.24.5.3 Any competitor or official, whose blood
alcohol level is above 0.1g/litre, as
identified by the instrument, will be given
the opportunity to undertake a further test,
which will be undertaken no sooner that
15 minutes and no later than 20 minutes
after the initial (positive) test. In all cases,
the participant shall be accompanied by a
witness appointed by the Testing Official
for the entire period between the 2 tests.
11.24.5.4 Should the subsequent test indicate a
positive blood alcohol reading (ie above
0.1g/litre, as identified by the instrument)
the competitor or official will be excluded
from further participation in the day’s event
and sanctioned under the other provisions
of the MA Anti-Doping Policy.
11.24.5.5 A positive alcohol result is a breach of the
MA Anti-Doping Policy.
11.24.5.6 Should the subsequent (second) test be
negative, then no further action will be
taken against the competitor or official.
The RCB reserves the right however to
ask the same participant to undertake a
further test during the meeting.
11.24.5.7 In any case, the result of the tests may
be reported to the RCB and/or MA by the
official undertaking the tests in the general
event report. Any positive result on the
initial test followed by a negative test
shall not be recorded in the competitor or
official’s history file.
11.24.5.8 The following extract must be read to
competitors or officials prior to undertaking
testing:
“You are about to have your expired air
tested to ensure compliance with the
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy in relation to
the presence of alcohol in your body.
Should the test be positive, a further test
will be undertaken shortly to confirm the
test. Please follow the instructions of the
testing official.”
11.24.5.9 In the event of a positive result in the initial
test (single positive), the following must
be read to the competitor or official:
“Your expired air has indicated the 8989
11
enjoy the ride
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
presence of alcohol in your body, this is
a breach of the MA Anti-Doping Policy.
Another test will be performed shortly
to confirm the initial test. You will be
requested to be accompanied by a witness
at all times for the next 20 minutes. You
will not be permitted to consume any
substance by mouth until after the test.”
11.24.6 Procedure for Processing a “Double
Positive” Result
11.24.6.1 The competitors and officials must be
advised by the testing official of the result
of both tests, that is, the reading noted on
the instrument.
11.24.6.2 The competitors and officials must be
advised that under the MA Anti-Doping
Policy, no further participation in the
meeting will be permitted.
11.24.7 Procedure following a report of a
“Double Positive” Result
11.24.7.1 The applicable action having been taken,
the procedures for notification of a positive
result will be followed (see GCR 11.2).
11.24.8 Report by Testing Official
11.24.8.1 In the case where no positive reading was
achieved on the confirming test, the results
shall be included with the Stewards’ report
of the meeting.
11.24.8.2 In the case where 1 or more positive
readings were achieved on the confirming
test, the original of the report must be
hand delivered or sent to the RCB by
registered post the following day, together
with all appropriate Stewards Reports.
11.25
ALCOHOL BLOOD TESTING
11.25.0.1 Any competitor or official detected with
a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre
as a result of a blood test performed by
qualified medical practitioners or police
will be subject to sanctions under GCR
11.14.
11.26
ADP APPENDIX- WORLD ANTIDOPING CODE PROHIBITED LIST
11.26.0.1 For the current list of prohibited substances
and methods refer to www.wada-ama.org
and www.asada.gov.au
WINNING PARTNERSHIP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
90
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12
12.1
ALL DISCIPLINES
ALL DISCIPLINES
made to relevant diagrams appearing in
these Rules.
APPLICATION OF CHAPTER
12.1.0.1 The Rules set out in this chapter are for
all disciplines.
12.1.0.2 Unless otherwise stated, the requirements
of any discipline-specific chapter override
the requirements of this chapter.
12.1.0.3 Everything that is not authorised and
prescribed in this chapter, or in the
discipline specific chapters, is strictly
prohibited.
12.2
12
ELIGIBILITY - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.2.1 General Eligibility
12.2.1.1 No person may participate in any
competition, other than an Australian
Championship, unless and until that
person’s clothing and machine have
been examined and approved by the
Scrutineer for that competition.
12.2.1.2 No person may participate in an Australian
Championship unless and until:
a) That person’s clothing and machine
have been examined and approved
by the Scrutineer for that meeting,
or
b) If stipulated in SR, the person
provides the Scrutineer with a
signed checklist that the clothing
and machine have been selfscrutineered.
12.2.1.3 At scrutineering, competitors must
produce documents or other evidence
as required to verify engine and frame
identity.
12.2.1.4 The onus of proving that a competitor,
and the competitor’s machine and
clothing, are eligible to compete, is on
the person seeking to prove it.
12.2.1.5 Where any Rule prohibits the modification
of any machine or class of machines, that
machine or that class will be deemed to
have been modified if any part or parts
thereof have been altered from the
machine or class as manufactured by the
machine manufacturer.
12.2.1.6 In the interpretation of any Rule relating to
the design requirements for any machine
or class of machines, reference may be
12.2.2
Juniors only to compete in Junior
Competitions
12.2.2.1 Subject to GCRs 12.16, 23.2.2 and 25.6,
no person who is under the age of 16
years may compete in other than a Junior
competition unless that competition is:
a) Moto-Trials,
b) 125cc GP Road Race,
c) Enduro,
d) 250 Mono class
12.2.3 Homologation
12.2.3.1 For any competition, MA may require that
any machine, or any part of a machine,
including tyres, be homologated. For
homologation details contact MA.
12.3
FEES- ALL DISCIPLINES
ACTIVITY
Replacement licence
Protest Lodgement
Appeal to SCB
Appeal to MA
Fuel Homologation fee –
First year
Fuel Homologation fee –
Subsequent years
All other fees
12.4
FEE $ (INC GST)
20.00
70.00
264.00
750.00
1,500.00
1,000.00
Apply at MA office
ENGINES – FORMULAE FOR
CALCULATION OF CAPACITIES
AND CLASSES
12.4.1
Reciprocating Engines:
Cubic capacity = (D2 x 3.1416 x C x N)
4
Where: D = Bore in centimetres,
C = Stroke in centimetres,
N = Number of cylinders.
12.4.2
Rotary Engines:
Cubic capacity = (Z x V)
N
Where: V = Capacity of each chamber
comprising the engine in cubic
centimetres,
N = Number of turns of the motor 91
12
enjoy the ride
ALL DISCIPLINES
necessary to complete 1 cycle in a
chamber, and
Z = Combustion cycles per
revolution.
12.4.3
Wankel System Engines With A
Triangular Piston
Cubic capacity = 2 x V x D
Where: V = capacity of a single chamber,
D = the number of rotors.
12.4.3.1 Wankel system engines are classified as
4-strokes.
12.4.4 Superchargers and Turbochargers
12.4.4.1 Superchargers and turbochargers may
only be used as follows:
a) In drag racing or record attempts,
b) In Production Class or Improved
Touring racing when fitted as factory
equipment,
c) The nominal cubic capacity of an
engine as calculated under 12.4.1,
12.4.2 or 12.4.3 that is fitted with
a supercharger or a turbocharger
shall be multiplied by 2 for the
purposes of engine classification,
d) For Historic Road Race Period
2 machines, when fitted with a
supercharger as factory equipment.
12.4.5 Engine Capacity Tolerances
12.4.5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the following
table, the actual engine capacity of a
machine competing in a capacity class
may not exceed the prescribed capacity
for that class by more than 2%:
CLASS
Sidecar
Cycle car machines
except Road Race
Period 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Historic Road Race,
Classic Dirt Track and
Classic Motocross
80cc 2-stroke machines
manufactured prior to 1/1/95
Record attempts and
senior Speedway / Track.
65cc & 85cc machines
4-stroke Mini Bikes (Fast 50’s)
Road Race sidecars
92
PERMITTED
EXCESS
5%
5%
5%
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
12.5
MEASUREMENT - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.5.1 Measurements at Meetings
12.5.1.1 A Steward of a meeting may direct the
measurement of the capacity of the
engine of any machine, to be carried out
at the conclusion of the meeting. Until the
measurement is completed the machine
must remain under the control of the RCB.
12.5.1.2 If an engine is measured at the request
of a rider or entrant, the rider or entrant is
liable for the cost of the measurement.
12.5.1.3 If an engine is measured for the purposes
of a protest, the party against whom the
decision is made is liable for the cost of
the measurement, and the machine may,
if the engine is found to be oversize, be
retained until such cost is paid.
12.5.2
Measurements - Australian and State
Championship Events
12.5.2.1 For all Australian and State championship
events:
a) All machines must have provision for
the placement of sealing wire,
b) An entrant may request that the
entrant’s machine be measured and
sealed before the event. As soon
as practicable after receiving the
request the measurer for the event
must measure and seal the machine.
Any machine examined under this
sub-rule may, on application by
the entrant, at the discretion of the
measurer, be exempted from further
examination at the event,
c) The first, second, third and
fourth placed machines must be
impounded for a period of 30
minutes immediately following the
event, pending any protest, and the
event result will be provisional,
d) At the conclusion of that period, if no
protest is received, the result will be
final,
e) If the machines are to be ridden in
another event within that period,
they must be sealed before being
returned to the competitor for that
event,
f) If no protest is received within that
period, the seals may be removed,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
g) Any machine sealed as the result of
a protest may only be measured by
a measurer. All measurer’s reports,
together with the seals, must be
delivered to the RCB within 21 days
after the event,
h) No prize monies may be paid until
measurer’s reports and seals are
received or the expiration of 21 days
whichever occurs first.
12.6
NUMBER PLATES- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.6.1 Number Plates - General
12.6.1.1 For all competitions except Moto-trials,
3 number plates must be fitted - 1 at the
front and 1 on each side.
12.6.1.2 Number plates must:
a) Be produced to a matt finish,
b) Where they are not an integral part
of the machine or streamlining and
are under 1.6mm in thickness, have
rolled or wired edges,
c) In the case of rectangular plates,
have the corners formed to a 38mm
radius,
d) In the case of bolt on number plates,
be made from a rigid material with
minimum dimensions of 235mm
height and 285mm width; and
e) In the case of sidecars, be positioned
so that they are visible from the front
and each side of the sidecar.
12.6.1.3 Front number plates must have figures
which are clearly visible at a distance of
20 metres and a solid 10mm wide border.
asd
12
ALL DISCIPLINES
12.6.1.4 Side number plates must:
a) Be fitted above a horizontal line
drawn through the rear axle,
b) Be fitted so that the front edge of the
plate is behind a vertical line drawn
at 200mm to the rear of the rider’s
footrest,
c) For machines with streamlining, be
attached to or form part of a suitable
surface which is flat or with a curvature
not exceeding 50mm from the true
plane.
12.6.1.5 Number backgrounds on side numberplates
may be an integral part of the rear seat
section or fairing.
12.6.1.6 Advertising must be at least 25mm clear
of the background of a number plate
unless the advertising is an integral part
of the back plate cover.
12.6.2
Number Plates–Juniors (other than
Enduro and Moto-Trials)
12.6.2.1 Number plates for Juniors must be as
follows:
a) A minimum plate size of 225mm
width and 200mm height,
b) Figures with minimum sizes of
100mm height and 20mm width of
stroke in Arial Rounded MT
Bold font.
12.6.2.2 For 50cc automatic:
a) A minimum plate size of 200mm
wide and 150mm high,
b) The figures on the plates must be
100mm high and 20mm wide,
c) The front plate must be fitted so that it
does not extend above the height of
the handlebars or grips.
MA MEMBERS RECEIVE
HUNDREDS OF DISCOUNTS
check out www.ma.org.au
93
12
enjoy the ride
ALL DISCIPLINES
12.6.3
Number Plate Colours - Except for
Enduro & Moto-Trials
12.6.3.1 Colours must be as follows:
CAPACITY or CLASS
Up to 125cc
100cc to 150cc 2-stroke, up to 250cc 4-stroke, MX/SX only
151cc to 250cc 2-stroke, 251cc to 450cc 4-stroke MX / SX only
126cc to 250cc
251cc to 350cc
351cc to 500cc
501cc to 750cc
751cc and over
Long Track 500cc
Dirt Track 251 to 450cc 4-stroke
Dirt Track over 450cc 4-stroke
Australian Superbike
Up to 500cc Sidecar
Over 500cc Sidecar
Formula Two Sidecar
BACKGROUND COLOUR*
Black
Black
White
Dark Green
Mid Blue
Canary Yellow
White
Mail Box Red
White
Mid Blue
White
White
Canary Yellow
White
Mail Box Red
FIGURE COLOUR
White
White
Black
White
White
Black
Black
White
Black
White
Black
Black
Black
Black
White
BACKGROUND COLOUR*
Mid Blue
Canary Yellow
Mail Box Red
Black
FIGURE COLOUR
White
Black
White
Yellow
12.6.3.2 Colours for Junior age group racing:
AGE GROUP
Under 9 years
9 to under 12 years
12 to under 14 years
14 to under 16 years
12.6.3.3 Additional colour combinations may be
used, at the discretion of the RCB.
12.6.3.4 Australian Superbikes may use any
contrasting colour on side number plates
providing they are legible at 20 metres.
12.6.4 Number Plate Figures
12.6.4.1 Figures must be Arial Rounded MT Bold
font
12.6.4.2 Figures must be clearly legible, the
Fig 12.6 .4.2.
Sample and
Dimensions
of Number
Plate Figures
[minimums]
DIMENSION
Height
Width of each figure
Space between figures
Space between figures and
edge of plate
28
75-85mm
25 mm
94
minimum dimensions being:
140-148mm
25 mm
75-85mm
MEASUREMENT
(mm)
140 - 148
75 - 85
25
12
Arial
Rounded
MT Bold
font
1234567890
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.6.4.3
For National Motocross and Supercross
Events, where MA is the RCB and
transponders are used, numbers on side
plates may be a minimum of:
DIMENSION
Height
Width of each figure
Width of stroke
Space between 2 figures
MEASUREMENT
(mm)
100
70
25
15
NOTE: Advertising is allowed as per 12.4.4.4
12.6.4.4 Advertising is permitted on all machines,
but must be at least 25mm clear of the
number plate background and the rider’s
name by either a gap or a contrasting
colour strip.
12.6.5 Back Numbers – Juniors
12.6.5.1 No junior may compete, except in Enduro
or Moto-Trials unless wearing the machine
identification number on their back in
contrasting colours and with a minimum size
of 125mm height and 20mm width of stroke.
12.7
RADIO COMMUNICATION
12.7.1.1 Radio communications with riders is not
allowed, and will be classed as outside
assistance.
12.8
FRAMES AND PARTS - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.8.1 Streamlining
12.8.1.1 All streamlining fitted to motorcycles or
sidecars must be free of any sharp edges
on exposed extremities.
12.8.1.2 For fibreglass construction, edges must
be rounded to their own thickness but
need not be wired.
12.8.1.3 All forward streamlining attached to
solo and sidecar machines must have a
minimum of 3 attachment points:
a) At least 1 supporting the forward
section of the shell, and
b) 1 on each side supporting the rear
portion of the shell.
12.8.1.4 Identification plates must have corners
and edges smoothed.
12.8.2 Fuel Tanks
12.8.2.1 Fuel tanks may be constructed from any
material that has been approved by the
Australian Standards Association as a
petrol or fuel container material.
12
ALL DISCIPLINES
12.8.3 Exhaust Systems
12.8.3.1 Exhaust systems must:
a) Be fitted with silencers,
b) Terminate at a point not more than
25mm beyond the rear extremity of
the rear tyre tread,
c) Be attached as closely as practicable
to the machine and in a manner
that does not, in the opinion of the
Scrutineer, create a hazard to other
competitors,
d) Where separate silencers are fitted,
have a minimum of 2 mountings
or locking screws on all machines
which have a capacity in excess of
85cc,
e) Where silencers are re-packable,
have safety wired securing bolts.
12.8.4 Centre and Side Stands
12.8.4.1 Centre and side stands must be removed
for all types of competition other than:
a) Moto-Trials,
b) Enduro,
c) Natural Terrain Motocross at Club
and Inter-club competitions,
d) The 50cc class of all disciplines.
12.8.4.2 Centre and Side Stands which remain on
machines under the previous GCR must
be secured in the closed position.
12.8.5 Footrests
12.8.5.1 Footrests must:
a) Be well rounded and designed so as
to ensure that no dangerous edges
are created due to wear.
b) Not touch the ground at lean unless
they are hinged or pivoted and
controlled by a return spring.
12.8.6 Handlebars
12.8.6.1 The ends of the handlebars or twist grip
sleeves must be securely plugged so as
to present a flush or rounded end.
12.8.6.2 Handlebar levers must:
a) Have ball ends with a minimum
diameter of:
i) 15mm, for levers longer than
76mm,
ii) 10mm, for levers shorter than
76mm.
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
95
12
ALL DISCIPLINES
the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball.
12.8.6.3 Throttle controls must be self closing.
12.8.6.4 A lanyard operated ignition cut-out switch,
operating on the primary circuit, must be
fitted to the following:
DISCIPLINE
Speedway –
Junior & Senior
Motocross –
Junior & Senior
Dirt track
Track
Road race
MACHINE
Solo & Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
12.8.6.5 For Road Race, Motocross and Dirt Track,
the lanyard must have a maximum length
of 1 metre.
12.8.7 Kick Start Levers
12.8.7.1 Kick start levers, other than transverse,
must be folding.
12.8.8 Drive Chain Protection
12.8.8.1 Primary drives must be guarded so as
to prevent direct access to the chain or
sprockets with the fingers.
12.8.8.2 The guard must be constructed of:
a) Metal having a minimum thickness
of 1.6mm, which may be mesh
or expanded metal provided the
openings do not exceed 10mm, or
b) Fibreglass having a minimum
thickness of 3mm.
12.8.8.3 If a plastic, fibreglass or part open chain
guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than
10mm diameter, placed outside the bottom
rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This
bolt, if damaged, must be replaced.;
12.8.8.4 Projecting sprockets, which are not behind
a clutch assembly or directly behind a
frame member, must be guarded where
the sprocket teeth are further than 30mm
from a frame member or swinging arm.
12.8.8.5 A counter shaft sprocket which is more
than 30mm from the outside of the swing
arm pivot, must be covered.
12.8.9 Tyres
12.8.9.1 Tyres must comply with the following:
a) Metal studs, spikes, chain, rope or
other non-skid attachments may
not be used unless permitted by the
relevant SR.
b) Treads on tyres must be at least
1mm deep on any part of the tyre
96
enjoy the ride
that comes in contact with the
ground.
c) The tread depth indicating holes on
slick tyres must be clearly visible and
at least 0.5mm deep.
d) Paddle or scoop treaded tyres may
not be fitted.
12.8.9.2 Valve caps must be used for all
competitions.
12.8.10 Mudguards
12.8.10.1 Either a rear mudguard or a seat must be
fitted which extends at least 20 degrees
to the rear of a vertical line drawn through
the rear wheel axle.
12.8.10.2 Mudguards must be made of a material,
which is not liable to cause personal injury
if deformed.
12.8.11 Sidecars - All Classes – except Moto
Trials
12.8.11.1 Left hand and right hand sidecars may
not compete against each other with
the exception of Motocross, Classic
Motocross and Historic Road Racing.
12.8.11.2 Sidecars, in addition to complying with
the requirements for solos, must be as
follows:
a) The sidecar body width must be
890mm measured from the closest
mounting point to the extremity of the
sidecar body including any step,
b) The track must be a minimum
of 580mm and a maximum of
1,005mm,
c) Ground clearance must be a
minimum of 88mm and a maximum
of 325mm,
d) The sidecar must have at least 4
mounting points,
e) The inside of the sidecar wheel must
be enclosed to floor level,
f) Rear sprockets and chains must be
enclosed around the passenger’s
working area,
g) Any step must have a maximum
width of 200mm from the sidecar,
h) A minimum of 2 hand grips must be
fitted,
i) Front mounted exhaust systems
must not protrude beyond the
outermost edges of the sidecar,
j) All outer edge sidecar chassis
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12
corners must have a minimum 25mm
radius,
k) The machine and sidecar must have
front and rear wheel brakes,
l) The machine must be fitted with a
lanyard type cut-out switch,
m) Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited.
12.9
FUEL-ALL DISCIPLINES
12.9.1 Fuel Warning
12.9.1.1 Fuels and lubricants are highly specialised
substances and participants must be aware
they may contain substances that are
extremely dangerous to human health if
misused, inhaled or allowed to contact skin.
12.9.1.2 Some of the components of fuel and lubricants
are suspected of having the potential to cause
cancer in rare circumstances.
12.9.1.3 The use of petrol as a general cleaning
and washing agent is a common misuse
of a potentially dangerous substance.
12.9.1.4 Fuels should be used and stored with
extreme care and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
12.9.2 Fuel Requirements
12.9.2.1 The fuel requirements of each discipline is
detailed in their respective chapters.
12.9.3 Fuel Testing
12.9.3.1 For any event, meeting or series, the RCB
may direct that no fuels other than fuels
of prescribed specifications and from a
prescribed source may be used.
a) Tests to ensure that only prescribed
fuels are used in an event, meeting
or series may be administered at any
time and place during the course of
the same,
b) The Clerk of Course, Race Director
or Chief Scrutineer may direct the
administration of fuel tests.
12.9.3.2 Fuel tests must comply with the following
procedures:
a) All containers for holding samples
must be clean and constructed of
robust non-reactive impermeable
material, must be sealable, and must
have provision for identification,
b) Equipment used for the extraction of
fuel from machines must be clean and
constructed of fuel non-reactive material,
c) All samples must be divided into 2
lots (Sample A and Sample B) of not
12.9.4
12.9.4.1
12.9.4.2
12.9.4.3
12.9.4.4
ALL DISCIPLINES
less than 5ml each, which must be
placed in separate containers,
d) Once samples are placed in
containers, the containers must
immediately be sealed and identified
by reference to the machine from
which the sample was taken. This
information must be entered on a
fuel sample certificate which must
certify the date, place and time of
taking the sample, the identity of the
machine from which the sample was
taken and the identity of the rider,
e) Both samples must remain in
the control of the official who
administered the test.
f) The rider or the representative must
sign the fuel sample certificate
acknowledging samples have been
taken and are sealed,
g) All samples held by the official must
be delivered as soon as practicable
after the competition to the RCB which
must deliver the Sample A as soon as
practicable to a laboratory approved
by MA where they must be tested for
content and quality in accordance with
standard scientific procedures,
h) The RCB must as soon as
practicable after receipt of the
results notify the rider or rider’s
team representative and MA,
i) If the rider is dissatisfied with the
test result of sample A, they may
request sample B be tested at an
MA approved laboratory in their
presence.
Refueling
During refueling, each machine must be
stationary with the engine stopped.
Refueling will be deemed to have
commenced when the fuel tank has been
opened and completed when the tank is
closed.
Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas
where refueling is permitted .
Riders are liable for exclusion from
an event for failing to adhere to GCR
12.9.4.3, and are responsible for the
actions of their mechanics and support
team members.
12.9.5 Homologation of Fuel
12.9.5.1 Unleaded fuel produced by an oil company 97
12
enjoy the ride
ALL DISCIPLINES
for sale in the Australian general transport fuel
market through retail petrol pumps in at least
3 states does not have to be homologated.
12.9.5.2 Organisations seeking homologation of
fuel must provide MA with:
a) Two 1-litre sealed containers of the
fuel for analysis,
b) Details of the fuels characteristics,
c) The distribution network,
d) The price structure,
e) A homologation fee of $1,500 in the first
year and $1,000 per year thereafter.
12.9.5.3 Fuels approved under this GCR will be
published at www.ma.org.au.
12.10
NOISE EMISSIONS -ALL DISCIPLINES
12.10.1 Specifications
12.10.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 2 stroke
96dB(A)/ 4 stroke 94db(A) unless a
lower limit is provided for in SR or another
limit is shown in the table below:
DISCIPLINE
Road Racing
Historic Road Racing
Motocross and Supercross
Classic MX & Dirt Track
Speedway
Dirt Track
Track
Quads
Moto-Trials
Supermoto
Enduro & Reliabity Trials
Minikhana
Record Attempts
LIMIT dB(A)
102
102
94/96
96
98
94/96
98
94/96
96
94/96
94
95
No limit
12.10.1.2 Where government regulations or planning
orders exist in relation to noise testing, or
where a permanent Road Race circuit
noise emission required is part of the
circuit hire contract, the noise emission
required will prevail over GCR 12.10.1.1.
12.10.2 Measurement
12.10.2.1 Noise emissions must be measured with
a microphone placed 500mm from the
exhaust pipe at an angle of approx 45
degrees measured from the centre line
of the exhaust end, and at the height of
the exhaust pipe, but at least 200mm
above the ground. Where the height of
the exhaust outlet makes this impossible,
the microphone should be placed at a 45
degree angle above the outlet. see Figs.
98 12.10.2.2 The reading shall be taken with engine
warmed up, running steadily at the
specified revs and with the motorcycle out
of gear. These revs are specified for Road
Racing and Historic Road Racing in the
table below. For all other disciplines, refer
to the table in 17.3.0.1.
12.10.2.3 The test revs depends on the mean piston
speed corresponding to the stroke of the
engine according to the table below for
Road Racing and Historic Road Racing.
For all other disciplines of racing, refer
to the table in 17.3.0.1. The revs are
calculated using the following formula:
N= 300,000 x cm
I
Where N = prescribed revs
cm = fixed mean piston speed in
metres per second, and
I = stroke in mm
Stroke
RPM
in mm
Use for Road Race and
Historic Road Race. For
other disciplines See
17.3.0.1
30
11,000
31
10,645
32
10,313
33
10,000
34
9,706
35
9,429
36
9,167
37
8,919
38
8,684
39
8,462
40
8,250
41
8,049
42
7,857
43
7,674
44
7,500
45
7,333
46
7,174
47
7,021
48
6,875
49
6,735
50
6,600
51
6,471
52
6,346
53
6,226
54
6,111
55
6,000
56
5,893
57
5,789
58
5,690
59
5,593
60
5,500
61
5,410
62
5,323
Stroke
RPM
in mm
Use for Road Race and
Historic Road Race. For
other disciplines See
17.3.0.1
66
5,000
67
4,925
68
4,853
69
4,783
70
4,714
71
4,648
72
4,583
73
4,521
74
4,459
75
4,400
76
4,342
77
4,286
78
4,231
79
4,177
80
4,125
81
4,074
82
4,024
83
3,976
84
3,929
85
3,882
86
3,837
87
3,793
88
3,750
89
3,708
90
3,667
91
3,626
92
3,587
93
3,548
94
3,511
95
3,474
96
3,438
97
3,402
98
3,367
Ê
Ê,Ê,*
7 ÊÊ
8
1-6tÊ
GST
NZ $8.95* inc.
)SSUE
$7.95
8 $7.9
R 2008
ER
Issue #351 DECEMB
SHOOTOUT
250F MX
JNR MX NATS
TER
MONS
AN
STEFAN MERRIM
’09 250 MX
228
ISSUE
PAGE
...
MUCH CLOSER
IT DOESN’T GET
www.adbmag.com
www.adbmag.com
NATS
JUNIOR MX WEST
CONQUER THE
STATUS
LEGENDARY
TRAILRIDE
S
ONE SERIOU
RETURN
MERRIMAN’S IN EUROPE
AFTER 10 YEARS
1,"
"*
,"Ê
7ÊÛÊ9
-\Ê
/,,
̅iÊ-ˆ“«Ãœ˜
7iÊÌ>Žiʜ˜Ê>LÞÊEÊ
," /½-Ê
,"7>ÌÃÊÜÀ>«
,Ê/
Ê"
1
Ê--1
*
)Ê
/:3!&!2
Ê, -ʽ
,"
3%.)/2
#)4):%.3
/Ê7",½-Ê
-/-/Ê"-
,
ÜÜÜ°>`L“>}°Vœ“
SAVE
20%
E
OFF TPHRICE
COVER
"
/
1Ê
-/Ê
Ê1
.$!
(/ ,
1
WWWADBMAGCOM
-Z:
M-Z
RM
ECT RM-Z:
OJEC
PROJ
PR
BS PROJEC
MBS
IM
LIMBS
CLIM
L CL
HILL
HI
IT
X: IT
TED HILLCL
UTTE
RUT
PER X:
UPE
SU
NAIL RUTTED
ME? SUPER
ME?
NS & NAIL
TIME
TI
T RN
TU
HIS TIME?
THI
LL TURNS
IL
ED THIS
N ILL
NHIL
NED
NED
KE
ENED
OK
O NH
OWNH
OW
PPEN
DOW
D
BLOK
BL
APP
HA
MB DOWNH
CT BLOKE
OMB
ECT
AT HAPPE
BO
HAT
OJEC
WHA
TO: BOMB
TO
PROJ
PR
N: WHAT
oN:
MXo
MX
HOW
HOW TO:
HO
FO PROJE
NFO
IN
NE MXoN:
NE
UP INFO
-UP
LIN
L
LI
T-U
ET-U
E
SET
THE LINE
ER SET-UP
ER
OF THE
IIDE
SID
NSID
N
ND OF
INS
END
E:: INSIDER
HE END
ADE
ADE
THE
RAD
S THE
TRAD
T
TR
IT’S
IT
IT’S
HE TRADE
TH
OF THE
KS OF
CKS
ICKS
RIC
TRIC
T
TR
UN TRICKS
GUN
BEGU
BEGU
BE
AS BEGUN
HAS
HA
ä
x
{
(53!"%2'
/#/-0!2/
)3$% %.$52 %8# !/2#
+4-V 3!-5,)!2/3
72!0 ).3)$%3/&4(%42!$%
(%!$ 42)#+ +%
02/*%#4",/
{xä
/…iÊvՏÊ8Ê
-1*,Ê8ÊÊ
*,67
œÜ˜Êœœ“Ã
/…iÊŜÜ`
1,"
6-Ê8Ê Àʈð°°
lRSTRIDE
˜`Ê̅iÊ«œˆ˜ÌÃÊ܈˜˜i
ÊÓää™
1-+6, ½-
ÜÜÜ°>`L“>}°Vœ“
WWWADBMAGCOM
RIDE
LEGENDS
OUT
SH OT
942!),2)$%
8.!43$!,"
(52,%9/:8V72&
72'
(53+94%
MXoN
!&!2))3$%
5,)!2//:3
05:%93!&%
2(53!"%2'
(/.$!#2&
BER 2008
-Z
SUBSCR
IBE
YOUR CHA FOR
NCE
TO WIN
!
REEDY
RE
RM PLICA
/"%2 P TIPS
SUSPENSION SET-U
ä ./6%-"%2
FREE
BUDGET TECH:
INC'34
.:
"6,ÊÓään
1 2 0
e r _ ADB
0 1 _ Co v
.:
INC'34
/",ÊÓään
)SSUE"
L
A
I
C
PME
S
R
E
F
F
O
R
E
B
M
E
A
M
/룊
*\
Ã\
Ê, Ê"7Ê/"
-\
Ê/
Ê/*
ÊÊ*,"
Ê/Ê*
-Ê Ê/*Ê "‡
"-/Ê,-
1*Ê-Ê,1//ÊÊ
1/
Ê7
Ê,,-ÊÊ6 ½Ê"<
Ê1,9Ê"
Ê"6
Ê,Ê" Ê-1<1
B
D
A
O
T
E
B
SUBSCRI
$75
FOR JUST
G ON TO
O
L
E
B
I
R
C
S
TO SUB .MAGSHOP.COM.AU ODRB
WWW.MA 116 AND QUOTE P09A
PHONE 136
REECE BANCELL MEMORIAL ASSOCIATION
16
REECE
PROMOTING RIDER SAFETY
GRIEF & TRAUMA COUNSELLING
YOU CAN HELP US HELP OTHERS
www.reecebancell.com
images courtesy Keith Muir Photography
0421 416600
,JSL.D$BSUIZ.FNPSJBM"XBSE
5IF,JSL.D$BSUIZ.FNPSJBM"XBSEXBTFTUBCMJTIFEJOCZUIF
.D$BSUIZ'BNJMZJODPOKVODUJPOXJUIBOVNCFSPGJOEVTUSZQBSUOFST
UPIPOPVS,JSL.D$BSUIZBOEIJTBDIJFWFNFOUTJONPUPSDZDMJOH
5IFBXBSEQSPHSBNJTBJNFEBUBTTJTUJOHZPVOHSJEFSTUPDPOUFTUUIF
"VTUSBMJBO4VQFSCJLF$IBNQJPOTIJQ"4$
&BDIZFBSPOFSJEFSXJMMCFTFMFDUFEGSPNUIFBQQMJDBUJPOTSFDFJWFEGPS
UIF,JSL.D$BSUIZ.FNPSJBM"XBSE5IFTVDDFTTGVMSJEFSXJMMSFDFJWF
mOBODJBMBOEQSPEVDUTVQQPSUUPDPOUFTUUIFGPMMPXJOHZFBST"4$
"QFSQFUVBMUSPQIZJTBXBSEFEUPUIFXJOOFSXIPXJMMBMTPSFDFJWFB
SFQMJDBUSPQIZBUUIFBOOVBM"4$1SFTFOUBUJPO%JOOFSBXBSETOJHIU
4VQQPSUFSTPGUIF"XBSEJODMVEF
.D$BSUIZ'BNJMZ
4V[VLJ"VTUSBMJB
.PO[B*NQPSUT%VOMPQ
#BOEJU Accessories5SPZ$PSTFS
Action Art Photography
Australian Motorcycle News
.PUPSDZDMJOH"VTUSBMJB
5IF "XBSE JT PQFO UP SJEFST JO BMM "4$ DMBTTFT
"QQMJDBOUT XJMM CF BTTFTTFE BUUSJCVUFT TVDI BT
QSPGFTTJPOBMJTN QSFTFOUBUJPO EFEJDBUJPO BOE
DPNNJUNFOUHFOFSBMBUUJUVEFBOENBOOFSBOE
QPUFOUJBMSJEJOHBCJMJUZ.
"QQMJDBUJPOTXJMMCFBWBJMBCMFNJE9GSPN
www.ma.org.au
Australia’s ONLY
Action Sports
guaranteed read!
Check it out NOW!
Instores and on tracks FREE!
! "# "#
GET THE
OFFICIAL
RoadRIDER
AUSTRALIAN
THE REAL RIDE
BIKE GUIDE
YES! I would like:
Cheque/money order for AU$
(Please make cheques payable to Universal Magazines Pty Ltd)
Please charge my:
Amex Diners
Australian Road Rider Bike Guide
— $7.50 + $2.50 postage
MasterCard
Visa
Card number:
Expiry date:
(must be included)
Cardholder’s name:
Cardholder’s signature:
Gift subscription to:
Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms First Name:
Surname:
Offer valid for Australian residents only
Address:
My personal details:
Suburb:
Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms First Name:
Daytime Telephone: (
Surname:
State:
Postcode:
)
Email:
Address:
Suburb:
State:
Daytime Telephone: (
Email:
)
Postcode:
FAX NOW (02) 9805 0714
CALL NOW 1300 303 414 (cost of a local call)
OVERSEAS ENQUIRIES +61 2 9887 0399
SEND COUPON NOW Subscriptions Department,
Reply Paid 75687, North Ryde NSW 1670
EMAIL NOW mailorder@universalmagazines.com.au
Universal Magazines is committed to the National Privacy Principles. We do not sell your information to list brokers. If you wish to see our privacy policy in full, simply visit our website www.universalmagazines.com.au and follow
the appropriate links. If you would like to update your details or do not wish to receive any further marketing communications from any member of Universal Magazines, please tick this box or contact us on (02) 9887 0339.
To receive this offer please quote this code: F/MAMMS2 HURRY! Offer ends: 31st December, 2009
O U R M A G A Z I N E S A N D D I F F E R E N T O F F E R S A R E A V A I L A B L E AT W W W. U N I V E R S A L S H O P. C O M . A U
RRad.indd 1
24/10/2008 10:01:54 AM
SUBSCRIBE TO
AUSTRALIAN
RoadRIDER
THE REAL RIDE
1- YEAR SUBSCRIPTION ONLY $32 – SAVE 33%
COME RIDING WITH US IN AUSTRALIA & THE WORLD
O
AUSTRALIAN
GIANT
ARMC
SAYS
YAMAHA 1900AS ROADLINER
KAWASAKI VULCAN 1600 NOMAD
AMAZING BIKES
’S
ON SHOW
—
STRALIA
LE
IT’S AU
M.A.D.!
TORCYC S
MO
50TH SOUVEN
NZ & WA
| PROJEC
T CHEAP
YEARBO
OK | RIDING
TASMA
FINAL
BORNE
NIA |
SABA S
WINERIE
THE A.C.T.AND THE TT
OVER
YS ALL
O | HOLIDA
PE TUSCANY
StateEURO
Spec
ial:
NCE ANSWE
GOODBYE SILVERWING
& PROJECT URSUS
HUGE RIDE GUIDE
MEDITERRANEAN
EXCURSION
RS
G 2008
JULY/AU
S ABS
SPECIAL
IT 1250
KI BAND PTDM 900
THE USUAL INSANITY FROM THE U
USUAL G
GANG OF IDIOTS
R SUZU YAMAHAPLUS
TS
R 1200
NTRY
BMW G650 XCOU TER
G OF IDIO
ESGUZZI BELLAGIO
SCOO
BMW
AL GAN
BIK
R S2 ELECTRIC
M THE USU
MOTO
FZ6 FAZE VECTRIX
(NO. 48)
FRO
OF LAUGHS
& LOTS
E SENSE
PLUS SOM
HA
CBR125R
ARR49_OFC_FINAL.indd 1
G URANUS
IN NSW
BMW K 1200 GT
HONA CBF1000
YAMAHA XT660R
CAN-AM SPYDER
YAMAHA YZF-R6
SUZUKI GSX-R600
H-D WLA OUTFIT
SUZUKI
2008 (NO
INSURA
u
rider.com.a
www.road
GST)
(both incl.
NOV/DEC
OZ | EVENT
RIDING
2008 (No.48)
JUL/AUG Aus $7.95*
NZ $8.95
CB750
ATS
&
TOURING VESPA
RIDING
SPECIAL
WA AN
D NZ
LOU
WHER
E TH ISIANA
DON’T E BARS
CLOSE
CHASIN
BIKES
1125R
BUELL
www.roadrider.com
www.roadrider.com.au
TRAVEL
| SAVE
FUEL |
TOURING
CYCLE
RIDIN’ TH’
NATCHEZ
ECIAL:
TRACE VERY SPNG
RIDI INH
ial:
State SpTAecSMANIA
10 AYS
TO SAVE W
FUEL
WE SALUTE
TWO GRE
IR ISSUE
MOTOR
SEUM
CAFÉ MU UILA
RACER AQ
DESIGN
ITION
PROJECT
COMPETNNERS
WI
RIDING VICTORIA
BIGGES
EV T
212 PAER
GES
GIANT
RIDE
REAL
VEINLEVERY STATE
THORLIDA
AY TRIPS
ISSUE
DE
NZ $8.95
ARR50_O
RR50_OF
FC_for
C_for poster.ind
d 1
VICTOR
BIKES
Y VISI
TOU
BMW ON
F 650 R
CAN
GS
HONDA-AM SPYDER
GOL
APRILIADWING
SUZUKI
MANA
HAYABU
TASTY SUPER SQU
SA
METRIC
ALO
CUSTOM
V-STROM 650 ABS
NOV/DEC
SEP/OCT 2008 (No.49)
2008 (No.50) Aus $7.95*
NZ $8.95 (both incl. GST)
Aus $7.95*
(both incl.
GST)
www.roadri
der.com.au
YCLE
MOTORC
50
AUSTRATH SOUV
ENIR
LIAN
THE RE
AL RI
RIDE
THE
WHAT’S THE
BEST BAGGER?
H-D ULTRA CLASSIC ELECTRA GLIDE
E
RIDER
THE REAL
RID
REAL
AUST
RALIAN
ROAD
RoadRIDERRoad
RIDER
RoadREIADRBEOROK
Y
THE REAL RIDE
AU
R THE
D RIDE
IAN ROA
USTRAL
One of Australia’s
best-selling motorcycle
magazines, Australian Road
Rider is the perfect resource
for the motorcyclist who
wants to get out and do
something with his or her
bike. Whether it’s a trip to
Borneo or a Sunday run up
into the hills, ARR covers it
all while bringing you news
of the latest and greatest
machines on two (and
sometimes three) wheels.
And there are always a few
laughs to be had as well...
’S HOW,
— HERE
AGAIN
CRASH
AN
NEVER
STRALI
SCO
GILERA OTERS
YAMAHAFUOCO
YAMAHA
TMAX
CYG
NUS
TOWNSVILLE
PRO
HELLO,
MUSHR
: ANOTHER JECT CHEAP TOU
OOMS:
RER
GREAT ULYS
HAS LOB
SES AGM
BYING
COME
TO THI
S?
7/23/2008 4:30:34 PM
YAMA A
HOND
22/09/200
8 4:56:11
PM
Plus as an AUSTRALIAN ROADRIDER
subscriber you will also receive the
following fantastic benefits:
• FREE delivery
• SAVINGS off the cover price of
each magazine
• NEVER miss an issue
GIFT SUBSCRIPTION TO:
YES! I would like:
Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms First Name:
6-issue subscription
for only $32 — SAVE 33%
Surname:
Address:
Suburb:
State:
Postcode:
MY PERSONAL DETAILS:
Daytime Telephone: ( )
Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms First Name:
Email:
Surname:
PAYMENT OPTIONS:
Address:
Cheque/money order for AU $
(Please make cheques payable to Universal Magazines Pty Ltd)
Please charge my:
State:
American Express
Card number:
Suburb:
Diners
MasterCard
Visa
Expiry date:
(must be included)
Postcode:
Cardholder’s name:
Daytime Telephone: ( )
Cardholder’s signature:
Email:
CALL NOW 1300 303 414 (cost of a
local call) and QUOTE F/MAMMS1
FAX NOW (02) 9805 0714
SEND COUPON NOW
Subscriptions Department,
Reply Paid 75687,
Universal Magazines is committed to the National Privacy Principles. We do not sell your information to list brokers. If you wish to see our privacy policy in full, simply visit our website www.
universalmagazines.com.au and follow the appropriate links. If you would like to update your
details or do not wish to receive any further marketing communications from any member of
Universal Magazines, please tick this box or contact us on (02) 9887 0339.
North Ryde NSW 1670
EMAIL NOW mailorder@
universalmagazines.com.au
OVERSEAS ENQUIRIES
+61 2 9887 0399
TO RECEIVE THIS OFFER PLEASE QUOTE THE CODE: F/MAMMS1. HURRY! OFFER ENDS: 31ST DECEMBER 2009
RRad2.indd 1
24/10/2008 10:05:03 AM
/
**
!" #$%&
$
!" #$%&
'( ' )*+
)+ ,
, -
. - !
!
" # 2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Stroke
in mm
63
64
65
RPM
5,238
5,156
5,077
Stroke
in mm
99
100
12
RPM
3,333
3,300
12.10.3 Use of sound level meters
12.10.3.1 Sound testing apparatus must comply
with international standard IEC 651, Type
1 or Type 2.
12.10.3.2 Sound testing apparatus must be set
to “slow response” setting. A’ weighted
setting on sound level meter.
12.10.3.3 Correction
a) Type 1 meter : deduct 1dB(A)
b) Type 2 meter : deduct 2dB(A)
12.10.3.4 The revs shall be measured using a
calibrated electronic tachometer or a
vibrating reed tachometer held against
ALL DISCIPLINES
any solid part of the machine.
12.10.3.5 The sound testing apparatus must be
equipped with a calibrator for control and
adjustment of the meter during periods of
use.
12.10.3.6 During a sound test, machines not
equipped with a gear box neutral must be
placed on a stand.
12.10.3.7 The sound level for engines with more
than one cylinder will be measured on
each exhaust end.
12.10.3.8 The ambient sound within a 5m radius of the
test site should not exceed 80dB(A).
12.10.3.9 Tests shall not take place in rain
12.10.3.10 In other than moderate wind, machines
shall face forward in the wind direction.
(Mechanical sound will blow forward,
away from microphone).
3 Mtr Radius Exclusion Zone of all obstacles
5 Mtr Radius Zone Not To Exceed 80db(A) whilst testing
©
99
12
ALL DISCIPLINES
12.10.3.11Due to the influence of temperature on sound
tests, all figures are correct at 20°C.
a) For tests taken at temperatures
below 10°C, there will be a + 1dB(A)
tolerance.
b) For tests below 0°C, there will be a +
2 dB(A) tolerance.
12.10.3.12 Always round down meter reading, that is:
103.9dB(A) = 103dB(A).
12.10.4 Machine testing
12.10.4.1 Other than the rider, the sound testing
operator and a person to hold the front of
the machine there should be no person
within 3 metres of the testing site.
12.10.4.2 Sound level measuring equipment must
include a compatible calibrator, which
must be used immediately before testing
begins and always just prior to a re-test if a
disciplinary sanction may be imposed.
12.10.4.3 If a machine fails, it can be represented
for re-testing.
12.10.4.4 No person may compete in any event on a
machine whose noise emissions exceed
the prescribed levels.
12.10.4.5 A machine which does not comply with
the sound limits can be presented several
times.
12.10.4.6 When presented for examination, the correct
stroke must be stamped in a clearly visible
position on the crankcase.
12.10.5 Sound control during competition
12.10.5.1 The Noise Control Officer (NCO) must arrive
in sufficient time for discussions with the Clerk
of the Course and other Technical Officials in
order that a suitable test site and testing policy
can be agreed.
12.10.5.2 In a competition which requires sound
control tests during the event, machines
must comply with the sound limits.
12.10.5.3 Machines considered excessively noisy
must be individually tested if conditions
allow.
12.11
STARTS & FINISHES - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.11.1 Starts
12.11.1.1 All competitors must, in relation to the
start of any event, comply with directions
issued by, and under the authority of, the
Starter. For such purposes the Starter, on
the instructions of a key official, may:
100
a) Delay a start,
enjoy the ride
b) Direct a restart,
c) Direct a competitor to start from:
i) The back of the starting grid,
ii) The pit lane,
iii) The rear of the field, or
iv) Such other position as shall be
required for the safe, fair and
orderly start of the event.
d) Exclude a competitor who is late for
the start.
12.11.1.2 The method of starting will be as
prescribed by SR.
12.11.1.3 The start of an event occurs:
a) When the order to start is given, or
b) For flying starts, when the starting
line is crossed.
12.11.2 Finishes
12.11.2.1 For events where speed is the
determinant:
a) A chequered flag must be displayed
to each competitor as each
crosses the line, with the flag being
displayed:
i) To the first to complete the event,
who will, subject to the results of
any protests, be the winner, and
ii) Thereafter to each competitor
who:
• Has completed not less than
75% of the event distance,
• Is still competing in the event on
the lap in which the chequered
flag is displayed to the winner,
with the sequence of completion
of the event being the
determinant of placings.
b) The finish of the event occurs when
the flag is displayed to the last
competitor under GCR 12.11.2.1 a),
c) The finish occurs for each machine
when the foremost part of the
machine crosses the line,
d) Where there are 2 competitors
required to be on 1 machine
together, both must finish the event
on the machine. On a solo machine
the competitor must finish the event
on the machine,
e) In case of a dead heat between
competitors for a place:
i) The places and the awards for
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
those places will be combined,
ii) The participants in the dead heat
will share the places and awards
equally,
iii) The remaining places will be
relegated by the number of
participants in the dead heat.
12.11.3 Juniors - Starts and Finishes
12.11.3.1 In addition to the general start requirements
for all competitors, juniors must comply as
follows:
a) Competitors may use up to 2 starting
blocks (1 per side) up to a maximum
of 100mm high and must be able
to start in the event unaided while
sitting on the machine,This does not
apply to Road Racing.
b) When assembled for the start of
an event, and during the event, no
competitor may receive outside
assistance other than at the direction
of the Steward, the Clerk of Course
or the Starter,
c) Pit board signals will not be used
in junior competition with the
exception of junior road racing.
Riders/Pit crew who fail to obey this
instruction are liable to exclusion for
the duration of the competition. Refer
GCR 4.3.7
d) When the number of competitors
exceeds 1 full grid:
i) Elimination heats and semi finals must be held,
ii) The RCB may direct that events
be decided by a final or finals,
consisting of a number of
rounds.
12.12
STOPPING EVENTS- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.12.0.1 Where an incident causes an event to be
stopped, the Steward or Clerk of Course
may declare the event complete if at
least 75% of the event distance or time,
whichever is the less, has been run.
12.12.0.2 The results so declared will be based on
the placings at the finish line of the last full
lap completed before the incident but will
exclude those competitors who:
a) Caused the incident, or
b) Having been involved in the incident,
could not continue in the event.
12
ALL DISCIPLINES
12.12.1 Stopping and Re-Running Events
12.12.1.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member, or
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a rerun.
12.12.1.2 If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct, or
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
12.12.1.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an
event and order it to be re-run if it would
be dangerous for it to continue.
12.12.1.4 In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down his or her
machine in the interests of safety,
or
iii) Left the course in the interests of
safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from,
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
12.13
FLAGS AND SIGNALS- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.13.0.1 The minimum dimensions of all flags must
be 500mm x 500mm.
12.13.0.2 Track flags and signals have the following
101
12
enjoy the ride
ALL DISCIPLINES
meanings:
FLAG SIGNAL
National flag dropped or raised
Red flag displayed
MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR
Start
Race or practice stopped prematurely. Competitors must slow down, must
not overtake and must slowly proceed to the parc fermè, pits, or other area
indicated to them by officials. The red flag will also be used to signal the end
of a demonstration
Black flag held stationary and black board Competitor with number indicated on black board must stop at the pits on the
with rider’s number
next lap
Yellow flag held stationary
Danger, ride slowly, overtaking is forbidden
Yellow flag waved
Immediate danger, slow down, prepare to stop, overtaking forbidden
Yellow with Black diagonal cross
Last lap flag for Speedway only
No Jump Light
Danger, Overtaking forbidden, Jumping forbidden
Yellow flag with red stripes held stationary Deterioration of adhesion of the track
White flag waved
Slow moving intervention vehicle on track
Blue flag held stationary
Overtaking signal warning that competitor is soon to be overtaken
Blue flag waved
Overtaking signal warning that rider is about to be overtaken
Green flag held stationary
Course Clear
Last lap board
The last lap of the race is about to commence
Purple Flag
Protest flag for all junior competitors
Black and white chequered flag waved
Finish of Race, Practice session or Qualifying
12.13.0.3 Flag signals may be supplemented by
light signals as follows:
SIGNAL
1 or 2 flashing yellow lights
Green light
Red light
SUPPLEMENT TO/
EQUIVALENT TO
Yellow flag
Green flag
Red flag
12.13.0.4 The National flag signifying the start of an
event may be replaced by:
a) A light signal,
b) A starting tape,
c) A rubber band, or
d) A dropping gate
12.14
12.15
SCORING- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.14.0.1 For events, other than:
a) The Australian Supercross
Championship which have fewer
than 15 start gates, and
b) Australian Superbike Championship
where a point scoring system is
used,
points will be allocated from 1st to 20th
placing as shown in the following table:
102
12.14.0.2 An alternative points scoring system may
be approved for an MA series event.
12.14.0.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in
an event which is conducted over more
than 1 leg, the tying competitor who has
the higher finishing position in the final leg
of the event will be awarded the position.
12.14.0.4 If a tie on points occurs for any position in
a series, the tying competitor who has the
greatest number of higher placings in the
series will be awarded the position.
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CHANGE OF MACHINE DURING A
COMPETITION - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.15.0.1 During any competition, other than an
attempt at a record, no machine may be
exchanged for another unless permitted
under these Rules or any SR.
12.16
JUNIOR COMPETITION RULES ALL DISCIPLINES
12.16.0.1 In Junior competition,
a) A rider’s age on 1st January will
determine their age for competition
purposes for that year,
b) A rider may move to the next higher
age class when they become
eligible by reason of celebrating a
birthday, but once the rider moves
to that higher age class, they may
not move back to the lower age
class,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12
ALL DISCIPLINES
Fig. 12.16.0.3 b)
AGE RANGE
4 to under 9
7 to under 9
7 to under 13
8 to under 16
JUNIOR DIRT TRACK & LONG TRACK
50cc Auto Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
Up to 80cc solo 4-stroke.
65cc Solo
Up to 100cc Solo 4-stroke
9 to under 12
9 to under 16
11 to under
16
12 to under
16
13 to under
16
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke
80/100cc 2 stroke/up to 150cc 4 stroke
Sidecar (Rider & Passenger)
JUNIOR MOTOCROSS & ENDURO
50cc Auto Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc Solo
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard wheel
only)
80cc to 160cc Solo 4 stroke
80/100cc 2 stroke/up to 150cc 4 stroke Sidecar (Rider &
Passenger)
80cc to 160cc Solo 4-stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 Stroke
200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke
c) Any points earned by the rider in
the lower age class cannot be
transferred when the rider moves to
the higher age class,
d) This GCR applies to all riders up to
and including the age of 16 years.
12.16.0.2 No person who is unable to lift his or her
machine unaided from the horizontal to
the vertical may compete in any Junior
competition.
12.16.0.3 Subject to GCR12.16.0.1a) a Junior
who is under the age of 9 years may
compete on a 50cc automatic machine
notwithstanding that the Junior is
unable to lift the machine unaided from
the horizontal to vertical.
a) No Junior who has attained the age
of 9 years may participate on a 50cc
automatic machine.
b) Junior competitors in the age
groups listed in the table above
may compete in the corresponding
classes:
c) No applicant will be issued with their
first competition licence if they are
under the age of 7 years,
d) Unless otherwise permitted in writing
by the RCB, for any event there
must be no greater age variation
between competitors than 4 years,
e) No participant in the 50cc automatic
class may compete in any other
class other than at Club level
competitions,
f) In the 4 years to Under 9 years 50cc
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard or big
wheels)
200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke
Demo Class automatic non competitive
class, all riders are entitled to receive a
prize or award of the same size/value,
g) Subject to the following 2 GCRs, an
RCB may permit age group racing,
graded racing, or a combination of
both,
h) Age group racing:
i) Subject to sub-Rule ii), only
competitors in the same age
groups may compete against
each other,
ii) Competitors from different age
groups in the following classes may
compete with each other if there are
insufficient entries for each class:
85cc 2-stroke big wheels and
150cc 4stroke single cylinder,
100cc single cylinder and 125cc
single cylinder,
125cc single cylinder & 250cc 4-stroke,
Sidecars,
j) An RCB may grade junior competitors
according to their respective skills,
k) Demo class is a non competitive
class,
12.16.0.4 4-stroke non-motocross type machines
80cc to 160cc are approved for competition
under the following conditions:
a) Use limited to natural terrain Motocross
(no man-made jumps) , Enduro and
Dirt track competitions only.
b) Exhaust systems may be modified or
changed.
103
12
enjoy the ride
ALL DISCIPLINES
c) External gearing and carburetor
jetting may also be altered.
d) No other modifications are allowed.
12.16.0.5 4-stroke 150cc motocross-type machines
may compete against 85cc 2-stroke
machines in Junior competition.
12.16.1 Junior Trail Bikes
12.16.1.1 The following machines are eligible for
club and inter-club competitions:
a) 7 to under 13 years 65cc class
MANUFACTURER
Honda
Kawasaki
Suzuki
Yamaha
MODEL(s)
CRF70, XR70
KLX110
JR80, DR-Z70
PW80, TT-R90 TT-R110
and similar machines approved by Board.
b) 9 to under 16 years 85cc class:
MANUFACTURER
Honda
Kawasaki
Yamaha
Suzuki
MODEL(s)
XR100, CRF100
KE100 KLX140
TT-R125
DR-Z125/L
and similar machines approved by Board.
12.17
JUNIOR CAPACITY CLASSES - ALL
DISCIPLINES
12.17.1 50cc Automatic - Demo Class Machines
12.17.1.1 Eligible Machines are:
MANUFACTURER
FMC
Honda
HM
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Kazuma
KTM
LEM
Suzuki
TM
Yamaha
MODEL(s)
PY50, XRX50EY
CRF50, QR50
Baja Junior
Husky Boy Junior
KDX50
Tiger Cat 50
Mini Adventure, 50ADV
Senior, 50SX Mini, 50SX
Junior 2008, 50SX Mini 2009
LX1, CX2, LXR50, RX2-AIR
JR50
50C1
PW50, TT-R50E
and similarly specified machines as
approved by the Board may be used.
12.17.1.2 Machine Requirements:
a) Engine capacity must not exceed 50cc,
b) The gearbox for 2-stroke machines
must have 1 gear,
c) The gearbox for 4-stroke machines
may have up to 3 gears,
d) Standard gear ratios must be retained,
104
e) The clutch must be of centrifugal type,
and of OEM type,
f) 10” [254mm] wheels must be fitted,
g) The appearance of a machine must
remain as manufactured provided
that the following may be altered:
i) Colour,
ii) Seat,
iii) Mudguards,
iv) Handlebars,
v) Grips,
vi) Levers,
vii) Cables,
viii) Chains,
ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern,
x) Carburettor Jets,
xi) Spark Plug.
h) The frame of a machine may be
gusseted and strengthened but not so
as to alter the geometry of the frame.
A certificate issued by a qualified
engineer in respect of any such
gusseting and strengthening must be
available at machine examination,
i) The restricting washer in the exhaust
header pipe abutting the cylinder
barrel may be removed,
j) Throttle limiting devices may be removed,
k) A separate kill switch may be
installed in place of the standard,
l) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace
standard rubber pegs,
m) Handlebars must be securely plugged
and be no wider than 630mm,
n) Engine, Carburettor, Fuel system, Exhaust
System, Electrics & Air Box must remain
as per manufacturers specifications,
o) All engines must be air cooled,
p) Carburettor size must not exceed 14mm.
12.17.2 50cc Auto Class - Machines
12.17.2.1 Eligible Machines are
MANUFACTURER
Cobra
Gas Gas
HM
Husqvarna
Italjet
KTM
LEM
MODEL(s)
King CX50
EC 50
CRX 10/10 Senior, Baja
10/10, X3R
Husky Boy SF03
Action Outlaw
SXR PRO SNR, 50SX, SXR
PRO JNR, 50 SX 2009
RX2, RX3, RX3 2008,
LX2F-USA, CR2, CR2S
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Malagutti
Polini
TM
RCX10
XR3
50 C1
12
12.17.3 Junior Solo – Wheel Sizes
CLASS
and similarly specified machines asapproved
by the Board may be used.
12.17.2.2 Machine Requirements:
a) Engine capacity must not exceed
50cc,
b) The gearbox must have 1 gear,
c) External gearing may be altered,
d) The clutch must be of centrifugal type,
and of OEM type,
e) 10” rear wheels must be fitted.10”
[254mm] or 12” [304mm] front
wheels may be fitted,
f) The appearance of a machine must
remain as manufactured provided
that the following may be altered:
i) Colour,
ii) Seat,
iii) Mudguards,
iv) Handlebars,
v) Grips,
vi) Levers,
vii) Cables,
viii) Chains,
ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern.
g) The frame of a machine may be
gusseted and strengthened but not
so as to alter the geometry of the
frame. A certificate issued by a
qualified engineer in respect of any
such gusseting and strengthening
must be available at machine
examination,
h) Throttle limiting devices may be
removed,
i) A separate kill switch may be
installed in place of the standard,
j) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace
standard rubber pegs,
k) Handlebars must be securely
plugged and be no wider than
630mm,
l) After market exhaust systems and
silencers are permitted.
ALL DISCIPLINES
50cc Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc
85cc 2-stroke &
150cc 4-stroke
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Big Wheel
100cc
125cc & over
250cc 4-stroke
FRONT
[Approx.
Metric Equiv.
in mm]
10” [254]
10” or 12”
[254 or 305]
14” to 15”
[356 to 381]
15” to 17”
[381 to 432]
19” to 21”
[482 to 534]
18” to 21”
[457 to 534]
17” to 21”
[432 to 534]
17” to 23”
[432 to 586]
REAR
[Approx.
Metric Equiv.
in mm]
10” [254]
10” [254]
12” [305]
14” [356]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
12.17.4 Junior Solo- Handlebars
12.17.4.1 Solo handlebars must be plugged and
have no greater than the following widths:
CAPACITY
50cc Automatic
65cc
85cc
Over 85cc
HANDLEBAR WIDTH
630mm
750mm
800mm
850mm
12.17.5 Junior Sidecar- Wheel Sizes
12.17.5.1 The maximum wheel rim sizes for all
relevant classes are:
WHEEL
Front
Rear
Sidecar
SIZE [Approx. Metric Equivalent]
19” [482mm]
16” [407mm]
14” [356mm]
105
13
13
13.1
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
MA EVENTS
13.1.1 Events for which MA is the RCB
13.1.1.1 The events for which MA is the RCB are
detailed in GCR 2.1.1.1 (b)
13.2
PROTOCOLS
13.2.1
Protocols for MA Series Events and
International Meetings
13.2.1.1 Promoters are to deal directly with MA
including:
a) The submission of date applications,
b) The submission of draft SR,
c) Payment of fees, bonds and levies.
13.2.1.2 MA will advise SCBs of series dates by
1 October in order that SCBs may avoid
clashes,
13.2.1.3 Permits may not be issued for supercross
meetings at venues within 100kms of
a round of the Australian Supercross
Championship 8 weeks prior to and 4
weeks after the Championship round.
13.2.2
13.2.2.1
13.2.2.2
13.2.2.3
13.2.2.4
106
enjoy the ride
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
Protocols forAustralian Championships
Not Forming a Series
Promoters may make application to MA
to host championships, with a copy of
the application sent to the relevant SCB.
The application will include the proposed
dates, venue, Promoter and address the
criteria in GCR 13.2.
MA will award a championship to Promoter
which becomes responsible for ensuring
the meeting is conducted to a standard
be-fitting an Australian Championship.
MA may require a Promoter to lodge a
performance bond which may be totally
or partially forfeited if key performance
criteria are not met.
The Promoter is responsible for:
a) Providing MA with email draft SR for
approval,
b) Paying MA the performance bond,
permit fee and rider insurance levy,
c) The adequate circulation of SR,
d) Providing MA with comprehensive
and accurate results by email the
day after the meeting,
e) Ensuring there is appropriate
promotion and publicity, which is to
also incorporate the MA logo,
f) Ensuring all Rules governing
the administration of Australian
Championships are adhered to,
g) Ensuring the prescribed level of
medical service is provided.
13.2.2.5 The following issues are key performance
criteria Promoters will be assessed on:
a) Adequate number of officials and
other personnel to properly conduct
the meeting,
b) The performance of officials,
c) The appropriate promotion of
Championships,
d) Providing prescribed medical
services,
e) Ensuring there are no date clashes
with the Championship,
f) Correct signage,
g) An effective radio communication
system,
h) An adequate control tower (where
appropriate),
i) A safe venue,
j) Adequate public facilities,
k) Ensuring the MA logo and flag are
displayed as required.
13.2.3 SR and Entry Forms
13.2.3.1 MA will publish SR and entry forms
on www.ma.org.au for entrants to
download.
13.2.3.2 SR and entry forms for:
a) Series Championships may only be
accessed from the MA website or
the Promoter,
b) Stand-alone Championships may be
accessed from the MA website, the
host SCB or the Promoter.
13.2.4
Protest Fees, Licence Declaration
Fees and Fines
13.2.4.1 Protest fees, licence declaration fees and
fines are to be collected by the Steward
and paid to MA.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13
13.2.5 Venues
13.2.5.1 Venues will be licensed by:
a) MNSW in the case of all NSW
venues;
b) MA – Road Racing venues;
c) Stewards / Race Director –
temporary Supercross venues.
d) SCBs – all other venues; and
e) FIM – World Championships.
13.2.6
13.2.6.1
13.2.6.2
13.2.6.3
13.2.6.4
The Allocation of Australian Championships
which do not form a Series
Promoters may make application to MA
to host championships, with a copy of the
application sent to the relevant SCB.
The
protocols
for
Australian
Championships are detailed in this
Chapter.
In considering applications, MA may have
regard to any 1 or more of the following
considerations:
a) The likely level of media exposure
of, and public support for, the event,
b) The level of support for the discipline
by the relevant SCB,
c) The regularity and frequency with
which State championships in the
discipline in the area of the relevant
SCB,
d) The financial resources of the
Promoter and of any proposed
Promoter of the event,
e) The quality of any proposed venue,
f) The provision of access to
any proposed venue, and
accommodation, for spectators.
g) The availability of quality officials,
h) The previous record of the
Promoter in conducting Australian
championships,
i) In case of the Australian Speedway
Championships, recommendation of
the Australian Speedway Promoters’
Association,
j) Such other considerations, as MA
considers relevant.
MA may refuse the application or may
grant the same and may impose such
conditions as it considers are necessary
and reasonable for the fair, safe and
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
effective conduct of the event. Within 1
month of receipt of written notification of
the issue of the grant, the SCB must pay
the prescribed permit fee to MA.
13.2.6.5 In the event of a Promoter to which an
Australian championship has been
granted failing to pay the permit fee or to
conduct the event in accordance with the
grant:
a) The performance bond will be
forfeited and may be applied by
MA in reduction of the permit fee
payable by any other Promoter to
whom the conduct of the event is
granted,
b) MA may offer the event to another
Promoter.
13.2.7
The
Allocation
of
Australian
Championships Forming a Series
13.2.7.1 Promoters in each State may apply
to MA to host a round of the relevant
Championship.
107
107
13
13.2.8
Categories for Senior Australian Championships
ENDURO
Up to 200cc 2-stroke
Over 220cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
270cc to 450cc 4-stroke
Over 500cc 4-stroke
State Trophy Team
Junior Trophy Team
Veterans
Masters
Womens
TRACK
125cc Solo
250cc 2-stroke Solo
250cc 4-stroke Solo
500cc 2-stroke FTX Solo & Over
450cc 4-stroke FTX Solo
Up to 450cc 4-stroke FTX Solo
500cc Long Track Slider
1100cc Long Track Sidecar
1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar
Womens Unlimited
OFFROAD
E1: Up to 125cc 2-stroke & up
to 250cc 4-stroke
E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke &
290cc to 450cc 4-stroke
E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4-stroke
DIRT TRACK
125cc 2-stroke
250cc 2-stroke.
250cc 4-stroke.
SPEEDWAY
Solo-368cc-500cc
Solo-526cc-1300cc
Sidecar-up to 1300cc
Period 2 up to 350cc
Period 2 368cc to 1300cc
Period 3 Formula 700 526cc to 700cc
Period 4 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc
Period 5 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc
Under 21
Sidecar
MOTOCROSS
Under 19
Pro-Lites
100cc to 150cc 2-stroke
200cc to 250cc 4-stroke
Pro-Open
500cc 2stroke & over 450cc
4-stroke
Unlimited Class including 500cc
4 stroke sliders
Sidecar – 600cc
1100cc Sidecar
Womens Unlimited
Quads: Open 2 stroke up to
550cc modified & Open 4
stroke up to 700cc modified
Quads: 450cc 4 stroke &
300cc 2 stroke
SUPERCROSS
126cc-250cc 2-stroke
251cc-450cc 4-stroke
100cc to 150cc 2-stroke
200cc to 250cc 4-stroke
SX-Open
26cc-250cc 2-stroke
251cc-450cc 4-stroke
SUPERMOTO
S1: Over 250cc 2-stroke &
over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke
S2: Up to 250cc 2-stroke &
up to 450cc 4-stroke
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
Solo-up to 125cc
Solo-132cc-250cc
Solo-263cc-350cc
Sole
450cc 4 stroke
SX-Lites
108
enjoy the ride
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
Pre 1960 Solo All Powers
Pre 1965 Solo 250cc
Pre 1965 Solo 263cc – over
Pre 1975 Age group racing (a)
under 30 (b) 30 to 39 (c) 40 to 49
(d) 50 to 59 (e) 60 plus
Pre 1970 Solo 250cc
Sidecar
Pre 1970 Solo 263cc – over
ROAD RACING
125cc GP
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc
Pre 1975 Solo 132cc – 250cc
Pre 1975 Solo 263cc – over
250cc GP
Pre 1975 4-stroke – All Powers
Supersport
Pre 1978 125cc
Sidecars F1
Production Superbikes
GP 250cc Mono
Superstock 600cc (C & D Grade)
Superstock 1000c (B,C&D Grade)
Pre 1978 132cc to 250cc
Pre 1978 263cc - over
Pre 1985 125cc solo
MOTO-TRIALS
Pre 1985 132cc to 250cc solo
Pre 1985 263cc & over
Solo
Slider Class up to 250cc [DT only]
Sidecar
Classic
Post Classic
Slider Class 263cc & over (DT only)
Evolution 125cc solo
Evolution 132cc to 250cc solo
Youth
Evolution 132cc to 250cc solo
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
(Continued from previous page)
SUPERMOTO
S3: 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke &
up to 250cc 4-stroke
S4: Quad Open
QUAD MOTOCROSS
Pro Open Men
Pro Open Women
Veterans-35 to 44 years
Veterans-45 years on
13.2.9
MOTO-TRIALS
CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
Veteran
Evolution 263cc to 1300cc solo
Masters
Women
Pre 1968 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 1975 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Categories for Junior Australian Championships
TRACK, DIRT TRACK
65cc Solo
7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 13yrs,
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke Standard Wheels
9 to U11yrs
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke Standard Wheels
11 to U13yrs, 13 to U16yrs
85cc 2 stroke & 150cc 4 stroke Big Wheels
11 to U13 yrs, 13 to U16 yrs
8 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 14yrs
85cc 4-stroke modified*
100cc to150cc 2 stroke
13 to under 16yrs
200cc to 250cc 4-stroke
13 to under 16yrs
80/100cc Sidecar
9 to under 13yrs, 13 to under 16yrs (Rider & Passenger)
* Note: Rules limiting the modifications for this class are being deleloped and will be effective from January 1st 2010
ABOVE:
2008 Australian Junior Dirt Track 85cc 2-stroke / 150cc 4-stroke 13-under 16 years Class
l. to r.: 3rd - Ryan Douglas, 1st - Luke Burgess, 2nd - Corey Schaffer
109
109
13
enjoy the ride
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS AND DIRT TRACK
Up to 125cc 2-stroke and up to 250cc 4-stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
MOTOCROSS
50cc Division 2
7 to under 9yrs
65cc Solo
7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 13yrs
85cc 2-stroke (Standard Wheel)
9 to under 12yrs
85cc 2 stroke (Standard / Big Wheel)
12 to under 14 yrs, 14 to under 16 yrs
150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheel)
9 to under 12 years
150cc 4-stroke (Standard / Big Wheel)
12 to under 14yrs, 14 to under 16yrs
13 to under 15yr. 15yrs
200cc to 250cc 4stroke
13 to under 15yrs, 15yrs
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke
9 to under 13 yrs
Sidecar 80cc-100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
Sidecar 80cc - 100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke All Wheel Female
12 to under 16 yrs
150cc 2 stroke/250cc 4 stroke Female
13 to under 16 yrs
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Std 7 to under 10 years
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Std 9 to under 13 years
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Mod 9 to under 13 years
Quad 200cc 2 stroke & 300cc 4 stroke 12 to under 16 years
125 Solo
125 Solo
350cc Solo
250cc Sidecar
Open Junior
Junior Women
13.3
SPEEDWAY
Under 16 years - Individual
Under 16 years - Teams
14 to under 16 yrs- Individual
11 to under 16 years-Rider & Passenger
MOTO-TRIALS
7 to under 16 yrs
7 to under 16 yrs
CHAMPIONSHIP MEDALLIONS AND
TROPHIES
13.3.1 Individual Competitions
13.3.1.1 MA medallions will be presented to
the 1st, 2nd and 3rd riders in each
championship solo class and the first,
second and third rider and passenger
in the championship sidecar class at all
Australian championship meetings.
13.3.2 All Competitions
13.3.2.1 At least the first 3 place getters in any
Australian Championship event must be
awarded a sash or similar permanent
memento of the achievement by the
Promoter, irrespective of MA awards.
13.3.3 Australian Enduro Teams Championships
13.3.3.1 MA medallions will be presented to the
110
members of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placed
teams in the state trophy and junior
trophy competition at the Australian
Enduro teams Championships.
13.3.4 Australian Road Race Championships
13.3.4.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in
the Australian Road Race Championships
where there are:
a) 15 or more starters for solo classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
b) 10 or more starters for sidecar
classes which actually participate in
practice, qualifying or races.
13.3.5 Other Australian Championships
13.3.5.1 Medallions and points will be awarded
in all other Australian Championships
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13
where there are:
a) 10 or more starters for solo classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
b) 6 or more starters for sidecar classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
c) For Historic Road Racing see GCR
16.12
d) For Moto Trials see GCR 13.3.5.3
13.3.5.2 For the purposes of determining eligibility
to compete for medallions, the capacity
categories set out in the above table for
pre-1975 Classic Motocross are divided
into the following age group classes:
a) 30 years to under 40,
b) 40 years to under 50,
c) 50 years to under 60,
d) 60 years and over.
13.3.5.3 For Moto-Trials, the minimum number of
starters shall be 5.
13.3.6 Duke of Edinburgh Trophies
13.3.6.1 The Duke of Edinburgh Trophies will be
inscribed each year with the names of the
winners of the highest capacity solo and
sidecar Australian championship for the
following:
a) Australian Superbike Championship
Series – Superbike and Sidecar,
b) Open class of the Australian
Motocross Championships,
c) Australian Dirt Track Championships
Up to 450cc 4stroke FTX Solo and
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar,
d) Australian Speedway
Championships — Solo and Sidecar,
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
13.3.6.2 The winners of the Duke of Edinburgh
Trophy will be entitled to have a
photograph taken of them with the trophy.
13.3.6.3 The cost of the photograph will be
subject to price approval by the SCB and
recoverable from MA.
13.3.6.4 The trophies will be held by MA.
13.3.7 Promotion of Australian Championships
13.3.7.1 Programs for Australian Championships
must:
a) Indicate on the front cover the nature
of the event,
b) Give visual prominence to title
events over support events.
13.3.7.2 At all Australian Championships:
a) An MA flag and banner must be on
display at the start or finish line at
the event,
b) Competitors must place an MA
supplied logo on the front number
plate of their machines.
13.3.7.3 The MA logo must be displayed following
the logo use style-guide issued by MA:
a) On all publications relating to the
event,
b) On the front cover of the event
program.
13.3.8
Listing of Australian Championships in
State Calendars
13.3.8.1 The event calendar of an SCB hosting 1
or more Australian Championships in any
year:
a) Must list each Australian
championship being hosted by that
SCB in that year,
b) Must be sent to MA and all other
SCBs by no later than 31st October
of the preceding year.
111
111
14
enjoy the ride
2008 IN PICTURES
14
2008 IN PICTURES
LEFT:
Chad Reed celebrates
after winning his second
World Supercross
Championship. He
returned home to Oz
to play a key part in the
exciting new SuperX
Championship.
RIGHT:
Speedway sensation
Chris Holder won the
Australian Senior
and Under 21 solo
Speedway
Championships.
He also finished second
at the World U21
Championship.
112
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
14
2008 IN PICTURES
ABOVE:
Three time World Champ
Troy Bayliss in action.
BELOW:
Aussie Supermoto
Champ Angus Reekie
slides around a corner.
ABOVE:
Women’s MX Champ
Kristy Gillespie
BELOW:
Off Road sensation
Chris Hollis.
113
113
enjoy the ride
15
15.1
ROAD RACING
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – ROAD RACING
15.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any road racing competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
15.1.1 Helmet
15.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
15.1.2 Clothing
15.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i) Shoulders,
ii) Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv) Knees.
15.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers or a
full kevlar suit.
114
15.1.3 Footwear
15.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability.
but not constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
15.1.3.2 Knee and boot scrapers that spark when
dragged on the ground are forbidden
15.1.3.3 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear
ankle length boots.
15.1.4 Gloves
15.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers
on sidecars.
15.1.5 Goggles and Visors
15.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
15.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
15.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
15.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
15.1.7 General footwear
15.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.2
FRAMES AND PARTS - ROAD RACING
15.2.1 Streamlining
15.2.1.1 Streamlining must leave the front wheel
and mudguard exposed.
15.2.2 Brakes
15.2.2.1 At least 2 efficient brakes must operate
independently of each other on the front
and rear wheels.
15.2.2.2 Front brake caliper bolts to be lockwired
in the tightened position
15.2.3 General
15.2.3.1 Radiator protection guards may be fitted
providing there is no modification to the
radiators or bodywork.
15.2.3.2 Frame protection devices may be added
providing they do not protrude more than
80mm from the bodywork and are no
more than 80mm in diameter.
15.2.3.3 A chain guard made of a suitable material
must be fitted in such a way to prevent
trapping between the lower drive chain run
and the final drive sprocket at the rear wheel.
15.2.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases
containing oil and which could be
in contact with the ground during a
crash, must be protected by a second
cover made from composite materails,
type carbon or Kevlar. Plates and/
or bars from aluminium or steel are
also permitted. All these devices must
be designed to be resistant against
sudden shocks and must be fixed
properly and securely. Bonding alone
is not a suitable method of mounting.
15.2.3.5 Lap timers with a maximum retail value
of $700.00 including GST may be used.
15.2.4 Production
15.2.4.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, solo Production
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by, or modified
with the approval of, the
manufacturer so as to conform with
Australian Design Rules for normal
road use.
15
ROAD RACING
15.2.4.2 Tyres must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in all
weather conditions,
c) Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended
speed and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the
minimum tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service description
(load and speed rating) permanently
moulded on the OEM tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant
requirements of the nominated
standard. e.g. ETRTO, JATMA & TRA
15.2.4.3 The following must be removed:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.2.4.4 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
the above components must be protected
by a rolled edge or beading of minimum
3mm diameter.
15.2.4.5 The following may be replaced or
modified:
a) Fairing,
b) Screen,
c) Rear bodywork,
d) Seat,
e) Mudguards,
f) Tank covers and
g) Side covers,
but replacements must be the same in
shape and appearance as, and no lighter
in weight than, the original.
h) Mounting bracket(s) for fairing,
screen and instruments, but
replacements must be mounted in
the original position on the frame,
115
115
15
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
15.3
Handlebars, but replacements must
be mounted in the original position
on the fork assembly,
Instruments and handlebar switches,
provided disconnections are made
at the standard connectors and the
main wiring loom is not cut,
Passenger footrests,
A steering damper may be fitted,
Fuel metering jets, but not
carburettor slides or needles.
Replacements must be within a
numerical tolerance of plus or minus
10% of the original,
Spark plug type, leads and caps,
External gearing, but not chain pitch,
Brake friction materials.
ENGINES - ROAD RACING
15.3.1 General
15.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked or
otherwise secured in the tightened position
in a manner approved by the Scrutineer.
15.3.1.2 Where flexible oil lines other than those
supplied as standard equipment by the
original machine manufacturer are used,
they must incorporate high pressure hose
secured by high pressure connections.
For other than historic machines, worm
drive hose clamps may not be used.
15.3.1.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
a) The ground,
b) Tyres or other moving parts over the
full movement of the suspension.
15.3.1.4 4-stroke motorcycles must be equipped
with an oil catch tank or sealed airbox:
a) With a minimum volume of 300cc,
b) Which is to be emptied after each
event.
15.3.1.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water.
15.3.1.6 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic
fluid levels must be maintained within
manufacturers’ specifications.
15.3.1.7 A self-closing throttle must be fitted.
15.3.1.8 With the exception of Period 1-5 Historic
machines,
and
production-based
116
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
machines without a lower fairing which
have ADR compliance, all machines,
including sidecars, must be fitted with
an integral lower fairing dam or separate
catch tray, which must be constructed to
trap and hold engine oil and / or coolant:
a) For 4-strokes machines, a capacity
of at least 3 litres,
b) For 2-stroke machines, a capacity of
at least 2.5 litres,
c) With no less than 2 holes, each of
25mm, which may only be opened in
wet race conditions.
15.4
NOISE EMISSIONS-ROAD
RACING
15.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided
for in the SR or by the circuit hire
agreement
15.4.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2
15.4.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level
meters must be followed.
15.5
FUEL - ROAD RACING
15.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines, unless otherwise
specified must:
a) Be Unleaded,
b) Be no more than 100 RON,
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines,
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
15.5.0.2 Fuel for classes other than those listed
in the previous GCR may be leaded,
provided:
a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environment Australia.
b) The fuel purchased is logged in a
Leaded Fuel Passbook issued by
Environment Australia through MA.
15.6
SUPERBIKES
15.6.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superbike
machines must:
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.6.0.2
15.6.0.3
15.6.0.4
15.6.0.5
15.6.0.6
a) Be fitted with the ADR compliance
plates for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) Be fitted with a 4-stroke engine with
a capacity not less than 800cc nor
greater than 1000cc, or 2 cylinder/4
stroke engine not greater than
1200cc capacity
f) Be homologated in accordance with
Chapter 12, provided that, before any
machine of a particular make and
model may compete in any event,
i) The range of vehicle
identification numbers for each
model must be provided to MA,
ii) At least 20 production machines
of that make and model must
have been imported into
Australia by the manufacturer
or the Australian distributor
representing that manufacturer,
The choice of tyre is optional but any
restriction on the number of tyres which
may be used must be included in SR.
To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh
no less than 165kg. A 1% tolerance at
post race control will be allowed.
The following must be removed:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horns,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
Any sharp edges left by the removal of the
above components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm
diameter.
Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle
vent, must exhaust into the airbox to the
15
ROAD RACING
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tube must be blocked.
15.6.0.7 The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Instruments and associated cables,
c) Chain guard and registration plate
brackets,
d) Air injection pollution control system,
e) Carburettor anti-icing device,
f) Rear fender,
g) Rear number plate bracket,
h) Air filter element,
i) Starter Motor and starter motor drive
system,
j) Alternator,
k) Steering damper.
15.6.0.8 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster. The link arm
rod may be changed or modified but
the suspension linkage must remain
standard,
c) Data acquisition, computers,
recording equipment (Note:
Telemetry devices are prohibited),
d) When items under the preceding
GCR are added, a Scrutineering
downloading access plug connector
is mandatory,
e) Fuel injection control devices.
15.6.0.9 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
b) Fairings, screens, rear bodywork
and rear seat so as to provide for
the mounting of a rear number plate,
rider’s seat, mudguards, air intake
lids in bodywork, airbox intake tubes,
tank covers and side covers, but
replacements must be the same in
shape and appearance as the original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens but the replacements must
be mounted on the frame at the
original mounting points,
d) Fuel tank filler cap assembly
providing there is no modification
required to fuel tank.
e) Handlebars, handlebar mounted
117
117
15
levers, master cylinders and
controls,
f) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted on
the frame at the original mounting
points,
g) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the motorcycle
manufacturer has no specified torque
setting or it is less than 10Nm,
h) Air filter element,
i) Air funnels (velocity stacks)
j) Instruments,
k) Wiring loom, ECU and fuel injection
control units,
l) Spark plugs and high tension leads,
m) Battery and alternator,
n) Exhaust system,
o) Clutch plates and springs,
p) External gearing,
q) Engine end cases providing the
thickness is the same or greater
than the original, and are made of
aluminium
r) Radiator expansion tank,
s) Valve retainers and valve springs,
t) Camshafts and cam wheels.
u) Head gaskets,
v) Front suspension springs and damping
parts and fork top caps may be
modified or replaced, but the external
appearance of the forks must not be
changed,
w) Rear suspension damping units and
springs.
x) A supplementary radiator, provided
there are no changes to the
bodywork, main radiator or frame.
15.6.0.10 The following may be replaced by other parts
made by the manufacturer and fitted as OEM
equipment on another Australian Design
Rules approved model sold in Australia:
a) Wheels, providing diameter is the
same as original fitment.
15.6.0.11 The following OEM parts may be
modified:
a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted
or replaced to alter valve timing,
b) Water pump impeller,
118
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
c) Gearbox drive dogs may be
undercut,
d) Cylinder head valve seats may be
recut,
e) Cylinder head ports by removal of
material only,
f) Cylinder head and cylinder block
mating surfaces may be machined,
g) Alternator cover,
h) OEM piston valve pocket machining.
15.7
SUPERSPORT
15.7.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Supersport
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia;
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) Have an engine capacity of:
i) No more than 600cc for 4
cylinder engines,
ii) No more than 675cc for 3
cylinder engines, and
iii) No more than 750cc for 2
cylinder engines.
15.7.0.2 At least 20 production machines of that
make and model must have been imported
into Australia, by the manufacturer or the
Australian distributor representing the
manufacturer.
15.7.0.3 By the 1st January in the year of
competition the tyre manufacturers/
distributors must provide a list of tyres that
will be available and if any additional tyres
are to be introduced during the course of
the year the tyre distributor must notify MA
prior to the tyres becoming available
15.7.0.4 Tyres must comply with GCR 15.2.4.2
15.7.0.5 Only when a race or practice has been
declared “wet”, the use of a special
tyre, commonly known as a wet tyre, is
allowed. Homologation is not required for
wet tyres.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15
15.7.0.6 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh
no less than
a) 158kg for 4 cylinder 600cc,
b) 162kg for 3 cylinder 675cc and
c) 166kg for 3 cylinder 750cc.
A 1% tolerance at post race control will be
allowed.
15.7.0.7 The following must be removed:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horns,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.7.0.8 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
these components must be protected by a
rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm
diameter.
15.7.0.9 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle
vent must exhaust into the airbox to the
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tube must be blocked.
15.7.0.10 The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Instruments and associated cables,
c) Chain guard and registration plate
brackets,
d) Air injection pollution control system,
e) Carburettor anti-icing device,
f) Rear fender,
g) Registration plate/bracket and label
holder,
h) Steering damper.
15.7.0.11 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster,
c) MA approved and official series
timing devices.
15.7.0.12 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine.
a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
b) Fairing, Screen, Rear seat so as
to provide for the mounting of a
rear number plate, Rear bodywork,
Rider’s seat, Mudguards, Tank
covers, airbox intake tubes, air intake
lids in bodywork and Side covers,
but replacements must be the same
in shape and appearance as the
original.
Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens but the replacements must
be mounted on the frame at the
original mounting points,
Handlebars, handlebar mounted
levers, master cylinders and controls,
Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted on
the frame at the original mounting
points,
External gearing,
Exhaust system,
Wiring Loom and Fuel Injection
Control Unit,
Spark plugs and high tension leads,
Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
Clutch plates and springs,
Engine end casings providing the
thickness is the same or greater
than the original, and are made of
aluminium
Radiator expansion tank,
Battery, but the replacement must be
capable of starting the machine prior
to, and post race,
Fasteners for fitting external
components where the motorcycle
manufacturer has no specified torque
setting or it is less than 10Nm,
Engine cam wheels, provided they
are manufactured in the same
material as the original,
Head Gasket,
Camshaft may be replaced, but the
lift must remain standard,
Valve springs, collets and retainers,
Front suspension, springs and
damping parts and fork top caps
may be modified or replaced, but
the external appearance of the forks
must not be changed,
Air filters and Air funnels (Velocity
Stacks).
119
119
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
r)
s)
t)
u)
ROAD RACING
15
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
v) Fuel tank filler cap assembly
providing there is no modification
required to fuel tank.
15.7.0.13 The following OEM parts may be
modified:
a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted
to alter valve timing,
b) Gearbox drive dogs may be
undercut,
c) Cylinder head valve seats may be
recut,
d) Cylinder head and cylinder block
mating surfaces may be machined,
e) Carburettor slides.
15.8
SUPERSTOCK 600
15.8.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superstock 600
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance
plates for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) For 2 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 750cc,
f) For 3 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 675cc,
g) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 600cc,
h) At least 20 production machines of
that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing the
manufacturer.
15.8.0.2 Tyres must be homologated by MA and
must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in all
weather conditions,
c) Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended
speed and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the
minimum tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service description
(load and speed rating) as
permanently moulded on the OEM
tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant requirements
of the nominated standard. e.g.
ETRTO, JATMA & TRA.
15.8.0.3 When, a race or practice has been
declared ‘wet’, the use of a special
tyre commonly known as a wet tyre is
allowed. Homologation of wet tyres is
not required.
15.8.0.4 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must
weigh no less than:
a) 162kg for 4 cylinder,
b) 162kg for 3 cylinder,
c) 170kg for 2 cylinder.
15.8.0.5 A 1% tolerance at post race control will
be allowed.
15.8.0.6 The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
Cafe Racer Club of South Australia
Road Racing & Ride Days for all grades & bikes
Steve Martin Cup & Reece Bancell Trophy
December Club Championship
Bracket Racing
Knee Scrapers Ride Days
competition@caferacerclub.com
120
0447 023 228
www.caferacerclub.com
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
Reflectors,
Horn,
Traffic indicators,
Mirrors,
Centre and side stands.
Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.8.0.7 The following may be replaced or
modified:
a) Fairing,
b) Screen,
c) Rear body work,
d) Seat,
e) Mudguards,
f) Tank covers, and
g) Frame side covers,
but replacements must be the same in
shape and appearance as the original.
h) Mounting bracket for fairing, screen
and instruments, but replacements
must be mounted in the original
position on the frame,
Cafe Racer Club of South Australia
Road Racing & Ride Days for all grades & bikes
Steve Martin Cup & Reece Bancell Trophy
December Club Championship
Bracket Racing
Knee Scrapers Ride Days
15
i) Passenger footrests,
j) Spark plug type, leads and cap,
k) External gearing and chain, but not
chain pitch,
l) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
m) The muffler and tail connector pipe
at the bolt-on or slip-on flange joints
only, the original header pipes
must remain as supplied by the
manufacturer,
n) Front and rear suspension springs
and internal components, but
external appearance must remain
unchanged.
o) Handlebars, but replacements must
be mounted in the original position
on the fork assembly and have
the same profile and shape as the
original assembly,
p) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at
the original mounting points, and
q) Air filter element,
r) Engine and gearbox breather tubes
and the radiator bottle overflow
must exhaust into the airbox to the
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tubes must be blocked.
15.8.0.8 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster, providing there
is no modification or alteration to
frame or rear suspension unit.
15.9
0447 023 228
competition@caferacerclub.com
www.caferacerclub.com
ROAD RACING
SUPERSTOCK 1000
15.9.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superstock
1000 machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance
plates for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which
they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) For 2 and 3 cylinder engines, have
an engine capacity of no more than
1200cc,
g) For 4 cylinder engines, have an
121
121
15
ROAD RACING
15.9.0.2
15.9.0.3
15.9.0.4
15.9.0.5
122
engine capacity of no more than
1000cc,
h) At least 20 production machines
of that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing the
manufacturer, with a maximum
retail price of $35,000 (price
to be regulated by MA as new
models are released and as prices
increase and decrease)
i) To be permitted to compete, a
machine, without rider, empty of
fuel, but with all other fluids at
optimum levels, must weigh no les
than:
i) 165kg for all 4 cylinder
machines
ii) 170kg for all 2 and 3
cylinder machines
A 1% tolerance at post race
control will be allowed
Tyres:
a) Must comply with GCR 15.2.4.2
b) Brand, type and quantity will
be specified in Supplementary
Regulations
c) Only when practice or a race
has been declared wet is the
use of a special trye, commonly
known as a wet tyre, is allowed.
Homologation is not required for
wet tyres.
The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands.
h) Registration plate / bracket and
label holder.
Any sharp edges left by the removal
of compontents mentioned in GCR
15.9.0.3 must be protected by a rolled
edge or beading of a minimum 3mm
diameter
Engine and gearbox breathing hoses
and tubes, and the radiator overflow
bottle vent must exhaust into the air
enjoy the ride
box to the rear of the intakes. The
lower breather tube must be blocked
off.
15.9.0.6 The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Chain guard,
c) Polution air injection control
systems
d) Rear fender,
e) Steeting damper
15.9.0.7 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Rider height adjuster, providing
there is no modification or
alteration to the frame or rear
suspension control unit,
c) MA approved lap timing devices,
d) MA approved fuel metering
devices that plug into the original
electrical connectors with
no modification to the wiring
harness. Std OEM ECU must be
retained and operative,
e) Frame protective sliders, and,
f) Engine cut lanyard attached to
the rider that will cut either the
ignition or fuel supply to the
engine.
15.9.0.8 The following may be replaced
with parts not manufactured by the
manufacturer of the machine:
a) Brake pads and brake hoses,
b) Fairings and stream lining
including screen, rear body work
and seat section, mudguards,
tank covers, air box intake tubes
and side covers, providing the
replacements are of the same
shape and appearance as the
original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens provoding replacements
are mounted on the frame at the
original mounting points,
d) Spark plug brand and type, leads
and cap,
e) External gearing and chain, but
not chain pitch,
f) Exhaust system and mounting
brackets,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
g) Rear suspension damping units
and springs,
h) Front suspension, springs and
internal damping parts, including
fork top caps may be modified
or replaced, but the external
appearance of the forks must not
be changed,
i) Clutch springs,
j) Air filters,
k) Fasteners for fitting extrnal
components where the
manufacturer has no specific torque
setting, or, it is less than 10nm,
l) Handlebars, but replacements
must be mounted at the original
mounting points, and,
m) Footrests and foot controls,
but the replacements must be
mounted at the original mounting
points
n) Crash resistant engine end cases
and frame protectors as per the
GCR’S
15.10
125cc GP CLASS
250 GP MONO
15.11.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Solo 250 GP
Mono machines must:
a) Be as homologated by MA.
b) Be fitted with a single cylinder
four stroke engine with integral
gearbox with a capacity no less
than 200cc and no greater than
250cc
c) Be fitted with a complete upper
and lower fairing or stream lining
d) Chassis must be as manufactured
by the manufacturer and
homologated by MA. with no
modifications.
e) Engine must be homologated with
MA. And must be as manufactured
by the manufacturer apart from the
listed modifications set out below.
f) Carry all relevant Chassis and
Engine numbers
g) Fairings and or stream lining
must be predominately painted
in the Engine Manufacturers
Corporate colours i.e.
Honda=Red, Kawasaki=Green,
Suzuki=Yellow, Yamaha=Blue,
KTM=Orange.
h) One (1) machine per rider only
must be recorded with the
Chassis and or VIN number on
the official entry form and that
will be the only machine accepted
by the race officials for practice,
qualifying and racing.
15.11.0.2 Tyres:
a) The choice of tyre is optional but
any restrictions on the number of
tyres that may be used must be
included in the Supp Regs.
b) Must be commercially available in
Australia
c) Be worn no more than the
minimum tread depth indicators
d) Not have an augmented or
modified tread pattern
15.11.0.3 The following may be replaced
with parts not manufactured by the
manufacturer of the machine:
a) Fuel metering jets, but
carburettors and throttle bodies
must remain as
supplied by the engine
manufacturer for that model.
b) Piston,Pin,Clips and Piston Rings
c) Wiring harness
d) Spark plug type and range
e) Internal suspension parts only
123
123
f) External suspension springs
ROAD RACING
15.11
ROAD RACING
15
15.10.0.1 14 year old competitors may participate
in the 125cc GP class or the 250 GP
Mono class only provided they:
a) Satisfy their SCB of their
competence,
b) Obtain a licence endorsement for
Road Racing only,
c) Compete in the 125cc GP class or
in combined classes with similar
performing machines. eg. 250cc
Production, 400cc 4-Stroke.
d) State legislation will overide
these rules where applicable
15.10.0.2 Machines must be up to 125cc single
cylinder with a maximum of 6 speeds in
the gearbox.
15
15
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
g) Brake pads, linings and brake
hoses
h) Rear drive chain and sprockets
i) Camshafts and cam wheels
j) Valve springs, collets and
retainers
k) Footrests and foot controls, but
replacements must be mounted
on the frame at the original
mounting points
l) Clutch plates and springs
m) Cylinder head gaskets
n) Exhaust and muffler system
o) Handle bars and handle bar
mounted levers
p) Carburettor or throttle body intake
air funnels
15.11.0.4 The following OEM parts may be
replaced with parts of the same
manufacturer from another OEM
model:
a) Gearbox Shafts, gears and
selector mechanism
15.11.0.5 The following OEM Parts may be
modified:
a) Cylinder head may be ported by
removal of material only
b) Piston valve pockets may be
machined
c) Compression ratio’s may be
altered by machining of the
cylinder and cylinder head
surfaces
d) Crankshaft balancing by normal
OEM methods of drilling holes
and not by excessive lightening,
Crankshaft flywheel diameter and
width dimensions must remain
standard
15.11.0.6 Fuel must comply with GCR rule
15.5.0.1
15.11.0.7 The following may be added:
a) OEM engine oil cooler of the
same or other homologated
engine manufacturer provided
that connecting oil lines are of an
accepted high pressure type with
either screw on or swaged fittings
as per GCR rule 15.3.1.2
b) Steering damper providing there
is no modification to the main
124
frame
15.12
FORMULA ONE SIDECARS
15.12.1 Formula One - Frames & Parts
15.12.1.1 The distance between the tracks left by the
centre lines of the rear motorcycle wheel
and the sidecar wheel must be at least
800mm, but not more than 1150mm.
15.12.1.2 The overall width of the motorcycle and
sidecar, including exhausts must not
exceed 1700mm.
15.12.1.3 The overall height of the motorcycle and
sidecar must not exceed 800mm, but the
airbox and the immediate bodywork over the
airbox only may be a maximum of 950mm.
15.12.1.4 The overall length of the motorcycle and
sidecar must not exceed 3300mm.
15.12.1.5 The wheelbase must not exceed
2300mm.
15.12.1.6 The minimum weight of the sidecar
including passenger and rider at the
completion of practice, qualifying or racing
is 375 kg.
15.12.1.7 The ground clearance, measured at the
lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar,
race-ready with rider and passenger on
board and with the handlebars in the
straight ahead position, must be not less
than 65mm. After a race, a tolerance of
-5mm is allowed. After a wet race this
check is not performed.
15.12.1.8 Devices which reduce the ground
clearance during the course of a race are
not permitted.
15.12.1.9 Attachment points between motorcycle
and sidecar:
a) Must be not less than 4 if the sidecar
is not integrated with the motorcycle,
b) Must not allow movement at the
joints,
c) If the angle of inclination is
changeable, must be secured by
locking and not merely clamped.
15.12.1.10 The engine must be positioned:
a) In such a way that the centre line of
the engine must not exceed 160 mm
beyond the centre line of the rear
wheel of the motorcycle,
b) In front of the rear wheel.
15.12.1.11 The drive must be transmitted to the
ground only through the rear wheel.
15.12.1.12 The underside of the platform must be
flat.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2,300mm max
400mm max
3,300mm max
15.12.1.13 The lean of the motorcycle must not
exceed 10 degrees from the vertical.
15.12.1.14 Banking sidecars are prohibited.
15.12.1.15 Machines must have a solid and effective
protective barrier between the engine and
the rider’s torso.
15.12.1.16 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted
15.12.1.17 A suitable passenger hand-hold must be
provided on the outer side of the rear wheel.
15.12.1.18 Hand-holds must:
a) Be moulded or positioned so as to
prevent direct access by the rider or
passenger to any moving parts of the
machine.
b) Not project beyond the outer edge of
the sidecar mudguard or bodywork.
15.12.1.19 Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp:
a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and
a maximum of 100cm2,
b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5
watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt
conventional bulb,
c) Installed at the rear of the main body
and mounted above the driving wheel,
at least 400mm above the ground,
d) Visible at all times, and
e) Switched on when the track is
declared wet.
15.12.2 Formula One - Sidecar Measurements.
15.12.2.1 The passenger must be carried in a
suitably constructed sidecar with minimum
platform dimensions of 800mm x 300mm,
measured at a height of 150mm above
the platform.
15
ROAD RACING
15.12.2.2
The body must be forward of the
centre line of the baseboard, a
forward portion of which must
have an area of 230mm high,
300mm wide and 300mm long
with at least 25mm radius to all
corners.
15.12.2.3
65mm min The maximum space between
motorcycle
and
sidecar
baseboard must be 50mm with
the rider in a normal racing
position.
15.12.2.4 The body must be covered in at the front
end.
15.12.2.5 Where a fairing is fitted:
a) The forward extremity of the
streamlining must not be more than
400mm in front of the foremost part
of the front tyre,
b) The extreme rear edge of the
streamlining must not be more than
400mm beyond the rear edge of the
rear wheel,
c) The rear wheel and sidecar wheel
must be enclosed down to the level
of the sidecar platform on the inside
and to the top of the rim flange on
the outside,
d) Spoilers and other aerodynamic
devices must not extend beyond the
overall dimensions of the bodywork,
and must be an integral part of the
fairing and body.
15.12.3 Formula One - Oil Containment and
Underside Protection
15.12.3.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil
containment tray must be constructed
directly below the engine to:
a) Hold at least half of the total oil
and engine coolant capacity of the
engine (minimum 5 litres), and
b) Protect the rear wheel from any
possible oil spray.
15.12.3.2 The edges of the oil containment tray
must be at least 50mm above the bottom
of the tray.
15.12.3.3 The front of the oil containment tray must
extend upward to the base of the barrel or
assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel
is integral.
125
15.12.3.4 The underside of fuel tanks, engine casings 125
15
ROAD RACING
and drain plugs must be protected from
direct contact with the road surface by:
a) Their location, or
b) The fitting of an underpan, which
must cover the area of the underside
of the tank, case or plug.
15.12.3.5 Where a guard or underpan is used it
must be constructed of:
a) Steel, which must have wired
or rolled edges, and a minimum
thickness of 1.6mm, or
b) Aluminium which must have wired
or rolled edges, and with a minimum
thickness of 3mm, or
c) Fibreglass which must have edges
rounded and smoothed and with a
minimum thickness of 3mm.
15.12.3.6 Oil cooler(s) and oil tanks must be
mounted below the main body, in a crash
secure position.
15.12.3.7 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted
with a non-return valve and must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 500cc.
15.12.3.8 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge
into a catch tank:
a) With a minimum capacity of 2 litres,
b) Which is located in an easily
accessible position,
c) Which must be empty before the
start of each meeting.
15.12.3.9 All fuel and oil lines must be of an
approved type with high-pressure fittings.
15.12.4 Formula One - Braking
15.12.4.1 Brakes must:
a) Have at least 2 circuits operating
independently, 1 of which must operate
the sidecar and rear wheel, the other
must operate the front wheel,
b) Be designed so that if 1 circuit fails,
the other works efficiently.
15.12.4.2 Carbon brakes are not permitted.
15.12.5 Formula One - Rider’s Seat
15.12.5.1 In the normal riding position, the rider’s feet
must be positioned behind the knees.
15.12.5.2 The rider’s seat must be a minimum
of 150mm above ground level, and a
minimum of 200mm width.
15.12.5.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of the
preceding 2 sub-Rules, “feet forward”
sidecars constructed before the 1st
126
enjoy the ride
January 1998:
a) May compete below State
championship level,
b) Must be registered with MA.
15.12.6 Formula One - Steering
15.12.6.1 Steering must be to the front wheel only,
and may be by direct or indirect linkage.
15.12.6.2 The motorcycle must be steered by
handlebars.
15.12.6.3 The handle bar extremities must not be:
a) Lower than the front wheel axle, nor
b) More than 500mm behind the front
wheel axle.
15.12.6.4 Whatever the position of the handlebars,
there must be a space of at least 20mm
between the streamlining and the ends of
the handlebars or other steering systems
including any attachments thereto.
15.12.6.5 The steering axis must not be offset more
than 75mm from the motorcycle front
wheel centre line.
15.12.7 Formula One - Engine and Gearbox
15.12.7.1 Engines in Formula One must comply
with the following:
a) 4-strokes (maximum 4 cylinders) up
to 1200cc maximum,
b) Engines must be commercially
manufactured and readily available
to the public,
c) Bore and stroke must be as specified
by engine manufacturer,
d) Increasing the bore size to reach
class limits is not allowed,
e) From 1 January 2009, Formula One
engines will be 4-stroke up to 4
cylinder with a maximum capacity of
1000cc.
15.12.7.2 The following may be altered or replaced:
a) The original cylinder head, but
the number of ports must remain
as originally produced by the
manufacturer,
b) Camshaft, but method of cam drive
must remain as originally produced
by the manufacturer,
c) Pistons, rings and pins,
d) Conrods, however titanium or carbon
rods are not permitted,
e) The ignition system, but maximum
revs are restricted to 13,000rpm,
f) Carburettors,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
g) Crankshaft by lightening and
balancing,
h) Clutch basket, clutch plates, springs
and hub,
i) Sump, oilpan and oil pump.
j) Oil lines containing positive
pressure, but must be of metal
reinforced construction with swaged
or threaded connectors.
15.12.7.3 The gearbox must have no more than 6
gear ratios.
15.12.7.4 The following are permitted if originally
fitted by the manufacturer:
a) Dry clutch,
b) Fuel injection. Throttle bodies must
be as originally produced by engine
manufacturer,
c) Vacuum slides may be removed or
fixed in the open position,
d) Secondary throttle valves and shafts
may be removed or fixed in the open
position and the electronics may be
disconnected or removed.
FORMULA TWO SIDECARS
15.13.1.10 The passenger platform must be at least
800mm long and 300mm wide, measured
150mm above the platform.
15.13.1.11 Hinged sidecars and steerable sidecar
wheels are not permitted.
15.13.1.12 The Rider and Passenger must not be
attached to the machine or in any way
restrained from separating from the
machine.
15.13.1.13 Glass Rear view mirrors are not
permitted.
15.13.1.14 Reinforcement of the steering head is
allowed to a maximum of 225mm from the
centre line of the steering head.
15.13.1.15 Monocoque construction is not permitted.
15.13.1.16 The frame tubing must be of good quality
steel tube, with a maximum diameter of
100mm at the broadest point.
15.13.1.17 Composite construction may only be used
in the sidecar platform.
15.13.1.18 Titanium may not be used in the
construction of the frame, front forks,
handlebars, swinging arm and wheel
axles.
15.13.1.19 Light alloys may not be used for wheel
axles.
15.13.1.20 The streamlining must be easily
detachable for Scrutineering.
15.13.1.21 Aerofoils or spoilers on streamlining are
not permitted.
15.13.1.22 A solid and effective protection must be
fitted between the driver and the engine,
so as to prevent:
a) Direct contact between the rider’s
body or clothing,
b) Escaping flames or leaking fuel or oil.
15.13.1.23 The rider’s seat must be at least 200mm
long and 150mm wide and be fitted at
least 150mm above the sidecar platform.
15.13.1.24 Cooling air intakes must have no forward
projection or protrusion.
15.13.1.25 The battery must be covered such that
neither the driver nor the passenger can
come into contact with the battery or its
contents.
15.13.1.26 Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp:
a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and
a maximum of 100cm2,
b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5
watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt
127
127
conventional bulb,
ROAD RACING
15.13.1 Formula Two - Frame & Parts
15.13.1.1 The minimum weight (without fuel) is
136.5kg.
15.13.1.2 The maximum overall width is 1,700mm.
15.13.1.3 The maximum overall height is 800mm.
15.13.1.4 The maximum wheelbase is 1,651mm.
15.13.1.5 Track, as measured from the centre of
the rear wheel to the centre of the sidecar
wheel shall be:
a) Maximum of 800mm,
b) Minimum of 1,100mm.
15.13.1.6 The ground clearance, measured at the
lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar,
with the handlebars in the straight ahead
position must be not less than 65mm.
15.13.1.7 The forward extremity of the streamlining
must not be more than 400mm in front of
the foremost part of the front tyre.
15.13.1.8 The extreme rear edge of the streamlining
must not be more than 400mm to the rear
extreme edge of the rear tyre.
15.13.1.9 At all positions of the handlebars, there
must be a minimum space of 20mm
between the ends of the handlebars and
al other parts of the machine.
ROAD RACING
15
15.13
15
15
ROAD RACING
c) Installed at the rear of the main
body and mounted above the driving
wheel, at least 400mm above the
ground,
d) Visible at all times, and
e) Switched on when the track is
declared wet.
15.13.2 Formula Two - Oil Containment and
Underside Protection
15.13.2.1 In case of an engine breakdown, an oil
containment tray must be constructed
directly below the engine to:
a) Hold at least half of the total oil
and engine coolant capacity of the
engine (minimum 5 litres), and
b) Protect the rear wheel from any
possible oil spray.
15.13.2.2 The edges of the oil containment tray
must be at least 50mm above the bottom
of the tray.
15.13.2.3 The front of the oil containment tray must
extend upward to the base of the barrel or
assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel
is integral.
15.13.2.4 The fuel tank must be independently
protected from the ground.
15.13.2.5 The fuel tank breather pipe must be fitted
with a non-return valve and must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 500cc.
15.13.2.6 The fuel filler cap must be in such a
position that it does not protrude from the
fairing and cannot be torn off in a crash.
15.13.2.7 Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge
into a catch tank:
a) With a minimum capacity of 500ml,
b) Which is located in an easily
accessible position,
c) Which must be empty before the
start of each meeting.
15.13.3 Formula Two - Wheels, Suspension and
Brakes
15.13.3.1 Hub centre steering, remote steering
linkages and the use of articulated
joints in the steering mechanism are not
permitted.
15.13.3.2 The minimum diameter of an inflated tyre
must be 400mm.
15.13.3.3 All wheels must be of metal construction
and unmodified from original manufacture.
15.13.3.4
The front suspension must be either a 9 or
128
enjoy the ride
trailing fork, or links with the wheel equally
supported on each side.
15.13.3.5 The rear suspension must be of the
swinging arm type and may be single
sided.
15.13.3.6 Minimum suspension travel must be
20mm.
15.13.3.7 A sidecar must have a brake system
which must consist of:
a) 1 main system with at least 2 circuits
operating separately, 1 of which must
operate on at least 2 of the 3 wheels,
b) An emergency system operated by a
handlebar lever with a simple circuit
operating on either the front or rear
wheel of the motorcycle.
15.13.3.8 The rear mudguard must cover at least
240° of the rear wheel on the side nearest
to the sidecar wheel.
15.13.3.9 The rear driving wheel must be covered
down to the level of the sidecar platform
and around the periphery.
15.13.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be enclosed
from the sidecar platform and level with
the sidecar platform on the outside and
around the periphery.
15.13.4 Formula Two - Steering and Control
Levers.
15.13.4.1 Handlebar levers must:
a) Have ball ends attached with a
minimum diameter of 19mm,
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball.
15.13.4.2 Handlebar grips must be:
a) Attached to the end of the
handlebars,
b) No longer than 150mm.
15.13.4.3 Handlebars must;
a) Be above the mid-point of the riders
seat,
b) Be 450mm wide,
c) Be located on the sprung portion of
the front suspension
d) Not touch any part of the
streamlining, regardless of the
position of the bars.
15.13.4.4 All controls must be independently
mounted.
15.13.4.5 Steering of the front wheel must be by
non-adjustable handlebars fixed directly
to the steering head of the motorcycle.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.13.4.6 The front wheel axle must support the
machine equally on each side of the wheel.
15.13.4.7 Steering lock angle each side of straight
ahead position and measured horizontally
at ground level must be a minimum of
20°.
15.13.4.8 Handlebar clamps must be radiused and
engineered so as to avoid fracture points
in the bar.
15.13.4.9 The steering head centre may be offset
no more than 75mm from the centre line
of the rear wheel.
must not exceed a vertical line drawn at
a tangent to the rear edge of the sidecar
platform.
15.13.6.8 On the side opposite the sidecar, the
exhaust pipes must not extend beyond
the streamlining.
15.13.6.9 On the other side, the exhaust pipe
must not extend beyond the width of the
sidecar.
15.13.6.10 Exhaust pipes must be fitted and
positioned so as to prevent entanglement
with other machines.
15.13.6.11 The gearbox must have no more than 6
gear ratios.
15.14
YAMAHA FZ6
15.14.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
altereations set out below, Yamaha FZ6
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR Compliance
plates marked with ADR approval
numbers 31705 (FZ6-N) and 31060
(FZ6-S) with a date of manufacture
no earlier than 9/03
b) Be FZ6-N or FZ6-S models as
constructed by YAMAHA
15.14.0.2 Tyres:
a) Must comply with GCR 15.2.4.2
b) Brand, type and quantity will
be specified in Supplementary
Regulations
c) Only when practice or a race
has been declared wet is the
use of a special trye, commonly
known as a wet tyre, is allowed.
Homologation is not required for
wet tyres.
15.14.0.3 The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands.
h) Registration plate / bracket and
label holder, and,
i) Pillion or passenger handholds
and footpeg assemblies
15.14.0.4 Any sharp edges left by the removal
ROAD RACING
15.13.6 Formula Two- Engine and Gearbox
15.13.6.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Formula Two
Sidecars must be fitted with a 4-stroke
engine:
a) For 2 cylinder engines, with an
engine capacity of no more than
1,000cc,
b) For 4 cylinder engines, with an
engine capacity of no more than
600cc.
15.13.6.2 The engine must be positioned such
that the lateral centre line of the engine
must not be more than 160mm beyond
the centre line of the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
15.13.6.3 The engine must be positioned behind the
steering head and in front of the driver.
15.13.6.4 Throttle controls must be self-closing.
15.13.6.5 The drive must be transmitted through the
rear wheel.
15.13.6.6 Exhaust fumes must be discharged
towards the rear but not so as to raise dust,
foul the tyres or brakes or inconvenience
a passenger or any other rider.
15.13.6.7 The furthest extremity of the exhaust pipe
ROAD RACING
15
15.13.5 Formula Two - Rider and Passenger
15.13.5.1 The rider seated in the normal driving
position must be completely visible, with the
exception of the rider’s forearms, from the
side opposite the sidecar and from above.
15.13.5.2 The rider’s legs must not be enclosed.
15.13.5.3 The rider’s position, regardless of whether
a driving seat is fitted, must be such that
the rider’s feet are positioned behind the
knees.
15.13.5.4 The passenger must be able to lean out
to either side of the sidecar and for this
purpose the vehicle must be fitted with
suitable closed loop type hand holds.
15
129
129
15
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
of compontents mentioned in GCR
15.14.0.3 must be protected by a rolled
edge or beading of a minimum 3mm
diameter
15.14.0.5 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses
and tubes, and the radiator overflow
bottle vent must exhaust into the air
box to the rear of the intakes. The
lower breather tube must be blocked
off.
15.14.0.6 The following may be removed:
a) Chain guard,
b) Polution air injection control
systems
c) Rear fender and inner guards,
d) Steeting damper,
e) Thermo fan,
f) Any unused electrical wiring
sections that can be unplugged at
original factory plug points with
no modification to originalk wiring
harness
g) Lean angle sensor mounting
bracket may be removed from
frame
15.14.0.7 The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Rear ride height adjuster,
providing there is no modification
to chassis or linkage,
c) MA approved lap timing devices,
d) Frame protective sliders, and,
e) Engine cut lanyard attached to
the rider that will cut either the
ignition or fuel supply to the
engine.
15.14.0.8 The following may be replaced
with parts not manufactured by the
manufacturer of the machine:
a) Brake pads and brake hoses,
b) Bikini fairing and screen
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens provoding replacements
are mounted on the frame at the
original mounting points,
d) Spark plug brand and type, leads
and cap,
e) External gearing and chain pitch
and size,
f) Exhaust muffler and tail pipe,
but original header and collector
130
system must be retained,
g) Rear suspension damping units
and springs,
h) Front suspension, springs and
internal damping parts may be
modified or replaced, but the
external appearance of the forks
must not be changed,
i) Clutch springs,
j) Air filters,
k) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the
manufacturer has no specific
torque setting, or, it is less than
10nm,
l) Handlebars,
m) Footrests and foot controls,
but the replacements must be
mounted at the original mounting
points
n) Seat and seat foam style and type
o) Crash resistant engine end cases
and frame protectors as per the
GCRs
15.15
JUNIOR COMPETITION ELIGIBILITY
15.15.0.1 In addition to the General Rules
regulating all competition, the following
apply to Junior Competition:
a) 7 to under 10 up to 50cc automatic,
b) 9 to under 13 up to 50cc manual,
c) 9 to under 13 up to 70cc manual,
d) 13 to under 16 up to 85cc 2-stroke
or 160cc 4-stroke manual,
e) 14 and above 125cc Grand Prix,
15.16
JUNIOR SOLO ROAD RACING 80cc
15.16.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Junior Solo Road
Race 80cc 2-stroke machines must:
a) Be of no greater capacity than 80cc,
b) Carry all relevant chassis and
engine numbers,
c) Be 1 of at least 10 machines sold in
Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer in accordance with
specifications supplied by MA.
15.16.0.2 Tyres must:
a) Be commercially available in
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.17.1.1 Machines must be 4-stroke and OEM.
15.17.1.2 The following may be modified:
a) External gearing,
b) Carburettor jetting
c) Handlebars and footrests, provided
original mounting points are used
15.17.1.3 Only treaded tyres may be used.
15.17.1.4 The use of tyre warmers is permitted.
15.17.1.5 Data loggers are not allowed
15.18 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – MINIMOTO
15.18.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Minimoto competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
15.18.1 Helmet
15.18.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-faced
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
15.18.2 Clothing -Classes other than Supers
15.18.2.1 Protective Clothing must consist of:
a) Full leathers (1 or 2 piece),
b) Minimoto race suits, or
c) Motocross pants/jeans (Including
body armour and knee sliders),
d) A leather jacket must be worn in any
class and while riding at any time.
15.18.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector.
15.18.3 Clothing - Supers Class
15.18.3.1 Protective Clothing must consist of:
15.18.3.2 A 1 piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.18.3.3 Where jackets or 1 piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck.
15.18.3.4 A commercially manufactured back
protector.
15.18.4 Footwear
15.18.4.1 Boots with ankle protection which must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
ROAD RACING
15.17 JUNIOR SOLO ROAD RACING 160cc
ROAD RACING
15
Australia, and homologated,
b) Be worn to no more than the
minimum tread depth indicators,
c) Can have treaded or slick tyres
fitted
15.16.0.3 Tyre warmers may be used. Tyre
treatment may not be used.
15.16.0.4 The following may be altered or
modified.
a) The fuel system, with a 1 way
vented system breathing into a
separate steel or aluminium catch
bottle with a minimum capacity of
250cc.
b) Fuel metering jets,
c) The cylinder and cylinder head, for
the purposes of repair but original
material and all original dimensions
must be retained,
d) Spark plug type and range,
e) Front fork oil and spring pre-load
settings,
f) Brake friction materials,
g) Sprockets and chains,
h) The cooling system, but only water
may be used as a coolant,
i) No other alterations or modifications
are permitted.
15.16.0.5 OEM carburetors must be used. The
throat diameter must not exceed 28mm.
15.16.0.6 Paper or foam type filters must be fitted.
15.16.0.7 Still air boxes or air filter assemblies may
not be fitted.
15.16.0.8 Data loggers are not allowed
15
15.18.5 Gloves
15.18.5.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.18.6 Goggles and Visors
15.18.6.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet
visors and/or “tear-offs” must be worn
provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
131
131
made of non-shattering material,
15
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
15.18.7 Hair and Jewellery
15.18.7.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
15.18.7.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
15.18.8 Footwear in pits
15.18.8.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit lane at all times.
15.19
FRAMES AND PARTS - MINIMOTO
15.19.0.1 Minimotos must be fixed or rigid framesno suspension.
15.19.0.2 Minimotos must have a working
handlebar mounted engine kill-switch.
15.19.0.3 Foot pegs must be covered in plastic,
rubber or nylon.
15.19.1 Tyres
15.19.1.1 Knobby tyres are only permitted in
minimotard classes.
15.19.1.2 Treaded road tyres may be used at any
time.
15.19.2 Rims
15.19.2.1 Classes other than minimotard - Rims
must be 6.5” diameter.
15.19.2.2 Minimotard classes - Rims other than
6.5” diameter may be used.
15.19.3 Brakes
15.19.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake
pad fixture. The safety wire used on the
brake caliper bolts must be visible.
15.19.3.2 Classes other than minimotard- Brakes
must be cable operated.
15.19.3.3 Handlebar levers must have ball ends
with a minimum diameter of 10mm.
15.19.4 Rider identification
15.19.4.1 Additional to numbers on the machine,
competitors must wear a high visibility vest
with the number on the front and the rear.
Numbers must comply with GCR 11.5.
132
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
15.20
ENGINES - MINIMOTO
15.20.1 As per GCR 15.5 plus:
15.20.1.1 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler
caps and drain plugs must be visible.
15.20.1.2 Classes other than Minimotard:
a) Single cylinder,
b) Pull-start,
c) 2-stroke engines,
d) Less than 51cc.
15.20.1.3 A non-return valve must be fitted to the
tank breather pipe which must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 100cc.
15.20.1.4 Production based and Junior Classes do
not allow :
a) Any interior engine work that will
benefit performance, including
porting and flowing,
b) Abrasives to be used to clean interior
engine parts,
c) Machining of any description,
d) Replacement of standard engine
parts for performance parts.
15.20.1.5 Other than Minimotards: Final drive must
be single speed via a dry centrifugal clutch
(adjustable allowable).
15.20.1.6 Minimotards may have manual or
automatic gearboxes.
15.20.1.7 Minimotards must be fitted with a hose
running from the crankcase breather into
a catch tank with a minimum capacity of
200cc.
15.20.1.8 Fuel must not leak when machine is laid
on each side. Use of an O-Ring under cap
permitted.
15.20.2 Supers
15.20.2.1 Engine can have any modifications within
capacity restrictions.
15.20.3 Production Heavies
15.20.3.1 Minimum rider weight 80kg.
15. 20.3.2Standard air/water cooled engines.
15. 20.3.3No modifications may be made, other
than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Rubber inlet manifold,
d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage),
e) Airbox open,
f) Exhaust
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
i)
Any type made by same
manufacturer as the machine,
ii) With a proven part number on
parts list of country of origin,
iii) No one off exhaust systems
allowed,
iv) No systems not sold or made by
the manufacturer in the country
of origin,
g) Open gearing.
15. 20.6 Minimotard Seniors
15. 20.6.14-stroke up to 140cc (auto or manual)
15. 20.7 Juniors
15. 20.7.1Ages 9 to under 13 years.
15. 20.7.2Junior riders (under 16 years) cannot
compete with Senior riders.
15.20.7.3 4.2 hp air-cooled mini only.
15.20.7.4 No modifications may be made, other than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Airbox open,
d) Open gearing.
15.20.7.5 Standard exhaust only.
15.20.8 Minimotard Juniors
15. 20.8.1Ages 9 to under 13 years, 4-stroke 50cc
(auto or manual).
15.20.8.2 Ages 13 to under 16 years, 4-stroke up to
125cc (auto or manual)
15.21
ROAD BIKE FREESTYLE
15.21.0.1 Any size machine is acceptable for Road
Bike Freestyle.
15.21.1 Road Bike FreestyleLicence Conditions
15.21.1.1 No person may participate in Road Bike
Freestyle unless they:
a) Are at least 18 years of age,
b) Have a current MA Senior National
Competition licence endorsed for Road
Bike Freestyle by the relevant RCB,
c) Wear the required protective clothing
as per GCR 15.1
15.21.1.2 To gain a Road Bike Freestyle
endorsement, a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National
Competition licence,
b) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment for Road
Bike Freestyle conducted by an
assessor approved by MA.
15.21.1.3 A person with this endorsement can only
perform at MA approved events.
15.21.1.4 The endorsing Assessor/Coach must:
a) Reach the requirements set by MA to
endorse Road Bike Freestyle,
b) Have a minimum Level 1 Coaching
Accreditation and Licence.
15.22
ROAD RACING
15.20.5 4.2hp Seniors
15. 20.5.1Minimum rider weight 50kg.
15. 20.5.24.2hp maximum air cooled mini or midi.
15. 20.5.3No modifications may be made, other
than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Airbox open,
d) Gearing for riders up to 75kg, 66
teeth rear,
e) Gearing for riders over 75kg, open.
15. 20.5.4Standard exhaust.
ROAD RACING
15
15.20.4 Production Lights
15.20.4.1 Maximum rider weight 80kg.
15.20.4.2 Standard air/water cooled engines.
15.20.4.3 No modifications may be made, other
than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Rubber inlet manifold,
d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage),
e) Airbox open,
f) Exhaust
i) Any type made by same
manufacturer as the machine,
ii) With a proven part number on
parts list of country of origin,
iii) No one off exhaust systems
allowed,
iv) No systems not sold or made by
the manufacturer in the country
of origin,
g) Maximum gearing 66 teeth at rear.
15
COMPETITION RULES - ROAD RACING
15.22.1 Road Racing - Qualifying
15.22.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
qualifying for starting grid positions must
be held.
133
133
15
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
15.22.1.2 For events consisting of more than 1 race,
starting grid positions will be determined
by the following methods:
a) For the first, by qualifying time,
b) Subject to the SR, for a subsequent
race in the same event, by qualifying
order or by the order of finishing in
the immediately preceding race.
15.22.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
15.22.1.4 Subject to the SR, the Clerk of Course
may permit any competitor who does not
qualify to start.
ZAPracing
15.22.2 Starting Grid Format - Solo
15.22.2.1 The starting grid format for solo machines
will be as follows:
a) The fastest qualifying machine will
occupy pole position which will be
in the front row on the opposite side
of the track from the direction of the
first corner,
b) The remaining machines will be
arranged on the grid in descending
order of qualifying times according to
the following pattern:
s h a r k
g u a r d
ZAP racing shark guards
* No drilling required
* Attaches to bobbin mount
* Available for most
sports bikes
* Required for racing
ZAP racing engine covers
with replaceable sliders
e n g i n e
c o v e r s
ZAP racing motorcycle accessories
telephone 0417 977 828
info@zapracing.com.au
www.zapracing.com.au
Pole
1m
1m
2m
2nd
9m
3m
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
Direction of racing
11th
12th
13th
FIG 15.22.2
14th
Starting Grid (solo)
15th
16th
134
Use 1st row dimensions
(shown) as a model for
each subsequent row.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15
15.22.3 Starting Grid Format - Sidecars
15.22.3.1 The starting grid format for sidecars will
be as follows:
a) The fastest qualifying machine will
occupy pole position which will be
in the front row on the opposite side
of the track from the direction of the
first corner,
b) The remaining machines will be
arranged on the grid in descending
order of qualifying times according to
the following pattern:
g
2m
Pole
10m
d
15.22.7 Minimoto – False Starts
15.22 7.1 Upon recommendation of the Clerk of
Course, a board showing “Stop & Go” as
well as the riding number will be shown at
the finish area to the rider who made the
false start.
15.22.7.2 The rider making the false start must:
a) Go to the designated “Stop & Go”
penalty zone,
FIG 15.22.3
Starting Grid
(side-cars)
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
n e
field is in the starters control prior to
the start signal being shown.
2m
8m
ROAD RACING
Use dimensions
(shown) as
a model for
subsequent
rows.
6th
Direction of racing
s
15.22.4 Grid Positions - Minimoto
15.22.4.1 There must be a maximum of 5 riders per
row with a minimum of 1 metre between
the riders; and
15.22.4.2 There must be a minimum of 2 metres
between rows.
15.22.4.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in
each race.
15.22.5 Starting - Minimoto
15.22.5.1 Unless otherwise provided for in SR,
massed starts must be used.
15.22.5.2 Unless otherwise provided for in SR, qualifying
for starting positions must be held.
15.22.5.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
15.22.6 Road Racing- Jump Starts
15.22.6.1 Each machine must remain stationary
in its grid position until the start signal is
given.
15.22.6.2 A jump start occurs when there is any
movement from the machine when the
b) Bring their machine to a stop (the
engine must not be turned off),
c) Remain stationary for a full 5
seconds.
15.22.7.3 The rider may then re-join the race.
15.22.7.4 This procedure is under the strict control
of the designated Marshals.
a) If a rider fails to stop after being
shown the Stop & Go board 3 times,
the rider will be black flagged,
b) If more than 1 rider is to be
penalised, the riders will be signaled
on subsequent laps.
c) Where the Marshals have been
unable to carry out the “Stop & Go”
procedure before the end of the race,
the rider will incur a time penalty of
15 seconds.
15.22.8 Road Racing - Stopping and Re-running
15.22.8.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member, or
135
135
15
ROAD RACING
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a
re-run.
15.22.8.2 If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct, or
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
15.22.8.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop
an event and order it to be re-run if it
would be dangerous for it to continue.
15.22.8.4 In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down his or
her machine in the interests of
safety, or
iii) Left the course in the interests
of safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from, or
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
15.22.8.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger, the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed:
i) The stopped race will be
declared null and void,
ii) The race may be re-run,
iii) The re-run race will be for the
full race distance,
iv) The original grid positions will
136
enjoy the ride
be used,
v) The place of any machine
unable to take part in the re-run
race will be left vacant,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance, have
been completed:
i) The race may be re-started, but
only once,
ii) The restart must occur no more
than 30 minutes after the race
has been stopped,
iii) The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined
by the order of competitors at
the finish line of the last full lap
of the stopped race,
v) Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted
to participate in the re-started
race,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer,
vii) The stopped race and any rerun will be deemed to be parts
of the 1 race,
viii) The winner will be the
competitor having the highest
number of laps at the finish,
ix) Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps, the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x) If at least 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed, full
points will be awarded,
xi) If less than 75% of the
scheduled race distance is
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15
ROAD RACING
lane during an event, the Scrutineer of
the meeting, or their nominee, prior to
that event must specifically approve the
15.22.9 Road Racing - Refueling
refueling equipment. The inspection
15.22.9.1 During refueling, each machine must be
procedure will be detailed in SR.
stationary with the engine stopped.
15.22.10.2 Refueling may only be carried out by the
15.22.9.2 Refueling will be deemed to have
use of either:
commenced when the fuel tank has been
a) An overhead tower, or
opened and completed when the tank is
b) A refueling churn.
closed.
15.22.10.3 Overhead tower refueling systems must
15.22.9.3 While refueling is being undertaken in pit
comply with the following:
lane, 1 pit crew member must:
a) Fuel to be stored in a single
a) Be designated to attend to any fire
container no more than 2 metres
which may occur,
above pit lane,
b) Stand near the machine and
b)
The
container must not exceed 40
overhead tower (if used),
litres
in capacity and must have a
c) Have a minimum 9kg fire
closed top,
extinguisher suitable for
c) A filler cap must be fitted,
extinguishing inflammable liquid fires
d) A breather pipe not exceeding 70mm
ready to operate.
inside diameter must be fitted,
15.22.10 Road Racing - Refueling Devices
e) The container may have a conical
15.22.10.1 When the SR allow for refueling in pit
bottom, with the overall height of the
container and cone not exceeding
800mm,
f) A flexible hose not exceeding 40mm
inside diameter and 2 metres in
length must be fitted to the bottom
of the container and equipped with a
“dead man” shut-off valve,
g) The container may be fitted with
tubing of not more than 120mm in
length and inside diameter of 25mm
beyond the shut off valve,
h) The container must be mounted on a
self supporting tower and must not be
held by or attached to any person,
i) Cistern type fuel cocks are not
permitted.
15.22.10.4 The overhead tower, including reservoir
and delivery hose must:
ZAP racing shark guards
* No drilling required
a) Remain behind the pit wall, or
* Attaches to bobbin mount
b) Be contained entirely within the pit
* Available for most
garage.
sports bikes
* Required for racing
15.22.10.5 Delivery hoses may be moved into the
e n g i n e
pit lane from pit garages a maximum of 3
ZAP racing engine covers
c o v e r s
minutes prior to any pit stop and must be
with replaceable sliders
held by the relevant attendant at all times
ZAP racing motorcycle accessories
while in pit lane.
telephone 0417 977 828
15.22.10.6
Refueling churns must comply with the
info@zapracing.com.au
following:
www.zapracing.com.au
a) A maximum capacity of 40 litres,
b) Be designed to prevent fuel spillage 137
completed, half points will be
awarded.
ZAPracing
s h a r k
g u a r d
15
enjoy the ride
ROAD RACING
regardless of the angle at which the
churn is oriented,
c) May have a conical bottom, with the
overall height of the churn and cone
not exceeding 800mm,
d) Be fitted with a single flexible
delivery hose with minimum flexibility
between the churn and the fuel cock.
15.22.10.7 All churns and associated equipment
must;
a) Remain behind the pit wall, or
b) Be contained entirely within the pit
garage.
15.22.10.8 Churns may be moved into the pit lane
from pit garages a maximum of 3 minutes
prior to any pit stop and must be held by
the relevant attendant at all times while in
pit lane.
15.22.10.9 Any refueling in pit lane or paddock area
not utilising the above procedures must:
a) Be under taken with the machine
either totally within a pit garage, or
b) In an area of the paddock specifically
designated for the purpose of
refueling.
15.22.11 Scoring
15.22.11.1 The results for each competitor in each
event will be determined by the allocation
to that competitor of points in accordance
with the following table:
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15.22.11.2 If a tie on points occurs for any position
in an event which is conducted over more
than 1 race, the tying competitor who has
the higher finishing position in the final
race of the event will be awarded the
position.
15.22.11.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position in
a series, the tying competitor who has the
greatest number of higher placings in the
series will be awarded the position.
138
15.23
AUSTRALIAN SUPERBIKE
CHAMPIONSHIP
15.23.1 Australian Superbike Championship Allocation of Numbers
15.23.1.1 In each class, riding numbers from 1 to 10
will be allocated to riders in the order they
finished the previous year’s series.
15.23.2 Australian Superbike Championship -Starting
15.23.2.1 Each event:
a) Must use a clutch start,
b) Must be preceded by a sighting lap
and a warm-up lap.
15.23.2.2 Any competitor who does not complete
the warm-up lap must start the event from
Pit Lane.
15.23.2.3 Pole position will be on the side of the
track opposite to the direction taken by
the track in the first corner after the start.
15.23.3 Australian Superbike Championship Restriction on Tyres
15.23.3.1 In Superbike events, where there is a
restriction on the number of tyres used,
hand cut slicks will be deemed to be slicks.
15.23.4 Australian Superbike Championship Points and Ties
15.23.4.1 The competitor who obtains pole position
will receive 1 additional point in the
Championship.
15.23.4.2 In the event of a tie, the competitor with
the greatest number of highest placings
will be awarded 1 additional point.
15.23.4.3 Where a tie still exists, the competitor with
the highest placing in the round, which is
that competitor’s lowest scoring event in
the series, will be awarded 1 additional
point.
15.23.5 Australian Superbike Championship Race Distances
15.23.5.1 The race distances will be according to
the Series SR.
15.23.6 Australian Superbike Championship
-Scrutineering
15.23.6.1 Machines must be delivered to an area
nominated by the series Scrutineer at
the conclusion of each series race and
qualifying session.
15.23.6.2 Machines may not be removed from that
area without the permission of the series
Scrutineer.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
AN OVERVIEW
The following Rules governing Historic Road Racing
motorcycles are written to facilitate the organisation of
uniform and fair competition.
The express purpose of these Rules is to ensure
the motorcycles are in a condition, which is visually
compatible with the period of racing being portrayed.
These Rules are to be interpreted so as to ensure that
motorcycles are presented in the spirit of the period.
16.1
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING –
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Historic Road Racing
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
16.1.1 Helmet
16.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
16.1.2 Clothing
16.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i) Shoulders,
ii) Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv) Knees.
16.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers or a
full kevlar suit.
16.1.3 Footwear
16.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability.
but not constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
16.1.3.2 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear
ankle length boots.
16.1.4 Gloves
16.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
16.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers
on sidecars.
16.1.5 Goggles and Visors
16.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
16.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
16.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
16.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely 139
16
enjoy the ride
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
covered with tape prior to competition.
16.1.7 Footwear in pits
16.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
16.2
CATEGORIES & CLASSESHISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.2.0.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility,
machines are categorised as follows:
PERIOD
NAME
Period 1
Veteran
Period 2
Vintage
Period 3
Classic
Period 4
Post Classic
Period 5
Forgotten Era
DATE RANGES
Up to 31st December
1919.
1st January 1920 to
31st December 1945.
1st January 1946 to
31st December 1962.
1st January 1963 to
31st December 1972.
1st January 1973 to
31st December 1980.
16.2.1 Classes
16.2.1.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility
there will be the following classes:
CLASS
Ultra lightweight
Lightweight
Junior
Senior
Unlimited
Sidecar
Period 2 Junior
Period 2 Unlimited
Period 3 Formula 700
Period 4 Formula 750
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Sidecar
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
132cc to 250cc
263cc to 350cc
368cc to 500cc
526cc to 1300cc
Up to 1300cc
Up to 350cc
368cc to 1300cc
526cc to 700cc
526cc to 750cc
Period 5 Formula 750
Solo
526cc to 750cc
16.2.2 Log Books
16.2.2.1 Log books are mandatory for Historic
Road Racing competitions.
16.2.2.2 Log books must:
a) Be produced by the entrant at
Scrutineering,
b) Be available for presentation at any
other time during the race meeting,
c) Contain provision for Scrutineers to
record any alterations or changes to
machine.
16.2.2.3 Bona-fide international competitors riding
machines from countries other than
140
Australia may compete without a log book
providing prior approval is granted by MA,
and the machine complies with a safety
inspection.
16.2.2.4 With the exception of machines covered
by GCR 16.2.2.3, machines that do not
hold a log book cannot compete.
16.2.2.5 Log book application forms are available
from MA, the MA website www.ma.org.au,
or from SCBs.
16.2.2.6 To assist in the issuing of a logbook
upon completion of the machine, before
commencing the building of a machine
that consists primarily of replicated
parts, plans and specifications must be
submitted to MA for interim approval.
Application forms for this purpose are
available from www.ma.org.au.
16.3
NOISE EMISSIONS-HISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided
for in the SR or by the circuit hire
agreement
16.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2
16.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level
meters must be followed
16.4
ELIGIBILITY - HISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.4.0.1 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest
wholly upon the rider or entrant of the
machine. Service and Parts Manual
publication dates are not proof of eligibility.
16.4.0.2 Entrants must enter their motorcycles
at historic meetings quoting the year of
manufacture.
16.4.0.3 The eligibility and dating of Historic
motorcycles shall be considered in terms
of major and minor components and the
period of the motorcycle shall be the
period of the latest major component.
16.4.0.4 For all historic competition, the year of the
manufacture of a motorcycle is defined as
the year of manufacture of the machine or
of its latest major component.
16.4.0.5 For the purpose of these rules “Year of
manufacture” is defined as the year in
which:
a) For a road based bike the machine
or its latest major component was
first generally available for sale and
delivery to the purchaser
b) For a race bike the year in which
the machine or the latest major
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c) Traffic indicators,
d) Reflectors,
e) Horns,
f) Rear vision mirrors,
g) Centre, rear and side stands, and
h) Registration plate and label holder.
16.4.1.2 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
these components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of a minimum
diameter of 3mm.
16.4.2 Capacities
16.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 1300cc.
16.4.3 Noise Control
16.4.3.1 All exhaust systems must be fitted with a
effective silencer.
16.4.4 Engine Cut Out Switch
16.4.4.1 All machines must be fitted with an engine
cut out switch which must be either a
lanyard type or handle bar mounted.
16.4.4.2 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fliuds must be lockwired
or otherwise secured in the tightened
position in a manner approved by the
scrutineer. Worm drive hose clips may be
used.
16.4.4.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
(a) The ground
(b) Tyres or other moving parts over
the full movement of the suspension
16.4.4.4 All machines must be fitted with an oil
catch tank of a minimum capacity of
500cc, to be emptied at the end of each
race.
16.4.4.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water.
No additives allowed.
16.4.4.6 A self closing throttle must be fitted.
16.5
ROAD RACING
16.4.1 Modification
16.4.1.1 The following parts must be removed from
any machine before it may be entered in a
competition:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
15
component first appeared in open
competition.
16.4.0.6 The dating of replicated major components
is defined as the year of manufacture of
the original component being replicated.
16.4.0.7 Major components are:
a) All engine and gearbox external
castings,
b) Frames,
c) Swingarms,
d) Brakes,
e) Forks and fork yokes,
f) Carburettors.
16.4.0.8 All other components shall be considered
as minor components.
16.4.0.9 Major components that were manufactured
outside a specific period, but which are
visually indistinguishable from period
components shall be eligible for that period.
16.4.0.10 Modifications to major components are
allowed, providing such modifications are
visually indistinguishable from modifications
proven to have been used in the period.
16.4.0.11 Components, whether major or minor,
prohibited from use in any period will
be deemed to be prohibited from use
in all earlier periods unless specifically
permitted under these Rules.
16.4.0.12 Minor components may be modified or
updated, provided that they remain visually
compatible with the period being depicted.
16.4.0.13 Components manufactured outside the
period are eligible, if permitted under
these Rules.
16.4.0.14 Fairings, streamlinings and cosmetic
components must be based on patterns
known and used in the period.
16.4.0.15 Worm drive hose clamps on oil lines are
permitted.
16.4.0.16 All machines, whether standard
or modified, must comply with the
specifications of the period.
16.4.0.17 Everything that is not authorised and
prescribed for use under these Rules is
strictly forbidden.
16
REQUIREMENTS- HISTORIC ROAD
RACING - SOLO
16.5.1 Periods 1 and 2
16.5.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a
primary drive guard if so driven;
16.5.1.2 Round or Oval number plates.
16.5.1.3 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications wheel
rim widths must not exceed WM3.
141
16
16.5.2 Period 3
16.54.2.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications, wheel
rim dimensions of a minimum of 18”
(457mm) diameter, and maximum WM3
width on all wheels.
16.5.2.2 Oval number plates.
16.5.2.3 Front and Rear Brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.5.3 Period 4
16.5.3.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications, wheel
rim dimensions of a minimum of 18”
(457mm) diameter, and maximum WM4
width on all wheels.
16.5.3.2 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.5.3.3 Reed valves and crank case induction on
2-stroke engines, but only if the engine of
original manufacture was so fitted
142
enjoy the ride
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.5.4 Period 5
16.5.4.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications,
a) For 125cc to 500cc machines, the
wheel rim must have:
i) A minimum diameter of 18”
(457mm), and
ii) A maximum width of 2.5”
(63.5mm) front and 4”
(101.6mm) rear.
b) For Unlimited class the wheel rim
must have:
i) Minimum diameters of 16”
(407mm) front and minimum of
17” (432mm) rear, and
ii) A maximum width of 3.5” (89 mm)
front and 4.5” (114 mm) rear.
16.5.4.2 Period forks:
a) Forks of a type manufactured in the
period up to a maximum diameter of
41mm,
b) Forks which replicate the type
manufactured in the period up to a
maximum diameter of 41mm.
16.5.4.3 Rectangular number plates.
16.5.4.4 Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.6
PROHIBITED USES - HISTORIC
ROAD RACING - SOLO
16.6.1 For all periods except period 5:
16.6.1.1 Slick or grooved slick tyres.
16.6.1.2 Shock absorbers with remote or external
reservoirs.
16.6.2
16.6.2.1
16.6.2.2
16.6.2.3
Periods 1 and 2
Reed valves on 2-strokes.
Gear boxes with more than 4 speeds.
Hydraulic & telescopic steering dampers.
16.6.3 Period 3
16.6.3.1 Direct crankcase induction other than
rotary disc valve on 2-strokes.
16.6.3.2 Reed valves on 2-strokes.
16.6.3.3 Non-motorcycle
engines
and
transmissions.
16.6.3.4 Disc brakes.
16.6.4
16.6.4.1
16.6.4.2
16.6.4.3
16.6.4.4
16.6.4.5
16.6.4.6
16.6.4.7
Period 4
Accessory air assisted front forks.
Electronic fuel injection.
All power jet carburettors and all other
carburettors that are fitted with any form
of auxiliary/primary jet mounted so as to
feed into the air stream prior to the main
carburettor body.
Mono-shock rear ends.
The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD,
Mag wheels (Cast metal wheels).
Rear disc brakes, unless originally factory
fitted.
16.6.5 Period 5
16.6.5.1 Floating front and rear discs unless:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.6.5.2 The following machines or their major and
minor components:
i) Suzuki Katana,
ii) Suzuki RG500 MkVI,
iii) Yamaha TZ250H.
16.6.5.3 Unless contained in the machine’s original
specifications, all anti-dive devices and
external fork damping.
16.6.5.4 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti-dive
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
must be visually indistinguishable from
factory original.
16.6.5.5 Electronic fuel injection.
16.6.5.6 The use of carbon fibre and Kevlar
materials, and other materials presented
as having the appearance of carbon
fibre
16.7
PERMITTED USES - HISTORIC
ROAD RACING - SOLO
16.7.1 Periods 1 and 2
16.7.1.1 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.1.2 Amal GP, Monobloc and MK1 concentric
to 35mm (1 ⅜ inch).
16.7.1.3 All period carburettors.
16.7.2 Period 3
16.7.2.1 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.2.2 The following carburettors:
a) All non-period Amal carburettors up
to 38mm, or
b) Dellorto SS1and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to
38mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm.
16.7.2.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives
and electronic ignition, provided they are
concealed from view.
16.7.2.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads.
16.7.2.5 Reinforced gearbox castings.
16.7.3
16.7.3.1
16.7.3.2
16.7.3.3
Period 4
Mechanical fuel injection.
Methanol Fuel.
Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors
up to 33mm bore size.
16.7.3.4 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers.
16.7.4 Period 5
16.7.4.1 The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD and LC.
16.7.4.2 Spoked and mag-type (Cast metal)
wheels.
16.7.4.3 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and
racing wets.
16
16.8
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
REQUIREMENTS - HISTORIC
ROAD RACING - SIDECARS &
CYCLECARS
16.8.0.1 Ground clearance of no less than 65mm
for the whole of the underside of the
machine (excluding wheels), measured
with the machine handlebars in the
straight ahead position, race ready with
rider and passenger on board,
16.8.0.2
Left Hand & Right Hand sidecars may
compete against each other in Historic
Road Racing.
16.8.1 Period 1&2
16.8.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a
primary drive guard if so driven.
16.8.1.2 Sidecars must:
a) Use a frame of a type which could be
ridden solo, with an outrigger sidecar
chassis of tubular steel construction,
b) Be bolted at a minimum of 4 points.
16.8.1.3 Wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of
18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum
WM4 width on all wheels.
16.8.1.4 Oval number plates.
16.8.2 Period 3
16.8.2.1 The height to the top bearing of the
steering head must be at least 710mm
(28”) unladen.
16.8.2.2 Wheel rim diameters of at least:
a) Front
16” (406mm),
b) Rear
13” (330mm),
c) Sidecar
10” (254mm).
16.8.2.3 Wheel rim widths of no more than:
a) Front
3” (76mm),
b) Rear
4.5” (115mm),
c) Sidecar
4” (102mm).
16.8.2.4 Tyre outside diameters must be at least
22” (560mm) front and rear.
16.8.2.5 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.8.2.6 Front and rear Brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Sidecar wheel brake prohibited,
d) Linking of brakes is prohibited,
e) Front brakes are to be hand
controlled and rear brakes are to be
foot controlled.
143
143
16
enjoy the ride
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.8.3 Period 4
16.8.3.1 Wheel rim diameters of be at least 10”
(254mm).
16.8.3.2 Wheel rim widths of no more than 6”
(153mm).
16.8.3.3 Moulded tread type tyres.
16.8.3.4 Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Sidecar brake permitted,
d) Only mechanical brake bias
adjustment permitted,
e) Linking of front and rear brakes
prohibited,
f) Linking of rear and sidecar brakes
permitted.
g) Disc brakes manufactured in the
period or are an exact replica of
those manufactured in the period,
h) Front brakes must be hand
controlled. Rear and linked sidecar
brakes must be foot controlled.
16.8.3.5 Front exit sidecar chassis configuration only.
16.8.3.6 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.8.4 Period 5
16.8.4.1 Wheel rim diameters to be no greater 13”
(330mm).
16.8.4.2 Wheel rim widths to be no greater than:
a) Front
7” (178mm),
b) Rear
9” (229mm),
c) Sidecar
8” (203mm).
16.8.4.3 Rectangular number plates.
16.8.4.4 Front, rear and sidecar brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Hydraulic bias adjusters permitted,
d) Linking of brakes permitted,
e) Must be fitted with an emergency
system operated by a handlebar
lever with a simple circuit operating
on either front or rear of the
motorcycle.
16.8.4.5 Front and/or rear sidecar exit
configuration.
16.8.4.6 Steering / front forks:
a) Leading or trailing forks, with front
wheel equally supported on both
144
sides,
b) A cycle car with 2 forward wheels
that was manufactured in the period
or is an exact replica of those
manufactured in the period.
16.8.4.7 Sidecars must use a frame of circular or
non-circular tubular steel construction
with a maximum diameter of 102mm
(4”) at the broadest point, which was
manufactured in the period or is a replica
of a frame manufactured in the period.
16.8.4.8 Methanol Fuel
16.9
PROHIBITED USES - HISTORIC
ROAD RACING -SIDECARS &
CYCLECARS
16.9.1 Period 3
16.9.1.1 Sidecar kneelers.
16.9.1.2 Non-motorcycle
engines
and
transmissions, except where originally
fitted.
16.9.1.3 Disc brakes.
16.9.2 Period 4
16.9.2.1 The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD.
16.9.2.2 Electronic fuel injection.
16.9.2.3 Power jet carburettors.
16.9.3 Period 5
16.9.3.1 Liquid cooled 4-stroke motorcycle
engines.
16.9.3.2 Rear engine sidecars.
16.9.3.3 Steerable sidecar wheels.
16.9.3.4 Monocoque construction.
16.9.3.5 Banking sidecars.
16.9.3.6 Electronic fuel injection.
16.9.3.7 Floating front discs unless:
a) Manufactured during the period; or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
during the period.
16.9.3.8 The following machines or their major
and minor components:
a) Suzuki Katana,
b) Suzuki RG500 MKVI,
c) Yamaha TZ250H.
16.9.3.9 Unless contained in the machines original
specifications, all anti dive devices and
external fork damping.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16.9.3.10 Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti dive
must be visually indistinguishable from
factory original.
16.10 PERMITTED USES - HISTORIC ROAD
RACING - SIDECARS & CYCLECARS
16.10.1 Period 3
16.10.1.1 Methanol fuels.
16.10.1.2 The following carburettors:
a) All Amal carburettors up to 38mm,
b) Dellorto SSI and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to 38mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm,
d) All period carburettors.
16.10.1.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives
and electronic ignition, provided they are
concealed from view.
16.10.1.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads.
16.10.1.5 Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes
providing they meet existing dimensional
criteria.
16.10.1.6 Reinforced gearbox castings.
16.10.2 Period 4
16.10.2.1 Methanol fuels.
16.10.2.2 Mechanical fuel injection.
16.10.2.3 Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing
they meet existing dimensional criteria.
16.10.2.4 Hydraulic brake master cylinders of
cylindrical appearance.
16.10.2.5 Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors
up to 33mm bore size.
16.10.2.6 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers.
16.10.3 Period 5
16.10.3.1 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and
racing wets.
16.10.3.2 Motorcycle
engines
that
were
manufactured in the period.
16.10.3.3 Methanol Fuel
16.11
FUEL- HISTORIC ROAD RACING
16.11.0.1 Fuel for historic Road Racing must be:
a) Methanol (with the exception of
Period 5 solo machines).or,
b) Unleaded that is no more than 100
RON,
c) Which contains no additives other
than those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil,
16
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
d) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
16.11.0.2 Leaded fuel, providing that:
a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environment Australia,
b) The fuel purchase is logged in a
Leaded Fuel Passbook issued by
Environment Australia through MA.
16.12
AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD
RACING CHAMPIONSHIPS
16.12.0.1 The minimum number of entries to
constitute a class for an Australian Historic
Road Race Championship is:
a) 10 or more bona-fide entries for all
solo classes.
b) 6 or more bona-fide entries for
sidecar classes.
16.12.0.2 A bona-fide entry is defined as a full entry
received quoting:
a) A current MA National or National 1
event licence for the rider,
b) An MA Historic Logbook number for
the machine entered,
c) Current contact details for the entrant,
d) An entry fee paid, and
e) The entry not withdrawn prior to the
commencement of the race meeting.
16.12.1 Format
16.12.1.1 The Australian Historic Road Race
Championship will be conducted as a
single meeting at a venue selected by the
Historic Road Race Commission.
16.12.1.2 The Australian Championship shall consist of
no more than 2 races per period per class.
16.12.1.3 Race distances will be determined by
the Historic Road Race Commission, in
consultation with the Promoter.
16.12.2 Log Books
16.12.2.1 Machines entered in the Australian Historic
Road Race Championships must have a
log book issued by MA, or be covered by
GCR 16.2.2.3.
16.12.2.2 Log book application forms are available
on www.ma.org.au or from SCBs.
16.12.2.3 Log book applications may not be
processed if lodged within 6 weeks of the
Championship.
145
145
enjoythe
theride
ride
enjoy
17
17.1
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Motocross or Supercross
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
17.1.1 Helmet
17.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
17.1.2 Clothing
17.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability.
17.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining,
17.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
17.1.3 Footwear
17.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
machine.
17.1.4 Gloves
17.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
17.1.5 Goggles and Visors
17.1.5.1 A competitor must, at the start of an
event, be wearing goggles or a simila
form of eye protection. It is strongly
recommended that the competitor wear
the eye protection at all times during the
event. Where the competitor removes
146
their eye protection during the course of
an event, they do so entirely at their own
risk. Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must comply with the following:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made
of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or Perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
17.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
17.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
17.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
17.1.7 Footwear in pits
17.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn at all
times in the pit area.
17.1.8 Junior Clothing
17.1.8.1 In addition to the general requirements for
clothing, Juniors must comply as follows:
a) Protective clothing must not be loose
or flapping,
b) Synthetic or rubber boots may be
worn as an alternative to leather for
competitors with smaller than a size
1 foot,
c) Commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn. Soft roost
protection is unacceptable.
17.2
FRAMES AND PARTS - MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.2.1 Solo
17.2.1.1 Hand lever protectors:
a) Must be single mounted for
Motocross and Supercross,
b) May be double mounted on
machines in club and inter-club
natural terrain Motocross events.
17.2.1.2 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front
and rear wheels.
17.2.1.3 When the brake cam arm or lever is of the
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
17.2.1.4 No machine may be fitted with scoop or
paddle tyres.
17.2.1.5 The handlebars must be equipped with
a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars without a cross member
must be equipped with a protection pad
located in the middle of the handlebars,m
covering the handlebar clamps.
17.2.2 Sidecar
17.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken between
the longitudinal centres of the rear and
sidecar wheels must be between 810mm
and 1,200mm.
17.2.2.2 The minimum ground clearance must be
175mm unladen.
17.2.2.3 The maximum lean of the motorcycle at
saddle height must be 50mm.
17.2.2.4 There must be no less than 4 sidecar
attachment points.
17.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in
plan view, taken from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of the front
down-tube to the forward most point of the
sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no further
rearwards than a line drawn at right angles
to the machine from the rearmost point of
the rear tyre, must be:
a) A minimum of 760mm long adjacent
to the sidecar wheel,
b) A minimum of 300mm width, with at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
17.2.2.6 There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle and
between baseboard and sidecar wheel.
The baseboard must be arranged to prevent
the passenger’s feet being trapped.
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.2.2.7 All handholds must be finished with a loop
of at least 100mm.
17.2.2.8 Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
17.2.2.9 Handholds on the sidecar:
a) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork,
b) Adjacent to the nose section of the
sidecar and less than 200mm from
the track surface must be at an angle
of at least 45° from the horizontal.
17.2.2.10 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 65° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside.
17.2.2.11 The sidecar mudguard must cover at least
135° of the periphery of the wheel and be
valanced to baseboard level on the inside.
17.2.2.12 No machine may be fitted with scoop or
paddle tyres.
17.3
NOISE EMISSIONS - MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.3.0.1 Motocross machines must comply with
noise emission tests as per GCR 12.10,
however the following table should be
substituted for 12.10.2
CAPACITY
RPM
Up to 85cc
8,000
85cc to 125cc
7,000
126cc to 250cc
5,000
251cc to 500cc
4,500
Over 500cc
4,000
147
147
17
17.4
17.5
SENIOR CLASSES- MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.5.1 Machines Other Than Junior
17.5.1.1 The capacity classes for machines
a) Other than for Junior competitions,
b) Other than Australian
Championships are:
CLASS
CAPACITIES
Lite
2-stroke 100cc to 150cc
4-stroke 200cc to 250cc
2-stroke from 165cc to 500cc
4-stroke from 255cc to 650cc
Open
e) Handlebars.
FUEL- MOTOCROSS AND
SUPERCROSS
17.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 stroke
engines
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”
17.5.1.2 Sidecars.
17.5.1.3 Modern.
17.5.1.4 Pre 1985 - Note Frame and motor must be
manufactured prior to 31st December 1984.
148
enjoy the ride
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.6
JUNIOR CLASSES- MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.6.1
50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR
12.16.
17.6.2 80cc 4-Stroke Class
17.6.2.1 Machines in the 80cc 4-stroke classes must
remain standard with the manufacturer’s
specifications with the exception of:
a) Exhaust system,
b) Gearing,
c) Carburettor jetting,
d) Plastics, and
17.7
COMPETITOR GRADINGMOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.7.1
Senior Grades - Motocross and
Supercross
17.7.1.1 The grades of competitors in Senior
classes are:
a) Pro Class,
b) Intermediate Class,
c) Clubman.
17.7.2 Freestyle Motocross
17.7.2.1 There are 2 levels of Freestyle Motocross
Endorsement:
a) Freestyle Motocross,
b) Professional Freestyle Motocross
17.8
COMPETITION RULES - ALL AGES
AND CLASSES
17.8.1 Starting
17.8.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
17.8.1.2 The order and position of each competitor
will be at the discretion of the Promoter
and will be determined on the day of the
event.
17.8.1.3 The starting grid for all events will:
a) Have not less than 1 metre space
for each solo motorcycle,
b) Be in 1 straight line,
c) Allow for no more than 40
competitors.
17.8.1.4 The maximum number of starters must
be specified in SR.
17.8.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
for solo events:
a) Individually backward falling devices,
with each gate a minimum of
500mm and a maximum of 600mm
in height, must be used,
b) A rear barrier must be placed to
prevent riders from moving their
motorcycles no more than 600mm
back from the gate.
17.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the
SR, for sidecar events, the width of the
starting grid must permit a minimum of 15
machines in 1 row, with 2 metre space for
each machine.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.8.1.7 Unless otherwise determined in the SR:
a) All competitors must be called to the
start line at least 2 minutes before
each start,
b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and
when the starter is ready, the starter
will hold up a 15 second sign for a
full 15 seconds,
c) At the end of 15 seconds, a 5 second
sign will be displayed,
d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10
seconds after the 5 second sign is
shown.
iii The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv Selection of grid positions for the
re-started race will be determined
by the order of competitors at the
finish line of the last full lap of the
stopped race,
v Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of the
laps completed by the leading
competitor at the time of stopping
will be permitted to participate in
the re-started race,
vi Machines may be repaired or
replaced providing this has
been approved by the Clerk of
Course,
vii The stopped race and any rerun
will be deemed to be parts of 1
race,
viii The winner will be the competitor
having the highest number of
laps at the finish,
ix Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x If more than 15 laps of the
scheduled race distance is
completed full points will be
awarded,
xi If less than 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed half
points will be awarded.
17.8.2 No Jump Signals
17.8.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Motocross
events to indicate immediate danger,
17.8.2.2 When yellow flags are waved, competitors
must not:
a) Jump,
b) Overtake other competitors.
17.8.2.3 During the first lap of practice, yellow flags
will be displayed stationary indicating
there will be no jumping.
17.8.3 Stopping and Rerunning of Events where
electronic timing is used.
17.8.3.1 Where the Steward or the Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed.
i The stopped race will be declared
null and void,
ii The race may be rerun,
iii The rerun race will be for the full
race distance,
iv The original grid positions will be
used,
v The place of any machine unable
to take part in the rerun race will
be left vacant,
vi Machines may be repaired or
replaced providing this has been
approved by the Clerk of Course.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance has been
completed:
i The race may be restarted if
possible, but only once,
ii The restart must occur no more
than 1 hour after the race has
been stopped,
17.8.4 Finishing
17.8.4.1 The finish line must be:
a) Marked with a flexible post at each
side of the track, and
b) Clearly visible to the judge.
17.9
COMPETITION RULES - SUPERCROSS
17.9.1 Supercross Licence Conditions
17.9.1.1 No person may compete in a Supercross
race unless they:
a) Are at least 12 years of age,
b) Have a current national competition
licence which is endorsed under the
following rules.
149
149
17
17.9.1.2 To be endorsed as a Supercross
competitor, a person must:
a) Use a solo machine with a capacity
of at least 80cc;
b) Attend a Supercross training school
conducted by an MA accredited
coach,
c) At the conclusion of the Supercross
training school, be able to
competently display to the MA
accredited coach the following:
i) Jump a double jump, which is:
 8 metres for 85cc riders,
 10 metres for 150/250cc riders,
ii) Jump a tabletop, which is:
 8-10 metres for 85cc riders,
 10-12 metres for 150/250cc riders,
iii) Ride through stutters at a
competitive speed in a straight line,
iv) A sound knowledge of
Supercross Rules and safety
issues as examined by a
multiple-choice questionnaire.
17.9.1.3 The coach conducting the assessment
under the preceding GCR may endorse
the licence of a person as a Supercross
competitor. A decision to:
a) Endorse the licence,
b) Refuse an endorsement, or
c) Grant an endorsement conditionally,
will have the same force and effect as if it
was a decision by an SCB under GCR 3.1
17.9.1.4 A person who:
a) Has entered a Supercross competition,
b) Has paid the entry fee for the
relevant meeting,
c) Is required to submit to an
assessment under these Rules, and
d) Fails to be endorsed as a Supercross
competitor at the meeting.
is entitled to a refund of the fee.
17.9.1.5 Once endorsed for Supercross, a person
retains that endorsement unless:
a) They fail to participate in a
Supercross event each year,
b) During the course of a Supercross
meeting, the Steward or Clerk of
Course determines otherwise.
150
enjoy the ride
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.9.2 No Jump Signals
17.9.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Supercross
events to indicate immediate danger.
17.9.2.2 When yellow flags are waved competitors
must not:
a) Jump,
b) Overtake other competitors,
at the set of jumps where the yellow flags
are waved.
17.9.2.3 The penalties for breaching this GCR are:
a) First offence, relegation of 3 places
and up to a $500 fine,
b) Subsequent offences in the same
year, exclusion and $500 fine.
17.9.3 Warm Up Lap
17.9.3.1 During the first lap of any practice yellow
flags are to displayed stationary to
indicate there will be no jumping.
17.10
COMPETITION RULES FREESTYLE MOTOCROSS
17.10.1 Freestyle Motocross Licence
Conditions
17.10.1.1 No person may participate in Freestyle
Motocross unless they:
a) Are at least 16 years of age, and
b) Have a current MA Senior National
competition licence which is
endorsed under the following Rules.
17.10.1.2 To be endorsed as a Freestyle Motocross
competitor, a person must use a solo
machine with a capacity of at least 125cc.
17.10.1.3 To gain a Freestyle Motocross
endorsement a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National Licence
and be endorsed for Supercross,
b) Attend a Freestyle Motocross
Training School conducted by an
accredited Freestyle Motocross
Coach,
c) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment,
d) A rider with this level of
endorsement can only perform
under the following conditions:
i) Jump with a minimum take-
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
off and landing zone of 25m
(distance is from front wheel to
base of ramp),
ii) Jump a maximum distance of 18m
(distance is from end of jump ramp
to start of landing ramp).
17.10.1.4 To gain a Professional Freestyle
Motocross endorsement a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National Licence,
b) Be endorsed for Freestyle Motocross,
c) Perform at a minimum of 6 MA
permitted events with a Freestyle
Motocross Endorsement,
d) Consistently demonstrate an ability to
jump a minimum distance of 23m with
a run-up and run-off of 20m or less,
e) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment for
Professional Freestyle Motocross
conducted by approved coach.
17.10.1.5 The Endorsing coach must:
a) Be identified and approved by
the MA Motocross Commission to
endorse Freestyle Motocross,
b) Obtain a Coaching Permit from the
SCB in which the assessment is
taking place.
17.11
COMPETITION RULES - FAST 50s
17.11.1 Fast 50s - Protective Equipment
17.11.1.1 As per GCR 16.1 except 16.1.3 which is
replaced by:
17.11.1.2 Footwear which must be:
a) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material; and
b) Of a length that must at least cover
the ankle, with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
17.11.2 Fast 50s - Classes of Competition
17.11.2.1 Senior Classes- 16 years of age and
over:
a) Stock 50cc,
b) Limited 50cc,
c) Mod 88cc,
d) Mod 110cc,
e) 110 Big Wheel Mid Size,
f) Super Mod,
g) 125cc,
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
h) Open Outlaw,
i) Women,
j) Vets over 30 years of age,
k) Seniors. Pro Class,
l) Seniors. Amateur Class.
17.11.2.2 Junior Classes-. 12 to under 16 years:
a) Stock 50cc.
b) Limited 50cc.
c) Mod 88cc.
d) Mod 110cc.
17.11.3 Fast 50s - Approved Modifications
17.11.3.1 The following may be modified:
a) Cosmetic changes, including but not
limited to:
i) Colour,
ii) Handle bars,
iii) Graphics,
iv) Foot pegs,
v) Gear levers,
vi) Heavy duty rims,
b) Air filters may be replaced with aftermarket products,
c) Heavy duty springs and front and
rear shock absorbers,
d) Gearing, limited to sprockets,
e) Exhaust pipes,
f) After market camshaft and timing
chain.
g) Stock 50cc machines in both senior
and junior classes may strengthen
the frame / chassis.
h) All machines, except those in Stock
50cc class in either senior or junior
class, may use:
i) After-market frames / chassis,
ii) After-market forks,
iii) Rear shocks,
iv) Heavy duty clutches,
v) CDI units,
vi) After market close ratio
gearbox.
151
151
17
enjoy the ride
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.11.3.2
Modifications to limited specific classes of machines as per table on following page, unless
otherwise specified in the SR:
CLASS
Stock 50cc Snr
Stock 50cc Jnr
Limited 50cc to 90cc Snr
Limited 50cc to 90cc Jnr
Mod 88cc - Snr
Mod 88cc - Jnr
Mod 110cc Snr
Mod 110cc Jnr
110cc Big Wheel Mid Size
Super Mod
125cc
Open Outlaw
Women / Vets
Seniors. Pro Class
Seniors. Amateur Class
FRONT
WHEEL
(inches)
REAR
WHEEL
(inches)
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
12
12
14
14
Open
Open
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Open
Open
HEAD INCL
PORTING
AND
GRINDING
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
17.11.4 Fast 50s - Capacity Tolerances
17.11.4.1 The actual engine capacity of a machine
competing in a capacity class may not
exceed the prescribed capacity.
17.11.5 Fast 50s - Competition Rules
17.11.5.1 All machines must be an open cradle
frame unless specified in SR; and
17.11.5.2 All entrants and competitors declare that
by entering an event, that their machine
/ machines are suitable for the class in
which they are entered.
17.11.5.3 All entrants and competitors declare that
they have satisfied themselves as to the
suitability of their machine for the purpose
of racing.
17.11.5.4 GCR 12.8.4 (side stands) does not apply
to this discipline.
17.11.5.5 GCR 17.6.2 (80cc 4-Stroke Class) does
not apply to this discipline.
17.11.5.6 GCR 12.16.0.3 does not apply to this
discipline.
17.11.6 Fast 50s - Starting
17.11.6.1 GCR 17.8.1.3 c does not apply to this
discipline as there can be no more than 20
competitors on the track at any time. This
number may be lower than 20 depending
on the track conditions.
17.11.6.2 Starting as per 17.8.1, excluding
17.8.1.3 c.
152
BARREL
AND
INNER
ROTOR
AUTO/
MAN
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Either
Either
Either
Either
Either
CARBURETTOR
std 50cc
std 50cc
90cc
90cc
88cc
88cc
110cc
110cc
110cc
124cc
125cc
150cc
150cc
125cc
125cc
STD
OEM
CRANK
CASE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
17.12 AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS
CHAMPIONSHIPS
17.12.1 Senior Championship Classes
CLASS
CAPACITY
2-STROKE
CAPACITY
4-STROKE
Pro-Lites
100cc-150cc
Pro-Open
156cc to 250cc
up to 250cc
200cc-250cc
251cc to 450cc
Under 19
up to 250cc
17.12.2 Format
17.12.2.1 The Championship format will be
determined by the Motocross Commission
and published in SR.
17.12.3 Practice and Qualifying
17.12.3.1 As directed in the SR, any heats and
qualifiers are to be held on the day of the
meeting.
17.12.3.2 Timed practice for any event may be held
either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday
morning.
17.12.3.3 All grid positions will be determined by
qualifying times.
17.12.3.4 No competitor may enter the track
for practicing on any of the 8 days
immediately preceding the event other
than the official press day..
17.12.3.5 The 10 competitors leading the
Championship prior to each subsequent
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
round will qualify for the round.
17.12.3.6 The remaining 30 competitors shall lodge
an Expression of Interest for the series as
per the SR.
17.12.3.7 U19 Championship
All competitors eligible for the U19
Championship in their first year of senior
national competition must compete in
the U19 years event. Exception will be
given to Pro-Lite and Pro-Open riders
for a wildcard entry into a maximum
of 3 rounds in their first year, providing
they can demonstrate a minimum racing
experience of 5 national open or higher
level events. On having moved to Pro-Lite
or Pro-Open events except as a wildcard
entry then a competitor will no longer be
eligible for the U19 years championship
series.
17.12.4 The Event
17.12.4.1 For each class, a round will consist of 2
races.
17.12.4.2 The duration of each race will be specified
in SR.
17.12.4.3 The races must be conducted on the
same day with a minimum of 15 and a
maximum of 40 competitors in each
race.
17.12.4.4 Each competitor may compete on a
substitute machine, provided that the
competitor must notify the Clerk of
Course before commencement of the
race in which the substitution is to be
made.
17.12.5 Allocation of Numbers
17.12.5.1 The No 1 numberplate in each class
will be allocated to the winner of the
previous year’s Championship.
a) The recipient of this number can
choose not to use No.1, but instead
use their career number. No.1, or that
competitor’s career number will not
be used by any other competitor in
that class.
b) For the first round of each
Championshipthe previous years
Champion will carry a numberplate
with red background and white
figures.
c) The leader of each championship
after the first round will use the
numberplate with red background &
white figures.
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.12.5.2 Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers
after No.1 will be allocated as career
numbers by the MX Commission to
a maximum of 20 riders using the
following method:
a) For 2009 a competitor’s overall
Championship results from the
previous three years Motocross &
Supercross Championships will be
used to decide the order in which
they pick their carer number, which is
determined by:
b) Aggregated Championship points
awarded in both competitions and ,
c) Aggregating them as a percentage
as calculated by the Motocross
Commission of MA.
d) For 2010 and beyond the method
used to determine the order in which
available career numbers are chosen,
may be the same as 17.12.5.2 (a),(b) &
(c), with the results from the previous
year only used.
e) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen
as career numbers by competitors who
finished in the top ten of either Lites or
Open Championships. The first three
from the U19 Championship may also
choose a 2 to 10 number if available.
f) Competitors who do not fit the above
criteria may make an application to
the Motoctoss Commission of MA
for special consideration for a career
number. The criteria for this would
be recognised International riders,
previous Champions, etc.
17.12.5.3 If 2 or more competitors aggregate the
same number of points, preference will be
given to:
a) Competitor who competed in the
most championship events, then
b) The competitor who achieved the
highest number of points at the
last championship round they both
competed at.
17.12.5.4 For competitors to retain their career
number they must compete in at
least one round each year of either
the MX or SX Championships, and
score a minimum of 50 points in total
of both Championships combined.
Exemptions to be considered for injury,
or international competitors.
153
17
17.12.5.5 No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification number
on their back in contrasting colours and
with a minimum size of 125mm height and
20mm width of stroke.
17.12.6 Scoring for Each Race
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
17.13
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS
CHAMPIONSHIPS
17.13.1 Format
17.13.1.1 The format of the championships will be:
CLASSES
Under 80cc
Sidecars
80cc and over
FORMAT
7 minutes + 1 lap
7 minutes + 1 lap
10 minutes + 1 lap
17.13.1.2 At least 5 practice laps must be offered to
riders prior to the commencement of racing.
17.13.1.3 There will be a minimum of 5 legs per
class.
17.13.1.4 If heats and finals are required:
a) Heats will be 3 legs per class, with
heats to be mixed, and
b) Finals will be 3 legs per class.
17.13.2 Allocation of Numbers
17.13.2.1 A competitor’s racing number will be
determined as follows:
a) The first digit will be the first digit of
the postcode for the competitor’s
state of residency, except the
Northern Territory, which will be 1,
b) The remainder of the number will be
at the discretion of the RCB.
17.13.3 Venues
17.13.3.1 Venues used for Australian Junior
Motocross Championships will be closed
to competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
154
enjoy the ride
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.14
AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS
CHAMPIONSHIP
17.14.1 Championship Classes
CLASS
CAPACITY
2-STROKE
CAPACITY
4-STROKE
SX-Lites
100cc-150cc
SX-Open
156cc-250cc
200cc-250cc
251cc to 450cc
17.14.2 Format
17.14.2.1 The format for both classes of the
championships will be as determined
by the Motocross and Supercross
Commission and published in SR.
17.14.3 Allocation of Numbers
17.14.3.1 The No 1 numberplate in each class
will be allocated to the winner of the
previous year’s Championship.
a) The recipient of this number can
choose not to use No.1, but instead
use their career number. No.1, or that
competitor’s career number will not be
used by any other competitor in that
class.
b) For the first round of each
Championship the previous years
Champion will carry a numberplate with
red background and white figures.
c) The leader of each championship
after the first round will use the
numberplate with red background &
white figures.
17.14.3.2 Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers
after No.1 will be allocated as career
numbers by the MX Commission to
a maximum of 20 riders using the
following method:
a) For 2009 a competitor’s overall
Championship results from the
previous three years Motocross &
Supercross Championships will be
used to decide the order in which
they pick their carer number, which is
determined by:
b) Aggregated Championship points
awarded in both competitions and ,
c) Aggregating them as a percentage
as calculated by the Motocross
Commission of MA.
d) For 2010 and beyond the method
used to determine the order in which
available career numbers are chosen,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
17.14.7 Support Events
17.4.7.1 Support events may be conducted at
the discretion of the Motocross and
Supercross Commission.
17.14.8 Awards
17.4.8.1 Total prize money for each round of the
Championship must be not less than
$20,000.
17.14.9 Points Allocation
17.14.9.1 For events which have a minimum of
10 start gates points will be allocated in
accordance with the previous GCR.
17.14.9.2 For events which have fewer than 10 start
gates, points will be allocated to finishers
in the Final and Last Chance Qualifier on
a descending basis.
PLACE
POINTS
PLACE
POINTS
1
2
25
11
10
22
12
9
3
20
13
8
4
18
14
7
5
16
15
6
6
15
16
5
7
14
17
4
8
13
18
3
9
12
19
2
10
11
20
1
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.14.4 Qualifying
17.14.4.1 Conditions of qualifying must be stipulated
in the SR.
17.14.4.2 For the first round of the championships:
a) The top 10 competitors in the previous
year’s championship will automatically
qualify, and
b) The remaining 10 competitors will be
determined by qualifying races.
17.14.4.3 For remaining rounds, the 10 competitors
leading the championship will qualify.
17.14.5 Grid Positions.
17.14.5.1 Grid selection will be determined by
qualifying times.
17.14.6 Practice & Timed Qualifying
17.14.6.1 Practice for championship events must
be:
a) Outdoor events - minimum 8
minutes for first session and
minimum 10 minutes for second
session,
b) Indoor events - minimum 5 minutes
first session and minimum 8 minutes
for second session
17.14.6.2 If the track is altered during the course of
the meeting, at least 1 inspection lap must
be offered to all qualified competitors.
17
may be the same as 17.12.5.2 (a),(b) &
(c), with the results from the previous
year only used.
e) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen
as career numbers by competitors who
finished in the top ten of either Lites or
Open Championships. The first three
from the U19 Championship may also
choose a 2 to 10 number if available.
f) Competitors who do not fit the above
criteria may make an application to
the Motoctoss Commission of MA
for special consideration for a career
number. The criteria for this would
be recognised International riders,
previous Champions, etc.
17.14.3.3 If 2 or more competitors aggregate the
same number of points, preference will
be given to:
a) Competitor who competed in the
most championship events, then
b) The competitor who achieved the
highest number of points at the
last championship round they
both competed at.
17.14.3.4 For competitors to retain their career
number they must compete in at
least one round each year of either
the MX or SX Championships, and
score a minimum of 50 points in total
of both Championships combined.
Exemptions to be considered for injury,
or international competitors.
17.14.3.5 No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification
number on their back in contrasting
colours and with a minimum size of
125mm height and 20mm width of
stroke.
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.14.9.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position
in the championship, the tying competitor
who has the greatest number of higher
placings will be the awarded the
position.
155
enjoy the ride
18
18.1
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING- CLASSIC
MX & DIRT TRACK
18.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete under this Chapter unless
wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
18.1.1 Helmet
18.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]
18.1.2 Clothing
18.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material
of similar durability.
18.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
18.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
18.1.2.4 Dirt track riders must wear a commercially
manufactured back protector, which
continuously covers the back area
between the collar line and the base of
the spine.
18.1.3 Footwear
18.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type for
Motocross and of Dirt Track type for
Dirt Track,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
156
machine.
18.1.4 Gloves
18.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar
or greater durability.
18.1.5 Goggles and Visors
18.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
18.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
18.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
18.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
18.1.7 Footwear in pits
18.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
18.2
ELIGIBILITY- CLASSIC MX & DIRT
TRACK
18.2.1 Eligible Machines
18.2.1.1 Only machines conforming to the
following requirements will be accepted.
18.2.1.2 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest
wholly upon the rider or entrant of the
machine. Service and Parts Manual
publication dates are not proof of
eligibility.
18.2.2 Classes
18.2.2.1 The following classes shall be recognised
for Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt
Track.
a) Pre-1960: Solo All Powers,
b) Pre-1965: Solo 250,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18
c) Pre-1965: Solo 263 & over,
d) Pre-1968 unit construction All
Powers 4-stroke
e) Pre-1968 pre-unit construction All
Powers 4-stroke ,
f) Pre-1968: Sidecar up to 1300cc,
g) Pre-1970: Solo 250,
h) Pre-1970: Solo 263 & over,
i) Pre-1975: Solo 125,
j) Pre-1975: Solo 250,
k) Pre-1975: Solo 263 & over,
l) Pre-1975: Solo All Powers 4-stroke,
m) Pre-1975: Sidecar up to 1300cc,
n) Pre-1978: Solo 125,
o) Pre-1978: Solo 250,
p) Pre-1978: Solo 263 & over,
q) Pre-1985: Sidecars up to 1300cc,
r) Slider class up to 250cc (Dirt Track
events only),
s) Slider class over 263cc (Dirt Track
events only),
t) Juniors Pre-1975: Up to 125cc
2-stroke or up to 250cc 4-stroke,
u) EVO 125cc Solo
v) EVO 250cc Solo
w) EVO 263cc & over
18.2.3 Age Groups
18.2.3.1 Age is determined as at the date of the
meeting or 1st round for series events.
18.2.3.2 Age grouping applies to competition Pre1975 only
18.2.3.3 Age groups are:
a) Under 30,
b) 30 – 39,
c) 40 – 49,
d) 50 – 59,
e) 60 plus,
f) Juniors, aged 13 to under 16 years.
18.2.3.4 Junior riders can only compete in the Junior
class, and not with Senior riders.
18.3
MACHINE REQUIREMENTSCLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.3.0.1 Methanol is permitted.
18.3.0.2 Maximum engine capacity shall be
1300cc.
18.3.0.3 Number of gears ratios shall remain as
per original model specifications.
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
18.3.0.4 Exhaust may be modified but must
generally follow original lines.
18.3.0.5 Self returning folding footrests must be
fitted.
18.4
MACHINE AND CLASS IDENTIFICATIONCLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.4.0.1 Number plates shall be either oval or
rectangular and in the following colours:
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
126cc to 250cc
251cc and over
BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Black
Dark Green
Canary Yellow
FIGURE
COLOUR
White
White
Black
18.4.1 Class Identification
18.4.1.1 A letter will be:
a) Used to identify the class of the
machine,
b) Placed on the left side of all 3 race
plates,
c) 50mm high, and in upper case,
d) The same colour as the race
number.
18.4.1.2 Identification letters for each class are:
a)
b)
c)
d)
f)
g)
h)
i)
18.5
Pre-1960
Pre-1965
Pre-1968
Pre-1970
Pre-1975
Pre-1978
Evolution
“A”.
“N”.
“F”.
“H”.
“X”.
“Z”.
“E”.
Pre-1985
“Y”
FRAMES & PARTS - SOLO- CLASSIC
MX & DIRT TRACK
18.5.0.1 Replica frames are acceptable provided:
a) They conform with the original, and
b) They meet the year cut-off dates for
the class in which the machine is to
compete.
18.5.0.2 It is not acceptable for frame tube runs
to be different to the original, even if the
frame geometry is apparently the same.
The machine must look like the original.
18.5.0.3 For the Pre-1960 class, plastic or
fibreglass is not permitted for tanks,
mudguards, seats and side panels.
18.5.0.4 Brakes:
a) As per relevant period for the class
157
18
18.5.0.5
18.5.0.6
18.5.0.7
18.5.0.8
18.6
158
enjoy the ride
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
in which the machine is to compete,
b) Disc brakes as originally fitted by
manufacturers (Rokon, Dalesman
and Tyron/Wassel).
Rear tyre:
Any modern Motocross tyre may be used
provided:
a) The width across the tread does not
exceed:
i) Pre-1960- 4.5” (114mm),
ii) Pre-1965, Pre-1970, Pre-1975 5” (127mm).
For the Pre-1960 class, Lightweight alloy
rims must be of the Borrani pattern (mud
catcher type).
Suspension:
a) Front wheel travel shall be no more
than 178mm (7”),
b) Front fork tubes up to a maximum
of 35mm diameter only permitted
except when larger was originally
fitted to that machine (exception
Maico 36mm) AJS, Bultaco Matador
and Hatta leading axle forks allowed,
c) Maximum travel by leading/trailing
link front suspension is limited to
150mm (6”) vertical movement at the
axle,
d) Pre-1960 class: No Ceriani-type
forks are permitted. This includes
M.P., REH, Husqvarna, CZ, Betor,
Bultaco, Montesa or late BSA/
Triumph,
e) Rear wheel travel must be no more
than 102mm (4”) measured at the
axle,
f) Machines fitted with suspension of
more than 102mm (4”) of rear travel
standard, shall have spacers fitted to
the shock absorber shaft to reduce
wheel travel to 102mm (4”),
g) Rear shock absorbers shall be in the
original position, using the original
mounting points,
h) Remote reservoir rear shocks are
not eligible, except where fitted as
standard for that model.
ENGINES - CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.6.0.1 Engines must
unchanged.
remain
externally
18.6.0.2 All major components must have been
manufactured within the period, or be
replicas of components manufactured
within the period, specified for the class in
which the machine competes, other than
those listed in the Components Tables.
18.6.0.3 Specials must comprise of components
manufactured within the period, or be
replicas of components manufactured
within the period, specified for the class
in which the machine competes and be a
true reflection of the period depicted.
18.6.0.4 Carburettors:
a) Any round-slide carburettor of a type
available pre-1975 may be used
except the Pre-1960 class where
a Mk1 Amal Concentric or period
carburettor may be used.
b) Flat-slide carburettors are prohibited,
c) No reed-valves permitted on
machines up to and including Pre1970 class.
18.6.0.5 Ignition:
a) Any ignition system can be used as
long as the external appearance of
the engine remains unchanged.
18.6.0.6 Yamaha XS1 and XS650 engines are
eligible in both the Pre-1970 and Pre1975 classes.
18.7
TABLES OF ACCEPTED MACHINESCLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.7.0.1 The tables set out in this Chapter lists
the machines and components which the
Commission and Scrutineers may use as
a guide in determining eligibility.
18.7.1
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre-1960
18.7.1.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1960 class are
machines built up to and including the
1959 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS/
Matchless
Ariel
BSA
Cotton
MODEL(S)
All except G85CS and G85ICS
All 4-strokes
All pre-unit, C15 distributor models and
Bantams (No Cheney frames allowed).
Single down tube, leading link only
(250cc conversion allowed)
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
DOT
DMW
ESO
FN
Francis
Barnett
Gilera
Greeves
Husqvarna
James
LITO
Norman
Norton
Metisse
Sarolea
Sun
Tandon
Triumph
Villiers
Vincent
Velocette
Japanese
18
Round tube frames only (250cc
conversion allowed)
Up to and including Mk12 (250cc
conversion allowed)
4-stroke
All
Up to Falcon 82.
Saturno Cross
Up to and including Hawkstone SAS,
25SA, 24 and 20SAS and SCS.
175cc 3-speed 2-stroke, 500cc Albinbased 4-stroke
Up to Cotswold with AMC engine.
All BSA/LITO engines Some LITO/
Albin engines
All
All singles, 500 and 650 twins
Mk1 Triumph engine BSA duplex frame
and Mk2 Triumph engine (The Mk2 has
fibreglass bodywork which is acceptable).
All
All
All
All pre-unit and distributor unit models
only.
Only Ajax and Vale Onslow conversions
for Villiers engines are acceptable. No
Starmaker engines.
All
All
All pre-1960
18.7.2
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre 1965
18.7.2.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1965 class are
machines built up to and including the
1964 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS
Ariel
Bultaco
BSA
Cotton
CZ
Enfield
ESO
DOT
MODEL(S)
All 4-strokes
All
Pre 1965 only
All except B44 and B50.
All originally fitted with leading link forks.
(Also permissible are machines fitted
with telescopic forks at a later date.
Villiers and Triumph engines only).
250cc Twin port models only
All Enfield of India without modern
attributes which contravene the
general requirements.
All 2-valve 4-strokes
All
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
DKW
DMW
FN
Francis Barnett
Gilera
Greeves
Hedlund
Husqvarna
James
Jawa
LITO
Maico 250
Maico
Matchless
Monark
Montesa
Moto Parilla
Norman
Norton
Puch
Royal Enfield
Sarolea
Sprite
Sun
Tandon
Triumph
Velocette
Vincent
Japanese
SPECIALS
Cheney
Greeves
Kyffin
MABSA
Metisse
Puissant
TRIBSA
Wasp
Cochise
All pre-1965
All
All
All
Saturno Cross
All 250cc alloy beam up to Mk3.
All
2-stroke: 250 bolt up frames only to
1967. Later American Enduro frames
are not acceptable.
4-stroke: All Albin-based engines.
All
2-stroke: All except ISDT
4-stroke: All 2-valve
All
Pre 1965 only
MC175
All
All Albin-based engines. Some early
2-strokes may be eligible.
All pre 1965
250cc 4-stroke engines.
All
All except P11 and Commando
Some early 2-strokes may be eligible
All
All 4-strokes
All pre 1965
All Villiers and Triumph engines
All
All
All except T140, TSS, T150, T160 and
BSA unit single derivatives
All
All
All pre 1965
All Gold Star
Triumph: all
DOT and Sapphire
All
Up to Mk3 only
4-strokes only
All
All
All
18.7.3
Table of Acceptable Components Pre1965
18.7.3.1 The following parts, or replicas of, do not
necessarily comply with the cut-off date,
but offer no real technological advantage
over components made before that date.
Components must not exceed manufacturing
date of 31st December 1969.
159
18
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
Forks
Wheels
Controls
Handlebars
Brakes
Frames
Engines
Ceriani, MP, REH, Husqvarna, CZ,
Betor, Bultaco, Montesa BSA/Triumph.
(Note: Late-type Ceriani and Betor
[Can-Am] with long sliders are not
permitted).
Rickman alloy and magnesium,
REH, BSA/Triumph conical alloy,
AJS Stormer, Greeves conical, small
Husqvarna, CZ Motocross and pattern
parts to these designs. Early Bultaco
full width hubs and Montesa full width
hubs are allowed.
All side pull throttles and late clutch
and front brake levers.
All, including alloy.
Single leading shoe brakes only
unless manufactured prior to
31/12/1964.
This includes replica frames. BSA B50
and B25SS frames are not permitted.
All JAP (J A Prestwitch).
18.7.4
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre 1970
18.7.4.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1970 class are
machines built up to and including the
1969 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS
BSA
Bultaco
CZ
DKW
DOT
Greeves
Honda
Hodaka
Husqvarna
Jawa
Kawasaki
Maico
Montesa
MZ
Ossa
160
Suzuki
MODEL(S)
Stormer (all)
B44 up to & incl. B25, C15, Bantam
Up to & incl. MK4 boat tail Pursang &
El Bandido, Sherpas & their Enduro
versions (Lobito, Matador, Campera).
Twin port, 360(969-0), 250(980-02)
5 speed
Any
Any alloy beam model. All steel tubing
frame models numbers 56, 58, & 59
CL175, CL350
Ace 100, Ace 90
Any oval case engine in original frame
250, 360 & 400
Scrambler & banana frame 6 day bike,
Jawa early CZ 250 trail bike
F2IM(250), F4(250), F5(350)
Oval case engine square barrel 250
& 360
Lacrosse 250, Orange Capra GP250,
GP360 & early King Scorpion
ISDT
Stiletto 4 speed, 230 Pioneer 4 speed
TS250 1969 model, points ignition &
appropriate engine cases
Triumph
Yamaha
Zundapp
enjoy the ride
T100 and all pre 1970 models
AT1, DT1, CT1, rectangular swing arm
DT1 & RT1 pre-reed block
ISDT
18.7.5
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre 1975
18.7.5.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1975 class are
machines built up to and including the
1974 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS
Benelli
BSA
Bultaco
Carabela
Can-Am
CCM
Cooper
CZ
DKW
Ducati
Gemini
Greeves
Honda
Hodaka
Husqvarna
Harley
Davidson
Indian
Jawa
Kawasaki
KTM
Maico
Montesa
Monark
MZ
Ossa
Puch
Rickman
Rokon
MODEL(S)
410 (all inclusive)
175 trail
B50
Up to & incl. MK7 125, 250 & 360
200
175, 250 TNT only
BSA based
All
Up to & incl. 1974 models incl CMS
framed CZs
6 speed radial finned 125
RT 450
175 trail
All models
CR125M & M1, CR250M, XL250 K0,
XL350 K0,K1, all SL100, all SL125, all
SL350, all XL100 K0, MT250.
All 100 & 125 models
Up to & incl. Magnesium engine reed
valve 250 & others. Pre Mikkola replica
- no radial finned engines.
All SX125, SX250, SX175 trail
All
ISDE 250, 402
KX125 74, KX250 74, KX450 74,
F11M, F12M, F81M
Up to & incl. 1974 GS & MC125, 175,
250. Check date stamp on engine
below counter shaft right case
Up to & incl. 1974; 250, 400, 440LTR,
501. Check date stamp on top of
barrel & nut holding sprocket to
countershaft. 4 speed gearbox only.
Cappra 250 VR,
All
400 ISDT
Phantom 250, 125, SDR 250, Stiletto
250
MC 125, MC 175 only.
Montesa 250 & Zundapp 125
RT 340
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Suzuki
SWM
Triumph
Wassel
Yamaha
Zundapp
18.7.6
18
TM125, 250, 400 K, L, R. TS185,
TS250, TS125, TS100 J,K,L and R
models.
Sachs engine model only 125cc
Pre 1975
125
MX100, 125, 175, 250, 360 A models,
YZ125, 250, 360A & B models,
DT250 and 360A. MX B not eligible
for this class
All 125 models
Pre-78 Classes: Eligibility
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
forks are allowed. Fox Factory
Forks are prohibited,
iii) Maximum diameter of fork tube
38mm.
18.7.8
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre- 1978 up to 125cc
18.7.8.1 Certain 125cc and smaller machines built
up to and including the 1977 model year
that made up the first generation longtravel, small bore motorcycles. Eligible
machines include:
The Pre-1978 classes are intended to represent
the “first generation” of long-travel bikes that were
commercially available in the 1975-77 periods. The
time frame is provided only as a guideline, as some
1977 models are of the second generation long-travel
bikes that would clearly outclass the earlier models
if allowed to run together. For this reason, we do not
classify motorcycles strictly by the year they were
produced, but by some similar characteristics that were
possessed by the majority of these first-generation
long-travel motorcycles, such as suspension travel.
MAKE
Bultaco
18.7.6.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1978 class are
machines built up to and including the
1977 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
18.7.6.2 Motorcycles in all of the Pre-1978 classes
may use an aftermarket frame. Many were
available during the intended time frame of
the class, including, C&J, Champion, Dick
Mann, Cheney, Cycle Factory, HallmanAberg and many others. Regardless of the
manufacturer, all motorcycles must meet
the class technical specifications for wheel
travel and suspension components.
Penton/
KTM
Suzuki
Yamaha
18.7.7 Pre-1978 Classes: Technical Specifications
18.7.7.1 The following specifications apply to all
motorcycles, regardless of the year of
manufacture, that fall within the scope of
the classes.
a) Regardless of original specification,
no motorcycle may have more than
229mm (9”) of suspension travel at
the front and rear wheels,
b) No water-cooled motorcycles,
c) Front Suspension:
i) 35mm leading-axle Husqvarna
and Betor forks are allowed,
provided travel is limited to a
maximum of 229mm (9”),
ii) Early
9-inch-travel
Simons
Can-Am
CZ
Honda
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Maico
Montesa
MODEL(S)
Pursang 125
TNT, Qualifier and MX
125, up to MX3
125
CR, MR, MT 125
CR, WR 125.
KX, KE, KD 125
125 GP
Cappra 125 VA & Enduro
125
125 with Sachs or KTM
engine
RM, TM, 125
MX, YZ, DT, 125
YEAR(S)
1975-77
1975-77
1975-78
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
18.7.9
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre- 1978 125- 250cc
18.7.9.1 Certain 126-250cc machines built up to
and including the 1977 model year that
made up the first generation long-travel
motorcycles. Eligible machines include:
MAKE
Bultaco
Can-Am
CZ
Honda
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Maico
MODEL(S)
Pursang, Frontera, Alpina
250, to include the 1977
MK10 Pursang
MX, TNT and Qualifier
175-250, up to MX3.
250 Falta Replica
CR, MT, MR, XL 175-250
CR, WR 250 and 1977
WR 250
1977 Husqvarna CR/OR
models are allowed, with
fork travel limited to 229mm
KX, KLX, KD, 175-250
MC, AW 250. 1977 model
AW 250 must comply with
the class suspension limits
YEAR(S)
1975-77
1975-77
1975-78
1975-77
1975-76
1975-77
1975-77
161
18
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
Montesa
Ossa
Penton-KTM
Suzuki
Yamaha
King Scorpion & Cappra
VR 250 V-75, VA &
Enduro 250H (VB models
see the Grand Prix
classes)
Phantom & Desert
Phantom 250, up to GPIII
model
175-250. 1977 models
must comply with the
class suspension limits
RM, TM, PE 175 & 250
MX, YZ, DT, IT 175-250
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
18.7.10 Tables of Machines and Components
– Pre- 1978 125- 500cc
18.7.10.1 Certain 325-460cc 2-stroke and up to
636cc 4-stroke machines, built up to
and including the 1977 model year,
that make up the first generation longtravel motorcycles. Eligible motorcycles
include:
MAKE
Bultaco
CCM
CZ
Honda
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Maico
Montesa
PentonKTM
Suzuki
Yamaha
MODEL(S)
Frontera, Alpina, Pursang
360-370
MX up to 636cc. No CCM
4-valve heads are allowed.
Must comply with the class
suspension limits
400 Falta Replica
XL 350, side- or centreport engine
CR, WR 360. 1977 WR
360 is allowed. 1977
Husqvarna CR & OR 390
models are allowed Must
comply with the class
suspension limits
KX 400-450
MC, AW 400-440. 1977 AW
400-440 Must comply with
the class suspension limits
Cappra 360 VA
400. 1977 models must
comply with the class
suspension limits
RM, TM, PE 370
YZ, MX, DT, IT 360 & 400
TT500, up to 500cc
displacement, with
allowable overbore
YEAR(S)
1975-77
1975-78
1975-78
1975-77
1975-76
1975-77
1974-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-78
18.7.11 Evolution Class- General
18.7.11.1 Evolution class shall be run as a national
championship and can be independent of
other classic Motocross classes.
162
enjoy the ride
18.7.12 Evolution Class- Eligibility
18.7.12.1 Bikes will be OEM.
18.7.12.2 Modifications converting later equipment
to comply will not be allowed
18.7.12.3 All components will be of the period the
machine was manufactured.
a) No linkage suspension,
b) No Disc brakes,
c) Air cooled motors.
18.7.13 Evolution Class- Classes
a) Solo 125cc,
b) Solo 250cc,
c) Solo 263cc and over.
18.7.13.1 No age-group classes will be run.
18.7.14 Pre 1985 class
18.7.14.1 Pre 1985 class can be run as a National
Championship, and can be independent
of other classes
18.7.14.2 Pre 1985 eligibility. Acceptable machines
for pre 1985 are machines built up to
and including the 1984 models. The only
exception to this GCR is where the model
remains unaltered after this date. The
onus of proof of eligibility shall rest wholly
on the rider or entrant of this machine
18.7.14.3 Modifications using later equipment are
not allowed.
18.7.14.4 All components will be of the period the
machine was manufactured
18.7.14.5 Classes
(a) Solo 125cc
(b) Solo 250cc
(c) Solo 263cc and over
18.7.14.6 No age group classes will be run.
18.8
FRAMES & PARTS - SIDECARS CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
18.8.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance
parts except frames must be manufactured
before 31st December 1974 and comply
with the following:
a) Wheel track measurement, taken
between the longitudinal centres of
the rear and sidecar wheels must be
between 810mm and 1100mm,
b) The minimum ground clearance
must be 175mm unladen.
c) The maximum lean of the motorcycle
at saddle height must be 50mm,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18
d) The dimensions of the sidecar
baseboard in plan view, taken from
a line drawn no further rearwards
than the lowest point of the front
down-tube to the forward most
point of the sidecar wheel tyre and
terminating no further rearwards
than a line drawn at right angles to
the machine from the rearmost point
of the rear tyre, must be:
i) At least 760mm long adjacent to
the sidecar wheel,
ii) At least 300mm wide with
at least 25mm radius to all
corners.
e) There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle
and between baseboard and sidecar
wheel. The baseboard must be
arranged so as not to allow the
passenger’s feet to be trapped,
f) There must be no less than 4
sidecar attachment points,
g) Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s
feet are not permitted,
h) Handholds:
i) Must be finished with a loop of
at least 100mm,
ii) Must not project beyond a line
taken with the outer edge of the
sidecar mudguard or bodywork,
iii) Adjacent to the nose section
of the sidecar and less than
200mm from the track surface
must be at an angle of at least
45° from the horizontal,
i) The rear end of the rear wheel
mudguard must terminate not more
than 65° above a horizontal line
drawn through the rear wheel axle
and be valanced to baseboard level
on the inside,
j) The sidecar mudguard must cover
at least 135° of the periphery of
the wheel and be valanced to
baseboard level on the inside,
k) No machine may be fitted with scoop
or paddle tyres,
l) Suspension travel must not exceed:
i) 152mm (6”) measured at the
front axle,
ii) 102mm (4”) at the rear axle.
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
m) Rear tyre width must not exceed
135mm (5.3”),
n) Brakes:
i) Front - single caliper, single
disc may be fitted provided they
were manufactured before 31st
December 1974,
ii) Rear - rear disc brakes may be
used provided they were fitted
as standard equipment for that
particular combination.
18.8.0.2 Pre-1985 is for sidecars contructed from
frames and motors manufactured before
31st December 1984
18.9
ENGINES - SIDECARS - CLASSIC
MX & DIRT TRACK
18.9.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance
parts must be manufactured before 31st
December 1974 and comply with the
following:
a) Only round-slide carburettors
manufactured within the relevant
period may be used.
b) Engine capacity must be:
i) Up to 1300cc,
ii) Within the tolerances in GCR
12.4
18.9.0.2 Pre-1968 will be for sidecars constructed
from road going frames and all major
components be those commercially
available within the period. This class
will have a trial period of 2 years
(2006/2007).
18.9.0.3 The following table sets out the
machines and components which
eligibility Scrutineers may use as a guide
in determining eligibility. Entrants must
prove eligibility of machines not listed
below.
MAKE
Wasp
Hagon
Yamaha
Honda
Norton
Weslake
Triumph
CCM
MODEL(S)
All up to and including RT2, RT8 and
RT14
All up to 31st December 1974
XS 650 all models
Any K series
All 750, 850 to MK2 only
All up to 850cc and 31st December 1974
All up to T150
All BSA B50 based models
163
163
18
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
18.10
then the entries will compete in the next
later period and compete as that class.
e.g. Pre-1960 has less than 10 riders,
the entrants will then combine with pre1965 and race as pre-1965. Should that
combined class still not have sufficient
numbers then both the entrants in pre1960 and pre-1965 will combine with pre1970 and race as that class. This GCR
applies equally to the pre-1965 250cc
who will combine with pre 1970-250cc if
there are insufficient numbers for a pre1965 class.
ELIGIBILITY - CLASSIC LONG
TRACK
18.10.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
18.10.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
18.11
FRAMES & PARTS - CLASSIC LONG
TRACK
18.11.0.1 The frame must:
a) Have conventional swingarm
rear suspension with twin shock
absorbers,
b) Have a front wheel diameter of 23”
(594mm),
c) Have a rear wheel diameter of
19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as
specified in the SR.
d) Have rear tyres with a maximum
tread pattern depth of 8mm.
e) Not be fitted leading-link front forks.
18.11.1 Engine Specifications - Solo
18.11.1.1 The engine must:
a) Be single cylinder,
b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation,
c) Have a single spark plug,
d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc
+
/- 2% tolerance,
e) Be vertical in the chassis,
f) Be fitted with a round slide
carburettor of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross
flow cylinder head.
18.11.2 Gearbox - Classic Long Track
18.11.2.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears.
18.11.3 Frames - Sidecars
18.11.3.1 Conventional type frames as used prior to
31st December 1976 must be used.
18.11.4 Engine Specifications - Sidecars
18.11.4.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
18.12
COMPETITION RULES - CLASSIC
MX AND DIRT TRACK
18.12.0.1 Pre-1960, Pre-1965, Pre-1970. Should
a class have insufficient entrants (10)
164
enjoy the ride
18.13
AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC
MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
18.13.1.1 The Australian Classic Motocross
Championship willbe conducted as a
single meeting at a venue selected by
the Classic Motocross and Dirt Track
Commission.
18.13.1.2 Evolution class may be run as part
of the Australian Classic Motocross
Championship or independently.
18.13.1.3 The Sidecar Classic Motocross
Championship may be run independently
from the solo Australian Classic
Motocross Championship.
18.14
AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC DIRT
TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
18.14.0.1 The Australian Classic Dirt Track
Championship shall generally be
conducted on either the 2nd or 3rd weekend
of September each year.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19
19.1
19
SPEEDWAY
SPEEDWAY
PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGSPEEDWAY
19.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Speedway or Track
competition on a Speedway machine
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
19.1.1 Helmet
19.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
19.1.2 Clothing
19.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability which meets
FIM requirements written in Art 65.07 and
65.08,
19.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck,
19.1.2.3 When jackets and trousers are worn,
provision must be made to securely
attach the jacket to the trousers by
press studs, buttons, laces, Velcro or
zippers. The trousers, and jacket must
be attached while competing.
19.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather or
enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick
at the:
a) Shoulders,
b) Elbows,
c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and
d) Knees.
19.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
19.1.3 Footwear
19.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must be:
a) Constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability but must not be
constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position, and
c) For solo competitors, in the case of
the left foot, have a steel skid and be
made with a curved front extending at
least 50mm over the toe of the boot.
19.1.4 Gloves
19.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other
material of similar or greater durability and
having the following properties:
a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm,
b) Be fire retardant,
c) Be resistant to abrasion,
d) Have perspiration absorbing
qualities,
e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic.
19.1.5 Goggles and Visors
19.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
165
165
19
enjoy the ride
SPEEDWAY
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
19.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
19.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
19.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jersey.
19.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
19.2
FRAMES AND PARTS - SPEEDWAY
19.2.1 General
19.2.1.1 Titanium may not be used in the
construction of the frame, the front forks,
the handlebars, the swingarms or the
wheel axles of any machine.
19.2.1.2 Handlebars must:
a) Be fitted to the unsprung part of the
front suspension,
b) Be securely plugged so as to present
a flush or rounded end,
c) Have a width of not more than
900mm nor less than 700mm, and
d) Have handlebar grips attached to
the ends with a maximum length of
150mm.
19.2.1.3 Clutch levers must:
a) Have ball ends with a minimum
diameter of 19mm,
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the
ball.
19.1.7 Footwear in pits
19.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit area at all times..
19.1.7.2 Mechanics must be dressed in pit
uniforms for a specific rider, team, dealer
team, factory team or dress in clean
overalls. A promoter may specify pit
attire.
Fig 19.2 Plan and side view- 500 solo speedway
machine
166
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.2.1.4 Throttle controls and mechanical
carburettor linkages must:
a) Be self closing,
b) Be enclosed so as to prevent
jamming.
19.2.1.5 There must be a kill switch which must:
a) Cut out the ignition,
b) Operate on the primary circuit,
c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must:
i) Have a total extended length not
exceeding 500mm,
ii) Be attached around the rider’s
right wrist when the machine is
in motion,
iii) Not be secured to the handlebar
unless by a readily torn
material.
19.2.1.6 Stops or other devices must be fitted to
ensure a minimum clearance of 30mm
between the handlebars and any other
part of the machine when on full lock.
19.2.1.7 Steering must be:
a) Direct,
b) Through the front wheel,
c) By a classic telescopic fork, leading
link, earles, or girder type.
19.2.1.8 Light alloys may not be used for wheel
axles.
19.2.1.9 The front wheel must be fitted with a
knockout spindle or an approved clamp
to fasten on the fork tips.
19.2.1.10 Brakes may not be fitted.
19.2.1.11 For any cast or welded wheel, the gaps
between the spokes must be filled in.
19.2.1.12 Machines need not carry number plates.
19.2.1.13 FIM homologated dirt deflectors must be
fitted to all solo Speedway machines with
the exceptions of 125cc Junior machines,
and 500cc upright engined machines
when used in classic Speedway events.
19.2.2 500 Solo
19.2.2.1 Rear chain guards must:
a) Be fitted to the back end of the rear
assembly of machines,
b) Provide protection where the rear
chain enters onto the rear wheel
sprocket.
19
SPEEDWAY
Fig 19.2.1.13 Dust Deflector detail
19.2.2.2 Exhaust systems must not extend beyond
the outer circumference of the rear wheel
rim and tyre.
19.2.2.3 The gap between the silencers and the
tyre must not exceed 60mm.
19.2.2.4 Exhaust gases must be discharged from
the system horizontally and parallel to
the centre line of the machine.
19.2.2.5 The exhaust pipe must be fixed to the
cylinder head and frame with a minimum
of 3 clips, 1 of which must be attached to
the cylinder head.
Fig 19.2.2.5 500 Solo exhaust details
19.2.2.6 The silencer must be attached to the
frame with at least 1 clip. A second
moveable coupling must be fitted from
the first third of the silencer to the frame
with steel cable of at least 3mm or strong
steel spring.
167
167
19
SPEEDWAY
19.2.2.7 The diameter of the exhaust pipe must
not exceed 50mm or an equivalent area
and must remain constant up to the
silencer.
19.2.2.8 The outlet area of the silencer must
remain constant over a length of 50mm,
must not exceed 45mm, or an equivalent
area, and must not be perforated.
19.2.2.9 The outside shell of the silencer must
form 1 unit. The end of the pipe must be
cut at right angles.
19.2.2.10 Where turbo or similar types of approved
silencers are fitted:
a) The silencer must be mounted in a
position to discharge the exhaust
fumes at a minimum deflection
of 15° from the centre line of the
machine and a maximum of 30° to
the ground,
b) The silencer must not be altered in
shape or modified in any way, other
than a welded transition section to
allow clamping to the exhaust pipe,
c) The maximum internal outlet
diameter must be 47mm and must
remain as manufactured.
19.2.2.11 Machines must be fitted with front
mudguards that extend at least 5° ahead
of a vertical line running through the
centre of the front wheel axle and at least
5° under the top edge of the mud-shield
protecting the front of the engine.
19.2.2.12 The rear mudguard must extend at least
5° behind a vertical line running through
the centre of the rear axle.
19.2.2.13 Rear tyre requirements are as follows:
a) Subsequent modification of tyres is
not permitted,
b) The overall width must not exceed
100mm,
c) The tyre must be mounted and
inflated to 14 psi at Scrutineering,
d) The tread depth must not exceed
8mm measured at right angles to
the face of the tread,
e) All blocks in the same circumference
must be of the same depth,
f) The space between the blocks
must not exceed 9.5mm across the
tyre or 13mm in a circumferential
direction,
168
enjoy the ride
Fig 19.2.2.13 Solo Tyre details
g) The space between the blocks
must not exceed 22mm. The space
across C in the relevant diagram
must not extend completely across
the tyre measured at right angles to
the wall of the tyre, unless broken
by a block.
19.2.2.14 The front tyre may be of any size or type
but limited to an overall width of 80mm.
19.2.2.15 Tyres may not be treated by chemicals,
tyre warmers or other means which
tend to alter the shape, minimum
shore hardness, construction or other
characteristics.
19.2.2.16 The minimum weight, without fuel, is
77kg.
19.2.2.17 Footrests:
a) Must be on the right hand side of
the machine and must not exceed
320mm in length measured from the
centre line of the motorcycle,
b) Must have metal protection at the
end of at least 8mm radius,
c) May be folding and, if so, must
be fitted with a device which
automatically returns them to the
normal position.
19.2.2.18 Rear suspension is prohibited.
19.2.2.19 A single gear only is permitted.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.2.3 Sidecar
19.2.3.1 The overall width must not exceed
1500mm.
19.2.3.2 The length from the leading edge of
the front tyre to the outside of the rear
mudguard must not exceed 2600mm.
19.2.3.3 Overall height must not exceed
1200mm.
19.2.3.4 The wheel base taken at axle height from
the centre of the front axle to the centre
of the rear axle must measure between
1280mm and 1800mm.
Fig 19.2.3 Sidecar Dimensions
19.2.3.5 The wheel track, taken between the
tracks left by the centre lines of the rear
motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel,
must measure between 500mm and
1100mm.
19.2.3.6 The centre lines of the tracks made by the
front and rear wheels of the motorcycle when
the machine is proceeding directly forward
must be no further apart than 75mm.
19
SPEEDWAY
19.2.3.7 The width of the kneeling pad on the
offside of the machine must not exceed
400mm.
19.2.3.8 The tubing used in the construction of
the main frame of a sidecar motorcycle
must have a minimum wall thickness of
1.5mm.
19.2.3.9 The sidecar must be on the left of the
motorcycle and, if not an integral part
of the chassis, must be fixed to the
motorcycle in at least 4 places.
19.2.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be staggered
inwards. If the sidecar wheel is mounted
by a plate on both sides, the diameter of
the axle must exceed 12mm.
19.2.3.11 The sidecar frame must have a
continuous bar along the exterior of the
sidecar wheel.
19.2.3.12 The streamlining:
a) Must not be in front of a vertical line
drawn through the leading edge of
the front tyre,
b) Must not to the rear of a vertical line
drawn through the exterior edge of
the rear rim,
c) May come into contact with the
ground with the rear wheel raised
300mm from the ground.
19.2.3.13 In all handlebar positions, there must
be a space of at least 30mm between
the streamlining and the ends of the
handlebars, including any attachments.
19.2.3.14 Aero panels, side panels and similar
attachments may be used provided they
are:
a) Constructed of metal, fibreglass or
polycarbonate material,
b) Free of sharp or protruding edges, and
c) Not dangerous to the rider or other
competitors.
19.2.3.15 Horizontal wings and aerodynamic
friction assisting devices are prohibited.
19.2.3.16 Fuel tanks must be of a material approved
by the Australian Standards Association
for fuel containers.
19.2.3.17 Drive must only be transmitted through
the rear wheel of the motorcycle.
19.2.3.18 Tyres may be cut or grooved and of any
size or type provided:
169
169
19
SPEEDWAY
a) Solo 2 ply and 4 ply 76mm (3”)
tyres may not be used on rear rims
exceeding 127mm (5”) in width,
b) The rear wheel rim width must not
exceed 175mm (7”),
c) Knobby tyres may not be used.
19.2.3.19 The area inside a spoked wheel must
be covered by a disc or shield so as to
prevent a rider’s or passenger’s feet
or hands coming into contact with the
spoked area.
19.2.3.20 Any space between the sidecar body and
the rear or sidecar wheel of the motorcycle
greater than 76mm must be decked so as
to prevent the passenger’s hands or feet
entering between the chassis bars.
19.2.3.21 Any open area between the footrests, the
continuous bar and the right hand side to
the direction of travel must be filled in with
a suitable material so as to stop a rider or
passenger from trapping their feet.
19.2.3.22 Where the sidecar wheel is mounted
with a bracket on 1 side only, the axle
diameter must be a least 20mm.
19.2.3.23 Stub axles must have a minimum
diameter at the base plate of 40mm.
19.2.3.24 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a
non-rotating shield which must:
a) Be constructed of sheet metal,
fibreglass or similar material and be
flat or nearly so,
b) Be securely fitted to the sidecar,
c) Incorporate a 25mm horizontal crash
bar surrounding the outer side of the
sidecar wheel at floor level,
d) Cover at least the outward facing
spoked area, and,
e) If trials tyres are fitted, cover the tyre
area as well.
&ULLYVALANCEDREARMUDGUARDFILLEDINTOLEVELOF
SUPPORTSTRUT
3UPPORT
STRUT
2EARMUDGUARD
MMFROM
TRACK
MM
2EAR'UARD&LAP!SSEMBLYDETAILS;SIDEVIEW=
Fig 19.2.3.26 Sidecar Rear Mudguard detail
170
enjoy the ride
19.2.3.25 The sidecar wheel must be either spoked,
moulded type mag, or other approved
wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not
permitted.
19.2.3.26 The fitting of a front mudguard is not
compulsory.
19.2.3.27 Rear mudguards:
a) Must be valanced on both sides
down to axle level, to a maximum of
170mm from ground level
b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible
mud flap without any slots, which:
i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm
and be of a reinforced belting
type rubber,
ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard,
iii) Ends no more than 20 mm
above ground level,
iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the
mudguard and projects forward
by a minimum of 75 mm on each
side,
v) Is a consistent width from top
to bottom,
vi) And/or be fitted with an FIM
homolgated dirt deflector,
c) May be incorporated into the
passenger’s seat moulding,
19.2.3.28 Promoters may require additional
specifications for the protection of
spectators.
19.2.3.29 Footrests must be on the right hand side
to the direction of travel and linked by a
continuous bar.
19.2.3.30 All exterior barwork and tubework ends
must be plugged or capped so as to
present a flush or convex end.
19.2.3.31
-IN
A suitable handhold
OF!
must be provided for
!
the passenger on the
offside of the machine
-UDGUARDAND
REARFLAPSHALLBEA
and near the front.
MINIMUMOF
OFREARTYREWIDTH
19.2.3.32
Exhaust fumes must
be discharged towards
2EARFLAP
the rear of the machine.
Exhaust fumes must
MM
not be discharged so
2EAR'UARD
as to raise dust, foul the
&LAP!SSEMBLYDETAILS
tyres or inconvenience
;REARVIEW=
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
the passenger or any other rider or
passenger.
19.2.3.33 The exhaust must be attached to the
machine at a minimum of 3 locations, 2
on the frame, (1 to the rear), in addition
to the 1 on the cylinder head.
19.2.4 Junior - 125cc Solo
19.2.4.1 Wheelbase must not exceed 1375mm.
19.2.4.2 Rear rim diameter must not exceed 17”
(432mm).
19.2.4.3 Rear tyres must:
a) Have Trial pattern tread tyres,
b) Not exceed 90mm x 432mm (3.5” x
17”),
c) Not be modified.
19.2.4.4 Front rim diameter must not exceed
482mm (19”).
19.2.4.5 Front tyres must:
a) Have Trial pattern or Speedway
tread,
b) Have a diameter not exceeding 19”
(482mm),
c) Not be modified.
19.2.5 Junior - Sidecar
19.2.5.1 Overall length from the leading edge of the
front tyre to the outside edge of the rear
mudguard must not exceed 2100mm.
19.2.5.2 Overall width must not exceed 1250mm.
19.2.5.3 Wheelbase, taken at axle height and from
the centre of the front axle to the centre
of the rear axle, must measure between
1,500mm and 1,200mm.
19.2.5.4 Stub axles must have a minimum diameter
at the base plate of 25mm.
19.2.5.5 Wheel track, taken between the tracks left
by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle
wheel and the sidecar wheel, must
measure between 800mm and 600mm.
19.2.5.6 The width of the kneeling pad on the off
side of the motorcycle must not exceed
300mm.
19.2.5.7 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a
non-rotating shield which must:
a) Be fitted securely to the sidecar,
b) Incorporate a 20mm horizontal crash
bar surrounding the outer side of the
sidecar wheel at floor level,
c) Cover at least the outward facing
spoked area, and
d) If trials tyres are fitted, the tyres.
19
SPEEDWAY
19.2.5.8 Rear mudguards:
a) Must be valanced on both sides
down to axle level,
b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible
mud flap without any slots, which:
i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm
and be of a reinforced belting
type rubber,
ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard,
iii) Ends no more than 20 mm
above ground level,
iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the mudguard and projects forward by a
minimum of 75 mm on each side,
19.2.5.9 Front and rear rim diameter for the
motorcycle must not exceed 19”
(482mm).
19.2.5.10 Rear rim width for the motorcycle must
not exceed 102mm and trial pattern tread
tyres must be fitted.
19.2.5.11 Hand holds and footrests must comply with
the requirements for Senior Speedway
sidecars.
19.2.5.12 Sidecar wheels and tyres:
a) Knobby tyres are not permitted,
b) Cutting or grooving tyres is permitted,
c) The sidecar wheel must be either
spoked, moulded type mag, or other
approved type wheel. Riveted type
mag wheels are not permitted.
19.3
ENGINES – SPEEDWAY
19.3.1 General
19.3.1.1 Primary chain guard protection must be
provided by:
a) Fully enclosing the chain with a steel
guard, or
b) If a plastic, fibreglass or part open
chain guard is used, a steel bolt
of not less than 10mm minimum
diameter, placed outside the bottom
rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket.
This bolt, if damaged, must be
replaced.
19.3.1.2 Mechanical carburettor linkages must be:
a) Enclosed by a suitable material, or
b) Fully enclosed by a box.
19.3.1.3 Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A)
when measured as per GCR 12.10.
171
171
19
enjoy the ride
SPEEDWAY
For a machine competing in a
500cc class event, the engine
must comply as follows:
a)Where electronic fuel
injection is installed, it must be
of a standard production type,
b)
The engine may not be
turbocharged or supercharged.
19.3.3.3
For a machine competing in
any event other than a 500cc
class event, the engine must comply as
follows:
a) The engine capacity must not
exceed 1,045cc,
b) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
c) On liquid cooled engines an overflow
pipe must be used to direct any
overflow of coolant away from the
rider and passenger.
d) Titanium may be used if fitted as OEM.
Fig 19.3.1.1 Chain guard details
19.3.2 500 Solo
19.3.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 500cc.
19.3.2.2 Engines must be:
a) Single cylinder,
b) 4- stroke,
c) 4 valves maximum,
d) Fitted with 1 carburettor of 34mm +/0.1mm diameter, and
e) 1 spark plug.
19.3.2.3 2-valve engines may use a carburettor of
36mm +/- 0.1mm diameter.
19.3.2.4 The carburettor measurements must:
a) Remain constant over a distance of
no less than 25mm on the engine
side and 5mm on the air intake side,
b) Be taken from the edges of the
throttle valve or throttle butterfly.
19.3.2.5 The fuel output section of the carburettor
must be of circular shape.
19.3.2.6 Direct injection must comply with the
above carburettor sizes.
19.3.2.7 Supercharging and turbocharging are not
permitted.
19.3.3 Sidecar
19.3.3.1 An event may be restricted to machines of
a capacity of no more than 500cc, which
will be known as a 500cc class event.
19.3.3.2
172
19.4
ENGINES - JUNIOR SPEEDWAY
19.4.1 125cc Solo
19.4.1.1 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the
gearshift lever must be removed and the
machine must remain in 1 gear while
racing.
19.4.1.2 The engine capacity must not exceed
125cc with a +1mm tolerance of the bore
diameter.
19.4.1.3 A single cylinder, 4-stroke engine, fitted
with 1 carburettor, of a mass produced
type must be used.
19.4.1.4 The cylinder head must be as follows:
a) 2-, 3- or 4-valve cylinder heads
can be fitted, but 3- and 4-valve
Fig 19.3.2.4 Carburettor dimensions
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.4.1.5
19.4.1.6
19.4.1.7
19.4.1.8
19.4.1.9
19.4.1.10 The “Shupa” brand junior Speedway
machine is approved for competition in the
Junior 125 Solo class when the machine
is fitted with the 2- or 3-valve head.
19.4.2 Junior - Sidecar
19.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 250cc.
19.4.2.2 Machines must be fitted with unmodified
production engines and may be fitted with
an operating gearbox.
19.4.2.3 Junior sidecar competitors on junior
sidecar machines are:allowed to compete
on senior tracks to a maximum length of
450 metres. Rider and passenger must
be aged 14 to 16 years of age. Riders
must be assessed by an accredited
coach prior to competition.
19.5
RIDER IDENTIFICATIONSPEEDWAY
19.5.0.1 Speedway competitors must:
a) Wear helmet colours, as prescribed
in the program for the competition,
selected from the following table , and
subject to the following sub-Rules:
RED
BLUE
WHITE
YELLOW
YELLOW
& BLACK
GREEN
ORANGE
BLACK
BLACK &
WHITE.





X
X
X
X







X
X









NOTE: In table19.5.0.1  means available, X means unavailable.
b) At all race meetings, wear racing numbers as allocated to the competitor by the RCB as follows:
i) A number worn on a competitor’s back which must:
 Measure 230mm x 230mm,
 For solo riders, be black, with a white background,
 For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background,
 Have a maximum background area of 300mm2.
ii) A number worn on a competitor’s front must:
 Measure at least 100mm x 80mm,
 For solo riders, be black, with a white background,
 For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background,
 Be worn on the left breast.
c) Not have advertising on clothing within 25mm of number backgrounds.
19.5.0.2 The helmet of each competitor must be clearly visible to the Referee, the Judge and the Timekeeper
throughout each event.
19.5.0.3 A competitor who has a helmet of the specified colour for an event may wear the helmet in that event
without a helmet cover.
SPEEDWAY
Scratch
4 Riders
Scratch
6 Riders
Handicap
heads must retain manufacturers
specifications,
b) The action of the valves must be
controlled by valve springs,
c) The cylinder head may be ported
and, if damaged in use, bearing
journals may be bored and bearings
replaced with either roller or bronze
bearings,
d) For 2-valve heads, maximum valve
size must be:
i) Exhaust - 25mm, and
ii) Inlet - 30mm.
Carburettors no bigger than 24mm can be
fitted.
Inlet manifold must be round for entire
length.
Early model crankcases may be used with
late model heads but the compression
ratio must not exceed 9.7:1.
Any type of ignition system may be used.
Later model parts, or parts of different
manufacture, may be installed.
SPEEDWAY
19
RACE
19
173
173
19
enjoy the ride
SPEEDWAY
19.6
FUEL - SPEEDWAY
19.6.0.1 Fuel must:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON; and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines; and
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
19.6.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition, the
following fuels are permitted:
a) Commercially available Methanol, or
b) Unleaded fuel which complies with
GCR 19.6.0.1.
19.7
CLASSES- JUNIOR SPEEDWAY
19.7.0.1 Junior - age groups and capacities - solo
and sidecar
AGE GROUP
7 years to
under 9 years
9 years to
under 16 years
11 years to
under 16 years
9 years to
under 16 years
19.8
CLASSES AND CAPACITY
125cc Single 4-stroke Solo
125cc Single 4-stroke Solo
250cc 4-stroke Sidecar
250cc 4-stroke Sidecar Passenger
250CC INTERMEDIATE SPEEDWAY
19.8.0.1 This class is for club-level competition
only and will be conducted under the
requirements of this chapter.
19.8.0.2 Promoters intending to conduct competition
for 250cc intermediate class must:
a) Obtain approval from the Speedway
Commission, in addition to obtaining
approval from the SCB,
b) Provide the Commission with a
report on the merits of the class.
The report should include statements
from riders and officials and
engineering personnel.
19.8.1 Engines
19.8.1.1 An upright 4-stroke single cylinder engine
up to 250cc.
174
19.8.1.2 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the
gearshift lever must be removed and the
machine must remain in 1 gear ratio while
racing.
19.8.2 Frames and Parts
19.8.2.1 With the following exceptions GCRs
19.2.1 and 19.2.2 apply:
a) Telescopic forks must be used,
b) No minimum weight restriction.
19.8.3
CLASS
Junior
Senior
19.9
Speedway Classes
AGES
13 years to under 16 years
16 years and over
350cc SOLO SPEEDWAY
19.9.0.1 Competition for 350cc machines is
allowed under Speedway Rules.
19.9.0.2 Riders must be assessed by an accredited
coach prior to competition.
19.9.0.3 Riders using these machines must be 14
years to under 16 years.
19.9.0.4 Other special conditions will apply to
the use of these machines and these
conditions will be made available from MA
upon request.
19.9.0.5 Tracks must be no more than 450 metres
in length, and licenced by MA or the
relevant SCB.
19.9.0.6 Engines must be OEM 350cc and
carburetors are free.
19.10
CLASSIC SPEEDWAY
19.10.1 Eligibility - solo
19.10.1.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
19.10.1.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
tread pattern depth of 8mm.
19.10.2 Frame - Classic Speedway
19.10.2.1 The frame must:
a) Have a front wheel diameter of 23”
(594mm).
b) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19”
(482mm).
c) Have rear tyres with a maximum
tread pattern depth of 8mm.
d) Not be fitted leading-link front forks.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.10.3 Engine Specifications - Solo
19.10.3.1 The engine must:
a) Be single cylinder,
b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation,
c) Have a single spark plug,
d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc
+/ 2% tolerance,
e) Be vertical in the chassis,
f) Be fitted with a round slide
carburettor of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross
flow cylinder head.
19.10.4 Frames - Sidecars
19.10.4.1 Conventional type frames as used prior to
31st December 1976 must be used.
19.10.5 Eligibility – Sidecars
19.10.6 Engine Specifications - Sidecars
19.10.6.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
19.11
COMPETITION RULES - SPEEDWAY
19.11.3 Identification of Machines
19.11.3.1 All machines must have the competitor’s
name displayed on the rear mudguard,
seat or valance, in letters with a minimum
height of 25mm.
19.11.3.2 All sidecars must have the competitor’s
race number on the side wing of
the machine. The number must be
150mm (min.) high with a contrasting
background.
19.11.4 Log Books
19.11.4.1 Each competitor must possess a
prescribed log book which must:
a) Be produced by the competitor at
Scrutineering,
b) Be available for production at any
other time during the meeting,
c) Contain provision for the following
entries:
i) The meeting date and place,
ii) The Scrutineer’s report as to any
defects or faults in the machine,
iii) Any penalties imposed by the
Referee.
19.11.4.2 A competitor must correct any machine
defects noted in the log book before being
permitted to compete on that machine
again.
19.11.5 Competitors
19.11.5.1 A competitor who has entered for a
meeting may practice on a machine on
the track before the commencement of
the meeting where the competitor has:
a) Not ridden on the track previously,
b) Had an accident, which has
damaged the machine so as to
require major repairs to the frame.
19.11.5.2 The Referee may require any:
a) Newly licensed competitor,
b) A competitor whose abilities are not
known to the Referee,
to submit to such test as the Referee
considers proves that the competitor is
able to perform safely in competition.
19.11.6 Juniors
19.11.6.1 Where a Junior track is situated on the
infield of a Senior track, Junior Speedway
event may be conducted in conjunction
with a Senior meeting.
19.11.6.2 A Junior licence holder who has turned
15 years of age and who in the opinion
of a MA accredited coach is capable of
handling a 500cc solo Speedway machine
may give a demonstration during a break
in the Senior program. Only 1 rider in this
category is allowed on the track at 1 time.
SPEEDWAY
19.11.2 Change of Machines
19.11.2.1 Subject to the SR, a competitor may
compete on a machine other than that
described in the competitor’s entry
application but:
a) Must inform a key official of any
change, and
b) May not, in any heat or final, use the
machine on which another rider has
qualified for the same heat or final.
SPEEDWAY
19
19.11.1 General
19.11.1.1 Competitions may be solo events or team
events.
19
19.11.7 Late Arrival
19.11.7.1 The Referee may refuse permission to
compete to a competitor who arrives at
the venue for a meeting later than the
arrival time prescribed in the SR.
19.11.8 Sidecar Passenger
19.11.8.1 In the event that the nominated sidecar
passenger is unable to continue during
175
175
19
SPEEDWAY
the meeting, they may be replaced
providing the new passenger signs the
relevant forms and is authorised by the
Clerk of Course and Referee prior to
taking part.
19.11.9 Starting
19.11.9.1 Competitors must be ready for the start
when called upon to do so by the relevant
official.
a) The Referee may sound a 2 minute
warning signal in the pit area,
b) At the order of the Clerk of Course,
competitors must leave the pit area
together and proceed by the shortest
practical route to the starting tapes
and there stop under the control of
the starting Marshal,
c) Any competitor not ready to start at
the expiration of 2 minutes after the
signal will be excluded from the race,
d) A competitor so excluded may be
replaced by a reserve,
e) Unless otherwise directed by the
Referee, the time between the finish
of 1 race and the start of the next will
not exceed 5 minutes.
19.11.9.2 Competitors who are members of the
same team or pair may exchange their
starting positions.
19.11.9.3 Standing starts, operated by the Referee,
are to be used.
19.11.9.4 For other than handicap starts:
a) Competitors must form up in the
prescribed order behind the tapes,
b) Once all competitors are correctly
positioned and stationary, a green
light or flag is shown,
c) The starting Marshal then leaves the
area of the tapes,
d) After a pause of not less than 2
seconds, the Referee then releases
the gate to start the race,
e) The first competitor whose machine
touches 1 or more of the tapes
during the pause before the gate is
raised will be excluded and the event
will be restarted.
19.11.9.5 For handicap starts in Speedway:
a) Competitors must form up at their
handicap marks on indication by red
light or red flag,
176
b) Once all competitors are correctly
enjoy the ride
positioned and stationary, the
red light is extinguished or flag
withdrawn to indicate that a start is
imminent,
c) After a pause, the Referee then
shows a green light or flag to start
the race,
d) The first competitor whose machine
crosses the applicable starting line
in the pause before the green light
or flag is shown will be excluded and
the event will be restarted,
e) A machine is deemed to have
crossed the starting line when its
rear wheel axle passes over the line.
19.11.9.6 A race may be re-started if, in the opinion
of the Referee:
a) Any aspect of the start is unfair or
incorrect,
b) The actions of any competitor have
given that competitor an unfair
advantage over another.
19.11.9.7 A competitor may not receive outside
assistance after the showing of the green
light or flag, or, in handicap events, the
red light or flag, other than if:
a) The engine has stalled,
b) The assistance is from authorised
pushers,
c) The assistance is given before
the machine reaches the 30 metre
marker.
19.11.9.8 For the purposes of the preceding subRule:
a) A marker must be placed on the
track 30 metres from the starting
line,
b) A machine will be deemed to have
reached the 30 metre marker when
the front wheel axle passes it.
19.11.9.9 A competitor will be excluded if, in the
opinion of the Referee:
a) The competitor’s machine is not
moving under its own power at the
30 metre marker,
b) The competitor fails to ride directly
and without delay from the pits to the
starting line,
c) The competitor touches the tapes or
crosses the applicable starting line at
the start.
19.11.9.10 A competitor excluded under the preceding
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Rule in:
a) Individual contests; may be replaced
by a reserve,
b) Teams contests; may be replaced by
a track reserve,
c) Test and teams matches; may be
replaced by a team reserve,
must leave the track without delay and
return to the pits as soon as the race
finishes or is stopped.
19.11.10 Leaving the Course
19.11.10.1 A rider whose machine crosses the inner
edge of the track with 2 wheels must be
excluded unless, in the opinion of the
Referee, the action was taken in the
interest of safety of other riders or the
rider was forced off course by another
rider.
19.11.10.2 When tracks do not have an outer
fence and are marked by other means,
a competitor will be excluded if 1 wheel
crosses the outer marker.
19.11.10.3 A rider who returns to the track and
continues to race when not entitled to
shall be excluded.
19.11.11 Retirements
19.11.11.1 A competitor who, in the opinion of the
Timekeeper:
a) Has not completed the race distance
within 3 minutes of the start,
b) Has not started the last lap before the
winner has crossed the finish line;
will be deemed to have retired from the
race.
19.11.11.2 If the chequered flag has not been
shown after the race distance has been
completed by the leading competitor, it will
be deemed to have been shown and that
competitor will be declared the winner.
19.11.12 Reserves
19.11.12.1 The Clerk of Course may direct a reserve
to compete in the place of any competitor
who is unable to compete or continue in a
competition or who has been excluded.
19.11.12.2 Reserves will be used in rotation.
19.11.12.3 A reserve is not entitled to any points
towards any subsequent race but must
be paid any prize monies to which the
reserve would have been entitled if the
reserve had been an original competitor.
19.11.12.4 A reserve who replaces an excluded
19
SPEEDWAY
competitor in pairs or team races may
use:
a) The reserve’s original start position,
b) The competitor’s original start
position.
19.11.13 Re-runs
19.11.13.1 When a chequered flag is displayed before
the race distance has been completed by
the leading competitor, the Referee must
order a re-run.
19.11.13.2 In a re-run:
a) Competitors must start from their
original starting positions, and
b) Reserves must occupy the position
of the replaced competitors.
19.11.13.3 Any competitor who has failed to start in
or been excluded from any race may not
compete in the re-run.
19.11.13.4 Any competitor who has retired from
any race may not compete in the re-run
unless, in the opinion of the Referee, the
competitor retired in the interests of safety
or after being fouled.
19.11.14 Scoring
19.11.14.1 In every heat, unless otherwise prescribed
by the SR:
a) The winner receives 3 points,
b) The second receives 2 points,
c) The third receives 1 point.
d) The fouth receives 0 points
e) 0 for last place is better than M,R,F,T,E
and N where:
O= For last place,
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= Excluded,
N= No start.
19.11.14.2 In individual events, ties will be resolved
by a run-off between the tied competitors.
19.11.14.3 Alternatively, in individual events ties may
be resolved as follows:
a) The competitor who attains the
highest number of firsts in the heats
will be the winner,
b) If there is still a tie, the competitor
who attains the highest number of
seconds in the heats will be the
177
177
winner,
19
c) If there is still a tie,
the competitor who
receives the highest
number of thirds in
the heats will be the
winner,
d) If there is still a
tie, an “O” for the
last place is better
than M,R,F,T,E or N,
where:
M= Excluded for 2
minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= Excluded,
N= No start.
19.11.14.4 In team events, ties will be resolved by a
run-off with 1 competitor from each team.
19.11.14.5 All competitors taking part in a run-off in
the event of tied scores must be paid
prize money for the run-off.
19.11.15 Dead Heats
19.11.15.1In the event of a dead heat between
2 or more competitors, the combined
points will be shared between the tied
competitors.
19.11.16 Flags and Signals
19.11.16.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600 x
600 mm.
19.11.16.2 All control lights:
a) Must be visible to all competitors,
b) May only be operated by the
Referee or the Referee’s nominee.
19.11.16.3 In addition to, or in substitution for the
flags and lights applicable to other
disciplines the following signals apply:
a) Start - Green or National flag,
b) Race stoppage - Red flag,
c) Last lap - Yellow flag with black
diagonal cross 50mm wide.
d) Exclusion- Black flag, light or disc,
indicating competitor’s number or
helmet colour.
178
enjoy the ride
SPEEDWAY
19.11.17 Pit Control
19.11.17.1 No persons may be or remain in the pits
during a meeting other than:
a) Competitors,
b)
c)
d)
e)
Competitors’ mechanics,
Police, fire or medical staff,
Officials,
Others authorised by the Clerk of
Course or pit Marshal
19.11.17.2 The pits will be under the control of the pit
Marshal who may:
a) Report to the Clerk of Course any
person who breaches any Rule or
disobeys any instruction given by the
pit Marshal,
b) Direct any person as to that person’s
mode of dress or behavior,
c) Eject any person who, in the opinion
of the pit Marshal, is behaving in an
unsafe or unsatisfactory manner.
19.11.17.3 Mechanics may not enter the racing area
unless authorised to do so by the Clerk of
Course for the purposes of:
a) Push starting the competitor’s
machine,
b) Attending to the accident damaged
machine of the relevant competitor.
19.11.17.4 A mechanic may not attend any riders’
briefing without the permission of the
Referee.
19.11.17.5 It is recommended that mechanics be
dressed in pit uniform for a specific
rider, team, factory team, or dress in
clean overalls. A promoter may specify
pit attire.
19.11.18 Payments
19.11.18.1 Prize monies and traveling expenses
must be prescribed in the SR.
19.11.18.2 All traveling monies must be paid in cash
unless the competitor otherwise agrees.
19.11.18.3 A competitor will be deemed to have
qualified for starting money if, after
receiving the starting signal, the
competitor moves forward under power
from the starting position.
19.11.18.4 In races other than handicaps, a
competitor who defeats a competitor of a
higher grade is entitled to prize monies at
the level of the defeated rider.
19.11.19 Referee - Speedway
19.11.19.1 In Speedway, the functions and authority
of Steward and Clerk of Course, as
described in chapter 2 will be exercised
by the Referee.
19.11.19.2 The Clerk of Course shall be responsible
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
to the Referee:
a) For the conduct of the meeting and
its administration in accordance with
these regulations and the official
program,
b) To put into effect all instructions
given by the Referee received
verbally or in writing, directly or by
telephone,
c) Ensure that all the necessary
officials, riders and spectators
are informed without delay of the
Referee’s decision,
d) To prevent any person from
communicating directly with the
Referee, including communicating
by telephone, during the meeting
without the Referee’s permission,
e) Must ensure that protests are in
order and accompanied by the
appropriate fees before passing
them to the Referee.
19.12
AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY
CHAMPIONSHIPS
19.12.1 Applications to Conduct
19.12.1.1 Applications for the conduct of Australian
championships must be delivered to MA
by 1st April each year.
19.12.2 Dates for Conduct
19.12.2.1 Unless otherwise determined by the
Commission, the Australian 500cc Solo
Championships must be run in January or
February of each year and the Australian
Sidecar Championships at the Easter
weekend in each year.
19.12.3 Selection Committee
19.12.3.1 The selection committee will be the
Commission which must;
a) Forward the competitor and reserve
selections to MA,
b) MA will notify the competitors and
the Promoter of the selections.
19.12.4 Selection and Qualification
19.12.4.1 To qualify for selection for an Australian
championship event, a competitor must:
a) Be the current Australian Champion,
or
b) Be the best performing competitor in
the State championship of the State
19
SPEEDWAY
which issued the competitors licence,
held a minimum of 30 days prior to
the Australian Championship, or
c) Apply in writing to MA no less than
30 days from the event and be
selected by the Selection Committee
d) Competitors who are not Australian
citizens may nominate to compete
in the Australian Speedway
Championships and may be
considered by the Speedway
Commission for inclusion.
19.12.4.2 Any State unable to conduct a
championship of 12 entries or more
prior to the close of entries in the SR
for an Australian championship may
nominate 1 competitor for the Speedway
Commission’s approval to represent that
State. The nominated competitor may be
the competitor selected in the Australian
Championship. If the State Championship
is held between the close of entries
in the SR and the relevant Australian
Championship the State title holder may
not be eligible for selection.
19.12.4.3 The team for a State will be selected by
that State’s Speedway sub-committee.
19.12.4.4 The selected competitors must notify
the Promoter of their acceptance of the
conditions and the anticipated time of
arrival at the track concerned.
19.12.5 Alternate Qualification
19.12.5.1 A Promoter may run qualifying and, if so:
a) The Promoter must obtain the
permission of MA,
b) The Australian Champion
automatically qualifies for the
Australian Championship meeting,
c) Current State Champions are
automatically seeded into qualifying
meeting in the event they are
overlooked for a direct transfer into
the Championship,
d) After nominations have closed the
Promoter and the Commission will
decide ona race format (to be put to
the Board for its consideration),
e) If more competitors have nominated
for the meeting than positions are
available, the Commission may
select to compete those competitors
its considers appropriate based on
179
merit.
179
19
SPEEDWAY
19.12.6 Practice
19.12.6.1 Practice must be conducted for all
Australian Championships.
19.12.6.2 Practice times and format must
be stipulated in the SR for each
Championship.
19.12.7 Examination before an Event
19.12.7.1 Before an event, the Promoter must set a
time and place, giving reasonable notice
to every competitor, for:
a) Identification and examination of
licences,
b) Examination of motorcycles,
c) Noise testing,
d) Checking of helmets and protective
clothing, and
e) Such other examinations as are
necessary.
19.12.7.2 The Referee may forbid:
a) Any competitor who does not comply
with the Rules mentioned above, or
b) Any competitor who can be a danger
to other participants or to spectators
from participating in any practice or
event at the meeting.
19.12.8 Carburettor Examination
19.12.8.1 All solo machine carburettors must be
checked, measured and sealed before
the meeting.
19.12.8.2 The carburettor seal must be secured to
the cylinder head by wire and official seal.
19.12.8.3 During the meeting carburettors may
not be measured, but the seals may be
checked.
2004 & 2006 World
Speedway Champion
- Jason Crump
180
enjoy the ride
19.12.8.4 Every machine at the end of the meeting
must have the seal of the carburettor
checked by the machine examiner as the
competitors come out for the last 4 rides.
19.12.9 Twenty Two Race Format
19.12.9.1 There will be 20 heats and an A & B
final.
19.12.9.2 The 3 competitors who accumulate the
most points during the course of the
heats will compete in the A final.There
will be a B Final made up of the riders
who finish 4th to 7th. The winner of the
B Final will go to the A Final.
19.12.9.3 Starting positions will be offered to the
riders in descending order of points
accumulated in the heats. In the case of
riders for the final being tied on points, gate
choice will be determined by countback,
where 0 is better than M,R,F,T,E and N
where :
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= excluded,
N= No start.
19.12.9.4 In case of riders being tied on points
for the A & B Final:
a) All final places will be determined
by oountback.
19.12.9.5 There must be 16 competitors with the
heat format according to the table on the
following page.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19
HEAT NUMBER
SPEEDWAY
HELMET COLOUR
Red(Inside)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
5
10
15
13
14
11
4
6
12
8
13
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
2
16
9
1
9
3
5
Blue
White
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
2
3
7
6
11
9
14
16
1
5
10
2
15
7
8
12
16
1
5
15
9
3
4
10
Interval
12
14
13
8
3
10
6
4
8
15
2
7
12
13
14
11
Yellow/Black(Outside)
4
8
12
13
9
6
3
16
11
2
14
7
1
11
5
15
10
16
6
4
19.12.10 Twelve Race Format
19.12.10.1 As an alternative to the preceding GCR there may be a 12 race format of 3 laps, with 18 competitors
plus reserves, according to the following table:
HEAT NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
HELMET COLOUR
Red
(Inside)
Blue
1
7
13
3
16
4
18
5
14
2
8
14
17
12
6
15
10
9
White
Yellow/Black
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
3
4
9
10
15
16
1
15
5
2
11
18
7
12
17
11
13
6
19.12.10.2 The above format must be used where
the track is over 450 metres in length and
is licensed for 6 competitors.
19.12.10.3 In races 10 and 11, the highest 12 point
scorers in heats 1 to 9 must participate as
follows:
a) Race 10: Competitors finishing in
1st, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th & 12th places,
b) Race11: Competitors finishing
in 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th & 11th
places,
Green
White/Black
(Outside)
5
11
17
8
9
14
2
16
3
6
12
18
10
13
7
1
4
8
c) Final: The highest 6 point scorers.
19.12.10.4 Any vacancies for races 10 and 11 must
be filled from those competitors who were
placed 13th or lower after heats 1 to 9 in
descending order of point scores.
19.12.10.5 Any vacancies for the Final must be filled
from those competitors who were placed
7th or lower after races 10 and 11 in
descending order of point scores.
19.12.10.6 Starting positions for races 10 and 11
must be balloted in the presence of the
181
181
19
enjoy the ride
SPEEDWAY
Referee or Clerk of Course.
19.12.10.7 Starting positions for the Final will be
offered to the 6 competitors in descending
order of points accumulated in the heats.
In the case of competitors for the Final
being tied on points, gate choice will be
determined by countback.
19.12.10.8 In the case of competitors being tied on
points at the conclusion of heats:
a) Finalists will be determined by run off,
b) Other places will be determined by
countback.
19.12.10.9 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings. After completion of the series
if any of the 4 point scorers are tied the
respective positions shall be decided by
a run-off.
19.12.11 Prizemoney
19.12.11.1 Prizemoney for reserve riders will be
determined by the Promoter and the
selection committee and the amount will
be included in the SR.
19.11.11.2Prizemoney will be as follows:
PLACING
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Fifth
Sixth
Seventh
Eighth
$AUD
$3.000
$2,500
$2,000
$1,700
$1,500
$1,300
$1,200
$1.050
PLACING
Ninth
Tenth
Eleventh
Twelfth
Thirteenth
Fourteenth
Fifteenth
Sixteenth
$AUD
$1,000
$900
$800
$750
$700
$700
$700
$700
19.13 AUSTRALIAN TEAMS
CHAMPIONSHIPS -SPEEDWAY
182
19.13.1 Qualifying
19.13.1.1 Teams championships will consist of qualifying
rounds run in each State and 1 final.
19.13.1.2 7 Teams will take part in each meeting.
19.13.1.3 1 team from each state will qualify. Should
a State not have qualified competitors,
or decide not to nominate a team, the
extra team required will be selected by
the Commission based on performance
during any qualifying rounds.
19.13.1.4 The Commission must send the names of
the 7 qualifying teams to the Promoter of
the event as well as the RCB.
19.13.1.5 For championship qualifying rounds,
the SCB must, within 48 hours after the
meeting, send the results to MA and to the
SCB organising the final.
19.13.2 Practice
19.13.2.1 Practice for a meeting must not be earlier
than 2 days before the meeting.
19.13.2.2 All competitors must report at the time
stipulated in the SR.
19.13.2.3 Competitors will be divided into groups of
4 as listed in the SR.
19.13.2.4 Competitors from the host State will
practice last.
19.13.2.5 Competitors not ready to take their turn
must fall back and wait until the next
group has finished its practice.
19.13.2.6 Competitors will practice in the same
order for free practice and starting gate
practice.
19.13.2.7 Between each group there must be an
interval for track preparation.
19.13.2.8 The format for practice will be as
determined by SR.
19.13.2.9 Practice will be organised in 2 sessions:
a) Free practice:
i) 12 minutes for each group’s
session, divided into:
ii) 1 session of 12 minutes per
group,
iii) 2 sessions of 6 minutes each
per group, same order followed
twice, or
iv) 4 sessions of 3 minutes each
per group, same order followed
4 times,
v) Competitors testing more than 1
machine may bring them on to
the track in the same outing, but
may not bring extra fuel on to
the track,
vi) Competitors with mechanical
trouble may be allowed extra
time for practice,
vii) Competitors may not practice
starts in the starting area.
b) Practice with the starting gate in
operation:
i) No more than 4 competitors at a
time may practice,
ii) Each competitor may have 2
practice starts and full laps,
iii) Green lights will be used to
familiarise competitors with
starting procedures.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19
SPEEDWAY
19.13.3 Twenty One Heat Format – Teams
HEAT NO.
HELMET COLOURS
White
Blue
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
3
2
7
6
11
10
1
14
5
4
9
8
11
14
5
2
3
8
13
10
1
12
Interval
9
4
11
6
7
14
9
2
3
12
13
6
1
8
13
4
5
10
7
12
Red (Inside)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
5
9
13
3
7
13
1
7
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
3
5
13
1
11
5
7
3
9
11
Yellow/Black (Outside)
4
8
12
2
6
10
12
6
4
14
2
10
12
8
10
4
14
2
14
6
8
19.13.4 Heat Format - Teams
19.13.4.1 There must be 14 heats with 3 Teams per heat according to the following table:
HEAT
HELMET COLOURS
Red
Blue
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
3
9
5
13
7
11
10
6
14
12
8
4
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
10
6
14
12
8
4
2
1
3
9
5
13
7
11
White
Yellow
Competitors Starting Numbers
7
2
1
4
3
10
9
6
5
14
11
8
13
12
Interval
2
7
4
1
10
3
6
9
14
5
8
11
12
13
19.13.4.2 The above format must be used where
the track is over 400 metres in length and
is licensed for more than 4 competitors.
19.13.4.3 Heats must be as follows:
a) There must be 7 teams with each
Green
Black &White
9
5
13
11
7
3
1
8
2
4
10
6
12
14
8
2
4
10
6
12
14
9
5
13
11
7
3
1
team having 6 heats and each team
meeting all teams twice,
b) Between each heat there must be
either another event or a 4 minute
break,
183
19
enjoy the ride
SPEEDWAY
c) Competitors cannot change gate
position.
19.13.5 Ties
19.13.5.1 A tie for 1st, 2nd or 3rd places will be resolved
by 1 heat with 1 rider from each tied team
taking part.
19.13.6 Finals
19.13.6.1 If 1 or both competitors of a team who
qualify for the final cannot participate
they may be replaced by competitors
nominated by the selection committee.
19.13.6.2 If a qualified team is not present, its place
in the final will be taken by the team which
has scored the next highest number of
points in the previous meeting.
19.13.6.3 Inability to take part in the final must be
notified to the RCB as soon as possible.
19.13.6.4 When competitors of the same team finish
1st, and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd in a heat, the
competitor finishing 2nd or 3rd respectively
will be awarded a bonus point, entitling
that competitor to remuneration, but the
point will not be counted towards the heat
or in the Finals.
19.14
TEST MATCHES- SPEEDWAY
19.14.1 Definition
19.14.1.1 A test match is an International event
between 2 or more countries appointed
by their respective FMNs.
19.14.2 Format
19.14.2.1 There must be 18 heats in a format
according to the following table.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
184
19.14.4 Starting Positions
19.14.4.1 The captains of each team will toss for
starting positions in the first heat, the choice
being positions 1 and 3 or positions 2 and
4, counting from the inside of the track.
19.14.4.2 The team that selects positions 1 and 3 in
the first heat must take positions 2 and 4
in the second heat, and so on alternately
throughout the meeting.
19.14.4.3 The relative positions of the 2 competitors
of each team in each heat may be
changed.
19.14.5 Reserves
19.14.5.1 A competitor who has been unable to
commence or complete an event due to an
accident, and who has not been excluded,
may be replaced by a reserve. The event
will be deemed to be a new event with the
reserve as a competitor.
19.14.5.2 A reserve may not ride in more than 6
events.
19.14.5.3 Only 1 reserve may participate in each
event.
HOME TEAM
HEAT NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19.14.3 Bonus Points
19.14.3.1 Bonus points are allotted for prize money
only with an additional bonus point
for a competitor who finishes 2nd or 3rd
immediately behind their team mate.
Red
1
3
5
3
5
1
5
1
3
Blue
White
2
1
4
3
6
5
4
1
6
3
2
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
Interval
1
2
1
3
4
3
5
6
5
3
4
1
5
6
3
1
2
5
5
6
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
Competitors Nos. 7 & 8 or No. 7 of each team are the reserves.
Yellow &Black
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.15
WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP
SELECTION - SPEEDWAY
19.15.1 Open Solo Eligibility and Qualifying
19.15.1.1 The placings from the Australian
Speedway Championships will dictate
the following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
who has not already achieved
World Championship qualification
for the following year will be
qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the
third and any additional positions
(where applicable) will be chosen
by the Speedway Commission of
Motorcycling Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies
choose to forfiet his or her right
to participate in the subsequebt
rounds, again the Commission
will choose the replacement
riders/s.
19.15.1.2.World Championship selection - Under
21 Solo
The placings from the Australian
Speedway Championship will dictate
the following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
will be qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the
third and any additional positions
(where applicable) will be chosen
by the Speedway Commission of
Motorcycling Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies
choose to forfiet his or her right to
participate in the subsequent rounds,
again the Commission will choose the
replacement rider/s.
19
SPEEDWAY
19.15.1.3. World Cup
The riders for the FIM World Cup will
be chosen by the Australian Speedway
Team Manager in consultation
with the Speedway Commission
of Motorcycling Australia and the
Team Captain. Team selection will
be based on current form, previous
achievments, suitability to the
venue and willingness to represent
Australia.
19.15.1.4.
FIM Gold Trophy Selection - Sidecar/
Under 16 solo.
The placings from the Australian
Championship will dictate the
following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
will be qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the
third and any additional positions
(where applicable) will be chosen
by the Speedway Commission of
Motorcycling Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies
choose to forfiet his or her right to
participate in the subsequebt event,
again the Commission will choose the
replacement rider/s.
19.15.1.5.Inability to compete - (Applies to Open,
U21 and Gold Trophy events)
Riders who are unable to compete
in the National Championship due to
exceptional circumstances, but have
previously shown strong support
for Australian Speedway may be
considered for selection. This avenue
is only open where the rider in
question has informed MA in writing
prior to the event, stating the reasons
for non participation.
185
enjoy the ride
20
20.1
DIRT TRACK
continuous and cover all of the back
area between the collar and the base
of the spine.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING- DIRT TRACK
20.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Dirt Track competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
20.1.1 Helmet
20.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ].
20.1.2 Clothing
20.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability.
20.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
20.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
20.1.2.4 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a
full kevlar suit.
20.1.2.5 In the case of competitors wearing apparel
as described in 20.1.2.1 and 20.1.2.2 and
20.1.2.3:
a) Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back or a leather or similar
jacket with in-built back protection
or a jacket and commercially
manufactured back protector,
b) Protection of the back must be
186
20.1.3 Footwear
20.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least overlap
the trousers with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
20.1.4 Gloves
20.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
20.1.4.2 Fingerless gloves may be worn by
passengers on sidecars.
20.1.5 Goggles and Visors
20.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
20.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
20.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
20.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
20.1.7 Footwear in pits
20.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit area at all times.
20.2
FRAMES AND PARTS - DIRT TRACK
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
20.2.1 Senior - Solo
20.2.1.1 For Dirt Track competition a machine:
a) May be constructed as either a
slider type or Motocross type,
b) Must have a gearbox with a
minimum of 2 gear ratios,
c) Must have rear suspension,
d) Must have a minimum of 1 working
brake.
20.2.1.2 Tyres
a) The rear tyre must be a maximum
width of 150mm when measured
at a point on the tyre located at 90º
to the where the tyre contacts the
ground and at a pressure inflated to
14psi.(9.6KPa)
b) Tyre pressure may be adjusted after
measurement.
20.2.1.3 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatterproof material.
20.2.2 Senior - Sidecar
20.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken
between the longitudinal centres of the
rear and sidecar wheels must be between
810mm and 1,100mm.
20.2.2.2 Ground clearance must be at least 75mm
unladen.
20.2.2.3 The lean of the motorcycle at saddle
height must be no more than 50mm.
20.2.2.4 When multiple tyres on 1 wheel are used,
the maximum collective width of the tyres
must not exceed 280mm.
20.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard
in plan view, taken from a line drawn no
further rearwards than the lowest point
of the front down tubes to the forward
most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and
terminating no further rearwards than a
line drawn at right angles to the machine
from the rearmost point of the rear tyre,
must be:
a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the
sidecar wheel,
b) At least 300mm wide, having at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
20.2.2.6 The leading edge of the sidecar floor
must be protected by a nose cone or a
rail of at least 50mm height.
20.2.2.7 The drive must be transmitted to the
track through the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
20
DIRT TRACK
20.2.2.8 1 efficient rear wheel brake must be
fitted.
20.2.2.9 Safety chains must be fitted to all
machines equipped with girder type front
forks.
20.2.2.10 A passenger must be carried in a suitably
constructed sidecar.
20.2.2.11 There must be no less than 4 sidecar
mounting points.
20.2.2.12 There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle
and baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged to prevent
the passenger’s feet being trapped.
20.2.2.13 Handholds on the sidecar:
a) Must be finished with a loop of at
least 100mm,
b) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork
c) Adjacent to the nose section of the
sidecar and less than 200mm from
the track surface must be at an angle
of at least 45° from the horizontal
20.2.2.14 A suitable passenger handhold must be
provided on the off side of the rear wheel.
20.2.2.15 Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
20.2.2.16 The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 45° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside and to axle level on the
outside, with the suspension depressed.
20.2.2.17 The sidecar mudguard must cover at least
180° of the periphery of the wheel and
be valanced to baseboard level on both
sides.
20.2.2.18 All footrests, brake levers, and gear levers
on the opposite side of the motorcycle to
the sidecar must be folding, or be shielded
by a continuous bar of 12mm minimum
diameter.
20.2.2.19 Any open area between the footrests,
the continuous bar and the offside of the
motorcycle must be filled in with a suitable
material.
20.3
20.3.1
20.3.2
NOISE EMISSIONS - DIRT TRACK
Noise emissions must not exceed 96db(A)
unless a lower limit is provided for in SR.
Noise emission levels will be measured
as shown at 12.10.2.
187
20
20.4 MACHINE & RIDER IDENTIFICATION DIRT TRACK
500cc Slider
Slider Type – over 250cc to
500cc
20.4.0.1 Numberplates and numbers shall comply
with GCR 12.6
500cc
2-stroke and
Over 450cc
4-stroke
MX Frame – 2-stroke over 250cc
to 500cc
MX Frame – 4-stroke over 450cc
20.5
450cc 4-stroke
FUEL - DIRT TRACK
20.5.0.1 Fuel for all Dirt Track machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 stroke
engines
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”,
20.5.0.2 In addition, for Senior and Classic
competition, commercially manufactured
Methanol may be used.
20.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - A protective
matting or catch tray must be placed
underneath the engine/gearbox and
fuel tank of any solo or sidecar while
parked in the pit, paddock or work
area.
20.6
JUNIOR CLASSES - DIRT TRACK
20.6.0.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR
12.17.
20.6.0.2 Motocross knobby tyres on the rear of
any machine over 85cc 2 stroke or 150cc
4 stroke are not permitted
20.6.0.3 Type of tyre to be used in Junior Dirt
Track competition must be stipulated
in the Supplementary Regulations
20.7
CLASSES - DIRT TRACK
20.7.0.1 The capacity classes for senior machines
are:
SOLO
125cc
250cc
188
enjoy the ride
DIRT TRACK
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
Over 125cc to 250cc
Unlimited
Women’s Senior
Unlimited
SIDECAR
600cc
1100cc
QUADS
Open 2-stroke
Open 4-stroke
450cc
300cc
MX Frame – 4-stroke over 250cc
to 450cc
Includes 500cc slider machines
CAPACITY
1 or 2 cylinder engines - up to 650cc
4 cylinder engines - up to 600cc
Over 600cc and up to 1100cc
CAPACITY
Up to 550cc
Up to 700cc
Single 4-stroke
Single 2-stroke
Riders are eligible to enter one class above
capacity of the machine entered.
20.7.0.2 Machines competing in any 1,100cc
sidecar event:
a) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
b) On liquid-cooled engines, an
overflow pipe must direct any
overflow of coolant away from the
rider and passenger.
20.7.0.3. The capacity classes for junior machines
are:
50 cc Auto
7 to under 9 yrs
65cc
7 to under 9 yrs, 9 to under 11 yrs,
11 to under 13 yrs
85cc 2 stroke
& 150cc 4
stroke Std
Wheel
9 to under 11 yrs
85cc 2 stroke
& 150cc 4
stroke Std &
Big Wheel
11 to under 13 yrs, 13 to under 16
yrs.
80cc 4 stroke
8 to under 11 yrs, 11 to under 14 yrs.
125cc 2 stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
200 to 250cc 4
stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
80 to 100cc 2
stroke/up to
150cc 4 stroke
sidecar
9 to under 13 yrs, 13 to under 16 yrs
(Rider and passenger)
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
20.8
COMPETITION RULES - DIRT TRACK
20.8.1 Entries
20.8.1.1 No machine may be entered more than
once in a class.
20.8.1.2 Any machine, which is entered in more
than 1 class, must display the allocated
riding number for that class on all 3 number
plates when being used in each class.
20.8.2 Practice and Qualifying
20.8.2.1 Practice and qualifying shall be as
prescribed in SR.
20.8.3 Starts
20.8.3.1 The method of starting will be prescribed
in SR.
20.8.3.2 Starting positions will be prescribed in SR.
20.9
AUSTRALIAN DIRT TRACK
CHAMPIONSHIP
20.9.1 Preferred Championships Dates
20.9.1.1 The Australian Dirt Track Championship
shall generally be conducted on the 2nd or
3rd weekend of October each year.
20.9.2 Solo Format where there are more than
12 entries per class
20.9.2.1 The championship comprises:
a) Qualifying events to determine the
entries for heats,
b) 3 rounds of heats,
c) A 1 race repercharge,
d) A 1 race final.
20.9.3 Solo Format where there are less than
12 entries per class
20.9.3.1 The championship comprises 4 races.
20.9.3.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 4 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.4 Qualifying
20.9.4.1 To be eligible to compete in heats and
finals a competitor must either:
a) Be graded A or B in Dirt Track, or
b) Qualify for the available heat
positions having regard for the
previous sub rule,
c) For single row starts, starting
positions will be determined by ballot.
20.9.5 Heats and Final
20.9.5.1 The number of heat positions must not
20
DIRT TRACK
exceed 12.
20.9.5.2 The right to compete in the final will be
filled by:
a) The 10 competitors accumulating the
highest number of points during the
course of heats,
b) The first 2 placings of the
repercharge.
20.9.5.3 The repercharge will be contested by
competitors who finish in 11th to 22nd
inclusive during the course of heats.
20.9.5.4 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.5.5 Grid positions will be pre drawn and listed
in the program for heats and/or rounds.
Riders choice for grid positions in the
finals will apply. Top points scorer has first
choice and so on as per point score result.
If electronic timing is used, qualifying time
will determine the choice of grid position
for the first heat only, thereafter the grid
positions are determined by the finishing
position in the previous race.
20.9.6 Sidecar Format where there are more
than 6 entries per class
20.9.6.1 The championship comprises:
a) 3 rounds of heats,
b) A 1 race repercharge,
c) A 1 race final.
20.9.7 Sidecar Format where there are 6 entries
or fewer per class
20.9.7.1 The championship comprises 4 races.
20.9.7.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 4 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.8 Heats and Final
20.9.8.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 6.
20.9.8.2 The right to compete in the final will be
filled by:
a) The 5 competitors accumulating the
highest number of points during the
course of heats;
b) The winner of the repercharge.
20.9.8.3 The repercharge will be contested by
competitors who finish in 6th to 11th places
inclusive during the course of heats.
20.9.8.4 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings.
189
189
20
DIRT TRACK
20.9.9 Scoring
20.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring
system in GCR 12.14.
20.10
AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK
CHAMPIONSHIPS
20.10.1 Solo Format where there are more than
12 entries per class
20.10.1.1 The championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats,
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
20.10.2 Solo Format where there are less than
12 entries per class
20.10.2.1 The championship comprises 7 races,
20.10.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.3 Heats and Final
20.10.3.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 12,
20.10.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 12 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats,
20.10.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.4 Sidecar Format for more than 6 entries
per class
20.10.4.1 The championship comprises:
enjoy the ride
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats,
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
20.10.5 Sidecar Format where there are less
than 6 entries per class
20.10.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races.
20.10.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.6 Heats and Final
20.10.6.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 6.
20.10.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 6 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
20.10.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.7 Race Distance
20.10.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps and
a maximum of 5 laps.
20.10.8 Venues
20.10.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Dirt
Track Championships will be closed to
competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
20.10.9 Scoring
20.10.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring
system in Chapter GCR 12.13
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or a new rule added, you can have your say by working through your
Club to propose amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when the proposer includes the new wording for an existing rule, or where
a new rule should sit in the structure of this book, and includes a rationale on why the rule should be changed or
added. There’s a form to register your interest in rule changes on page 41
It’s YOUR SPORT- we welcome your input
190
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
21
21.1
TRACK
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING - TRACK
MACHINES
21.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete on a Track machine in any Track
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
21.1.1 Helmet
21.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ].
21.1.2 Clothing
21.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability which meets
FIM requirements in Art 65.07 and 65.08,
21.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck,
21.1.2.3 In the case of jackets and trousers,
provision must be made to attach the rear
of the jacket securely to the trousers,
21.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather or
enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick
at the:
a) Shoulders,
b) Elbows,
c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and
d) Knees.
21.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
21.1.3 Footwear
21.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must be:
a) Constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability but must not be
constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position, and
c) For solo track slider competitors, in
the case of the left foot, have a steel
skid and be made with a curved front
extending at least 50mm over the toe
of the boot.
21.1.4 Gloves
21.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other
material of similar or greater durability and
having the following properties:
a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm,
b) Be fire retardant,
c) Be resistant to abrasion,
d) Have perspiration absorbing
qualities,
e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic.
21.1.5 Goggles and Visors
21.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
191
191
21
TRACK
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
21.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
21.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
21.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jersey,
21.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
21.2
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MOTOCROSS OR ENDURO
MACHINES
21.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete on any Motocross or Enduro
type machine in any Track competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
21.2.1 Helmet
21.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
21.2.2 Clothing
21.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material
of similar durability,
21.2.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining,
21.2.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
192
enjoy the ride
body and arms.
21.2.2.4 Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back or a leather or similar jacket
with in-built back protection or a jacket
and commercially manufactured back
protector,
21.2.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a
full kevlar suit.
21.2.2.6 In the case of competitors wearing apparel
as described in 21.1.2.1 and 21.1.2.2 and
21.1.2.3:
a) Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back,
b) Protection of the back must be
continuous and cover all of the back
area between the collar and the base
of the spine.
21.2.3 Footwear
21.2.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Be of a length that must at least
overlap the trousers with the rider in
a racing position on the machine.
21.2.4 Gloves
21.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
21.2.5 Goggles and Visors
21.2.5.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet
visors and “tear-offs” may be worn
provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
21.2.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
21.2.6 Hair and Jewellery
21.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket
21.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
21.2.7 Footwear in pits
21.2.7.1 Closed footwear imust be worn n the
pit area at all times.
21.3
FRAMES AND PARTS - TRACK
21.3.0.1 Brakes must not be fitted to track slider
type machines of 500cc. Motocross type
machines must be fitted with at least 1
effective brake.
21.3.0.2 Rear suspension and swingarm must be
fitted.
21.3.0.3 Must have a minimum of 2 gears.
21.3.0.4 Minimum weight of 85 kg.
21.3.0.5 For long track only, the rear wheel rim
must have a maximum width of 100 mm,
be 19” or 22” in diameter, as defined in the
SR.
21.3.0.6 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatterproof material.
21.3.1 Sidecar
21.3.1.1 The wheel track must be between 635mm
and 1,000mm measured between the
longitudinal centres of the rear and
sidecar wheels.
21.3.1.2 The ground clearance must be at least
75mm unladen.
21.3.1.3 The stagger at the top of the sidecar
wheel must be:
a) Inwards, no more than 300mm;
b) Outwards, nil.
21.3.1.4 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in
plan view, taken from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of the front
down tubes to the forward-most point of
the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no
21
TRACK
further rearwards than a line drawn at right
angles to the machine from the rearmost
point of the rear tyre, must be:
a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the
sidecar wheel.
b) At least 300mm wide, having at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
21.3.1.5 All edges of the sidecar floor, not
otherwise protected, must be protected
by a nose cone or a rail of at least 50mm
height.
21.3.1.6 There must be no more than 50mm
between the baseboard and motorcycle
and the baseboard and sidecar wheel.
The baseboard must be arranged so as
not to allow the passenger’s feet to be
trapped.
21.3.1.7 The drive must be transmitted to the
track through the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
21.3.1.8 Safety chains must be fitted to all
machines equipped with girder type front
forks.
21.3.1.9 A passenger must be carried in a suitably
constructed sidecar.
21.3.1.10The sidecar must be attached to the left
hand side of the motorcycle.
21.3.1.11 There must be no less than 4 sidecar
mounting points.
21.3.1.12Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet
are not permitted.
21.3.1.13Handholds:
a) Must be finished with a loop of at
least 100mm,
b) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork.
c) Adjacent to the nose section of
the sidecar and less than 200mm
from the track surface must be at
a minimum angle of 45° from the
horizontal
21.3.1.14A suitable passenger handhold must
be provided on the off-side of the rear
wheel.
21.3.1.15The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 45°
above a horizontal line drawn through
the rear wheel axle and be valanced to
baseboard level on the inside and to axle
193
193
21
enjoy the ride
TRACK
level on the outside, with the suspension
depressed.
21.3.1.16 The sidecar mudguard, if fitted, must
cover at least 180° of the periphery of
the wheel and be valanced to baseboard
level on both sides.
21.3.1.17 A sidecar wheel disc may be fitted instead
of a sidecar mudguard.
21.3.1.18 The rear wheel sprocket must have an
approved guard, being either:
a) A fully enclosed steel chain guard;
or
b) If a plastic or part open chain guard
is used, a steel bolt of not less than
10mm minimum diameter placed
outside the bottom rear quadrant
of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if
damaged, must be replaced.
21.3.1.19 Where Harley-type forks are used, an
approved bolt must be fitted to lock the
triple clamp.
21.3.1.20 There must be a kill switch which must:
a) Cut out the ignition,
b) Operate on the primary circuit,
c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must:
i) Have a total extended length
not exceeding 500mm,
ii) Be attached around the rider’s
right wrist when the machine is
in motion,
iii) Not be secured to the
handlebar unless by a readily
torn material.
21.4
ENGINES - TRACK
21.4.1 General
21.4.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A)
when measured as per GCR 12.10
21.4.2 Classes & Capacities
194
CLASS
CAPACITY
125cc Solo
Up to 125cc
250cc Solo
Over 125cc to 250cc
500cc MX Frame
Solo
Over 250cc to 500cc
500cc Slider Frame
Solo
Over 250cc to 500cc
450cc 4 stroke MX
Frame Solo
Over 250cc to 450cc
Over 450cc 4 stroke
MX Frame Solo
Over 450cc
Women’s Senior
Unlimited
1100cc Sidecar
Up to 1100cc
21.4.2.1 Riders are eligible to enter one class
above capacity of the machine
entered, excluding the Over 450cc 4
stroke and 500cc 2 stroke.
21.4.3 Sidecar
21.4.2.1 For a machine competing in any event,
the engine must comply as follows:
a) The engine capacity must not
exceed 1,100cc,
b) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
c) On liquid cooled engines, an
overflow pipe must be used to direct
any overflow of coolant away from
the rider and passenger.
21.5
FUEL - TRACK
21.5.0.1 Fuel must be:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON; and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke
engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for
4-stroke engines
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
21.5.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition the
following fuels are permitted:
a) Commercially available Methanol, or
b) Unleaded fuel which complies with
GCR 20.5
21.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - A protective
matting or catch tray must be placed
underneath the engine/gearbox and
fuel tank of any solo or sidecar while
parked in the pit, paddock or work
area.
MOTOCROSS
SUPERCROSS
FREESTYLE
SUPERMOTARD
ENDURO
MINI THUMPER
PH: 03 9720 2223
FAX: 03 9720 2234
UNIT 17, 63-71 BAYFIELD RD EAST BAYSWATER NTH VICTORIA AUSTRALIA 3153
ENQUIRIES@RINGMASTERIMAGES.COM.AU
WWW.RINGMASTERIMAGES.COM.AU
www.finkedesertrace.com.au
2009 Tattersall’s
Finke Desert Race
6 - 8 June
Alice Springs, NT
Entries open 1st January
Don’t miss Australia’s
Greatest Desert Race
PRESSURE CLEANERS &
PORTABLE GENERATORS
EEDPOWER
-UDANDDIRTN
Omega 130-10 Hot/Cold
Pressure Cleaner
tQTJQSFTTVSF
t-NJOVUFnPXSBUF
tWPMUIQ
FMFDUSJDNPUPS
tNUSXJSFCSBJEIPTF
Call
300
1800d0e2ta9ils of
for nearest
your aler.
de
Workmate 2.5 Kva Generator
t XBUUT
t WPMUT
t IQ)POEBFOHJOF
t 3FDPJMTUBSU
HP140-11 PGX160
Pressure Cleaner
tQTJQSFTTVSF
t-NJOVUFnPXSBUF
tIQ)POEBQFUSPMFOHJOF
tNUSXJSFCSBJEIPTF
BON
TURBUS
O
Extreme
Pressure Cleaner
tQTJQSFTTVSF
t-NJOVUFnPXSBUF
tWPMUIQ
FMFDUSJDNPUPS
t5PUBM4UPQ
+FUXBWF*OEVTUSJBM&RVJQNFOUt3JDINPOE3PBE,FTXJDL4"
tKFUXBWF!DPCXFCDPNBVtXXXKFUXBWFDPNau
“If I treat
the road like
a racetrack,
I too could
become a
statistic.”
Slow Down
Wear your
Safety gear
Be aware of
other drivers
Chris Vermeulen
Suzuki Team MotoGP rider.
“As a MotoGP championship rider, the racetrack is my stage. I ride motorcycles at over 300 kph for
a living. But I have all the professional training and safety gear I need before I take to the track.
When it comes to the road there’s one cold hard fact that even I can’t ignore - treat the road like
a racetrack and you could become a statistic. Maximise your safety by riding to the conditions especially at intersections. Slow down, always wear your safety gear and be aware of others
using the road. Be the one to take control and enjoy the ride.”
To view Motorcycling Australia’s TV rider safety commercial featuring Chris Vermeulen and check
out the latest safety news, competitions and galleries visit www.myspace.com/ridersafety
Suzuki Advert 148x210.indd
1
M O T O R C YC L I N G
A U S T R A L I A
27/11/08
3:15:34 PM
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
21.6
TRACK - JUNIOR
21.6.0.1 50cc machines are to comply with GCR 12.17.
21.6.0.2 Motocross knobby tyres on the rear of
any machine over 85cc are not allowed.
21.7
CLASSIC TRACK
21.7.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
21.7.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30 years
at the date of the competition.
21.7.1 Frame and Parts - Classic Track
21.7.1.1 The frame:
a) Must have conventional swingarm
rear suspension with twin shock
absorbers,
b) Must have a front wheel diameter of
23” (594mm),
c) Must have a rear wheel diameter of
19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as
specified in the SR,
d) Must have rear tyres with a
maximum tread pattern depth of
8mm,
e) Must not be fitted leading-link front
forks.
21.7.2 Engine Specifications - Classic Track
21.7.2.1 The engine must be:
a) Single cylinder,
b) 2 valve, push rod operated,
c) Single spark plug,
d) Of a maximum capacity of 500cc
with a 2% tolerance,
e) Vertical in the chassis,
f) Fitted with a round slide carburettor
of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Must not be fitted with a centre port
cross flow cylinder head.
21.7.3 Gearbox - Classic Track
21.7.3.1 The gearbox must have at least 2 gears
21.8
COMPETITION RULES - TRACK
21.8.1 Starts
21.8.1.1 All starts, other than handicap starts will
be single row.
21.8.1.2 Grid positions will be pre-drawn and listed
in the program for heats and/or rounds.
21
TRACK
21.8.1.3 Riders choice for grid positions in the
finals will apply, top scorer has first choice
down through points score.
21.8.1.4 If electronic timing is used; qualifying time
will determine the choice of grid position
for the first heat only, the grid positions
thereafter will be determined by finishing
position in the previous race.
21.8.1.5 The first competitor who touches the
tapes after the displaying of the green
light and before the tapes are raised
will be excluded and the event will be
re-started.
21.8.2 Flags and Signals
21.8.2.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600mm
x 600mm.
a) All control lights:
i) Must be visible to all
competitors,
ii) May only be operated by the
Steward or the Steward’s
nominee.
b) In addition to, or substitution for the
flags and lights applicable to other
disciplines GCR , the following
signals apply:
i) Start - National flag,
ii) Race stoppage- Red flag or red
light.
iii) Immediate danger, slow- Yellow
flag waved or yellow light
iv) Course clear- Green flag held
stationary
21.8.3 Stewards - Track
21.8.3.1 A minimum of 1 Steward is required at all
meetings in Track.
21.9
AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR TRACK
CHAMPIONSHIPS
21.9.1
Solo Format for more than 12 entries
per class
21.9.1.1 The championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats.
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
21.9.2
Solo Format for less than 12 entries
per class
21.9.2.1 The championship comprises 7 races.
21.9.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
195
21
enjoy the ride
TRACK
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
21.9.3 Heats and Final
21.9.3.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 12.
21.9.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 12 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
21.9.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
21.9.3.4 For single row starts, starting positions
will be determined by ballot.
21.9.4
Sidecar Format where there are more
than 6 entries per class
21.9.4.1 The championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats,
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
Sidecar Format where there are less
than 6 entries per class
21.9.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races.
21.9.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
exceed 6.
21.9.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 6 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
21.9.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
21.9.7 Race Distance
21.9.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps and
a maximum of 5 laps.
21.9.8 Venues
21.9.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Long
Track Championships will be closed to
competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
21.9.9 Scoring
21.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring
system in GCR 12.14.
21.9.5
21.9.6 Heats and Final
21.9.6.1 The number of heat positions must not
21.10
AUSTRALIAN SENIOR TRACK
CHAMPIONSHIPS
21.10.1.1 The Australian Senior Track Championship
will be conducted as a single meeting
at a venue selected by the Dirt Track
Commission.
MA MEMBERS
RECEIVE
HUNDREDS
OF
DISCOUNTS
visit
196
www.ma.org.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
22
22.1
22
QUADS
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – QUADS
22.1.0.1 Protective clothing and requirements
are as provided in the discipline specific
sections of the GCRs.
22.2.
FOOTWEAR IN PITS
22.1.0.2.1
Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
22.3
QUADS
FRAMES AND PARTS - QUADS
22.3.0.1 A quad must have:
a) 4 wheels,
b) A wheel at each corner of the
machine,
c) The front wheels must be used for
steering and the rear wheels for
driving,
d) A maximum overall width, including
the rear tyres of 1,400mm,
e) A maximum wheel base of
1,500mm,
f) There must be a seat for 1 person,
g) The rider must straddle the seat,
h) A chain guard as per GCR 12.8.8,
i) A frame [Nerf Bar] between the front
and rear wheels which must:
i) Be of closed loop design,
ii) Not extend beyond a point
of the widest dimensions of
the vehicle, measured with
a straight edge touching the
outside of the front and rear
tyres,
iii) Constructed to prevent the
riders feet from going below
the bars (material webbing is
acceptable),
iv) Be bolted or welded to the
frame,
v) Be close enough to the front
and rear wheels to prevent
locking together of competitors
machines,
vi) Have no sharp, protruding or
open end tubing.
j) A self closing throttle,
k) An engine cut-out switch, of lanyard
type attached to the body,
l) Effective brakes on all wheels,
m) Handlebars, rubber hand grips,
handlebar levers and number plates,
n) Noise emissions of no more than
94/96 dB(A) as measured in GCR
12.10. depending on the discipline
o) No sharp or protruding extremities,
p) Glass, mirrors and headlights
removed.
22.3.0.2 Mudguards which:
a) Must be fitted over the rear wheels,
b) May be fitted over the front wheels.
197
22
22.3.1 Tyres- Quads
22.3.1.1 Rear tyres may be prescribed in the SR.
22.4
ENGINES - QUADS
22.4.1 Capacities- Quads
22.4.1.1 The maximum engine capacity for a
2-stroke engined quad shall not exceed
550cc, and be no more than 2 cylinders.
22.4.1.2 The maximum capacity for a 4-stroke
engined quad shall not exceed 700cc
and be no more than 2 cylinders.
22.4.1.3 The actual engine capacity of a machine
competing in a capacity class is not to
exceed the prescribed capacity for that
class by more than 5%.
22.4.1.4 Where in Junior competition, the words
OEM standard are used, all quads must
be OEM machines with no modifications
22.4.2
RIDER AND MACHINE IDENTIFICATION
- QUADS
22.4.2.1 Number plates are to:
a) Comply with GCR 12.6,
b) Be mounted centrally at the front
and rear of the machine,
22.4.2.2 No competitor may compete unless wearing
the machine identification number on his
or her back in contrasting colours and
with a minimum size of 125mm height
and 20mm width of stroke.
22.5
FUEL- QUADS
22.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oil for 2-stroke engines, and
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”
198
enjoy the ride
QUADS
22.6
22.6.1
CLASSES AND AGE GROUPSQUADS
Quads- Club Level Racing
CLASS(ES)
50cc STD
50cc STD
90cc 2-stroke Standard.
110cc 4-stroke Standard
90cc 2-stroke Modified
110cc 4-stroke Modified
200cc 2-stroke Modified
300cc 4-stroke Modified
Open 2-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 550cc)
Open 4-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 700cc)
22.6.2
Race Together
Race Together
Race Together
RACING
Race Together
Quads- Dirt Track Classes
CLASS(ES)
Open 2-stroke modified
(max. capacity 550cc)
Open 4-stroke modified
(max. capacity 700cc)
450cc single cylinder
4-stroke
300cc single cylinder
2-stroke.
22.6.4
Desert
Race Together
Quads- Stadium Classes
CLASS(ES)
Open 2-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 550cc)
Open 4-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 700cc)
22.6.3
RACING
No suspension
With suspension
RACING
Race together
Race together
Quads- Enduro/Cross Country,
Classes
Enduro/Cross Country, Desert only
Up to 850cc 2WD/4WD
22.6.5 Junior Age Groups
22.6.5.1 Subject to the next sub rule and GCR
12.16.0.1, no person who:
a) Has attained the age of 16 years, or
b) Is unable to right their machine
may compete in any junior competition.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
22
22.6.5.2 No junior who has attained the age
of 9 years may participate on a 50cc
machine.
22.6.5.3 Junior competitors in the following age
groups may compete in the corresponding
classes:
AGE RANGE
5 to under 9 years
7 to under 9 years
7 to under 10 yrs
9 to under 13 yrs
9 to under 13 yrs
12 to under 16 yrs
22.7
CLASS(ES)
50cc non-competition miniStandard
50cc Auto or Semi Auto
Standard.
up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc
4-stroke Standard.
up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc
4-stroke Standard.
up to 90cc 2-stroke or
110cc 4-stroke -Modified.
up to 200cc 2-stroke or
300cc 4-stroke.-Modified
COMPETITION RULES - QUADS
22.7.1 Starting
22.7.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
22.7.1.2 The order and position of each competitor
will be at the discretion of the Promoter
QUADS
and will be determined on the day of the
event.
22.7.1.3 The starting grid for all events will:
a) Have not less than 2 metre space for
each quad,
b) Be in a straight line,
c) Allow for no more than 20
competitors.
22.7.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be
specified in SR.
22.7.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR:
a) All competitors must be called to the
start line at least 2 minutes before
each start,
b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and
when the starter is ready, the starter
will hold up a 30 second sign for a
full 30 seconds,
c) At the end of 30 seconds a 5 second
sign will be displayed,
d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10
seconds after the 5 second sign is shown.
22.7.2 Finishing
22.7.2.1 The finish line must be:
a) Marked with a flexible post at each
side of the track,
b) Clearly visible to the judge.
WINNING PARTNERSHIP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
199
199
enjoy the ride
23
23.1
MOTO-TRIALS
remaining is added to the riders
points lost, as a handicap),
e) Classic- for machines manufactured
before 1965,
f) Post Classic (Twin Shock)- for
machines manufactured before
1986. The machines may not be
fitted with disc brakes or monoshocks,
g) Women,
h) Masters- for competitors of 35 years
of age and over. No handicapping
system will apply,
i) Youth- for competitors aged between
16 and under 21 years at the first
day of the event. This class will
compete using the Masters lines.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING – MOTOTRIALS
23.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Trials competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
23.1.1 Helmet
23.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
23.1.2 Clothing
23.1.2.1 Trousers and a shirt.
23.1.3 Footwear
23.1.3.1 Calf length boots constructed of leather
or similar durable material.
23.1.4 Footwear in pits
23.1.4.1 Closed footwear imust be worn n the
pit area at all times.
23.2
CLASSES AND GRADES – MOTOTRIALS
23.2.1 Classes
23.2.1.1 Classes in Moto-Trials are:
a) Open solo- which may be subdivided into Expert, A, B, C and
Clubman grades,
b) Open sidecar- which may be
subdivided into A&B grades,
c) Juniors- 7 to under 16 years,
d) Veteran- for competitors 40 years
of age and over and will use the
Venables handicap system. (This
handicap system is based on a
formula devised by the late Ralph
Venables, in that the riders’ age is
subtracted from 70. The number
200
23.2.2 Junior
23.2.2.1 The following age groups and capacity
classes subject to GCR 12.16.0.1
may compete on courses for junior
competitions:
AGE
7 to under 16 years
7 to under 16 years
13 to under 16 years
13 to under 16 years
CAPACITY
Up to 100cc
Up to 200cc
Open Capacity
Open Capacity-Women only
23.2.3 Identification Plates
23.2.3.1 Identification plates must:
a) Measure 200mm x 150mm +/-10%,
b) Have the rider’s name displayed on
the identification plate, using lettering
25mm high minimum.
23.2.3.2 Identification plates may include reference to:
a) Where a rider completed the
Australian Moto-Trials Championship
in the first 10 places in the previous
year, that rider’s place in the
Championship, and
b) The rider’s club or sponsor, providing
the background colour of the plate
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
23
i)
The fuel is purchased from
suppliers approved by
Environment Australia,
ii) The fuel purchase is logged
in a Leaded Fuel Passbook
issued by Environment Australia
through MA
remains prominent and clearly
visible.
23.2.4 Rider and Grade Identification
23.2.4.1 The following grades will have the
following identification plates:
CLASS/GRADE
A grade and experts
B grade
Masters
Youth
C grade & Veterans
Juniors, Clubman &
Post Classic
Women
Sidecars - A grade
Sidecars - B grade
Classic
23.3
PLATE BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
White
White
Red
Yellow
Black
FRAMES & PARTS - MOTO-TRIALS
23.3.1 Tyre Types
23.3.1.1 With the exception of mini-bikes and and
the sidecar tyres of sidecars, tyres must
be of a Trials Universal pattern on all
machines.
23.3.2 Ignition cut-out switch
23.3.2.1 All machines must be fitted with an
effective ignition cut-out switch operating
on the primary circuit and attached to the
handlebars.
23.4
FUEL- MOTO-TRIALS
23.4.0.1 Fuel for machines other than Classic
competition must :
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON,
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
23.4.0.2 Fuel for Classic Moto-Trials must be:
a) As per GCR 23.4.0.1, or
b) Leaded fuel, providing that:
MOTO-TRIALS
23.5
CLASSIC TRIALS
23.5.0.1 The eligibility and dating of Classic
motorcycles shall be considered in terms
of major and minor components and the
period of the motorcycle shall be the
period of the latest major component.
23.5.0.2 Major components are:
a) All engine and gearbox external
castings,
b) Frames,
c) Brakes,
d) Wheel hubs,
e) Forks, and
f) Carburettors.
23.5.0.3 Mk1 Amal Concentric carburettors may be
used.
23.5.0.4 Major components that were manufactured
outside the period, but which are visually
indistinguishable from period components
shall be eligible for that period.
23.5.0.5 All other components shall be considered
as minor components.
23.5.0.6 Minor components may be modified
or updated provided that they remain
visually compatible with the period being
depicted.
23.5.0.7 For the purposes of determining eligibility
machines are categorised as follows:
a) Pre-1965:
i) Manufactured before 31st
December 1964,
b) Pre-1965 heavyweight solo:
i) Non-unit construction engines
with an original capacity of over
250cc, or
ii) Unit construction engines with
an original capacity of over
350cc.
c) Pre-1965 lightweight solo:
i) Non-unit construction engines
with an original capacity of
250cc or less,
201
201
23
enjoy the ride
MOTO-TRIALS
ii) Unit construction engines with
an original capacity of 350cc or
less.
d) Post Classic (Twin Shock):
i) For models designed and first
manufactured between 1st
January 1965 to 31st December
1986,
ii) Disc brake models are not
eligible,
iii) Pre-1965 machines that have
been modified so as to provide
a ground clearance or chassis
performance more in keeping
with this era shall compete as
specials in this post classic
category.
23.6
SIDECAR - MOTO-TRIALS
23.6.1 Designs and Dimensions
23.6.1.1 There must be a platform and nose cone
or platform and front plates with the
following dimensions:
a) Overall length must be at least
775mm,
b) The wheel track must be at least
750mm,
c) The nose cone or front plate must
be at least 200mm wide and 200mm
high at the rear. The nose cone
must taper to at least 100mm at the
front.
d) The width from the rear of the nose
cone to the rear of the sidecar must
be at least 200mm.
e) The inner sideboard of the platform
must be either 130mm high or
there must be a gap of no more
than 50mm between the sideboard
and any adjacent point on the
motorcycle.
23.6.1.2 The sidecar and machine wheels, if
exposed, must be valanced on the
inside.
23.6.1.3 Passenger grab rails, handles and straps
may be fitted.
23.6.1.4 Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited.
23.6.1.5 An effective cut out switch must be
attached to the handlebars.
23.6.1.6 Identification plates are required (refer
GCR 12.6).
202
23.6.1.7 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front
and rear wheels.
23.6.1.8 When brake cam arms or lever are of
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
23.7
COMPETITION RULES – MOTO-TRIALS
23.7.1 General
23.7.1.1 The result of a Moto-Trial or any class of
Moto-Trial is decided on the total number
of points lost, the winner being the
competitor who loses the least number of
points.
23.7.1.2 In the hearing and determination of any
protest or appeal arising out of a MotoTrial, video evidence may not be used.
23.7.1.3 In the event of a tie in points, the tie is to
be broken as follows:
a) The competitor who completes the
greatest number of sections without
loss of points wins,
b) If the tie continues, the competitor
wins who completes the greatest
number of sections with the loss of 1
point, 2 points, 3 points and so on,
c) If there is still a tie, a ride-off must
take place, starting from the 1st
section at a severity level decided by
the Clerk of Course and continuing
in numerical order until the tie is
broken.
23.7.1.4 Meetings may be held in the following
categories:
a) Trials,
b) No-Stop Trials,
c) Super Trials.
23.7.1.5 Unless otherwise stipulated in SR all
meetings will run using the trials rules
described in GCR 23.7
23.7.2 Courses
23.7.2.1 Observed sections:
a) Must be clearly named or numbered,
b) Must have a clearly marked start and
finish,
c) Must have clearly marked
boundaries,
d) Must be preceded by an observed
area of the route where the
competitors are controlled,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
23.7.2.2
23.7.2.3
23.7.2.4
b) Must give adequate notice to
competitors of these modifications
provided that such modification will
not justify a supplementary time
allowance for the modified section to
be inspected.
23.7.3 Penalties - Competitions
23.7.3.1 The following terms have the following
respective meanings:
a) Footing occurs when:
i) Any part of the body of the rider
touches the ground,
ii) Any part of the machine other
than the:
Footrests,
Wheels,
Tyres,
Engine casing,
Frame,
Protection plates under the
engine,
Sidecar body,
touches the ground or an obstacle without
stopping progress of the machine,
iii) Sliding a foot along the ground
is deemed to be footing more
than twice,
b) Stopping occurs when the machine
fails to maintain forward progress
relative to the direction of the
course,
c) Dismounting occurs when the rider
has both feet on the ground, on the
same side of or behind the machine.
23.7.3.2 The penalties on the following page
apply:
MOTO-TRIALS
23.7.2.6
MOTO-TRIALS
23
23.7.2.5
e) Must, wherever possible, be
bounded by natural obstacles,
although artificial boundaries may
be used to define the lateral limits of
sections,
f) May be reduced in places by the
use of gates at a minimum width of
1,200mm for solos and 2,000mm for
sidecars.
A machine is deemed to be in an
observed section from the time the front
axle passes the “Section Begins” gate
until the front axle passes the “Section
Ends” gate.
Passage through section must be
indicated by gates which consist of:
a) 2 arrows pointing inwards,
b) An arrow and a natural obstacle or
boundary,
c) Coloured rectangles, red for right
and white for left may be used to
indicate section outer boundaries.
The available width between 2 successive
gates may be limited by means of tape
which must be:
a) Placed no more than 500mm above
the ground,
b) Not inside the line of markers on the
same side.
Where a section is marked by stakes
they must be:
a) Of flexible material,
b) Connected by tape placed no more
than 500mm above the ground,
c) Coloured Red for right and White for
left.
The Promoter:
a) May modify the design of a section
between the passage of the last
competitor on 1 lap and the first
competitor on the following lap, and
23
203
203
23
enjoy the ride
MOTO-TRIALS
INFRINGEMENT
Footing once
Footing twice
Footing more than twice
Stopping without footing
Stopping whilst footing once
Footing twice whilst stopped
Footing more than twice whilst stopped
Moving backwards without footing
Moving backwards whilst footing
Moving either wheel sideways whilst stopped, without footing
The machine crosses a boundary with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground
The machine passes the wrong side of a boundary or grade marker for a riders own
grade with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground.
The machine jumps over a boundary or marker for a riders own grade with both
wheels to avoid part of a course.
Breaking a boundary tape or dislodging a boundary marker
Riding over or riding on or dislodging a grade marker for a riders own grade.
Missing a gate or riding through a gate in the wrong direction, for a riders own grade.
Rider does not have both hands on the handlebar when he foots, whilst stationery
Engine stopping whilst rider stationary and rider footing or leaning
Crossing machine tracks whilst moving forward
The handlebar of the motorcycle touches the ground
Dismounting from the machine with both feet on the ground, on the same side or
behind the machine
Any part of sidecar passenger touching ground or other obstacle
Sidecar failing to maintain forward motion
INFRINGEMENT
Practising on course prior to event
For disorderly conduct towards an official
Rider or Minder arguing with an official
Not vacating a section after failure
Handing in scorecard after finish time (per minute)*
Handing in scorecard more than 30 minutes after finish time*
Losing a scorecard (per section)
Rider or Minder altering a section
Missing a section
Refusing to attempt a section
Minder obstructing or conversing with observer regarding scoring
Late to Scrutineering (per minute)
* Or as detailed in the SR
23.7.3.3 The greatest penalty incurred in a section
is the only one to be taken into account
for each competitor.
23.7.3.4 A competitor who receives the maximum
5 point penalty in a section must vacate
that section either:
204
POINTS LOST
NOSUPER
TRIALS
STOP
TRIALS
TRIALS
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
0
5
0
1
5
5
2
5
5
3
5
5
5
5
0
5
5
5
0
5
0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
POINTS LOST
ALL TRIALS
Exclusion
100
10
10
1
Exclusion
5
5
5
5
5
1
a) At the first available opportunity, or
b) As directed by an official.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
23.7.3.5 A time allowance of 90 seconds is
allowed for each rider to complete
each section. Each rider who fails to
complete a section within the ninety
second time allowance will be deemed
to have failed that section. The time
will start when the rider passes the
section beginning line. The decision
of the observer in charge of this time
measurement shall be deemed a
statement of fact.
Note.
This rule will be applied to the National
Championships, and to all State
Championship rounds. Subject to
inclusion in the SR, any promoter may
choose to apply this rule to other open
events.
23.7.3.6 Where necessary, for Moto-Trials,
organisers may include a time limit to
complete the first lap. This instruction
should be included and defined in the
SR.
23.7.4 Minder - Moto-trials
23.7.4.1 Each competitor in an event may have
a Minder who, for the purposes of these
Rules, will be a competitor.
23.7.4.2 A Minder must be identified as such in
accordance with the requirements of the
SR.
23
23.8
MOTO-TRIALS
AUSTRALIAN
CHAMPIONSHIPS
MOTO-TRIALS
23.8.1 Use of Course
23.8.1.1 For
the
Australian
Moto-Trials
Championships, only those competing for
the championships may use the course
during the period of competition.
23.8.2 Preferred championship Date
23.8.2.1 It is recommended that the Australian
Moto-Trials Championship be conducted
by 31st August in each year.
23.8.3 Standards
23.8.3.1 Promoters must ensure that the standards
of sections must provide for all levels of
competitor in each class.
23.8.3.2 Riders of any nationality may be awarded
an Australian Championship. The MotoTrials Commission recommends that the
Promoter provides a trophy for the best
Australian should an Australian not win
the title.
23.8.4 Handicap
23.8.4.1 The Venables handicap GCR 23.2.1.1(d)
must be used for the Veteran’s class.
205
24
24.1
SUPERMOTO
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING –
SUPERMOTO
24.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Supermoto competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
24.1.1 Helmet
24.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
24.1.2 Clothing
24.1.2.1 A 1-piece leather suit or jacket and
trousers constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability,
which meets FIM requirements,
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i) Shoulders,
ii) Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv) Knees.
24.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
206
24.1.3 Footwear
24.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
24.1.3.2 Motocross boots are approved.
24.1.4 Gloves
24.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
24.1.5 Goggles and Visors
24.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
24.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
24.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
24.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
24.1.7 Footwear in pits
24.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit area at all times.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
24.2
FRAMES AND PARTS- SUPERMOTO
24.2.1 Tyres
24.2.1.1 Knobby tyres are not permitted.
24.2.1.2 Additional cuts and/or grooves may be
made to tyres.
24.2.2 Rims
24.2.2.1 Rims must be up to 17” in S1, S2 and S3
classes.
24.2.2.2 Rims other than 17” may be used in S4,
S5, S6 classes.
24.2.2.3 Any rim size can be used in S7/S8
classes.
24.2.3 Brakes
24.2.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake
pad fixture. The safety wire used on the
brake caliper bolts must be visible.
24.2.4 Hand Protectors
24.2.4.1 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatter proof material.
24.3
ENGINES- SUPERMOTO
24.3.1 General
24.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked
or otherwise secured in the tightened
position in a manner approved by the
Scrutineer.
24.3.1.2 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler
caps and drain plugs must be visible.
24.3.1.3 Where flexible oil lines other than those
supplied as standard equipment by the
original machine manufacturer are used,
they must incorporate high pressure hose
secured by high pressure connections.
Worm drive hose clamps may not be used.
24.3.1.4 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
a) The ground,
b) Tyres or other moving parts over the
full movement of the suspension.
24.3.1.5 Only single or twin cylinder engines may be used.
24.3.1.6 On all engines, an oil catch tank of 500cc
minimum, properly fastened, or a closed
breather system must be installed.
24.3.1.7 The only liquid coolant permitted is
water.
24.3.1.8 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic
fluid levels must be maintained within
manufacturers’ specifications.
24
SUPERMOTO
24.3.1.9 A self-closing throttle must be fitted.
24.3.1.10 A non-return valve must be fitted to the
tank breather pipe which must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 350cc.
24.4
NOISE EMISSIONS - SUPERMOTO
24.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
94/96db(a) unless a lower limit is
provided for in SR
24.5
FUEL- SUPERMOTO
24.6
CAPACITY CLASSES- SUPERMOTO
24.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must :
a) Be unleaded; and
b) Be no more than 100 RON.
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oil for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
CLASS
S1
S2
S3
S4 Clubman
S5 Clubman
S6 Clubman
S7 Junior
S8 Junior
S9 Women’s
Quads Open
2-stroke
Quads. Open
4-stroke
Quads 450cc
Quads 300cc
24.7
CAPACITY
Over 250cc 2-stroke
Over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke
Up to 250cc 2-stroke
Up to 450cc 4-stroke
125cc to 200cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
Open Class
250cc 2-stroke
Up to 450cc 4-stroke
125cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
13-15 years, up to 125cc 2-stroke
13-15 years, up to 250cc 4-stroke
Senior unlimited
Up to 550cc
Up to 700cc
Single 4-stroke
Single 2-stroke
COMPETITION RULES- SUPERMOTO
24.7.0.1 Senior classes of the same capacity may
be combined if provided for in SR.
207
24
SUPERMOTO
24.7.1 Starting
24.7.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
24.7.1.2 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
qualifying for starting grid positions must
be held.
24.7.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
24.7.2 Grid Positions
24.7.2.1 There must be a maximum of 4 riders per
row with a minimum of 1 metre between
riders.
24.7.2.2 There must be a minimum of 4 metres
between rows.
24.7.2.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in
each race.
24.7.3 Stopping and Re-Running
24.7.3.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member,
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a
re-run.
24.7.3.2 If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct,
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
24.7.3.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop
an event and order it to be re-run if it
would be dangerous for it to continue.
24.7.3.4 In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down their
machine in the interests of
safety, or
iii) Left the course in the interests
208
of safety,
enjoy the ride
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from, or
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event;
may not participate.
24.7.3.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed:
i) The stopped race will be
declared null and void,
ii) The race may be re-run,
iii) The re-run race will be for the
full race distance,
iv) The original grid positions will be
used,
v) The place of any machine
unable to take part in the re-run
race will be left vacant,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance, have been
completed:
i) The race may be re-started, but
only once,
ii) The restart must occur no more
than 30 minutes after the race
has been stopped,
iii) The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined
by the order of competitors at
the finish line of the last full lap
of the stopped race,
v) Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted to
participate in the re-started race,
vi) Machines may be repaired
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer,
vii) The stopped race and any rerun will be deemed to be parts
of the 1 race,
viii) The winner will be the
competitor having the highest
number of laps at the finish,
ix) Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x) If at least 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed full
points will be awarded.
xi) If less than 75% of the
scheduled race distance is
completed half points will be
awarded.
24
SUPERMOTO
24.7.4.2 Upon the recommendation of the Clerk
of Course, a board reading “Jump Start”
together with the rider’s number will be
displayed at the start/finish line to a rider
who committed the jumped start.
24.7.4.3 The penalty for a jump start is a mandatory
15 seconds to be added to the infringing
rider(s) time(s).
24.8
AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO
CHAMPIONSHIP
24.8.0.1 The Australian Supermoto
Championships are to be conducted
annually.
24.8.0.2 The method of conducting this
Championship will be listed in the SR for
the Event(s)
24.7.4 Jump Start
24.7.4.1 If the front wheel spindle of the motorcycle
crosses the line which marks the front of
that riders starting position on the grid
before the red light goes out, this will be
considered as an jump start.
209
209
enjoy the ride
25
25.1
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING - ENDURO
& RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Enduro or Reliability Trial
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
25.1.1 Helmet
25.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
25.1.2 Clothing
25.1.2.1 Trousers of:
a) Leather,
b) Nylon lined Motocross type,
c) Padded denim Motocross type,
d) Reinforced padded nylon,
e) Padded waterproof waxed cotton
when worn so that no part of the body is
uncovered when the competitor is in the
normal racing position,
25.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
25.1.2.3 A riding top of:
a) Leather,or
b) Close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre; or
c) Waxed cotton
which leaves no part of the body uncovered
when the competitor is in the normal riding
position
25.1.2.4 Or a 1 piece suit of leather, reinforced
nylon, or waxed cotton
210
25.1.3 Footwear
25.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
machine.
25.1.4 Gloves
25.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of similar
or greater durability.
25.1.5 Goggles and Visors
25.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, and/or helmet visors
must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
25.1.5.2 Tear-offs on goggles are not permitted for
Enduro events.
25.1.5.3 A competitor must, at the start of the event
and each special test, be wearing goggles
or a similar form of eye protection. It is
strongly recommended that the competitor
wear the eye protection at all times during
the event. Where the competitor removes
their eye protection during the course of
an event, they do so entirely at their own
risk.
25.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
25.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
25.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
25.1.7 Footwear in pits
25.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in any
fuel control area, pit area, start area,
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
work area or parc ferme at all times.
25.2
FRAMES AND PARTS - ENDURO &
RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.2.1 Solo Classes
25.2.1.1 The classes for solo are to be determined
by the RCB.
25.2.1.2 Hand lever protectors may be single or
double mounted.
25.2.1.3 If hand lever protectors are fitted, they
must be of shatterproof material.
25.2.1.4 All machines must be fitted with an
effective ignition cut-off switch located on
the handlebars.
25.2.1.5 Where road authority registration is
required, the rear mudguard must be of an
Enduro style, equipped with a rear-facing
tail light clearly visible to following road
users. The must be sufficient space below
the rear light to mount the numberplate.
25.2.1.6 The handlebars must be equipped
with a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars without a cross member must
be equipped with a protection pad located
in the middle of the handlebars, covering
the handlebar clamps.
25.3
NOISE EMISSIONS- ENDURO &
RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 94dB(A)
unless a lower limit is provided for in the
SR or by the circuit hire agreement.
25.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.3.0.3 Noise limits for Enduro machines will
be reduced on the following schedule:
2009
94dB(A).
25.4
FUEL- ENDURO & RELIABILITY
TRIALS
25.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must :
a) Be unleaded; and
b) Be no more than 100 RON.
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
25.4.0.2 For Enduro events, it is recommended
that fuel containers do not exceed 10
litres and are fitted with a suitable pouring
spout.
25.5
COMPETITION RULES- ENDURO &
RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.5.1 Courses
25.5.1.1 Courses must be clearly marked.
25.5.1.2 Each course must:
a) Have time check points which must:
i) Have a digital clock showing
hours minutes and seconds at
the control table,
211
211
25
212
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
ii) Have a check list showing arrival
time of each competitor in the
time check,
iii) Be placed at the entrance to
the parc fermè for the start and
finish of each day of the event,
iv) Be placed at intermediate points
selected by the Promoter and
indicated on the itinerary,
v) Preferably be no less than 5 nor
more than 35 kilometres apart,
vi) Be indicated by:
White flags placed 200 metres,
and
Yellow flags placed 20 metres
before the control table, and
Green flags placed 2 metres
after the control table,
Flags placed on both sides of
the course so as to be clearly
visible to the competitors.
25.5.1.3 Each course may:
a) Have route check points which:
i) Need not be marked on the
route card,
ii) Must be indicated by blue flags
placed on either side of the
course 200 metres before the
route check,
iii) Have a check list of the progress
of each competitor.
b) Have time check points with no
service which:
i) Will display a white flag with
a black cross on both sides of
the track 70 metres before the
control table.
ii) GCR 25.4.11(b),(d) and (f) do
not apply.
25.5.1.4 For multi-day events each course may
have:
a) A final service area before the final
time check point,
b) Before the final service area, a prefinish Time Check, which is a no
service time check.
After which competitors have 15 minutes
to reach the final time check.
25.5.1.5 The area between the yellow and green
flags is considered parc fermè concerning
access.
enjoy the ride
25.5.2 Enduro Flags
25.5.2.1 For Enduros, flags will have the following
meanings:
a) White flags displayed on pegs- Entry
to fuel control- Time check 200
metres,
b) Yellow flags displayed on pegsEntry to time check,
c) Blue flags displayed on pegs- Route
check approx. 200 metres,
d) White flag with Black Cross
displayed on pegs- No service time
check approx. 70 metres,
e) Green Flag displayed on pegs - Exit
from Time Check.
25.5.3 Entries
25.5.3.1 After the closing date for entries:
a) A competitor may apply in writing to
the Race Secretary for permission to
change machines, and be entered in
the relevant class,
b) A team may apply in writing to the
Race Secretary for permission:
i) For a team member to change
machines and be entered in the
relevant class,
ii) To substitute 1 entered team
member for another.
25.5.3.2 The Race Secretary may grant permission
subject to such conditions as he or she
thinks fit or may refuse permission.
25.5.3.3 A competitor who is substituted may not
compete without the permission of the
Race Secretary.
25.5.3.4 No team or competitor may change the
capacity of an entered machine.
25.5.3.5 Applications must be delivered to the
Race Secretary before the preliminary
machine examination.
25.5.4 The Starting Area
25.5.4.1 The starting area must:
a) Contain a parc fermè to which all
access and egress is controlled
and which connects directly to the
working area,
b) Contain a working area from which
there is only 1 exit to the starting
enclosure and where machine
maintenance may be carried out,
c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1
end of which is the starting line and
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
in which the competitors await the
starting signal,
d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise
regulated as to access so as to
prevent the entry of unauthorised
persons,
e) Be in the charge of officials who are
clearly identified,
f) Have its entrance and exit clearly
marked.
25.5.4.2 No competitor or person other than:
a) The Steward,
b) The Clerk of Course, or
c) Any other official in charge thereof
may enter the starting area unless
authorised by a relevant official or
otherwise for purposes permitted under
these Rules.
25.5.4.3 The SR may prescribe the time for
delivery of machines into the starting area
before the start of an event and thereafter
machines must:
a) Remain in the starting area until the
start,
b) Be returned at the end of each day
for detention overnight,
c) Be released in time for the start of
the next day,
d) Be in the open air and not covered in
any manner.
25.5.5 Preliminary Examination
25.5.5.1 Before each event, there must be a
preliminary examination of competing
machines.
25.5.5.2 At the preliminary examination, each
machine may be tested for noise and
marked if it does not exceed the prescribed
noise emission levels.
25.5.5.3 At the conclusion of the preliminary
examination each machine must be
delivered into the parc fermè. No
motorcycle may enter parc fermè without a
stand approved at machine examination.
25.5.5.4 An event commences at the conclusion of
the preliminary examination.
25.5.6 Starting Order and Numbers
25.5.6.1 The starting order of groups or classes
will be as determined by the SR.
25.5.6.2 The starting numbers of riders will be
determined by a draw for each class.
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.5.7 Starting Procedures
25.5.7.1 The start signal for each competitor must
be given as nearly as practicable to that
competitor’s scheduled starting time.
25.5.7.2 It is not permitted to start the engine in:
a) The parc fermè, working area, or
b) The starting area before the starting
signal is given.
25.5.7.3 Within 1 minute of the signal being given,
the competitor must:
a) Start the engine at the starting line
using the machine’s kick starter or
starter motor,
b) Cross a second line 20 metres from
the starting line under engine power.
25.5.7.4 A competitor who arrives at the starting
line more than 1 minute late for that
competitor’s allocated starting time:
a) Will lose 60 points for every minute
late,
b) Must be allocated a new start time
which must be the indicated time of
arrival at the starting line ignoring
seconds,
c) Must comply with standard starting
procedures,
25.5.7.5 If the competitor is more than 60 minutes
late, they will be excluded for the day.
25.5.7.6 On each day of the event, competitors
may enter the parc fermè 15 minutes
before their starting times and move their
machines by hand to the entry to the work
area.
25.5.7.7 Competitors will have 10 minutes before
their starting times to carry out machine
preparation.
25.5.8 Event Procedures
25.5.8.1 For Enduros, the total time for the day of
competition must not exceed 71/2 hours,
including the 15 minutes at the final time
check
25.5.8.2 Competitors must at all times during the
event:
a) Remain on the course,
b) Follow the competition direction.
25.5.8.3 At the beginning or end of a lap, a section
or day the Clerk of Course, due to weather
or other conditions, may:
a) Declare a section of the course to be
impassable and in that event:
i) That section will cease to be part 213
213
25
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
of the course, and
ii) Any penalties incurred in that
section will not be taken into
account in scoring for the event.
b) Change the time schedule for the
section to a slower schedule.
25.5.8.4 Each competitor must be allocated a
starting time and a time for each section
between time checks.
25.5.8.5 The recorded arrival time for each
competitor in a section is the starting time
for that competitor in the next section.
25.5.8.6 During an event, a competitor must not
stop between the yellow flags and the
control table.
25.5.8.7 A competitor may pass the final time
check at the entrance to the parc fermè
early, without penalty.
25.5.8.8 At the end of any event there may be a
final examination at which any 1 or more
of the machines may be impounded for
examination.
25.5.8.9 If a competitor can convince the Jury he
was delayed by abnormal circumstances
outside his control, (e.g. providing
assistance to an injured competitor),
an allowance may be granted. Alleged
baulking by another competitor is not an
abnormal circumstance.
25.5.8.10 When the case of a rider is under
discussion he may continue in the event
until the jury makes the final decision.
25.5.9 Restarts
25.5.9.1 A competitor who retires, or is excluded
from an event for a day:
a) For multi-day events, may restart in
the competition on following days
from the rear of the field,
b) For single day events, or if the
competitor is excluded or retires for a
second time from a multi-day event,
may not continue on the course.
25.5.9.2 To be eligible to restart, a competitor must
deliver the machine to the parc fermè at
least 60 minutes before the amended
start time.
25.5.10 Time Cards, Route Cards and Itinerary
25.5.10.1 Each competitor must stop at all time
checkpoints and route checkpoints.
25.5.10.2 Time cards must be issued and route
cards may be issued:
214
a) For the first day, at the preliminary
enjoy the ride
examination,
b) For all other days, as competitors
leave the parc fermè at the end of
the previous day.
25.5.10.3 Time cards:
a) Must be presented at each control
table, or, on demand, to an official,
b) Must be handed in at the end of
each day to the final control official,
c) Must not be altered or obliterated by
any competitor,
d) Must not be exchanged between
competitors,
e) Must, in the event of loss, be
replaced by the official in charge of
the next time control,
f) May show the prescribed running
time for each section.
25.5.10.4 Route cards:
a) Must be presented at all route
checks,
b) Must be handed in at the end of
each day to the final control official,
c) Must not be altered or obliterated by
any competitor,
d) Must not be exchanged between
competitors,
e) Must, in the event of loss, be
replaced by the official in charge of
the next time control.
25.5.10.5 Itineraries:
a) Must be issued at the preliminary
examination or displayed prominently
in the starting area,
b) Must clearly indicate all competition
distances and show the prescribed
running time for each section,
c) Must contain samples of signs or
indicators used for course markings,
d) Are, for all purposes connected with the
competition, deemed to be accurate.
25.5.11 Maintenance, Repair, Alteration and
Refueling
25.5.11.1 A machine may be cleaned, altered,
repaired or refueled during an event as
follows:
a) Subject to sub-Rule b), assistance is
not permitted during the course of an
event,
b) A competitor may receive assistance
for the following:
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
25
i) Refueling,
ii) Removing, replacing and
replenishing:
Coolant,
Engine and gearbox lubricating
oils and removal and
replacement of oil filters.
iii) Removing air from the braking
circuit,
iv) Inflating tubes and tyres.
No work on the machine may take
place:
i) In any tent, vehicle or other
enclosed place,
ii) In the parc fermè,
iii) In the Time Check area.
Subject to sub-Rule e), a competitor
may, for the purposes of carrying out
alterations or repairs, receive tools,
tubes and air bottles at any place on
the course.
A competitor may not receive or use
the following tools:
i) Any form of welding equipment
other than for repairs to the
exhaust system,
ii) Pressure cleaning apparatus,
iii) Electrical and air powered tools
operated by remote connection.
A competitor may, for the purposes
of carrying out alterations or repairs,
receive spare parts:
i) In the working area in the
starting area,
ii) Between the white and yellow
flags adjacent to a time check
point.
A competitor may leave used parts
where the alterations or repairs were
carried out.
Junior competitors may receive parts
anywhere on the course.
For repairs to an exhaust silencer:
i) Repairs must be carried out
under the supervision of an
official,
ii) A competitor will be allowed 1
hour from the original scheduled
finishing time to complete
repairs,
iii) The repaired machine must
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
submit to a noise test before
being allowed to enter the parc
fermè at the end of the day.
The engine must be stopped
during refuelling.
The rider must dismount from the
motorcycle during refuelling..
An environmental mat or other
effective device is required to be
used when refueling.The minimum
dimensions of the mat or other
effective devices must be at least
500mm x 500mm. The penalty
for non compliance may be
discretionary.
No fuel may be carried other than
in a tank or container permanently
attached to the machine,
Unless otherwise stated in the SR,
replacement of any fluids except
water or coolant is only permitted in
the work area and at a Time Check
between the white and yellow flags
where service is permitted,
There must be at least 1 refueling
depot every 50 km.
Tyres may only be changed:
i) At the final service area,
ii) In the work area at the start.
25.5.12 Assistance
25.5.12.1 All outside assistance is forbidden, other
than the normal assistance given at the
Official Time Checks and to clean the
number plates and plastic parts of the
motorcycle with the aid of a sponge or
cloth.
25.5.12.2 The term “outside assistance” refers to
the act involved when any person, other
than the rider or an official performing
his duties, comes into contact with the
motorcycle.
25.5.12.3 No machine may be moved otherwise
than by:
a) Its engine, or
b) The actions of its rider.
25.5.12.4 No competitor may be accompanied
anywhere on the course or receive or
transmit communications electronically.
25.5.12.5 Junior competitors may receive outside
assistance anywhere on the course.
25.5.12.6 In any replentishment area, the chain
215
can be lubricated but only the rider is 215
25
enjoy the ride
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
allowed to do this work.
25.5.13 Inspection and Marking
25.5.13.1 At any time check a relevant official:
a) Must record the time as displayed on
the clock when the competitor’s time
card is presented,
b) May inspect any machine,
c) May mark any part,
d) May direct the alteration of any
machine which does not comply with
any requirement of these Rules or
the SR,
e) May direct the administration of any
noise or other test,
f) May report any competitor or
machine to the jury or a key official.
25.5.13.2 Any competitor required to submit to a
noise test under the preceding Rule:
a) May request further tests during
the 30 minutes next after the
completion of the initial test,
b) May be required, at the expiration of
that time, to submit to a further test,
c) May not continue in the event if,
at the expiration of that time, the
machine does not comply with the
prescribed noise emission levels.
25.5.14 Timed Tests
25.5.14.1 Timed tests must be as follows:
a) Average speed must not exceed 50
km/h.
b) Competitors may inspect test
courses on foot but not by wheeled
vehicle,
c) Be safe and of a reasonable degree
of difficulty,
d) For multi-day events, be marked
not less than 48 hours before the
scheduled start time for the test,
e) A rider who leaves the test course
and gains an advantage may incur
penalties as in GCR 4.3.2.
25.5.15 Cross Tests and Enduro Tests
25.5.15.1 Cross tests and Enduro tests must be as
follows:
a) Cross test courses must:
i) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres
in length,
ii) Be specially prepared for the
test,
216
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
iii) Have safety zones at all bends
and other places of potential
danger to spectators, with
a minimum width of 1 metre
to which spectators have no
access,
iv) Start within 1 kilometre of a
time check point,
v) Have the start and finish line in
the same vicinity.
Enduro test courses must:
i) Be readily accessible to a 4
wheel drive vehicle,
ii) Be on a section of the course
between 2 time checks,
iii) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres
in length,
iv) Be untimed during the first lap
and timed during subsequent
laps.
Each competitor must:
i) Start with the engine running,
ii) Come to a stop at the start line,
as directed by an official, and
start within 10 seconds after
being directed by the official,
iii) The riders start time will be the
moment the front wheel moves
past the recording device or
at the expiration of the 10
seconds.
More than 1 test may be run on the
same course in each day,
Tests must have flying finishes
with each competitor’s time being
recorded at the point of crossing the
finish line,
Competitors may inspect special
test courses on foot,
As each competitor finishes they
must resume the principal course
without stopping.
25.5.16 Final Test
25.5.16.1 At the end of an event, there may be a
final test which must:
a) Be conducted on a closed circuit,
b) Consist of not less than 5 or more
than 10 laps, with the actual
number of laps prescribed in the
SR,
c) Cover not less than 10 or more
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
than 18 kilometres.
25.5.16.2 Before the start of the test all machines
must be delivered to a parc fermè.
25.5.16.3 Prior to competition, there will be a
voluntary escorted preliminary lap of
the course.
25.5.16.4 Tests will be divided into groups based
on classes.
25.5.16.5 Should a competitor finish the road test
late, the competitor may be transferred
to another group.
25.5.16.6 Restart competitors must not compete
in a test with competitors who are still in
the competition. They may compete in
a separate test. if 1 is scheduled by the
organisers
25.5.16.7 For multi-day events, massed starts
must be used with grid positions
determined by placings at the end of
the previous day.
25.5.16.8 For 1 day events, grid positions must be
allocated by the Promoter.
25.5.16.9 At the conclusion of the proscribed
number of laps by the leading rider, the
chequered flag will be shown. From the
time the race winner takes the chequered
flag 5 minutes will be allowed for other
riders to complete the lap they are on,
after which the test is over
25.5.16.10 Should a competitor finish the road test
late, the competitor may be transferred
to another group.
25.5.17 Finish of Event
25.5.17.1 All finishing machines may be
impounded for 30 minutes.
25.5.17.2 For each machine an event finishes:
a) If there is a final examination, at
the conclusion of the examination
of the machine,
b) If there is no final examination, at
the moment the machine arrives at
the final time check.
25.5.18 Penalties
25.5.18.1 Penalty points are incurred as follows:
PENALTY
Late arrival at the start line
Not crossing the 20m line under
power within time
POINTS
60 points per
minute
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
PENALTY
Early and late arrival at a time check
Stopping between yellow flags and
control table at time check
Starting of engine in starting area
prior to start signal
Starting the engine in the parc fermè
or work area
Uncompleted day for a competitor
Special tests - for each 1/100 sec
Final test – for each uncompleted lap
plus the time of the slowest completed
test time in the same class
Individuals who restart – per day plus
points for completed special tests
POINTS
60 points per
minute
60 points
60 points
120 points
7,200 points
1/100 point
60 points
7200 points
25.5.19 Classification of Individuals & Teams
25.5.19.1 Classification will be determined inversely
by the number of penalty points incurred
by each competitor or team.
25.5.19.2 For individuals, daily penalty points will
be accumulated.
25.5.19.3 For teams:
a) On any day, the score awarded to a
team from an individual competitor
will be the difference between that
competitor’s point score for that day
and the point score of the lowest
scoring competitor for that day in the
same class.
b) Daily penalty points will be
accumulated.
25.5.19.4 Where a competitor is a member of a
team:
a) The team will incur 15,000 penalty
points for each day of the event that
that rider does not complete.
b) If the competitor is permitted to restart
after exclusion for a day, the team
will incur 15,000 points for the day
the competitor was excluded plus
15,000 for each following day.
25.5.20 Exclusion from an Event
25.5.20.1 A competitor is liable to be excluded from
an event for any of the following acts
during the event:
a) Competing on a machine with an
engine capacity different from that
10 points
217
217
25
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
218
stated on the entry form,
b) Receiving spare parts:
i) Outside the working area, or
ii) At time checks outside the area
between the white and yellow
flags,
c) Replacing any marked part without
authorization,
d) Without authorisation, entering the
parc fermè other than to collect or
deliver the machine,
e) In the parc fermè:
i) Touching any other competitor’s
machine,
ii) Touching his or her machine
other than for purposes of
collection or delivery,
f) Smoking in the parc fermè, working
area, or between the white and
yellow flags,
g) Placing the machine in the parc
fermè more than 2 hours after the
competitor’s scheduled finishing
time,
h) Without authorisation, placing the
machine in any tent, vehicle or other
enclosed place,
i) Carrying fuel on a machine other
than in a permanently attached tank
or container,
j) Not stopping the engine during
refueling,
k) Without authorisation:
i) Communicating with
accompanying persons,
ii) Being accompanied by another
competitor,
iii) Accompanying another
competitor.
l) Not observing traffic regulations,
m) Knowingly failing to hand in time
cards at the finish of each day,
n) Altering a time card or route card or
using another rider’s card,
o) Practicing on the special test course,
p) Inspecting the special test course
other than on foot,
q) Riding against the direction of the
course,
r) Competing on a machine the engine
of which exceeds the maximum
enjoy the ride
capacity of the entered class.
25.5.21 Exclusion for a Day
25.5.21.1 A competitor is liable to be excluded for
the day from an event if, during that day,
they do any of the following:
a) Failing to pass a noise control test,
b) Refueling outside refueling areas,
c) Failing to deposit the machine in the
parc fermè forthwith after the final
check-in of the day,
d) Entering the parc fermè with the
engine running,
e) Receiving outside assistance other
than for purposes of:
i) Refueling,
ii) Removing, replacing and
replenishing:
 Coolant,
 Brake fluids,
 Engine and gearbox lubricating
oils. and removal and replacement
of oil filters.
f) Inflating tubes and tyres,
g) Arriving more than 60 minutes late
for:
i) The start,
ii) A time check.
h) Moving the machine otherwise than
by:
i) Its engine, or
ii) The actions of the competitor,
i) Riding off the course or against the
course direction,
j) Failing to get the time card and/or
control check list marked at a time
check,
k) Missing a time check or a route
check,
l) Changing tyres other than:
i) At the final service area, or
ii) In the working area in the start
area,
m) Receiving or using prohibited tools.
25.5.21.2 A competitor liable to the penalties
prescribed in the 2 preceding Rules may
apply to the Steward for a reduction in
penalty. The Steward, on being satisfied
that penalties were incurred in exceptional
circumstances, may:
a) Determine that no penalty should be
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
imposed,
b) Impose a lesser penalty.
25.5.22 Explanation of Results
25.5.22.1 A competitor may, no more than 24 hours
after the publication of the results of
any day’s run, request from the Clerk of
Course an explanation of those results.
25.6
COMPETITION RULES -JUNIOR
ENDURO
25.6.1.1 These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB by
laws or by the event SR.
25.6.2 Frames and Parts - Junior Enduro
25.6.2.1 Junior Solo wheel sizes:
CLASS
FRONT
50cc Demo
10” (254mm)
50cc Auto
65cc
85cc 2- &
150 cc 4-stroke
100cc
125cc - 200cc
2-stroke
250cc 4-stroke
10” (254mm)
12” (305mm)
14” (356mm)
16” to 19”
(407mm to 482mm)
85cc Big Wheel
10”or 12”
(254 or 305mm)
14” to 15”
(356 to 381mm)
15” to 17”
(381 to 432mm)
18” to 21”
(457 to 534mm)
18” to 21”
(457 to 534mm)
17” to 21”
(432 to 534mm)
17” to 21”
(432 to 534mm)
REAR
25.6.2.2 Solo handlebars must be securely plugged
and have the following widths.
CLASS
80cc
80cc 4-stroke
100cc
200cc 2-stroke and 250cc 4-stroke
WIDTH (mm)
800
800
850
850
25.6.3 Engines - Junior Enduro
25.6.3.1 Maximum capacity of motorcycles for
Junior Enduro is 200cc 2-Stroke and
250cc 4-Stroke.
25.6.4 Enduro Courses- Junior
25.6.4.1 Enduro courses for juniors should have
time checks no less than 5km and no
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
more than 20km apart.
25.6.4.2 Enduro courses for juniors must have 1
refueling stop every 35km.
25.6.4.3 For Junior Enduros the total time for
the day of competition must not exceed
4 hours, including the 15 minutes at
the final time check
25.6.5 Junior Special Tests
25.6.5.1 Junior riders may receive assistance
starting their machine at the special
test start line.
25.6.5.2 Junior riders may be given a new start
time should they stall their machine on
the start line.
25.7
AUSTRALIAN 4 DAY ENDURO
CHAMPIONSHIPS
25.7.1 Description of A4DE
25.7.1.1 The Australian Enduro championships
will be a 4 day event known as the
Australian 4 Day Enduro (“A4DE”).
The A4DE will determine both the
Australian Team’s and the Australian
Individual Championships.
25.7.2 A4DE Entries
25.7.2.1 The number of entries, both as to
maximum and minimum numbers, will
be as specified in the SR.
25.7.2.2 The closing date for entries will be 14
days before the event.
25.7.2.3 Priority will be given to teams over
individuals.
25.7.2.4 Each team entering for the event may
nominate a manager.
25.7.2.5 Team manager’s names must be
submitted to the Promoter no later
than the end of the preliminary
examination.
25.7.2.6 The team manager is responsible for
representing the team.
25.7.3 A4DE Jury
25.7.3.1 Each State which has entered a Trophy
Team or a Junior Trophy Team may
nominate a representative for the Jury,
subject to GCR 2.5.11.3.
219
219
25
enjoy the ride
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.7.4 A4DE Solo Classes
CLASS
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
25.7.5
25.7.5.1
CAPACITY
Up to 200cc 2-Stroke.
220cc to 250cc 2 stroke
Up to 250cc 4-Stroke.
290cc to 450cc 4 stroke
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke and
Over 500cc 4-Stroke.
A4DE Veteran Class
Riders must have turned 35 years before
1st January in the year of competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.7.6
A4DE Masters Class
Riders must have turned 45 years of age
before the 1st January in the year of
competition. Machines may be of any
capacity.
25.7.7
A4DE Women’s Class
25.7.7.1 Women may ride machines of any
capacity.
25.7.7.2 To constitute a class, the number of
contestants entered and competeing will
be 6.
25.7.7.3 Should there be insufficient numbers in
this class, each competitor will compete
in the appropriate capacity class
25.7.8 Change of Machine
25.7.8.1 After the closing date for entries:
a) A competitor may apply in writing
to the jury for permission to change
machines,
b) A team may apply in writing to the
jury for permission:
i) For a team member to change
machines or to ride the entered
machine in a class different from
the 1 for which it was entered,
ii) To substitute 1 entered team
member for another.
c) Applications must be delivered to
the Clerk of the Course before the
preliminary machine examination,
d) The jury may grant permission
subject to such conditions as it thinks
fit or may refuse permission,
e) No team or competitor may change
the capacity of an entered machine.
25.7.9 Eligibility
25.7.9.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the
A4DE.
220
25.7.9.2 All machines entered in the A4DE must
have:
a) Working commercially available
headlight and tail light, visible to
other road users, either:
i) Permanently wired to illuminate,
or
ii) Able to be switched on or off
by a single switch mounted
on the handlebar or headlight
assembly,
b) A working brake light, visible to other
road users, operated by the brake
pedal or handlebar brake lever,
c) Other requirements as specified in
the SR to comply with road traffic
laws of the host State,
25.7.9.3 No motorcycle may enter the A4DE parc
fermè without a fixed stand approved at
machine examination.
25.7.9.4 Where a stand breaks during 1 of the days
of competition, the competitor has until the
end of the next day’s competition to repair
or replace the stand. In the meantime,
the machine will be allowed into the parc
fermè without a stand under conditions
decided by the Clerk of Course. Failure
to repair of replace the stand within the
prescribed time will result in exclusion for
the event.
25.7.10 Cancellation
25.7.10.1 MA may, if it considers that there are
insufficient entries for an A4DE, cancel
the event.
25.7.10.2 In the event of a cancellation under this
Rule, entry fees must be refunded.
25.8
THE COURSE – A4DE
25.8.1 Requirements of Course
25.8.1.1 The course must consist of roads that are
passable in all kinds of weather.
25.8.1.2 The total distance to be covered will be no
less than 600 km nor more than 1,000 km
with no more than 3 laps each day.
25.8.1.3 The course must be marked with a
different colour for each day.
25.8.1.4 A draft of the proposed SR for the event,
together with samples of all marking signs
to be used in the event, must be delivered
to the Enduro Commission not less than 4
months before the date of the event.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
25.8.1.5 The starting order must be established
to allow the Trophy, Junior Trophy and
selected seeded riders to start first
25.8.1.6 Riders not in Trophy Teams may be seeded
The seeded position of riders must be
approved by the Enduro Commission.
25.8.1.6 At the end of each day the course must:
a) Have a final service area before the
final time check point,
b) Have before the final service area, a
pre-finish time check point,
i) Which is a no service time
check,
ii) After which competitors have 15
minutes to reach the final time
check.
25.8.1.7 The starting area must:
a) Contain a parc fermè to which all
access and egress is controlled
and which connects directly to the
working area,
b) Contain a working area from which
there is only 1 exit to the starting
enclosure and where machine
maintenance may be carried out,
c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1
end of which is the starting line and
in which the competitors await the
starting signal,
d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise
regulated as to access so as to
prevent the entry of unauthorised
persons,
e) Be in the charge of officials who are
clearly identified,
f) Have its entrance and exit clearly
marked.
25.8.2 Completion of Course
25.8.2.1 Subject to the following sub-Rules, each
competitor must complete all 4 runs.
25.8.2.2 A competitor who is excluded for 1 day:
a) May restart on the next following day,
but
b) If excluded for a further 1 day, may
not restart.
25.8.2.3 For a team to be classified as finishing, at
least 1 rider must complete the course.
25.8.2.4 If the event is stopped prematurely by the
jury it cannot be re-run.
25.8.2.5 If the event is stopped before the majority
of riders have completed half the total
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
distance the event will be declared null
and void.
25.8.2.6 If the event is stopped at a later stage the
jury will decide whether the event is void
or declare such results and awards as
they consider justified according to the
circumstances.
25.8.3 Tests of Course
25.8.3.1 On each of the first 3 days there must be
at least 4 special tests which must consist
of at least 1 Enduro test and 1 cross
test.
a) At the end of the final day there
must be a final test,or
b) There must be a shortened final day
with at least 3 timed tests.
25.9 PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION- A4DE
25.9.1 Preliminary Examination - Marking of Parts
25.9.1.1 The Scrutineer must, using paint, mark the
following parts with competitor’s numbers
as follows:
a) Main section of the frame on the
right hand side of steering head - 1
b) Hub of each wheel 2
c) Right side of crankcase 1
d) Exhaust system 1
25.9.1.2 The markings on wheel hubs, crankcase
and exhaust system must be heat
resistant.
25.9.1.3 Other than for the purpose of repairs and
maintenance authorised under these
Rules, no competitor may, during an
event, without authorisation replace or
change, or cause or permit to be replaced
or changed, any part marked at the
preliminary examination.
25.9.1.4 The use of an environmental mat, or
other effective device, is obligatory
at the place where assistance
and refueling is authorised by the
organiser.
25.10 PUBLICATION OF RESULTS- A4DE
25.10.1 Publications of Results Requirements
25.10.1.1 Subject to the following Rule, the results
of each day of the competition must be
published as soon as possible after the
completion of the day.
25.10.1.2 If it is impracticable to publish in
221
221
25
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
accordance with the preceding Rule,
the results must be published before the
evening jury meeting and competitors
must be informed not later than the time
for resumption of the next day.
25.11 A4DE AWARDS
25.11.1 A4DE Awards – The Challenge Trophy
25.11.1.1 The Trophy is an Australian Championship
competition for State teams, and other
invited teams.
25.11.1.2 Subject to the following 2 Rules, each
SCB may enter 1 team comprising 6
competitors whose licences must have
been issued by that SCB.
25.11.1.3 MNSW may enter, in addition to its own
team, an ACT team which comprises
a team of competitors in which each
competitor:
a) Must hold a licence issued by
MNSW;
b) Must have a licence, which names
an ACT Club.
25.11.1.4 An SCB, which includes in its team a
competitor:
a) Who has previously held a licence
issued in Australia; and
b) Who is competing under Chapter 3;
must have been the issuing SCB for that
previous Australian licence.
25.11.1.5 The 6 motorcycles of each team must belong
to at least 3 different capacity classes.
25.11.1.6 The winning team will be awarded the
Challenge Trophy.
25.11.1.7 Each member of the winning team will be
awarded a souvenir trophy.
25.11.1.8 The second and third placed teams will
receive special awards.
25.11.1.9 The results of the Challenge Trophy will
be established in the following order:
a) The team with the highest number of
riders finishing the event.
b) The team with the lowest number of
points.
25.11.1.10 Ties will be resolved in the following
manner:
a) The score of the rider with the
highest number of points will be
deducted from the team’s total
points.
222
b) If a tie still exists, the scores of the
enjoy the ride
2 riders with the highest number
of points will be deducted from the
team’s total points.
25.11.1.11 Riders nominated in the Veterans,
Masters and Women’s class are not
eligible for the Trophy Team.
25.11.2 A4DE Awards – The Junior Trophy
25.11.2.1 The Junior Trophy is an Australian
Championship for State Teams, and other
invited national teams.
25.11.2.2 Subject to the following 2 Rules, each
SCB may enter 1 team comprising 4
competitors whose licences must have
been issued by that SCB.
25.11.2.3 MNSW may enter, in addition to its own
team, an ACT team which comprises
a team of competitors in which each
competitor:
a) Must hold a licence issued by
MNSW;
b) Must have a licence, which names
an ACT Club.
25.11.2.4 An SCB, which includes in its team a
competitor:
a) Who has previously held a licence
issued in Australia; and
b) Who is competing under Chapter 3.
must have been the issuing SCB for that
previous Australian licence.
25.11.2.5 Each competitor must be under the age of
23 years as at January 1 in the year of the
event
25.11.2.6 A rider nominated for a Trophy Team
cannot also be a member of a Junior
Trophy Team.
25.11.2.7 The 4 motorcycles in each team must be
at least of 2 different classes.
25.11.2.8 Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.2.9 Each member of the winning team will be
awarded a souvenir trophy.
25.11.2.10 The second and third placed teams will
receive special awards.
25.11.2.11 Riders nominated in the Women’s class are
not eligible for the Junior Trophy Team.
25.11.3 A4DE Awards – The Club Team Awards
25.11.3.1 The Club Team Awards are a competition
into which each SCB may enter 1 or more
teams.
25.11.3.2 A Club Team:
a) Must be nominated by a
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25.11.3.3
25.11.3.4
25.11.3.5
25.11.3.6
25.11.3.7
25
motorcycling club affiliated to the
SCB;
b) Must consist of 3 riders;
No competitor may be a member of more
than 1 club team
Competitors in the Trophy, Junior Trophy
or Motorcycle Trade team events are
ineligible for this competition.
Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
The first 3 club teams will receive special
awards.
Riders nominated as Veterans, Masters
and Women’s classes are eligible and
classification points will be calculated as
per the Veterans, Masters and Women’s
classes.
25.11.4 A4DE Awards – The Trade Team Awards
25.11.4.1 The Trade Team Awards are a competition
in which any trader within the motorcycle
trade may enter a team consisting of 3
riders.
25.11.4.2 A competitor may not be a member of
more than 1 trade team
25.11.4.3 A competitor in a Club team is ineligible
for this competition.
25.11.4.4 Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.4.5 The 3 best teams will receive special
awards.
25.11.4.6 Riders nominated as Veterans, Masters
and Women’s classes are eligible but will
be scored as per the capacity class of the
motorcycle they are riding.
25.11.5 A4DE Awards – The Individual Riders
Medals
25.11.5.1 The Gold Medal of MA will be awarded to
all riders whose total number of points do
not exceed 110% of the number of points
achieved by the first rider of that class.
25.11.5.2 The Silver Medal of MA will be awarded to
all riders whose total number of points do
not exceed 140% of the number of points
achieved by the first rider of that class.
25.11.5.3 The Bronze Medal of MA will be awarded
to all riders who complete the A4DE within
the allotted time.
25.12
CROSS COUNTRY
25.12.0.1 These rules are additional to and/or
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other Enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB
bylaws or the event SR.
25.12.0.2 Cross Country is an off road, natural
terrain, continuous multi-lap event with
each lap being between 10 kms and 20
kms in length. The rider or team in each
class completing the most laps in the
least elapsed time will be declared the
winner of the class.
25.12.0.3 Cross Country events may be run over:
a) A specified number of laps, or
b) A specified length of time.
25.12.0.4 Cross Country events must:
a) Start with riders lined up in single
rows,
b) Have a maximum of 40 riders per
row,
c) Start only 1 row at a time,
d) Have a minimum of 1 minute
between rows starting,
25.12.0.5 Prior to competition there will be an
escorted preliminary lap of the course
25.12.0.6 Outside mechanical assistance is
permitted in areas designated by the
organiser (including receiving tools and
parts).
25.12.1 Cross Country Pony Express
25.12.1.1 Pony Express is a form of Cross Country
racing in which usually riders participate
under the following conditions:
a) 2 riders and 2 machines,
b) 2 riders and 1 machine,
c) Iron man Class - 1 rider and 1
machine.
25.12.2 Sprint
25.12.2.1 These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB
by-laws or the event SR.
25.12.2.2 Sprint is an off road, natural terrain
event consisting of a number of heats of
a short course. Each heat is set along
the lines of an Enduro Special Test. The
rider in each class with the least total
elapsed time will be declared the winner
of the class.
25.12.2.3 Sprint heats will adhere to Enduro rules
223
223
25
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
for Timed tests (GCR 25.5.14)
25.12.2.4 The Clerk of Course will confirm the
number of heats to be run on the day
as soon as practical after the end of the
first heat.
25.12.2.5 To be considered a finisher, riders must
start all heats and complete at least
75% of the heats.
25.12.2.6 A rider who does not complete a heat
will be awarded the slowest heat time in
their class plus 100 seconds.
25.12.2.7 In National and Open Competitions a
rider is only permitted to enter 1 class
of the event.
25.12.2.8 Multiple entry of 1 machine in the same
class is not permitted.
25.12.2.9 Full mechanical assistance is permitted
in areas designated by the organiser.
25.12.2.10 A Cross Country Sprint may include a
timed enduro loop between each heat.
25.12.2.11 Prior to competition there will be an
escorted preliminary lap of the sprint
25.13.4 Australian Off Road ChampionshipVeterans Class.
25.13.4.1 Riders must have turned 35 years before
January 1 in the year of competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.13
25.13.7 Validity of Championships
25.13.7.1 For a Championship to be awarded in
a class there must be a valid field in at
least 75% of the rounds in that class (a
minimum of 10 competitors for each class
except the Womens class which must
have a minimum of 6 for 2008 and 10
thereafter) otherwise the total of all rounds
will not constitute a Championship
AUSTRALIAN OFF ROAD
CHAMPIONSHIPS
25.13.1 Description of AOR Championships
25.13.1.1 The Australian Off Road Championships
will be decided over a series of events
from the enduro discipline. These may
include Enduro, Sprint, Cross Country and
Enduro Sprint. The number of rounds will
be prescribed in the series supplementary
regulations.
25.13.2 Australian Off Road Championship Entries
25.13.2.1 For a Championship to be awarded
there must be a minimum of 10 entries
in each class (Women minimum of 6
entries for 2009) for each round of the
Championship
25.13.3 Australian Off Road Championship classes
224
enjoy the ride
CLASS
CAPACITY
Class E1
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 200cc to
250cc 4 stroke
Class E2
175cc to 250cc 2 stroke & 290cc to
450cc 4 stroke
Class E3
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke & 475cc to
650cc 4 stroke
25.13.5 Australian Off Road ChampionshipMasters Class
25.13.5.1 Riders must have turned 45 years before
January 1 in the year of the competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.13.6 Australian Off Road ChampionshipWomens Class
25.13.6.1 Women may ride machines of any
capacity.
25.13.6.2 To constitute a class, there must be a
minimum of 6 competitors entered and
competing in the Womens class. From
January 1, 2009 the minimum number
will be 10.
25.13.6.3 Should there be insuffficient numbers in
this class, the riders will be included in the
appropriate capacity class.
25.13.8 Australian Off Road Eligibility
25.13.8.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the
Australian Off Road Championships.
25.13.8.2 All machines must comply with GCRs
25.2.1.2 to 25.2.1.6.
25.13.8.3 The use of an environment mat, or other
effective device is obligatory at the
place where assistance and refueling
is authorised by the organiser.
25.13.9 Australian Off Road Awards
25.13.9.1 Winners and place getters will receive MA
medallions as per GCR 13.3.1
25.13.9.2 Other awards and/or prizemoney will be
awarded as detailed in the Event SR
WINNING PARTNERSHIP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
26.1
MINIKHANA
INTRODUCTION
The following Minikhana Rules are written to
facilitate the organisation of uniform, safe and fair
competitions.
26.2.4
26.2.4.1
The express purpose of Minikhana motorcycling is the
development of riding skills and techniques for junior
competitors by providing an organised competition,
where skill, rather than speed is the determining
factor.
26.2.5
26.2.5.1
26.2
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING- MINIKHANA
26.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Minikhana competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
26.2.1 Helmet
26.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
26.2.2 Clothing
26.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or a non-combustible
synthetic material.
26.2.2.2 A long sleeved shirt or jersey which must
be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre,
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
26.2.2.3 For Minicross, mini Enduro and Reliability
events commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn.
26.2.3 Footwear
26.2.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
b) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of
26.2.6
26.2.6.1
26.2.6.2
26.2.7
26.2.7.1
26.3
the length of the lower leg, with the rider
in a racing position on the machine
Gloves
Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
Goggles and Visors
Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
Hair and Jewellery
Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
Footwear in pits
Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit area or any competition area at all
times.
FRAMES AND PARTS- MINIKHANA
26.3.0.1 All machines must remain standard with
the manufacturer’s specifications with
the exception of:
a) Exhaust system,
b) Gearing,
c) Carburettor jetting,
d) Plastics,
e) Handlebars.
26.3.0.2 With the exception of rear shock
absorber(s), all motorcycles shall comply
with the manufacturer’s specifications.
26.3.0.3 Efficient brakes must be fitted as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
26.3.0.4 When the brake arm or lever is of the
227
26
enjoy the ride
MINIKHANA
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
26.3.0.5 An ignition cut out switch, operating on
the primary circuit must be fitted to the
handlebars in an accessible position.
26.3.0.6 Handlebar pads must be fitted over
crossbar or handlebar mounting clamp.
26.3.0.7 Handlebar ends must be securely plugged.
26.3.0.8 Handlebar lever protectors, where fitted,
must be single mounted.
26.3.0.9 All glass and plastic lenses shall be either
removed or covered with a fabric backed tape.
26.3.0.10 Front and rear mudguards to be fitted.
26.3.0.11 Wheel sizes:
CLASS
FRONT
REAR
Miniwheel
14”
12”
Standard Wheel
17”
14”
Big Wheel
19”
16”
26.4
ENGINES- MINIKHANA
26.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 95dB(A)
as measured in GCR 12.10
26.4.0.2 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.10
26.4.0.3 The maximum capacity of any engine
in Minikhana is 100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke .
26.5
CLASSES & CATEGORIES- MINIKHANA
26.5.0.1 No 50cc rider shall exceed the age of 11 yrs.
26.5.0.2 Riders in the Mini Wheel grades shall be a
minimum age of 7 years and under 16 years.
26.5.0.3 Riders in the 85cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
grades shall be a minimum age of 9 years.
26.5.0.4 Riders in the Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke class shall be
a minimum age of 12 years.
26.5.0.5 All Big Wheel 85cc/100cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke riders aged between 12
years and 15 years must ride in the Junior
Combined grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke category.
26.5.0.6 All senior riders can only ride in either
the Senior Combined grade Big Wheel
85cc/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
or Senior A grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke categories.
26.5.1 Grading
26.5.1.1 Senior competitors can only compete in either
the Senior A or Combined Grade 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke categories.
228
26.5.1.2 The Big Wheel class shall be the premier class
and shall be the final event of the meeting.
26.5.1.3 Competitors shall be graded according to
ability into 1 of the following classes for
their age group and machine capacity.
a
A Grade
b
B Grade
c
C Grade
e
Mini Wheel
f
Junior Combined
Big Wheel
Senior Combined
Big Wheel
Senior A Big
Wheel.
g
h
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
(Aged 7 to U16) Subject to all
other rules machines prescribed in
12.16.1.1.a and correct wheel size
for 65 cc prescribed in 12.17.3 are
permitted to be used in this grade
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke (Aged 12 to U16),
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke
26.5.1.4 Grading of competitors is utilised instead
of grouping. Age differences of more than
4 years is acceptable.
26.5.1.5 A competitor may change their grading
by making formal application through the
competitors club.
26.5.1.6 A competitor who successfully requests
to be upgraded within the competitor’s
age group shall not be down graded
whilst eligible for that age group.
26.5.1.7 A competitor may be granted a temporary
grading change for any particular competition
with the approval of the SCB Grading Officer
to ensure each event has the required number
of starters. Such temporary grading changes
shall be effective for only that meeting. Points
earned during temporary grading changes
shall be accredited to the competitor’s
accumulated tally for the competitor’s official
grade.
26.5.1.8 A competitor who elects to ride in a higher grade
must continue in that class for future events.
26.5.1.9 All competitors may be upgraded within
the competitor’s age group by successful
completion of Championship events or accrual
of 21 points in the competitors accumulated
tally.
26.5.1.10 Grading books will be available on all
competition days.
26.5.1.11 Grading changes will not occur at
Championship events.
26.5.1.12 Riders who place 1st or 2nd in C grade at
interclub or State events will be upgraded
to B Grade. Riders who place 1st in B
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
grade at interclub or State events will be
upgraded to A Grade.
26.5.1.13 When a rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel
to a 65cc the rider may be dropped a
maximum of 1 grade and if the rider
goes from 80cc Mini Wheel to 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke the rider may
be dropped a maximum of 2 grades. Any
60cc rider going to Mini Wheel 80cc must
ride at the equivalent grade.
26.5.1.14 When a rider who has ridden in 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke grade goes to Junior
combined Big Wheel 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke, they must ride at the equivalent grade.
26.5.1.15 When a rider who has ridden an automatic
50cc machine and goes up to a geared 60cc
or 80cc machine the rider may be dropped a
maximum of 2 grades.
26.5.2 Rider and Machine Identification
26.5.2.1 All competitors must wear an approved
riding vest or jersey with club and rider
number identification as an outer garment.
26.5.3 Minikhana Number Plates
26.5.3.1 The background colour on the front and
side number plates (the size of which will
be as per manufacturer’s specification) is
the official grading colour.
CLASS/GRADE
A Grade
B Grade
C Grade
Mini
Mini Wheel
Grade
Junior Combined
Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
Senior Combined
Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
Senior A Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
26.6
26.6.0.1
BACKGROUND
FIGURE
COLOUR
COLOUR
Yellow
Black
Red
White
White
Black
Green
White
Background & number colours
to be in accordance with the
appropriate grading of the rider.
Background & number colours
to be in accordance with the
appropriate grading of the rider.
Black
White
Yellow
Black
COMPETITION RULES- MINIKHANA
A machine may only be ridden by 1 rider during a
meeting and may not be substituted for another.
26.6.0.2 Placings can only be achieved by the
correct completion of an event.
MINIKHANA
26.6.1 Scoring
26.6.1.1 For Championship events, points will be
awarded as listed below:
a) Club, the club amassing the most
number of places will be the
Championship Club;.
b) Individual, the competitors amassing the
highest point score in each class shall be
the Championship winner of that class
PLACING
CLUB POINTS
1st
2nd
3rd
3 points
2 points
1 point
INDIVIDUAL
POINTS
17 points
12 points
9 points
26.6.1.2 For other than Trials, ties for 1st or 2nd will
be resolved by a run-off between the tied
competitors. Trials will be resolved by a
count back. Competitors tied for 3rd will
each be awarded 3rd place.
26.6.1.3 For all other events the method of scoring
will be as prescribed in SR.
26.6.2 Starting Procedure
26.6.2.1 All starts shall be from the right hand end of the
Start/Finish line facing towards the course.
26.6.2.2 All starts shall be flag starts.
26.6.2.3 Minicross starts may be by mechanical means.
26.6.2.4 Footing areas shall be on the start/finish
line side of marker 1 and on the opposite
side for all other markers.
26.6.2.5 Unless otherwise stated, only the left foot
may be used when footing permitted.
26.6.2.6 Start and finish of an event is deemed to
be when:
a) The front axle crosses the start line, and
b) The front axle crosses the finish line.
26.6.2.7 Competitors are to stop competing and
remain stationary when shown the Black
Flag. The Marshall will display the Black
Flag until acknowlegded by the Event
Controller.
26.6.2.8 Competitors must be informed of faults when
reported by either the flag Marshal or an
official.
26.6.2.9 A minimum of 4 lanes will be available per
each event area. Competitors to draw for
lanes.
26.6.2.10 The number of heats will be maximised to
ensure maximum amount of competitors
compete in the final while not unduly
increase the total number of heats.
26.6.2.11 Use the following table to calculate
229
26
enjoy the ride
MINIKHANA
numbers of riders in heats.
Total no of Riders
+4
+3 +2
+2 +2 +2
7
+3 +2 +2
8
+2 +2 +2 +2
9
+3 +2 +2 +2
10
+3 +3 +2 +2
11
+3 +3 +3 +2
12
+3 +3 +3 +3
13
+4 +3 +3 +3
14
+4 +4 +3 +3
15
+4 +4 +4 +3
16
+4 +4 +4 +4
17
+2 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
18
+3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
19
+4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
20
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3
21
+4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
22
+4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
23
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
24
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
25
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
26
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
27
+4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
28
+4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3
29
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
30
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
31
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
32
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
33
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
34
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
35
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
36
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
37
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
38
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
39
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 3+
40
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
26.6.3 Fault
26.6.3.1 Fault, as defined by elimination fault’s for
each event.
a) Competitors making more than 2
false starts in an event shall be
eliminated.
b) Only successful completion of
an event will allow competitors to
progress to the next round.
c) Allowing front axle to cross into the
footing area of a marker already
completed will be deemed to have
not followed the course procedure.
d) Only competitors having been equally
placed in their heat/semi finals may
compete against each other in a final.
(i.e. 1st v 1st, 2nd v 2nd, etc).
26.6.4 Flags and Signals
26.6.4.1 Competitors who do not obey flag signals
will be excluded from the event.
26.6.5
Witch’s Hats (diagram)
63LOTTOACCEPT
MMRUBBERRING
MM06#PIPE
7ITCHSHAT
7ITCHS(AT
MM
4
5
6
!PPROXMM
230
NUMBER IN HEATS
26.6.2.12 The official of the event shall advise each
competitor of successful completion of the
course.
26.6.2.13 Competitors must complete the course to
win the event:
a) If all competitors in a final fault, 1
re-run must occur and if the re-run
is unsuccessfully completed the last
competitor to fault shall be declared
the winner,
b) If there are insufficient competitors for
more than 1 heat then the heat will be
deemed to be the final. Riders must
complete the course to gain a place.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26.7
26
MINIKHANA
COURSES- MINIKHANA
&M
%M %M
C = 2.7 metres
F = 16.5 metres.
Note: There shall be 500mm between event areas.
26.7.2 Orange Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.2.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used.
!
!
#M
"
$M
26.7.3 Orange Course Procedure
26.7.3.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone
markers to his / her left circles marker 5, returns to pass
marker 1 and then continues to pass marker 1.
26.7.3.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker
per circuit until after circling marker 1 the competitor then
continues to cross the finish line.
26.7.3.3 Unlimited footing with the left foot is permitted.
26.7.3.4 In case of machine stalling, the competitor may restart the engine
ensuring only the left foot makes contact with the ground.
26.7.3.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.3.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner
of that round of events.
4HERESHALL
BEMM
BETWEEN
EVENT
AREAS
!
#M
E = 4 metres.
./4%
'M
B = Footing area for marker 1.
AREAFOR
MARKER
#M
D = 3.0 metres.
"&OOTING
!
#M
A = Footing area for marker 2, 3, 4, 5.
!&OOTING
AREAFOR
MARKER
#M
26.7.1 Basic Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.1.1 The basic course layout for 1 competitor will cover an area of
4 metres by 16.5 metres.
26.7.1.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked with
lane tape or rope.
26.7.1.3 Traffic cones (witches hats) will be used as the required markers
placed along the centre line of the course at 2.7 metre spacings
3TART
&INISH
"ASIC#OURSE
NOTDRAWNTOSCALE
&LAG
-ARSHALL
26.7.4 Orange Course Elimination
26.7.4.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers or tapes,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Removing both hands from handlebars,
d) Not straddling machine,
e) Failing to follow course procedure,
f) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
g) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously
rounded marker.
26.7.5
Looping (see Orange Diagram for details)
26.7.6 Looping Course and Procedure
26.7.6.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Orange
event with the exception that footing is not permitted.
26.7.6.2 Competitors who stall their machine may restart provided that
neither foot makes contact with the ground.
26.7.6.3 Competitors will also be eliminated if either foot makes any contact
with the ground.
&INISH
-ARSHALL
&INISH
3TART
/RANGE
NOTDRAWNTOSCALE
231
26
enjoy the ride
MINIKHANA
26.7.6.4 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Orange event.
&LAG
-ARSHALL
26.7.7 Ring Return Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.7.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the
centre of the traffic cone and rubber rings.
26.7.7.2 Plumber’s rings approximately 150 mm inside diameter to be used.
26.7.7.3 The pole to be inserted in the traffic cone as per Witch’s Hat
diagram
26.7.7.4 Rubber rings to be placed on poles at markers 2, 3, 4, & 5 on the
side furthermost from the start / finish line.
26.7.8 Ring Return Procedure
26.7.8.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone markers
to their left circles marker 5, picking up the ring and returns to pass
marker 1 and places ring over marker 1 pole and then continues to
pass marker 4 repeating the process of retrieving the rings.
26.7.8.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per circuit
until after circling marker 2.
26.7.8.3 After the final ring is placed over marker 1 pole they then complete
an extra circuit around marker 5 before crossing the finish line.
26.7.8.4 Footing with the left foot is permitted in the footing areas only.
26.7.8.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have
successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.8.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner
of that round of events.
&INISH
-ARSHALL
3TART
&INISH
2ING2ETURN
NOTDRAWNTOSCALE
&M
%M %M
!&OOTING
AREAFOR
MARKER
"&OOTING
AREAFOR
MARKER
!
./4%
4HERESHALL
BEMM
BETWEEN
EVENT
AREAS
!
#M
'M
!
!
#M
"
$M
232
#M
26.7.11 Bending Procedure
26.7.11.1 Competitors start at the start line and passes marker 1 on
competitors left side, then changes direction to pass marker 2 on
competitors right side, marker 3 on competitors left side, marker
4 on competitors right side and circles marker 5 on competitors
left side and returns to the finish line passing the markers in the
same manner, i.e. markers 4 and 2 on competitor’s right side and
markers 3 and 1 on competitors left.
#M
26.7.10 Bending Course (see Basic Diagram for details)
26.7.10.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used.
#M
26.7.9 Ring Return Elimination
26.7.9.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be
touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring
over the pole,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure,
g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
h) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously
rounded marker,
i) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground,
j) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting to pick up ring.
3TART
&INISH
"ASIC#OURSE
NOTDRAWNTOSCALE
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
MINIKHANA
26.7.11.2 Crossing the finishing line after passing marker 1.
26.7.11.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final /
final.
26.7.11.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner
of that round of events.
&LAG
-ARSHALL
&OOTINGAREA
,%&4FOOT
ONLY
26.7.12 Bending Elimination
26.7.12.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers or tapes,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing outside footing area behind marker 5,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure.
26.7.13 Ring Bending Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.13.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the
centre of the traffic cone and 3 rubber rings. Rubber rings will be
placed on the pole in marker 5, 1 per time by an official.
26.7.14 Ring Bending Procedure
26.7.14.1 Competitors will ride the course in the same manner as in the
Bending event with the exception that when circling marker 5 the
competitor removes thee rubber ring from the pole (official will
place next rubber ring on marker 5 pole) and then proceeds to
marker 1 as in the Bending event.
26.7.14.2 Competitor will circle marker 1 and place rubber ring over the pole
in marker 1 and will then continue the event until all 3 rubber rings
have been placed over marker 1 when the competitor will cross
the finishing line.
26.7.14.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final /
final.
26.7.14.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will
be the winner of that round of events.
&OOTINGAREA
,%&4FOOTONLY
ONRETURN
&INISH
-ARSHALL
3TART
&INISH
Bending
not drawn to scale
&INISH
MM
WIDE
26.7.16 Slow Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.16.1 The course will be a lane 500mm wide by 16.5 metres long.
METRES
26.7.15 Ring Bending Elimination
26.7.15.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be
touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring
over the pole,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure,
g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
h) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground,
i) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting pt pick up
ring.
3TART
3LOW2IDE
233
26
enjoy the ride
MINIKHANA
26.7.17 Slow Course Procedure
26.7.17.1 Competitor will start with the machine’s front axle on the start line.
26.7.17.2 At the start order the competitor has a maximum of 3 seconds to enter the event area (front axle
passes start line) and ensure their feet are not in contact with the ground.
26.7.17.3 Forward motion does not have to be maintained.
26.7.17.4 Event is complete when front axle passes finish line.
26.7.17.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the
course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.17.6 The competitor who had the highest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events.
26.7.18 Slow Course Elimination
26.7.18.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Slow start (feet in contact with ground after 3 seconds),
b) Touching tapes,
c) Footing.
26.7.19 Clover Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.19.1 Competitors will ride passing through the 6 markers placed in a triangle to form a clover pattern.
26.7.19.2 Car tyres will be used as course markers.
26.7.20 Clover Procedure
26.7.20.1 Competitors will start from start line and circles marker 1 on their left side then circle marker 2 on
their right then circle marker 3 on their right and exit through the start finish line markers.
26.7.20.2 Competitors may foot providing that both feet do not touch the ground at the same time and there
shall be no determining factors as to when the left or right footing commences or ceases other than
the requirement that the left foot may touch for left turns and right foot for right turns.
26.7.20.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the
course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.20.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events.
METRES
METRES
M
METRES
ME
ETRES
26.7.22 No Footing Clover Course (see
Diagram for details)
26.7.22.1 This uses the same course and
METRES
riding procedure as the Clover event
with the exception that footing is not
permitted.
26.7.22.2 Competitors will also be eliminated
if either foot makes any contact with
the ground.
26.7.22.3 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Clover event.
METRES
26.7.21 Clover Elimination
26.7.21.1 Competitors will be eliminated from
the event for the following:
a) Touching a marker,
b) Both feet making contact with
the ground at the same time,
c) Failure to follow the course
procedure,
d) Riding outside the course
boundary.
3TART&INISH
METRES
#LOVER
not drawn to scale
26.7.23 Start and Park Course (see Diagram for details)
234 26.7.23.1 The basic course layout will cover an area of 6 metres by 20 metres.
METRES
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
MINIKHANA
26.7.23.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked
with lane tape or rope.
26.7.23.3 Witch’s Hats will be used as the required markers placed
along the centre line of the course at 4 metre spacings.
METRES
METRES
3TOP
"OX
3TART
METRES
M
WIDE
3TARTAND0ARK
not drawn to scale
26.7.26 O Ring Relay Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.26.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Start and Park
event with the exception that competitors will be in teams.
26.7.26.2 An O ring, as used in the Ring events, shall be carried by each competitor
in turn whilst riding the course.
26.7.26.3 Competitors cannot start their leg of the relay until the
previous competitor has successfully completed the course
and passed on the O ring.
METRES
)MAGINARYLINETHROUGH
CENTREOFWITCHSHAT
METRES
M
WIDE
3TOP
"OX
METRES
LONG
26.7.27 Acceleration and Braking Course
26.7.27.1 This event is conducted on an out and back course.
26.7.27.2 A marker is placed 50 metres from the start finish line.
26.7.27.3 Competitors will leave start line circle the marker and return
to the stop box.
26.7.27.4 Competitor’s machine must be completely in the confines of
the stop box.
26.7.27.5 Footing with left foot is only permitted at the marker on the
side opposite to the start line and in the stop box.
26.7.27.6 The competitor who successfully completes the course with
the lowest elapsed time will be the winner.
26.7.27.7 The nature of this type of event precludes it being used as a
run-off event.
METRES
26.7.25 Start and Park Elimination
26.7.25.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the
following:
a) Touching a marker,
b) Footing,
c) Bumping,
d) Failure to follow the course procedure,
e) Riding outside the course boundary,
f) Stopping and parking machine outside of stopping area,
g) Failure to turn engine off,
h) Machine failing to remain on stand.
METRES
26.7.24 Start and Park Procedure
26.7.24.1 4 or more competitors will start at the start line and proceed
to pass the markers, marker 1 to the competitors’ left, marker
2 to the competitors’ right and circle marker 3 to their left and
return passing marker 2 to their right and then proceeds to the
stopping area, where the competitor will stop their machine,
turn off the engine and place the machine on its stand, then
run to the finishing line.
26.7.24.2 Competitors whose machine has no stand may have an
assistant appointed by the Clerk of Course to hold the
machine.
METRES
3TART
!CCELERATION"RAKING
not drawn to scale
235
26
MINIKHANA
26.7.28 Acceleration and Braking Course Penalties
26.7.28.1 Penalties will be awarded against
competitors for the following:
a) Footing with right foot — (+ 5
seconds),
b) Footing outside the area behind
marker — (+ 5 seconds),
c) Touching the marker — (+ 5
seconds),
d) Bike not stopping within stopping
box (i. e. Both axles must be wholly
within the stopping Box) (+ 5
seconds),
e) With machine correctly in stopping
box, left foot only footing is permitted
out of stopping box without penalty,
f) Failure to follow course procedure —
(+ 1 minute).
26.7.29 Minicross Course
26.7.29.1 Minicross introduces competitors to
Motocross style riding and helps to
develop competitors riding skills and
balance.
26.7.29.2 The event shall be conducted over a
course with obstacles and tight corners:
a) No level straight will be longer than
20 metres.
b) Jumps, chicanes, berms etc must be
positioned so that speeds are kept
low.
c) The recommended maximum
separation between obstacles, which
significantly reduce speed, is 33
metres.
d) There shall be no double, triple,
or reverse canyon jumps. A jump
is defined as being greater than
500mm in vertical height.
e) There will be no man-made stutter
jumps.
f) The width of the track must allow
safe overtaking.
g) Tyre barriers shall be used where
different sections of the track are in
close proximity to each other.
h) The first 9 metres of the track will be
divided into 4 2metre wide lanes.
26.7.30 Minicross Procedure
26.7.30.1 A maximum of 4 competitors will complete
the course at once.
236 26.7.30.2 Competitors will be encouraged to pass
enjoy the ride
each other when it is safe to do so.
26.7.30.3 When passing, competitors must not
make contact with the other competitors.
26.7.30.4 Competitors must ensure that at all times
they do not obstruct another competitor
from successfully completing the course.
26.7.30.5 In the case of a competitor falling the
event will be stopped. The Competitor
responsible for the fall shall be excluded
from the rerun subject to Clerk of Course
approval.
26.7.30.6 Competitors who hit the tyre barriers or
leave the course proper may re-enter the
course at the closest safe point to where
they left the course ensuring that no
advantage is gained.
26.7.31 Minicross Practice
26.7.31.1 For practice, a maximum of 12 competitors
may participate on the track under a
stationary yellow flag.
26.7.31.2 Any competitor passing will be excluded,
however in the case of a competitor falling
or stopping due to mechanical failure, the
yellow flag shall be waved, but passing
may be permitted provided the course
marshall indicates it is safe.
26.7.32 Minicross Elimination
26.7.32.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the
event for the following:
a) Crossing the lane markers during the
first 9 metres of the event,
b) Failure to follow the course proper,
c) Causing another competitor to fault,
d) Failure to re-enter course correctly,
e) Passing while yellow flag is
displayed.
26.7.33 Minicross Footing and No Footing
26.7.33.1 Minicross can be conducted as either
a footing or no-footing event. In NoFooting Minicross any competitors will be
eliminated if footing occurs.
26.7.34 Mini Trials Course
26.7.34.1 Where possible this event is to be
conducted over natural terrain.
26.7.34.2 Artificial boundaries and obstacles may
be used.
26.7.34.3 The course will be marked in red on the
right hand side and in white on the left
hand side by either markers or tape.
26.7.34.4 Minimum size of markers to be no less
than 100mm wide.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
26.7.34.5 Tapes and markers to be clearly visible.
26.7.35 Procedure
26.7.35.1 The start and finish of each Observed
section is to be clearly defined.
26.7.35.2 Artificial boundaries may be used to define
the lateral limits.
26.7.35.3 A machine will be deemed to be in an
Observed Section when the front axle
passes the “Section Begin” marker and
until it passes the “Section End” marker.
MINIKHANA
the ability to pace themselves.
26.7.40 Mini Enduro Procedure
26.7.40.1 Competitors have a predetermined time
to complete the course.
26.7.40.2 The competitor whose time is closest
to the predetermined time will be the
winner.
26.7.40.3 The natural terrain course is to be well
defined with directional arrows and
adequately staffed by Marshals.
26.7.40.4 Special sections may be added.
26.7.40.5 Points will be lost for failure to observe
signs and completion of special sections.
26.7.40.6 Competitors are rewarded for their skill in
completing the penalty areas.
26.7.40.7 A number of penalty areas and checkpoints
should be included.
26.7.40.8 Each grade is to attempt to complete a
preset number of laps in a reasonable
time.
26.7.40.9 In Mini Enduro with Special Penalty
sections the competitor with the least
points lost will be the winner.
26.7.36 Failure
26.7.36.1 A failure is considered to have occurred
when:
a) The machine ceases to move in
a forward direction, relative to the
course, with the competitor footing,
b) The competitor dismounts the
machine,
c) The machine crosses a boundary,
d) The machine passes the wrong side
of a boundary marker prior to the
front axle passes the “Section Ends”
sign,
e) The competitor or the machine
receives outside assistance,
f) The competitor breaks the tape or
dislodges the tape anchors.
26.7.41 Hill Climb Course
26.7.41.1 The course for this event will be a hill
which can be readily negotiable by the
competitors.
26.7.37 Mini Trials Footing
26.7.37.1 Footing will be deemed to have occurred
if any part of the body of the competitor
touches the ground or any part of the
competitor leans on an obstacle (tree,
wall, etc).
26.7.37.2 Footing outside the lateral limits of a
section does not constitute a failure (i.e.
1 point loss footing penalty only).
26.7.42 Hill Climb Procedure
26.7.42.1 To increase the skill level a series of turns
and obstacles will be included.
26.7.42.2 The competitor whose elapsed time to
successfully complete the event is closest
to the predetermined time shall be the
winner.
26.7.42.3 Only 1 competitor will ride the event at a
time.
26.7.38 Mini Trials Marking
26.7.38.1 Method of marking will be as listed:
FAULT
Clean
Footing once
Footing twice
Footing more than twice
Failure
Not attempting a section
POINTS
0
1
2
3
5
10
26.7.39 Mini Enduro Course
26.7.39.1 This event is conducted over varying
distances of rough terrain.
26.7.39.2 Competitors learn the benefits of well
maintained and reliable machinery and
237
27
27
27.1
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION
ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.1.0.1 Promoters may seek to conduct
activities which are outside mainstream
motorcycle sport. Such alternative forms
of competition may include, but are not
limited to:
a) Sand drags,
b) Hill climbs,
c) Other motorcycle activities.
27.1.1 Administration of Rules
27.1.1.1 These rules are to be administered in
accordance with GCR 2.1.1.
27.1.2 The Licensing and Powers of Officials
27.1.2.1 Key Officials are required to be at least
Level 3.
27.1.2.2 The
powers,
authorities
and
responsibilities of officials controlling
these activities are those in GCR 2.5.
27.1.3 The Appointment of Officials
27.1.3.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of
officials.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41
It’s YOUR SPORT-
we welcome your input
238
enjoy the ride
ALTERNATIVE COMPETITION
27.2
VENUES - ALTERNATIVE
ACTIVITIES
27.2.0.1 Venues must be inspected and licensed in
accordance with GCR 4.1.
27.3
PERMITS - ALTERNATIVE
ACTIVITIES
27.3.0.1 An application for a permit must be in the
prescribed form to the RCB and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee and draft SR,
b) Be submitted at least 2 months
before the date set for the meeting,
c) Be accompanied by evidence that
the RCB’s requirements regarding
officials, indemnity forms and safety
will be met,
d) Identify the proposed venue,
e) Include details of all ancillary
activities.
27.4
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONSALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.4.0.1 Promoters must include comprehensive
details of the proposed competition in
SR.
27.4.0.2 SCBs must submit the SR to MA for
approval.
27.5
LICENSING OF COMPETITORS ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.5.0.1 All competitors must be licensed in
accordance with Chapter 3.
27.6
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ALTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.6.0.1 The technical specifications must be
approved by MA and be included in the
SR.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
28
28 RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY
RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY
28.0.1 Purpose
28.0.1.1 The purpose of these rules is to regulate
and control recreational motorcycle
activity which seeks to be sanctioned by
MA.
a) The by laws are made under
paragraph 2 of the Constitution,
b) The by laws, and any determination
made under them, and in
accordance with them, bind
all Controlling Bodies and all
participants in recreational activity,
c) The by laws are to be interpreted
with the intent that recreational
activity be safe.
28.1
RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
28.1.0.1 Recreational activity must not:
a) Be competitive,
b) Involve starts or finishes as defined
in Chapter 12,
c) Be scored or timed,
d) Have any results which may or may
not be published.
28.2
CONTROLLING BODIESRECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
28.2.0.1 SCBs are responsible for
administration of these by laws
28.3
the
OFFICIALS – RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES
28.3.0.1 Officials controlling recreational activity
are required to be licensed, in accordance
with GCR 2.5.
28.3.0.2 The
powers,
authorities
and
responsibilities of officials controlling
recreational activity are those in GCR
2.5.
28.3.1 The Appointment of Officials
28.3.1.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of
officials.
28.4
VENUES – RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES
28.4.0.1 Venues for recreational activities must
be inspected and licensed in accordance
with GCR 4.1
28.5
THE PROMOTION AND CONDUCT
OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY
28.5.0.1 Subject to these by laws, recreational
activity may be promoted or conducted
by
a) An SCB,
b) A club,
c) An affiliated Promoter.
28.6
PERMITS – RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES
28.6.0.1 No recreational activity may be promoted
or conducted without a Recreational
Permit.
28.6.0.2 An application for a recreational permit
must be in the prescribed form to the SCB
and must
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
b) Be submitted at least 14 days before
the date set for the meeting,
c) Be accompanied by evidence that
the SCB’s requirements regarding
officials, indemnity forms and safety
will be met,
d) Identify the proposed venue,
e) Provide evidence the club is insured
to the satisfaction of the SCB.
28.6.0.3 If a meeting does not take place, any fee
paid for the permit must be repaid unless
in the opinion of the SCB the meeting did
not take place because of the conduct of
the permit holder. In that event, the SCB
may withhold the refund wholly or in part
at its discretion.
28.6.0.4 GCR 4.2.4 applies regarding forfeiture of
a permit.
239
28 RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY
28.7
ENTRIES
28.7.0.1 A Promoter may invite entries from any
person who holds:
a) A Recreational Licence.
b) A Competition Licence.
28.8
LICENSING OF PARTICIPANTS
28.8.0.1 A person may not participate in any
recreational activity unless licensed under
these Rules.
28.8.0.2 Persons being issued with a Recreational
Licence do not need to be a financial
member of a club.
28.8.0.3 An application for a Recreational Licence
must:
a) Be to the SCB to which their club is
affiliated,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
d) If the applicant is a minor, be
accompanied by the written
authorisation of at least 1 of the
applicant’s parents or the legal
guardian of the applicant.
28.8.0.4 An application may be lodged with
a) The club secretary, or
b) The SCB, or
c) The Promoter.
28.8.0.5 If the application is lodged with the club
secretary or Promoter and
a) The club secretary or Promoter
ensures the form is correctly filled in,
b) The prescribed fee is paid and the
applicant must be issued with the
top copy of the application form
which may be issued as proof of
being licence for no more than 14
days from the date the application is
countersigned by the club secretary
or Promoter,
c) Relevant officials are satisfied the
applicant can competently control
their motorcycle.
28.8.0.6 Applications lodged with the club
secretaries or Promoter are to be sent to
the SCB with the prescribed fee within 48
hours of them being counter signed by the
club secretary or Promoter.
240 28.8.0.7 On receipt of an application for the issue
enjoy the ride
or renewal of a Recreational Licence the
SCB may:
a) Delay the issue or renewal for no
more than 14 days,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence,
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
28.8.0.8 An applicant who is aggrieved by a
decision of the SCB under the previous
by law may appeal to the appellate body
of that SCB.
28.8.0.9 An SCB which issues an Annual
Recreational Licence must, within 1
month of issue, notify MA which must
enter the information on a register of
licensed recreational riders maintained
for that purpose and kept at the registered
office of MA.
28.8.0.10 An Annual Recreational Licence continues
in force for 12 months from date of issue.
28.8.0.11 A recreational licensee must produce
the licence on demand to any key official
during any meeting.
www.ma.org.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
29
29
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY
The purpose of these Rules are to maintain and
improve best possible results in all International
competitions.
29.1.1 Process of Selection
29.1.1.1 All athletes wishing to be considered for
selection must:
a) Sign the Motorcycling Australia
Code of Conduct [Appendix 3] at
the time of entering the relevant
National Championship.
29.1.1.2 Selected Riders
a) Riders selected in National Teams in
all disciplines must sign a contract
with Motorcycling Australia
b) Riders should not sign either
document unless they have a full
and clear understanding of all
terms and conditions. Riders may
wish to contact the following for
clarification.
i) Their legal advisor
ii) Motorcycling Australia
(03 9684 0500)
iii) ANZSLA Sports Law Referral
Service (1800 804 031)
29.1.1.3 The Code of Conduct will be attached
to all entry forms for each event. Both
documents will be posted on the MA
website at www.ma.org.au.
29.1.2 General Selection Policy
29.1.2.1 Each discipline selection committee may,
at its discretion, apply specific objective
criteria according to the requirements of
the particular discipline.
29.1.2.2 In general terms, each committee will
make selections with regard to but not
restricted by:
a) A rider’s fitness subject to a
medical examination by a medical
practitioner appointed or approved
by MA,
b) Results attained in the relevant
National Championship of the
selection year in question,
c) Results attained in International
and World championships of the
year prior to and during the year of
selection,
d) The Rider’s behaviour as outlined
in the code of conduct in relation to
previous selections and dealings
with administrators,
e) The rider’s ability to adapt to a team
oriented environment,
f) The Riders record in relation to any
appearances before any State or
National tribunal,
g) The availability of the rider to
compete in the relevant World
Championship,
h) The willingness of the rider to sign
the Riders contract with MA,
i) Whether a rider has incurred a
previous ban by failing a drug test
conducted in accordance with the
Anti Doping Policy of Motorcycling
Australia,
j) The potential of a rider to represent
Australia on a long term basis,
k) The availability of machinery to a
potential candidate.
29.1.2.3 Riders must be Australian citizens to
qualify for selection.
29.1.3 Other Criteria
29.1.3.1 Each relevant discipline may contain
specific criteria not set down in the policy
above. This information will be available
on the MA website – www.ma.org.au.
29.1.3.2 Application of Criteria
29.1.3.3 Each selection committee will apply the
principles of natural justice to the policy
as well as to each individual selection.
29.1.3.4 The committee shall also be conscious
and apply equal weight under the criteria
to the consideration of each selection.
29.1.3.5 The committee should also be prepared
to provide feedback either written or
verbal to rider who has missed selection
and may wish to query the reasons
behind their non-selection so that their
future opportunities may be enhanced.
29.1.4 Appeals
29.1.4.1 The sole ground for any appeal in relation
to the non-selection of a competitor will
be that this selection policy was not
followed or implemented in a just or fair
241
241
manner.
29
enjoy the ride
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY
29.1.4.2 In the first instance, any complaint will be
referred to the Tribunal of Motorcycling
Australia.
29.1.4.3 The appeal must:
a) Be in writing and signed by the
appellant,
b) Be lodged within 21 days of the
original decision with the Tribunal,
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee.
29.1.4.4 In some instances, the fee may be
refunded in part or whole if the appeal is
upheld.
29.1.4.5 Other requirements for the appeal appear
in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport under
the heading “Appellate Bodies”[ Chapter
5]
29.1.4.6 Only 1 further avenue of appeal exists, to
the National Sport Dispute Centre.
29.1.4.7 Riders should seek legal advice prior to
any further appeal action
29.1.5 Injuries/Misadventure
29.1.5.1 The relevant selection committee shall
have at its absolute discretion, the right
to replace any rider, as long as at all
times it complies with the selection policy
of MA.
29.1.5.2 Selected riders must be willing to undergo
a medical examination to determine their
fitness to compete.
29.1.5.3 In case of bereavement, machine
problems
or
other
extenuating
circumstances, the selection committee
will make a determination on a case by
case basis.
29.1.6 Removal from National Squad
29.1.6.1 A Team Manager may, at their discretion,
remove a team member from the squad
if:
a) The member breaches or fails to
comply with the Riders contract and
Code of Conduct,
b) By reason of injury, the member
is unable to complete team
requirements,
c) The member breaches or fails to
comply with the requirements of the
Anti Doping Policy of Motorcycling
Australia,
d) Fails to comply with a reasonable
direction of the team Manager that
is given in accordance with the role
description of Team Managers.
29.1.6.2 The decision to remove a team member
must be ratified by the Chief Executive of
MA.
MA MEMBERS
RECEIVE
HUNDREDS
OF
DISCOUNTS
visit
242
www.ma.org.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APPENDIX 1
29.1.1
APP 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING
HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING
APPROVAL LABELS FOR HELMETS
29.1.1.1 Helmets must carry one of the following approval labels, as listed in Rule 01.70 of the FIM Technical
Rules.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Europe
Great Britain
USA
Japan
ECE 22 – 04, ECE 22 - 05
BS 6658 Grade A & B (All disciplines)
DOT Federal Standard No 218 / SNELL M95, M2000, M2005
JIS T 8133:2000, or
Australia
Standards Association of Australia AS1698
29.1.2
International Helmet Standards
Refer also www.fim.ch
29.1.2.1 ECE 22 - 05 “P” [EUROPE]
29.1.2.2 The ECE mark consists of a circle surrounding the letter E followed by a
distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval, as follows:
E1
E6
Germany
Belgium
E2
E7
France
Hungary
E3
E8
E11
E16
E21
United Kingdom
Norway
Portugal
E12
E17
E22
E13
E18
E23
E26
E31
Slovenia
Bosnia &
Herzegovinia
not assigned
Australia
E27
E32
Austria
Finland
Russian
Federation
Slovakia
Latvia
Italy
Czech
Republic
Luxembourg
Denmark
Greece
E28
E33
E37
E46
Turkey
Ukraine
E40
E47
E36
E45
E4
051039
0008. 031
E4
E9
Netherlands
Spain
E5
E10
Sweden
Yugoslavia
E14
E19
E24
Switzerland
Roumania
Ireland
E15
E20
E25
not assigned
Poland
Croatia
Bielo Russia E29
not assigned E34
Estonia
Bulgaria
E30
E35
not assigned
not assigned
Macedonia
South Africa
Japan
New Zealand
E44
E49
not assigned
not assigned
E43
E48
29.1.2.3 Below the letter E the approval number should always begin with 05. Below the approval number is
the serial production number [Label is on retention system or comfort interior]
29.1.2.4 [JAPAN] JIS 813 : 2000 [Label affixed inside the helmet]
29.1.2.5 [USA] SNELL M2005 [Label affixed inside the helmet]
29.1.2.6 [AUSTRALIA] AS 1698 [Label affixed to the helmet]
For more details consult the FIM Technical Rule Book.
243
APP 1
enjoy the ride
HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING
HELMET FITTING GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
6
7.
8.
9
10.
11
Start by measuring the size required at the crown of the head.
Put helmet on and connect the strap, then tighten as required.
Check that there is no side to side movement [image 3]
With your head tilted forwards, try to pull the helmet off from the back [see images 4a-c].
Check that you can see clearly over your shoulders.
Make sure you can breathe easily in the helmet and that no part of the helmet covers your nose or
mouth.
Never wind a scarf around the helmet so that it may obstructs air from entering your helmet.
Never have a scarf trapped under the strap.
Make sure you can open the visor with one gloved hand.
Satisfy yourself the back of your helmet is designed to protect your neck.
Always buy the best helmet you can afford.
3
4a
4b
4c
WINNING PARTNERSHIP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
244
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 2
MODEL SUPP REGS
APPENDIX 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
These model Supplementary Regulations are available online at www.ma.org.au
-/4/2#9#,).'
! 5 3 4 2 ! , ) !
[INSERT EVENT NAME]
[INSERT DAY & DATE]
[INSERT VENUE]
[INSERT PROMOTER /
CLUB LOGO HERE]
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
EVENT: ______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Meeting Name]
DATE: _______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Meeting Day and Date ]
VENUE: ______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Venue Name]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Venue Location]
TRACK LICENCE NUMBER: ____________________ MA PERMIT / IMN NUMBER _________________
EVENT CONTACT______________________________________________________________________
[Insert Contact Name]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert address for correspondence & Contact Number]
EVENT KEY OFFICIALS
Steward [RCB Appointment] ______________________________________________________________
Clerk of Course _______________________________________________________________________
Race Secretary _______________________________________________________________________
1. ANNOUNCEMENT
The [Insert Club or Promoter here], hereafter called the Promoter will conduct [Insert Meeting Name] for [Insert
type of categories] at the [Insert venue name and location], on [Insert meeting day and date].
2. JURISDICTION
2.1
The abovementioned meeting has been authorised by [Insert RCB] which has issued the Motorcycling Australia
2.2
Permit Number [Insert Permit Number] and is open to holders of current Motorcycling Australia [Insert licence
category] Licences.
The meeting will be held in accordance with the current General Competition Rules (GCR’s) contained in
the Manual of Motorcycle Sport, these Supplementary Regulations, and any final instructions approved by
[Insert RCB]. By entering this meeting all parties agree to comply with these rules, regulations, by-laws and
instructions.
3. EVENT OFFICIALS
The following officials will be overseeing the meeting:
Steward [MA Appointment] ________________
Clerk of Course _________________________
Race Secretary ________________________
Scrutineer _____________________________
[Other]
_____________________________
245
enjoy the ride
APP 2 MODEL SUPP REGS
4. ENTRIES
10. SCRUTINEERING
4.1
10.1
10.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
Entries are now open and close last mail
[Insert closing day & date]. Late entries will not
be accepted.
In the case of postponement or abandonment
of the meeting, all or any part of the entry fee
may be retained by the [Club or Promoter whichever is applicable], if such retention is
approved by [Insert RCB].
Only entries received on the official entry form
that is accompanied by the correct fee will be
accepted.
Entry fees will only be refunded if a rider
informs [Insert Promoter/Club], in writing, 10
days before the event. A medical certificate is
required if a rider withdraws less than 10 days
before the event.
10.3
10.4
5. INSURANCE
5.1
5.2
National Personal Accident Scheme provides
basic cover for death and permanent disability.
Ambulance Insurance is compulsory for
licensees.
It is strongly recommended that competitors
give consideration to taking out weekly
benefits insurance.
10.5
6. MEDICAL SERVICES
[Insert details of what type or types of medical
services shall be in attendance at the meeting and
at what times they will be available].
[Note to Promoters: Australian Championships
require civil ambulances to be in attendance at all
times ie, ambulance to transport injured to hospital]
7. ENTRY FEE
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
[Insert entry fee for each category].
Payment by [Insert acceptable payment
methods] only. Any fees for dishonoured
cheques will be the responsibility of the
entrant.
Cheques and Money Orders are to be made
payable to the [Insert club or promoter name
– whichever is applicable].
Please include a self addressed stamped
envelope for confirmation of entry, the issuing
of entry passes and any final instructions.
11. AWARDS AND PRIZEMONEY
[Insert details of awards and/or prizemoney for
each class of competition].
12. ENTRIES TO CONSTITUTE A CLASS
12.1
12.2
[Insert details of the race format for each
class of competition. Include details for heats,
Semi-finals, finals & or rounds of competition –
whichever is applicable].
[Insert details of the number of passes issued
for each entry].
[Insert details of each class of competition]
246
To constitute a class for the purpose of gaining
Championship status, the number of contestants
entered and competing in each class shall be
[Insert details for each class of competition]
[Refer to GCR’s for details of classes]
Should there be insufficient entries in any class
of competition, the decision to run or cancel the
class, or to combine events and re-distribute
any awards and/or prizemoney, will be at the
discretion of the [club or promoter - whichever
is applicable], subject to [Insert RCB] approval.
13. RACE FORMAT
8. ENTRY PASSES
9. CLASSES OF COMPETITION
Scrutineering will begin at [Insert time]
Machines entered in the competition must have
successfully passed a machine examination prior
to taking part in practice, qualifying or racing. An
MA decal will be placed on the front number plate
to indicate that it has been successfully examined.
Current competition licences and full riding gear
must be presented at scrutineering. Eligibility
checks can take place at any time during the
meeting. Machines which suffer accident
damage in practice or race sessions must be
re-examined before participating again.
In addition to pulling down and checking of
machines after official protests have been
received by the Clerk of Course in accordance
with the GCRs, the Scrutineer can check and
pull down, at their discretion, any machine that
has taken part in the event. Failure to comply
with this rule will result in automatic exclusion
from the event results.
Machines will not be sealed for later checking
after the event. All machines that are to be
pulled down and scrutineered will take place at
the circuit before the machine is released by the
Scrutineer. A member of the rider’s team must
be available at all times to assist with the strip
down. Failure to comply with this rule will result
in automatic exclusion from the events results.
14. MACHINES AND RIDERS
14.1
All machines entered must comply with the
current GCRs for [Insert Discipline] competition.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
14.2
14.3
APP 2
times, when riders briefing shall occur, practice
time, time racing commences and racing
schedule and/or order of events].
For the purposes of drug and alcohol testing,
the commencement of the meeting will be
deemed to be [insert time – usually same as
start of scrutineering] with the completion of
the meeting for the participant being when the
participant has vacated the venue.
Multiple entry of the 1 machine in the same
class of competition is not permitted.
[Insert details of any other restrictions such as
whether change of machine is allowed during
competition etc.]
15. NUMBER PLATES
Wherever possible, competitors will be
allocated their registered riding number or
their preferred riding number. All others will be
allocated numbers at the [Club’s or Promoter’s
- whichever is applicable] discretion.
All number plates on all machines MUST
comply with the GCRs and must not contain
any decals or advertising other than the
required MA decal.
16. GRID POSITIONS
22. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
[Insert details of the circuit – including its type of
construction, length and the direction of racing]
23. STARTS
[Insert details of start procedure as per GCR’s]
24. RACING
[Insert details of how many laps of practice or
how much practice time shall be allocated for
each class of competition and over how many
laps each heat, semi-final, final or round of
competition shall be contested].
[Insert details on how grid positions shall be
determined or allocated – refer to GCRs for
details]
17. RIDERS’ BRIEFING
A riders’ briefing will be held prior to the
commencement of racing, which ALL
competitors MUST attend. Details will be
included in the final instructions.
25. NOISE
[Insert details of any noise restrictions that
apply to the meeting at the venue].
Noise testing may take place at any time at the
discretion of the Chief Scrutineer or the Clerk of
Course. Refer to GCR 12.10 for details.
18. ANTI-DOPING POLICY
18.1
18.2
All competitors and officials are advised that
drug testing may take place in accordance with
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy, as carried out by the
Australian Sports Anti-Doping Authority. Refer
to GCR 11 for details.
If any doubts exist over banned substances it
is recommended competitors contact the Drugs
in Sport Hotline, tel 1800 020 506. When drug
testing takes place, the payment of prizemoney
may be delayed at [Insert RCB] discretion until
the results of the tests are known.
19. ALCOHOL TESTING PROCEDURE
All competitors and officials are advised that
random breath-testing may take place during
the competition.
20. CODE OF CONDUCT
All competitors, officials and parents are reminded
of MA’s Code of Conduct contained within MA’s
Member Protection Regulations, found at www.
ma.org.au or Appendix 3 of the GCR, which is a
guide to appropriate behaviour at all motorcycle
race meetings. This Code of Conduct applies to
this Meeting and will be enforced.
21. EVENT SCHEDULE
[Insert details of timetable for meeting –
including time that gates open, scrutineering
MODEL SUPP REGS
26. GST
The Goods and Services Tax affects the
payment of prizemoney. If you do not provide
an ABN or declare the sport is a hobby, the
Promoter must withhold 48.5% of prizemoney
over $50.00 which is otherwise payable to you.
Please tick 1 of the boxes on the entry form and
if appropriate provide your ABN to ensure the
full amount of prize money is paid to you.
27. PRESENTATIONS
[Location and time they shall be conducted (If
applicable)]
28. FACILITIES
[Type of facilities that are available at the venue
(If applicable)]
29. TYRES
[Identify any restrictions on the use of various
types of tyres (If applicable)
30. ADMISSION CHARGES
[Cost of entry to the venue per person ie: Adult,
Child, Pensioner etc. - If applicable]
31. DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC INFORMATION
[Any discipline specific issues that are
applicable]
247
enjoy the ride
APP 2 MODEL SUPP REGS
[INSERT EVENT NAME]
[INSERT DAY & DATE]
[INSERT VENUE]
-/4/2#9#,).'
! 5 3 4 2 ! , ) !
[INSERT PROMOTER /
CLUB LOGO HERE]
ENTRY FORM
Entries Close:
Send to:
[Insert closing date of entries]
[Insert contact name]
[Insert address]
[Insert City/Town, Postcode, State]
[Insert number and/or fax]
Office Use Only:
Allocated Rider No:
RIDER DETAILS
Rider’s First Name: _______________________ Rider’s Surname: _______________________________
Address: ______________________________________________________________________________
City/town: _______________________________ State: ____________________ Postcode: ___________
Tel: ______________________________ Mob: ______________________________________________
Date of birth: _______________________ E-mail: _____________________________________________
Next of Kin: ___________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel: ___________________
MA Lic. No.: _____________________________ Expiry Date: _______________ Grade: ____________
1st Preferred number plate: _________2nd Preferred number plate: __________
PASSENGER DETAILS (SIDECAR ONLY)
Passenger’s First Name: ___________________ Passenger’s Surname: ___________________________
Address: ______________________________________________________________________________
City/town: _______________________________ State: ____________________ Postcode: ___________
Tel: ______________________________ Mob: ______________________________________________
Date of birth: _______________________ E-mail: _____________________________________________
Next of Kin: ___________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel: ____________________
MA Lic. No.: _____________________________ Expiry Date: _________________ Grade: ___________
Must be completed by all competitors/entrants
I/we are completely aware of the mechanical and electrical specification of the motorcycle which I/we have entered in
this event and guarantee that this motorcycle conforms with all rules stated in the GCR’s of MA and these Supplementary
Regulations.
Rider’s Name: ____________________ Signature:_______________________ Date: _________________
Entrant’s Name: __________________ Signature: ______________________ Date: _________________
RIDER MACHINE DETAILS
1st Bike - Make/Model & Capacity _______________ 2nd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: _____________
3rd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______________ 4th Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______________
248
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 2
Classes
Machine Details and Capacity
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
MODEL SUPP REGS
Rider Age
Entry Fee
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
Total Entry Fee
ENTRY FEES:
PAYMENT
Cheque,
Credit card
Money order)
Make Payment to: __________________________________ ABN:_________________________________
[Promoter Insert Name and Address]
Card type:
MasterCard
Visa
[Insert ABN]
Bankcard
Credit card:
Expiry Date:
/
Total Amount: $ ____________
Name of card holder: ______________________ Signature: _____________________________________
Office Use Only
Date Received:
Money Received:
[Promoter Insert Info as
required]
[Promoter Insert Info as
required]
249
249
enjoy the ride
APP 2 MODEL SUPP REGS
CHECKLIST FOR CREATING SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
Announcement and Jurisdiction
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
Name of Promoter
Name or title of competition
Persons eligible to compete
Types of vehicles eligible
Date
Permit, class of and number
Track licence number
Authority granting the permit
A statement that competition is held under MA
Rules
Entries
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
Date of opening of entries.
Where entries to be sent.
Date and time of closing entries.
Amount of entry fee.
Conditions as to return of fee.
Minimum and maximum number of entries.
Teams, composition of.
Teams, how and when may be entered.
Substitution of riders.
Transfer of entries.
Awards
□ Special awards and condition attached thereto.
□ Period of holding special awards if not won
outright.
□ Other awards
Who are the Officials
□
□
□
□
Stewards of the meeting.
Clerk of the Course.
Race Secretary.
Other officials.
Event Description [Speed Meeting]
250
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
Place and time of start, paddock, weighing out
Riders and Vehicles
The Course
Method of starting
Direction or danger signs
Flag signals
Length of course
Nature of course
Returning to start
Practicing
Replenishment
Observation.
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
Method of timing
Number of runs
Handicapping
Assessment of performance.
General
Advertisement
Promoters’ Liability
Description [Reliability Trial]
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
□
Place and time of start
Riders and vehicles
The course.
Starting order
Route marking
Nature of course
Length of course
Itinerary
Route cards
Practising
Meal stops
Observation
Balking
Non-stop section
Definition of a stop and a failure
Footing and failure on hills
Involuntary delays
Checks
Position of rider or passenger on vehicle
Speed
Time checks
Method of control
Time allowances
Time arrangements
Other tests
Assessment of performance
Bonus marks
Penalties
Method of allotting awards
General
Outside assistance
Advertisements
Retirement
Promoters’ liability
Alcohol and drug testing
Indicate that that alcohol and drug testing may
take place at the meeting
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 3
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
APPENDIX 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
1.
PURPOSE OF THIS MEMBER
PROTECTION POLICY
This Member Protection Policy aims to ensure the
core values, good reputation and positive behaviours
and attitudes of MA are maintained. It assists us in
ensuring that everyone involved in our sport is treated
with respect and dignity, is safe and protected from
abuse. This policy also ensures that everyone in our
sport is aware of their legal and ethical rights and
responsibilities. The policy also reflects our support
for the principles and values that are the essence of
Australian sport - of fairness, respect, responsibility
and safety.
The policy contains the procedures that support our
commitment to eliminating discrimination, harassment,
child abuse and other forms of inappropriate behaviour
from our sport. As part of this commitment, MA will take
disciplinary action against any person or organisation
bound by this policy if they breach it.
This policy has been endorsed by the Board of the
MA and has been incorporated into our regulations
in accordance with clause 71 of the MA Constitution.
The policy starts on January 1, 2007 and will operate
until replaced. This policy and/or its attachments may
be amended from time to time by a resolution of the
Board in accordance with the Constitution. Copies of
this policy and its attachments can also be obtained
from our office, or website at www.ma.org.au.
2.
WHO THIS MEMBER PROTECTION
POLICY APPLIES TO:
•
Have an agreement (whether or not
in writing) with MA or a members,
•
Riders who enter or participate in any activity or
event (including camps and training sessions)
which are held or sanctioned by MA or a
member,
•
Any person or organisation, who or which is a
member of, or affiliated to, MA, or a member,
•
Any other person or organisation who, or which
agrees in writing or otherwise to be bound by this
policy, and
•
Parents, guardians, spectators and sponsors to
the extent that is possible.
This policy will continue to apply to a person even after
they have stopped their membership, association or
employment with MA if disciplinary action relating to
an allegation of child abuse against that person has
commenced.
3.
CODE OF CONDUCT
MA requires every individual and organisation bound
by this policy to:
1.
Be ethical, fair and honest in all their dealings
with other people and MA,
2.
Treat all persons with respect and courtesy and
have proper regard for their dignity, rights and
obligations,
3.
Always place the safety and welfare of children
above other considerations,
4.
This policy applies to the following organisations and
individuals:
Comply with MA’s Constitution, rules and policies
including this policy,
5.
Operate within the rules and spirit of the sport,
•
MA,
6.
•
Members,
•
Persons appointed or sitting on Boards,
Committees and sub-committees of MA and
members,
Comply with all relevant Australian laws (Federal
and State), particularly anti-discrimination and
child protection laws,
7.
Be responsible & accountable for their conduct, and
8.
Abide by the Code of Conduct outlined in
Attachment A of this policy.
•
Employees, officials and volunteers appointed or
elected by MA or members,
•
Support personnel such as Managers,
physiotherapists, psychologists, masseurs, sport
trainers),
•
Coaches (including assistant coaches) who:
•
Are appointed and/or employed by MA
or members (whether paid or unpaid),
or
4.
ORGANISATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
MA must:
1.
Adopt, implement and comply with this policy,
2.
Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this
policy and the consequences for breaching it,
3.
Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all
251
times,
enjoy the ride
APP 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
4.
Promptly deal with any breaches of, or complaints
made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive,
fair, timely and confidential manner;
6.
Understanding the possible consequences of
breaching this policy.
5.
Apply this policy consistently without fear or favour,
6.
POLICY POSITION STATEMENTS
6.
Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed
under this policy,
Child protection policy
7.
Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or
accessible to the persons to whom this policy
applies,
8.
Appoint or have access to appropriately-trained
people to receive and handle complaints and
allegations and display the names and contact
details in a way that is readily accessible, and
MA acknowledges that its staff and volunteers provide
a valuable contribution to the positive experiences of its
junior participants. MA aims to ensure this continues and
to protect the safety and welfare of its junior participants.
Several measures will be used to achieve this such as:
9.
Monitor and review this policy at least annually.
•
Prohibiting any form of abuse against children,
•
Providing opportunities for our juniors to
contribute to and provide feedback on our
program development,
•
Carefully selecting and screening people whose
role requires them to have direct and unsupervised
contact with children. (See Clause 7),
•
Ensuring our Codes of Conduct, particularly for
roles associated with junior sport, are promoted,
enforced and reviewed,
•
Providing procedures for raising concerns or
complaints (See Clause 10), and
•
Providing education and/or information to those
involved in our sport on child abuse and child
protection.
Members must:
1.
Adopt, implement and comply with this policy,
2.
Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this
policy and the consequences for breaching it,
3.
Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all
times,
4.
Promptly deal with any breaches of or complaints
made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive,
fair, timely and confidential manner,
5.
Apply this policy consistently without fear or
favour,
6.
Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed
under this policy,
7.
Comply with their respective State-specific child
protection requirements (See Page 260), and
8.
Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or
accessible to the persons to whom this policy applies.
5.
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Individuals bound by this policy are responsible for:
252
1.
Making themselves aware of the policy and
complying with the standards of conduct outlined
in this policy,
2.
Consenting to a National Police check if the
individual holds or applies for a role that involves
direct and unsupervised contact with people
under the age of 18 years,
3.
Complying with all other requirements of this
policy,
4.
Co-operating in providing a discrimination,
child abuse and harassment free sporting
environment,
5.
Being aware of State-specific child protection
requirements, and
Every person and organisation bound by this policy
must always place the safety and welfare of children
above all other considerations.
MA requires that any child who is abused or anyone
who reasonably suspects that a child has been or is
being abused by someone within its sport, to report
it immediately to the Police or relevant Government
agency and the Member Protection Information Officer
(“MPIO”). Descriptions of the sorts of activity which
may be abuse are in the definitions at Clause 13.
All allegations of child abuse will be dealt with promptly,
seriously, sensitively and confidentially. A person will
not be victimised for reporting an allegation of child
abuse and the privacy of all persons concerned will be
respected. MA’s procedures for handling allegations of
child abuse are outlined in Clause 9.1.
If anyone bound by this policy reasonably suspects
that a child is being abused by their parent/s, they are
advised to contact the relevant Government department
for Youth, Family and Community Services in their
State or Territory.
Anti-discrimination and harassment policy
MA aims to provide a sport environment where all those
involved in its activities are treated with dignity and
respect, and without harassment or discrimination.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 3
MA recognises that all those involved in its activities
cannot enjoy themselves, perform to their best, or be
effective or fully productive if they are being treated
unfairly, discriminated against or harassed because
of their age, disability , family responsibilities, gender
identity, homosexuality or sexual orientation, irrelevant
medical or criminal record, marital status, political
belief, pregnancy or breastfeeding, race, religion, sex,
social origin and/or Trade Union membership/activity.
MA prohibits all forms of harassment and discrimination
based on personal characteristics listed in the
definitions.
Discrimination and harassment are
extremely distressing, offensive, humiliating and/
or threatening and create an uncomfortable and
unpleasant environment. In most circumstances
discrimination and harassment are against the law.
Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which
could be regarded as harassment or discrimination are
provided in the Definitions at Clause 13.
If any person feels they are being harassed or
discriminated against by another person or organisation
bound by this policy, please refer to Clause 16 of the
MA constitution.
Sexual relationships policy
MA takes the position that sexual relationships between
coaches and adult athletes that they coach should be
avoided. MA takes the view that such relationships,
while not necessarily constituting unlawful harassment,
can have harmful effects on the individual athlete
involved, on other athletes and coaches, and on the
sport’s public image.
Such relationships tend to be intentionally or
unintentionally exploitative because there is usually
a disparity between coaches and athletes in terms of
authority, power, maturity, status and dependence.
MA’s policy position is similar to other organisations
who disallow professionals such as teachers, doctors
and counsellors to have sexual relationships with their
clients or students.
Should a sexual relationship develop between an
athlete and coach, MA will investigate whether any
action against the coach is necessary. Factors that may
be relevant to consider are the age and maturity of the
athlete relative to the coach, the financial or emotional
dependence of the athlete on the coach, and the
likelihood of the relationship having any adverse impact
on the athlete and/or other athletes. If it is determined
that the sexual relationship is inappropriate, action
may be taken to stop the coaching relationship with
the athlete. Action may include transfer, a request for
resignation or dismissal from coaching duties.
If an athlete attempts to initiate an intimate sexual
relationship, the coach must take personal responsibility
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
for discouraging such approaches, explaining the
ethical basis for such action. The coach may wish to
approach MA or a MPIO if they feel harassed.
The law is always the minimum standard for behaviour within
MA and therefore sex with a child is a criminal offence.
Gender identity policy
MA is committed to providing an inclusive sporting
environment where transgender or transsexual people
involved in its activities are able to contribute and
participate. MA expects everyone who is bound by
this policy to treat people who identify as transgender
or transsexual fairly and with dignity and respect. This
includes acting with sensitivity and respect where a person
is undergoing gender transition. We will not tolerate any
unlawful discrimination or harassment against a person
who identifies as transgender or transsexual or who is
thought to be transgender or transsexual.
Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which
could be regarded as transgender or transsexual
discrimination or harassment are provided in the
Definitions at Clause 13.
If any person feels they are being harassed or
discriminated against by another person or organisation
bound by this policy, please refer to our complaints
procedure outlined in Clause 10 of this policy. This will
explain what to do about the behaviour and how MA will
deal with the problem.
MA recognises that the exclusion of transgender or
transsexual people from participation in sporting events
has significant implications for their health, well-being
and involvement in community life. In general MA will
facilitate transgender or transsexual persons participating
in our sport of the sex with which they identify.
MA also recognises there is debate over whether a
male to female transgender person obtains any physical
advantage over other female participants. This debate
is reflected in the divergent discrimination laws across
the country. If issues of performance advantage arise,
MA will seek advice on the application of those laws in
the particular circumstances.
MA is aware that the International Olympic Committee
(IOC) has established criteria for selection and
participation in the Olympic Games. Where a
transgender or transsexual person intends competing
at an elite level, we will encourage them to obtain
advice about the IOC’s criteria which may differ from
the position taken by MA.
MA notes that drug testing procedures and prohibitions
also apply to people who identify as transgender or
transsexual. A person receiving treatment involving a
prohibited substance or method, as described on the
WADA prohibited list, should apply for a therapeutic
253
253
use exemption.
enjoy the ride
APP 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
7.
people who currently occupy paid or voluntary
positions that involves direct and unsupervised
contact with people under the age of 18 years.
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY SCREENING
MA will implement screening procedures for people
who currently occupy or who apply for any work (paid
or voluntary) that involves direct and unsupervised
contact with people under the age of 18 years.
In most Police jurisdictions a ‘part exclusion’ check for
people working with children can be requested. This
check excludes irrelevant records.
Screening under this policy is not a replacement for any
other procedure required by law. If State or Territory
legislation sets an equivalent or higher standard of
screening, the requirement to screen people under the
process outlined below need not be followed.
•
Provide an opportunity for the person to respond/
provide an explanation, and
•
Make an assessment as to whether the person
may pose a risk to or be unsuitable to work with
people under the age of 18 years.
If the police check indicates a relevant offence, the
relevant organisation will:
Under this policy MA and members are required to:
1.
Identify positions (paid and voluntary) that involve
working with people under the age of 18 years; and
2.
Obtain a completed Member Protection
Declaration (MPD) in the form set out in
Attachment B to this policy from all people who
are bound by this policy if they occupy or apply for
a position that involves direct and unsupervised
contact with people under the age of 18 years.
The MPD will be kept in a secure place.
If a MPD is not provided, or it reveals that a person does
not satisfactorily meet with one or more of the clauses
in the MPD (e.g. has a relevant criminal conviction), the
organisation will:
•
Provide an opportunity for the person to respond/
provide an explanation, and
•
Make an assessment as to whether the person
may pose a risk to or be unsuitable to work with
people under the age of 18 years.
If the relevant organisation remains unsatisfied, or the
person does not agree to a National Police check after
explaining why it is a requirement, then the relevant
organisation will:
•
In the case of an existing employee/volunteer,
transfer the person to another role which does not
require them to work directly and unsupervised
with people under the age of 18 years. If this is
not possible, then end the appointment,
•
In the case of a someone applying for the position/
role, not appoint them,
•
Decide whether to offer the person the position
or retain the person in the position, taking into
account the result of the Police check and any
other information the organisation has available.
Where it is not practical to complete the Police
check prior to employment commencing,
the relevant organisation must still complete
the check as soon as possible. The relevant
organisation will advise the person that their
ongoing employment is conditional upon the
satisfactory outcome of the check.
•
If unsatisfied, then the organisation will:
•
254
In the case of an existing employee/volunteer,
transfer the person to another role which does not
require them to work directly and unsupervised
with people under the age of 18 years. If this is
not possible, then end the appointment.
•
In the case of someone applying for the position/
role, not appoint them.
•
Check a person’s referees (verbal or written) and
interview a person about their suitability for the
role and their suitability for working with children
for both paid and voluntary positions.
Protect the privacy of any person who is checked
and the confidentiality of any information obtained
through the checking process. Information
collected during screening (such as a completed
MPD form, Police records and referee reports) will
be returned to the relevant person if that person
is not appointed to/will not remain in the position,
or otherwise be destroyed with the consent of the
person concerned.
•
Ask people applying for and people who currently
occupy a position that involves direct and
unsupervised contact with people under the age of
18 years to sign a consent form for a National Police
check. (Information on Police checks can be found
at www.susport.gov.au/ethics/policechecks.asp)
Where a National Police check is obtained under this
member protection policy, another organisation which is
also required to screen may obtain a copy of the National
Police check provided that the consent of the relevant
person is obtained and the National Police check was
performed in the immediately preceding 2 years.
•
Request a National Police check from the relevant
Police jurisdiction for people applying for and
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
8.
APP 3
MEMBER PROTECTION
INFORMATION OFFICERS (MPIOS)
and the relevant government agency.
3
The MPIO should assess the risks and take
interim action to ensure the child’s/children’s
safety. Some options could include redeployment
of the alleged offender to a non-child related
position, supervision of the alleged offender or
removal/suspension from their duties until the
allegations are finally determined. The support
needs of the person against whom the complaint
is made should also be addressed.
4
Any further investigation by MA into allegations
of a more serious or criminal nature should only
be carried out upon advice from the Police and
relevant Government agency.
5
For allegations of a less serious nature (e.g. verbal
abuse) and independent person with appropriate
expertise shall be appointed to make contact and
meet with each of the people involved to obtain
details of the allegation. Strict confidentiality,
impartiality, fairness and due process must be
maintained at all times.
6
If disciplinary action is to be taken, follow the
procedures outlined in Clause 12 of this policy.
MA and members shall be responsible for appointing
such number of MPIOs as they consider appropriate. It
is the role of a MPIO to:
1.
Provide a point of contact for persons wishing to
make a complaint under this policy,
2.
Inform complainants of the options and
procedures for resolution of complaints under
this policy;
3.
Refer complaints or allegations of breaches of
this policy to the organisation which appointed
him/her; and
4.
Carry out the functions assigned to mpios
throughout this policy.
9.
CHILD ABUSE PROCEDURES
An allegation of child abuse is a very serious matter
and must be handled with a high degree of sensitivity.
The following is a basic outline of the key processes
to follow. More information can be obtained from the
relevant State or Territory Government agency.
1.
2.
Any complaints, concerns or allegations of child
abuse should be made or referred to a MPIO who
should obtain and clarify basic details (if possible)
but should not elicit detailed information about
the abuse. The initial response of the person that
receives the complaint from the child (or person
on behalf of the child) is crucial to the well-being
of the child. It is important for the person receiving
the information to:
•
Listen to, be supportive and do not
dispute what the child says,
•
Reassure the child that what has
occurred is not the fault of the child,
•
Ensure the child is safe,
•
Be honest with the child and explain
that other people may need to be told in
order to stop what is happening, and
•
Ensure that what the child says is quite
clear but do not elicit detailed information
about the abuse. You should avoid
suggestive or leading questions.
Any individual or organisation to which this policy
applies, should immediately report any incident
of a serious or a criminal nature to the police and
other appropriate authority. If the allegation is of a
criminal nature, report the incident immediately to
the police. If the allegation involves a child at risk
of harm you may need to report to both the police
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
10.
COMPLAINTS PROCEDURES
MA aims to provide an easy to use, confidential
and trustworthy procedure for complaints based on
the principles of natural justice. Any person may
report a complaint (complainant) about a person/s or
organisation bound by this policy if they reasonably
believe that a person/s or a sporting organisation has
breached this policy. A complaint should be reported
to a MPIO.
A complaint may be reported as an informal or formal
complaint. The complainant decides whether the
complaint will be dealt with informally or formally unless
the MPIO considers that the complaint falls outside the
parameters of this policy and would be better dealt with
another way.
All complaints will be dealt with promptly, seriously,
sensitively and confidentially.
10.1
Informal complaint resolution procedure
If a complainant makes an approach to MA, a full
member, a club or a person within these organisations,
it is desirable that the complainant also seeks the
advice of a MPIO who will:
1.
Listen to the complainant in an empathetic,
supportive manner;
2.
Inform the complainant about their possible
options;
3.
Act as a support person for the complainant, 255
enjoy the ride
APP 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
including supporting them through any mediation
process if the complainant wishes;
4.
Keep the matter confidential;
5.
Inform the relevant government authority, if
required by law; and
6.
Consult by seeking advice from the relevant state or
territory authority that administers the relevant law.
A complainant may seek to try and resolve the complaint
by mediation in accordance with Clause 10.4.
If, following this information complaint procedure, the
complaint is not resolved informally, the complainant may
make a formal complaint to the CEO of MA. Nothing in
this policy prevents the complainant taking action under
State or Federal legislation. It is not necessary to provide
a written complaint under this clause.
10.2
Vexatious complaints & victimisation
MA aims to ensure our complaints procedure has
integrity and is free of unfair repercussions or
victimisation. If at any point in the complaint process
the MPIO considers that a complainant has knowingly
made an untrue complaint or the complaint is vexatious
or malicious, the matter may be referred to the Board
or a judicial committee appointed by the Board for
appropriate action which may include disciplinary
action against the complainant.
MA will also take all necessary steps to make sure
that people involved in a complaint are not victimised
by anyone for coming forward with a complaint or for
helping to sort it out. Disciplinary measures will be
imposed on anyone who victimises another person for
making a complaint.
10.3
Mediation
MA aims to sort out complaints with the minimum of fuss
wherever possible. In many cases, complaints can be sorted
out by agreement between the people involved with no
need for disciplinary action. The people involved in a formal
complaint - the complainant and the person complained
about (respondent) - may also seek the assistance of a
neutral third person or a mediator. Lawyers are not able to
negotiate on behalf of the complainant and/or respondent.
Mediation may occur either before or after an investigation
of a complaint. If a complainant wishes to try and resolve
the complaint with the assistance of a mediator, the
MPIO will, in consultation with the complainant, arrange
for a mediator to mediate the complaint.
10.4
Tribunals
A hearings tribunal may be formed to hear a formal
complaint that has been referred by MPIO, or an alleged
breach of the policy. MA’s tribunal hearings procedure
is outlined in clause 16 of the MA constitution and in
256 Chapter 6 of these GCRs.
There is no appeal in respect of a decision of a hearing
tribunal. The decision of the hearing tribunal is final and
binding on the people involved in the hearing.
Every organisation bound by this policy will recognise
and enforce any decision made, and form of discipline
imposed, by an appeals tribunal under this policy.
11.
BREACHES OF THIS MEMBER
PROTECTION POLICY
It is a breach of this policy for any person or organisation
to which this policy applies, to have been found to have:
1.
Done anything contrary to this policy,
2.
Breached the code of conduct,
3.
Brought MA into disrepute,
4.
Failed to follow MA policies and procedures for
the protection, safety and welfare of children,
5.
Appointed or continued to appoint a person to a
role that involves working with children and young
people contrary to this policy,
6.
Discriminated against or harassed any person,
7.
Victimised another person for reporting a
complaint,
8.
Engaged in a sexually inappropriate relationship
with a person that the person supervises, or has
influence, authority or power over,
9.
Disclosed to any unauthorised person or
organisation any MA information that is of a
private, confidential or privileged nature,
10. Made a complaint they knew to be untrue,
vexatious, malicious or improper,
11.
Failed to comply with a penalty imposed after
a finding that the individual or organisation has
breached this policy, or
12. Failed to comply with a direction given to the
individual or organisation during the discipline
process.
12.
FORMS OF DISCIPLINE
If an individual or organisation to which this policy
applies breaches this policy, 1 or more forms of discipline
may be imposed. These may include making a verbal
or written apology, paying a fine, being suspended
or de-registered or having a person’s appointment or
employment terminated. More information on the range
of disciplinary measures and the factors that will be
considered before imposing discipline is included in the
MA Constitution and these GCRs.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13.
APP 3
DEFINITIONS
This Clause sets out the meaning of words used in this
policy and its attachments without limiting the ordinary
and natural meaning of the words. State/Territory
specific definitions and more detail on some of the
words in this dictionary can be sourced from the relevant
State/Territory child protection commissions or Equal
Opportunity and Anti-discrimination Commissions.
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
particular characteristics. The characteristics covered
by discrimination law across Australia are:
•
Age,
•
Disability,
•
Family/carer responsibilities,
•
Gender identity/transgender status,
•
Homosexuality and sexual orientation,
Abuse is a form of harassment and includes physical
abuse, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, neglect, and
abuse of power. Examples of abusive behaviour include
bullying, humiliation, verbal abuse and insults.
•
Irrelevant medical record,
•
Irrelevant criminal record,
•
Physical features,
Child abuse relates to children at risk of harm (usually
by adults, sometimes by other children) and often by
those they know and trust. It can take many forms.
Children may be harmed by both verbal and physical
actions and by people failing to provide them with basic
care. Child abuse may include:
•
Political belief/activity,
•
Pregnancy and breastfeeding,
•
Race,
•
Religious belief/activity,
•
Sex or gender,
•
Social origin,
•
Trade Union membership/activity,
•
Physical abuse by hurting a child or a child’s
development (e.g. hitting, shaking or other
physical harm; giving a child alcohol or drugs;
giving bad nutritional advice; or training that
exceeds the child’s development or maturity).
Some States & Territories include additional characteristics.
•
Sexual abuse by adults or other children where a
child is encouraged or forced to watch or engage
in sexual activity or where a child is subject to any
other inappropriate conduct of a sexual nature
(e.g. sexual intercourse, masturbation, oral sex,
pornography including child pornography or
inappropriate touching or conversations).
Discrimination is not permitted in the areas of
employment (including volunteer and unpaid
employment); the provision of goods and services; the
selection or otherwise of any person for competition or a
team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise
of any player or other person to any competition;
obtaining or retaining membership of an organisation
(including the rights and privileges of membership).
•
Emotional abuse by ill-treating a child (e.g.
humiliation, taunting, sarcasm, yelling, negative
criticism, name calling, ignoring or placing
unrealistic expectations on a child).
Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or
encouraging another person to engage in discrimination
may also be discriminatory conduct.
•
Neglect (e.g. failing to give food, water, shelter
or clothing or to protect a child from danger or
foreseeable risk of harm or injury).
Complaint means a complaint made under clause 10
of this policy.
Complainant means the person making a complaint.
Constitution means the Constitution of MA in force from
time to time.
Discrimination means treating or proposing to treat
someone less favourably than someone else because
of a particular characteristic in the same or similar
circumstancesin certain areas of public life (this is
direct discrimination). The law also covers indirect
discrimination. This is imposing or intending to impose
an unreasonable requirement, condition or practice that
is the same for everyone, but which has an unequal
or disproportional effect on individuals or groups with
Member means any member recognised as such under
the MA constitution.
Harassment is any type of behaviour that the other person
does not want and does not return and that is offensive,
abusive, belittling or threatening. The behaviour is
unwelcome and of a type that a reasonable person would
recognise as being unwelcome and likely to cause the
recipient to feel offended, humiliated or intimidated.
Unlawful harassment includes the above but is
either sexual or targets a person because of their
race, sex, pregnancy, marital status, sexuality or
other characteristic (see characteristic list under
discrimination).
It does not matter whether the harassment was
intended, the focus is on the impact of the behaviour.
The basic rule is if someone else finds it harassing then
it could be harassment. Harassment may be a single
incident or repeated. It may be explicit or implicit, 257
enjoy the ride
APP 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
verbal or non-verbal.
Discrimination and harassment are not permitted in
the areas of employment (including volunteer and
unpaid employment); the provision of goods and
services including access to sporting facilities; when
providing education and accommodation; the selection
or otherwise of any person for competition or a team
(domestic or international); the entry or otherwise of
any player or other person to any competition; obtaining
or retaining membership of clubs and organisations
(including the rights and privileges of membership).
Some exceptions to State and Federal antidiscrimination law apply: examples include:
•
Holding a competitive sporting activity for females
only who are 12 years of age or over where
strength, stamina or physique is relevant; or
•
Not selecting a participant if the person’s disability
means he or she is not reasonably capable of
performing the actions reasonably required for
that sporting activity.
Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or
encouraging another person to engage in discrimination
or harassment may also be against the law.
Whether or not the behaviour is harassment is
determined from the point of view of the person
receiving the harassment. The basic rule is if someone
else finds it harassing then it could be harassment.
Harassment may be a single incident or repeated. It
may be explicit or implicit, verbal or non-verbal.
It is also a breach of discrimination law to victimise
a person who is involved in making a complaint of
discrimination or harassment. For example, a player is
ostracised by her male coach for complaining about his
sexist behaviour to another club official or for supporting
another player who has made such a complaint.
Public acts of racial hatred which are reasonably
likely in the circumstances to offend, insult, humiliate
or intimidate are also prohibited. This applies to
spectators, participants or any other person who
engages in such an act in public. Some state and
territories also prohibit public acts that vilify on other
grounds such as homosexuality, gender identify, hiv/
aids, religion and disability - see vilification.
Junior means a person under the age of eighteen (18)
years who is participating in an activity of MA.
Mediator means a person appointed to mediate
complaints made under this policy. It is preferable that
the mediator has relevant skills, qualifications and/or
training in mediation.
Member protection is a term used by the Australian
sport industry to describe the practices and procedures
258 that protect members – both individual members such
as players, coaches and officials, and the member
organisations such as clubs, full members, other
affiliated associations and the national body. Member
protection involves:
•
Protecting those that are involved in sport
activities from harassment, abuse, discrimination
and other forms of inappropriate behaviour
•
Adopting appropriate measures to ensure the
right people are involved in an organisation,
particularly in relation to those involved with
juniors, and
•
Providing education.
Member Protection Information Officer (MPIO) means a
person appointed under Clause 8.1 Of this policy trained
to be the first point of contact for a person reporting a
complaint under, or a breach of, this policy. The MPIO
provides confidential information and moral support to the
person with the concern or who is alleging harassment
or a breach of this policy. They help the complainant
deal with any emotions they may have about what has
happened and operate as a sounding board as the
complainant decides what they want to do. The MPIO
may accompany the complainant in anything they decide
to do, if it feels appropriate and they are happy to do it.
Natural justice incorporates the following principles:
•
A person who is the subject of a complaint must
be fully informed of the allegations against them,
•
A person who is the subject of a complaint
must be given full opportunity to respond to the
allegations and raise any matters in their own
defence,
•
All parties need to be heard and all relevant
submissions considered,
•
Irrelevant matters should not be taken into
account,
•
No person may judge their own case,
•
The decision maker/s must be unbiased, fair & just,
•
The penalties imposed must not outweigh the
‘crime’.
Police check means a national criminal history record
check conducted as a prudent pre-employment or preengagement background check on a person.
Policy and this policy mean this Member Protection
Policy.
Respondent means the person who is being complained
about.
Sexual harassment means unwanted, unwelcome or
uninvited behaviour of a sexual nature which makes a
person feel humiliated, intimidated or offended. Sexual
harassment can take many different forms and may
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 3
MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
ATTACHMENT A - CODE OF CONDUCT
As a member of MA or a person required to comply with MA’s member protection policy you must meet the
following requirements in regard to your conduct during any activity held or sanctioned by MA or a member and
in any role you hold within those organisations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Respect the rights, dignity and worth of others,
Be fair, considerate and honest in all dealing with others,
Be professional in, and accept responsibility for, your actions,
Make a commitment to providing quality service,
Be aware of, and maintain an uncompromising adhesion to, MA’s standards, rules, regulations and policies,
Operate within the rules of the sport including national and international guidelines which govern MA,
Do not use your involvement with MA or a member to promote your own beliefs, behaviours or practices
where these are inconsistent with those of MA,
Demonstrate a high degree of individual responsibility especially when dealing with any person under 18
years of age, as your words and actions are an example,
Avoid unaccompanied and unobserved activities with any person under 18 years of age, wherever possible,
Refrain from any form of harassment of others,
Refrain from any behaviour that may bring MA or a member into disrepute,
Provide a safe environment for the conduct of the activity,
Show concern and caution towards others who may be sick or injured,
Be a positive role model,
Understand the repercussions if you breach, or are aware of any breaches of, this code of behaviour.
include unwanted physical contact, verbal comments,
jokes, propositions, display of pornographic or
offensive material or other behaviour that creates a
sexually hostile environment.
Sexual harassment is not behaviour based on mutual
attraction, friendship and respect. If the interaction
is between consenting adults, it is not sexual
harassment.
Sexual offence means a criminal offence involving
sexual activity or acts of indecency including but not
limited to (due to differences under State/Territory
legislation):
•
Rape,
•
Indecent assault,
•
Sexual assault,
•
Assault with intent to have sexual intercourse,
•
Incest,
•
Sexual penetration of child under the age of 16
•
Indecent act with child under the age of 16
•
Sexual relationship with child under the age of 16
•
Sexual offences against people with impaired
mental functioning,
•
Abduction and detention,
•
Procuring sexual penetration by threats or fraud,
•
Procuring sexual penetration of child under the
age of 16,
•
Bestiality,
•
Soliciting acts of sexual penetration or indecent acts,
•
Promoting or engaging in acts of child
prostitution,
•
Obtaining benefits from child prostitution,
•
Possession of child pornography,
•
Publishing child pornography & indecent articles.
Victimisation means subjecting a person or threatening
to subject a person to any detriment or unfair treatment
because that person has or intends to pursue their rights
to make a complaint under government legislation
(e.g. Anti-discrimination) or under this policy, or for
supporting another person to make a complaint.
Vilification involves a person or organisation doing
public acts to incite hatred towards, serious contempt
for, or severe ridicule of a person or group of persons
having any of the attributes or characteristics within the
meaning of discrimination. Public acts that may amount
to vilification include any form of communication to the
public and any conduct observable by the public.
Young people/person means people in the 13 – 18
year age group.
259
enjoy the ride
APP 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
ATTACHMENT B - MEMBER PROTECTION DECLARATION
MA has a duty of care to its members and to the general public who interact with its employees, volunteers,
members and others involved with its activities. As part of this duty of care and as a requirement of MA’s
member protection policy, MA must enquire into the background of those applying for, undertaking or remaining
in any work (paid or voluntary) that involved direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18
years.
I _________________________________________ (name) of ___________________________________
__________________________________________ (Address) Born ___________________ Sincerely
declare:
1.
2.
I do not have any criminal charge pending before the courts.
I do not have any criminal convictions or findings of guilt for sexual offences, offences related to children
or acts of violence.
3. I have not had any disciplinary proceedings brought against me by an employer, sporting organisation
or similar body involving child abuse, sexual misconduct or harassment, acts of violence, intimidation or
other forms of harassment.
4. I have never been sanctioned for an anti-doping rule violation under any anti-doping policy applicable to
me.
5. I have never participated in, facilitated or encouraged any practice prohibited by the world anti-doping
agency code or any other anti-doping policy applicable to me.
6. To my knowledge there is no other matter that MA may consider to constitute a risk to its members,
employees, volunteers, athletes or reputation by engaging me.
7. I will notify the CEO of the organisation(s) engaging me immediately upon becoming aware that any of the
matters set out in clauses 1 to 6 above has changed for whatever reason.
Declared in the State/Territory of __________ on ________________ (Date) _________________________
signature
Parent/guardian consent (in respect of person under the age of 18 years)
I have read and understood the declaration provided by my child. I confirm and warrant that the contents of the
declaration provided by my child are true and correct in every particular.
Name: ________________________Signature: _______________________________Date: ____________
CHILD PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Each State and Territory has its own requirements
and protocols for complying with Child Protection
Requirements. It is the responsibility of participating
organisations to ensure that they, and all people working
with chikldren comply with those requirements.
In New South Wales
Refer to the NSW Commission for Children and Young
People website: www.kids.nsw.gov.au
Refer to the Department of Families and Communities
website www.familiesandcommunities.sa.gov.au
or the South Australian Office for Recreation and
Sport’s website www.resport.sa.gov.au
In Victoria
Refer to the Department of Justice website:
www.justice.vic.gov.au
or contact 1300 652 879.
or contact 02 9286 7219
In Western Australia
In Queensland
Refer to the Department of Community Development
Working with Children Screening Unit website
Refer to the Queensland Commission for Children
and Young People and Child Guardian’s (commission)
website: www.bluecard.qld.gov.au
or contact 1800 113611
260 In South Australia
www.checkwwc.wa.gov.au
or 1800 883 979
In other States and Teritories, contact the Police or
Department of Justice for the requirements
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 4
PRIVACY REGULATION
APPENDIX 4- PRIVACY REGULATION
We respect your privacy and are committed to
protecting your personal information. This document
sets out our policy on how we will manage your
personal information.
What is personal information?
If you do not wish to receive our newsletters,
publications and other communications, please advise
us in writing (contact details are set out below).
We will require parties that we disclose personal
information to, to keep the information confidential and
not to use the information other than the purpose for
which it is disclosed to them.
Personal information is information or an opinion
(including information or an opinion forming part of a
database) from which it is possible to determine your
identity. Examples of personal information include
your name, postal address, telephone number and
email address.
Health and sensitive information
•
information about your health; or
How do we collect your personal information?
•
other sensitive information about you (for
example, information about your racial or ethnic
origin).
We collect personal information about you in a number
of ways, including:
•
directly from you, for example, when you
provide information to us by phone, email, in an
application form or through our web site; and
•
from third parties, such as from our State
Controlling Bodies and affiliated clubs (together
the “Other Motorcycling Associations”).
We and third parties (including the Other Motorcycling
Associations) to whom we disclose your personal
information in accordance with this Privacy Policy, may
use your personal information in order to:
We may use health information about you to ensure
that motorcycling programs in which you participate are
run safely and in accordance with any special health
needs you may have and for insurance purposes.
In addition, we may use de-identified health information
and other sensitive information to carry out research, to
prepare submissions to government or a government
body or to plan events and activities. De-identified
information is information which has been aggregated
or otherwise de-identified so that it cannot be used to
identify you or any other individual.
When do we disclose your personal information?
verify your identity;
We may disclose your personal information to:
•
develop, run, administer and market competitions,
programs, activities and other events relating to
motorcycling;
•
organisations (including the Other Motorcycling
Associations ) involved in motorcycling programs
and initiatives in Australia;
•
market products, services, merchandise and
special offers made available by us, Other
Motorcycling Associations or our respective
corporate partners, licensees, suppliers and
sponsors;
•
companies that we have engaged to carry out
functions and activities on our behalf;
•
our professional advisers, including
accountants, auditors and lawyers;
•
our insurers;
•
the Australian Institute of Sport; and
•
otherwise as required or authorised by law.
•
•
administer and manage our web site and provide
you with access to our web site;
keep you informed of news and information
(such as advance notice of ticket sales)
relating to motorcycling, including by
distributing newsletters, publications and other
communication via various mediums;
•
research and develop new competitions,
programs, activities and other events relating to
motorcycling; and
•
research and develop new products, services
and merchandise relating to motorcycling.
our
PRIVACY REGULATION
•
APPENDIX 4
How do we use your personal information?
In some circumstances we may collect:
Our web site
When you visit our web site, our systems may record
certain information about your use of our web site
(such as which web pages you visit and the time and
date of your visit). We use this information to help
analyse and improve the performance of our web site.
In addition, we may use “cookies” on our web site.
Cookies are small text files that help a web site
to remember your preferences and improve your
261
261
enjoy the ride
APP 4 PRIVACYREGULATION
experience of using that web site. Using cookies
is standard practice for most large web sites. In
some cases, the cookies that we use may collect
some personal information about you. We will treat
this information in the same way as other personal
information we collect about you. If you prefer, you
may be able to disable cookies on your internet
browser. However, if you do so, you will not be able to
enjoy the enhanced user experience that our cookies
offer.
Websites linked to our website are not subject to
our privacy standards, policies or procedures. These
individual websites would need to be contacted or
reviewed directly to determine their privacy standards,
policies and procedures.
Accuracy of your personal information
We take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the
personal information we collect, use and disclose is
accurate, complete and up-to-date. However, we rely
on the accuracy of personal information as provided to
us both directly and indirectly.
3.
Security measures on our website, www.ma.org.
au
How can you access the personal information we
hold about you?
Subject to some exceptions provided by law, you have
the right to access your personal information. For
security purposes, if you would like to access personal
information that we hold about you, we require you to put
your request in writing. If we do not allow you access to
any part of the personal information we hold about you,
we will tell you why. We will not charge you for lodging
a request to access your personal information, but we
may charge you for our reasonable costs in supplying
you with access to this information.
How to contact us
If you have any questions in relation to this Privacy
Policy, you can write to our Privacy Officer at PO Box
134, South Melbourne Vic 3205 or send an email to
mail@ma.org.au.
Changes to this Privacy Policy
If you find that the personal information we hold about
you is inaccurate, incomplete or out-of-date, please
contact us immediately (our contact details are set out
below) and we will take reasonable steps to ensure
that it is corrected.
From time to time, we may need to change this Privacy
Policy to reflect our changing business practices. We
may change the Privacy Policy at any time by posting
the changed Privacy Policy on our web site.
Protecting Personal Information
MA collects information about you to provide you with
services to facilitate your involvement in motorcycling
and to conduct marketing activities and market
research. If the information is not provided, MA may not
be able to provide certain services.
We store personal information in paper and/or in
electronic form. The security of information is important
to us and reasonable steps to protect it from misuse,
loss, unauthorised access, modification or disclosure
will be taken.
Privacy Collection Statement
Some of the security measures that we use include:
1.
Confidentiality requirements of our employees
and service providers;
2.
Security measures for computer/data base
system access; and
visit us at
262
www.ma.org.au
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APP 5&6
OH&S AND ENVT POLICIES
APPENDIX 5
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY
POLICY
APPENDIX 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
SUSTAINABILITY
POLICY
Statement
Statement
Motorcycling Australia recognises the importance of
providing all stakeholders, employees’ volunteers,
officials, contractors, visitors and participants with a
safe and healthy work environment under their control.
Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of
motorcycle sport in Australia.
Objectives
MA is committed to the environment through
development and promotion of an environmental
program which is committed to incorporating principles
of sustainability in motorcycle sport within Australia.
Our goal is to prevent all occupational injuries and
illnesses. Motorcycling Australia will achieve this by:
Objectives
• Managing a workplace health and safety program for
all Motorcycling Australia’s stakeholders
• Ensuring safety is a prime consideration in all
operations and practices
• Involving stakeholders in occupational health and
safety matters and consulting with them on ways to
recognise, evaluate and control workplace hazards
• Providing instruction, training and supervision to
improve individuals understanding of workplace
hazards, including safe work practices and emergency
procedures. Motorcycling Australia will implement and
maintain an ongoing occupational health and safety
program, including conduct regular inspections aimed
at reducing workplace incidents.
All stakeholders are responsible and accountable for
the safety of their employees, contractors, officials,
volunteers, participants, spectators and company
property under their control. All employees, officials
(voluntary/paid), competitors, associated competition
participants, non competitive participants and others
are responsible for ensuring all regulations, procedures
and safe work practices are followed at all times. All
Stakeholders are expected to fulfil their obligations by:
• Following all safety directions, legislation, regulations
and procedures
• Reporting all injures and safety incidents
• Actively participating in safety initiatives
MA’s goal is to establish a culture of continuous
environmental improvement across motorcycling sport
in Australia. To achieve this we will:
•
Establish and maintain an Environmental
Program
•
Comply with all relevant legislation, regulations,
policies, local laws and site agreements that are
designed to protect the environment.
•
Implement a National Environmental Code
and Management Plan that aims to prevent
pollution, minimise the potential for adverse
environmental impacts and explore improved
environmental options, especially in relation to:
1. Noise emissions
2. Soil and ground water contamination (eg,
pit/motorcycle clean up practices)
3. Emissions to air (eg fuel vapour, dust,
fumes, odour)
4. Protection of flora and fauna
5. Discharges to water catchment areas (eg
spills of fuel, brake fluids, coolant, oils, litter,
degreasing, cleaning agents)
6. Protection of cultural heritage
All employees, officials (voluntary/paid), competitors,
associated competition participants, non competitive
participants and others will comply with MA’s
Environmental Sustainability Policy.
263
Newsletter
Parts &
Accessories
Pressure Washer
Rally- Italian
Connection
Rider Equipment
Rider Training
Tickets– Race
Meetings
Tours
Local and
Overseas
National
‘Andy Strapz
S.E Australia
Imc Productions
National
Carcube
National
Which Bike
National
Motorcycling
Australia
National
Varies
Queensland
Team Moto
East Coast
Stay Upright
Motorcycling
Australia
Australian
Motorcycle Tours
Many (See
Website)
Compass
Expeditions
Vietnam Off Road
Due South Tours
Get Routed
IB Bike Lifts
National
Qld
Olbis, Rocklea
UHF Radios
Qld
WA
Ezy Trailer
Sydney
Attractions
(Various)
Europcar
Bob Jane T-Marts
Bob Jane T-Mart
(Elizabeth St
Only)
Chivos Tyres
TJ’s Tyres
Great Western
Motorcycles
Tyres For Bikes
Tyres for Bikes
Travel Attractions
Truck Rental
Tyres (Car)
Free E-Newsletter every Fortnight
25% off parts in stock, 10% off
ordered parts
$139 Delivered (Save up to $34)
Member Discount
Free Postage
10% Discounts on Advanced
Training
$105 discount on Advanced
Roadcraft Course
see MA website
7% Discount on all Tours
Sth America
Not Currently Available
National
Allwest Motorcycle
National
Transport
24 hr Emergency
Bike Recovery
Tyres
(Motorcycle)
Free Guide Yourself Tours
East Coast
10% off Oz GP Tour, Superbike
On-Road
Tour, other Tours
Qld, NSW, Vic,
Members’ Discount (Varies
SA Off-Road
10% Discount on all Tours
10% Discount on all Tours
5% Discount on all Tours
5% Discount
Vietnam
South Africa
International
National
5% Discount off Kits
National
Stay Upright
Ride Days
Sydney
National
National
15% Discount
Corporate Rates
National Fleet Pricing
10% Discount off Tyres
10% Discount
Sydney
ACT
10% Discount off Selected Tyres,
National Shipping
Vic
Bathurst NSW 10% discount
East Coast
National
10% Discount off Selected Tyres
10% Discount
Discount off Uniden UHF Handheld
Radios
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
Tools &
Workshop
Equipment
Trailers
Dri-Wash
Waterless Bike
Wash
enjoy the ride
National Booking Service
Discounts, Special Days,
Promotional Support
25% discount
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
17
16
TBA
Legal Referral
Service
Tiger Angel
Leathers
National
Hewlett-Packard
Motorcycling
Australia
Duke Videos
47 Industries
Various
Bikefinance.net.au
Hearing Tech
Budget Immobiliser
Expos and Shows
Finance
Hearing Protection
Immobiliser
Victoria
Clake
National
International
Melbourne
Europcar
Drivetravel.Com
Tru Track
Car Rental
Car Suspension
‘Clake’ Clutch/
Brake
Computers
DVDs
Magazine
Subscriptions
Memorabilia
Motorcycles &
Scooters
Motorcycle
Transport
Australian Road
Rider, Trailrider, Dirt
Action
Aust Dirt Bike &
FHM
Two Wheels
The Motorsport
Centre
National
National
National
National
National
National
National
National
Tba
Corporate Rates
5-10% Discount
10% Discount on Suspension Work
Free fitting
Discounted Computer Bundles
$15 off Spirit of Speed DVD
Free Postage
Free Postage
$2 off entry on showing MA card
$50 off application fee
10% Discount
$44 Post Paid
10% on Race Suits
5% on other Purchases
Tba
5% Discount
National
Save Up to $70
National
20% Subscription Discount
National
Up to $44 Off
National
Trade Price
Allwest Motorcycle
National
Transport
Free on-Roads on selected models
Arquin
National
Motorcycle Express International
Get Routed
International
NSW
Bikescape
Garners M/Cycle
Motorcycle Rental Hire
Motorbikes
International
Sydney
Motorcycle Shop
Motorcycle
Clothing
Deus ex Machina
National
International
National
Tiger Angel
National
Shogai Imports
S.E. NSW
Merimbula Sports
National
Hit-Air Australia
National
‘Andy Strapz
Woolerina
Touring Equipment ‘Andy Strapz
National
National
National Booking Service
5% Discount
5% Discount
10% Discount on Selected Deus ex
Machina Merchandise
10% off std rental rates
10% Discount, National Booking
Service
5-10% Discount
Free Postage for orders over $100,
free helmet strap
10% Discount on Airbag Jackets
50% off selected Joe Rocket
leathers
Race licences- 20% off
Riders Division- 10% off
Race licences- 10% off Riders
Division- 5% off
10% off
Free Postage
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA MEMBER BENEFITS
Motorcycling Australia members and licence holder receive a range of membership privileges as part of
their membership of Australia’s premier motorcycling organisation.
All you need to do is use your membership number or show your licence or membership card when
shopping at any of the suppliers listed. There are a number of organisations, such as Europcar and Best
Western which require the input of a unique code which you can obtain from Motorcycling Australia’s
website- www.ma.org.au
The list of participating organisations is subject to change at any time. For the most up-to date list,
please visit our website: www.ma.org.au
If you have a business and would like to participate in the Member Benefits program, for which there is
no charge, please contact Dan on 03 9684 0509
Member Benefit
Accommodation
Advertising
Advice
Batteries
Organisation
Location
Arrangement
50% off advertising rates
National
Business Travel Program (Best
Rate Available)
National
Sofitel, Mercure, Ibis,
Novotel, All Seasons,
Formule 1
useddirtbikes.com.
au
Motorcycling
Australia
Ariel Batteries
GP Tech, Nerang
Trutrack
Airhawk Guy
Corporate Accommodation Rates
National
Best Western
Accor Hotels &
Resorts
National
National
GZA
National
Sydney
Data Dot
Deus Ex Machina
National
‘Andy Strapz
National
Qld
Vic
National
Free ‘Ask The Bear’ Online Service
10% Discount
10% Discount
10% Discount
Seats $10 off
Free Postage on orders over $100,
free helmet strap
50% off
10% Discount on Selected Items
Min. 10% off Carbon Fibre Wheels,
etc
10% on Car Servicing
National
National,
International
Online Bike Tests
National
10% off All Stock
10% off Accessories
$25 off any Theft, Fire & in Transit
Policy
Min 5% Discount
US$20 Discount
Various Discounts
15% Discount Min
National
International
National
Vic
10% Discount
National
Canberra
Brisbane
National
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
Bike Suspension
Bike Accessories
Troy Corser
Agencies
TJs Tyres
Tyres For Bikes
Jardine Lloyd
Thompson
Bike Insurance
QBE Insurance
Motorcycle Express
Books
Various
Brakes
Just Brakes
Motorcycling
Bike Tests
Australia
Car Servicing
Ultra-Tune
Motorhomes
Campervan Rental
Worldwide
5-10% Discount
15
14
Are your rims free of dents? Are your spokes tight
and straight?
Controls and Cables
A snapped throttle or clutch cable can leave you
on the side of the road or stranded in the bush, so
check ‘em. Operate anything connected to a cable
and make sure that the levers feel smooth and there
are no tight spots.
Apply the front brake and push the bike forward.
The brake lever should feel firm and not come back
so far it touches the handlebar, and the front wheel
should not move. Check the rear brake, too.
Sidestand (kickstand) and Centre Stand
Stands are handy little items—they can be what
keep your motorcycle off the ground. Make sure
they’re not cracked or bent. Check the spring or
springs. Are they in place, and do they have enough
tension to keep the stand(s) safely up?
Don’t forget to look at the engine cut-out switch,
if so equipped.
If everything’s in place and operating properly,
you’re done, and right to go. Enjoy your ride.
Lights
Seeing and being seen are two great ways to
avoid crashes on the road or trail, so making sure
your lights work is essential. Do the high and low
beam work? Does the tail and brake light come on?
Check left and right indicators, front and rear. Lastly,
don’t forget your horn.
Oil and Fuel-Road Riding
Running out of fuel sucks, and since many
motorcycles don’t have fuel gauges, it’s a real
possibility. Pop the cap and visually check the
fuel level. Make sure your fuel tap isn’t on reserve
which could leave you with a nasty surprise if you
roll to a stop thinking you’ve still got fuel in reserve.
Keeping track of fuel can be as easy as resetting
the tripmeter every time you fill up.
Running out of fuel can be inconvenient, but
running out of oil can turn your bike into an inert
display of public art. Even new bikes can use
enough oil to cause a seizure, so check it before
every ride.
Chassis
Though adjusting the suspension may not seem
to be critical, different loads can cause any bike to
feel quite different. Did you adjust the suspension
before carrying a friend? Has your bike been sitting
in the shed for the past six months?
Sit on the bike and rock it, making sure that
everything moves smoothly and relatively slowly.
If the front or rear end behaves like a pogo stick,
a trip to your trusty mechanic should be in your
immediate future.
If you have adjustable suspension, remember
to read your owner’s manual and adjust it for the
load you’ll be carrying and the type of riding you’ll
be doing.
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
enjoy the ride
•
•
a freeway, at toll booths, or when roads have
a rough or questionable surface.
Where the group comes to a stop, tighten
the formation to side-by-side to take up less
space. When the light turns green, or when
traffic opens up, the bike on the right goes
first.
When parking, try to get the group off the
road as quick as possible. If you can, plan
ahead to make sure there is ample parking
for your group.
Ride Ready On & Off-Road
The Motorcycle Safety Foundation recommends
you do a short pre-ride check before every ride. To
help you remember the checks, the MSF came up
with the acronym ‘T-CLOCK’, which stands for:
•
Tyres,
•
Controls,
•
Lights,
•
Oil,
•
Chassis and
•
Kickstand (Sidestand)
These are simple, easy-to-access items that
anyone who rides on or off road should be able to
identify and check. Doing the checks should only
take a few minutes, but, depending on what you
find, they could be the most important few minutes
of your life.
Tyres and Wheels
Since tyres are where you and the road or trail
meet, they’re the most important things to check.
A tyre problem can affect handling—sometimes
severely.
Start with the pressure in both tyres. The only
accurate way to check tyre pressure is when they’re
cold, as they heat up quickly on the move, raising
the pressure. Read your owner’s manual or check
the tyre sticker.
While you’re down there, make sure you’ve got
plenty of tread. You should have more than 1.6 mm.
Remove foreign objects that may have lodged in the
treads, and make sure there aren’t any cuts in the
tyre. A scuff is nothing to be worried about, but if it’s
a deep scratch or a crack, you might want to have
it checked.
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
You’ll need to communicate with each other
on the ride, so decide on a system that everyone
knows.
Decide who’ll lead, and who’ll run at the rear
(sweep). It’s wise to have your most experienced
riders up front and running sweep. The less
experienced riders should be close to the front, so
that the leader can adjust the pace if necessary.
Ideally, the sweep rider will have a mobile phone
to call for help if there’s a problem.
If the goal of the ride is to keep the group
together, the leader should set the pace so the least
experienced rider feels comfortable.
While riding, don’t just follow the motorcycle in
front of you. Instead, remember your basic training;
- Look through the turn to where you want to go.
If the group is riding faster than you are
comfortable with, let the sweep rider know you’re
dropping out and ride at your own pace. You might
reach the destination a few seconds behind the
others, but you will get there, and that’s what’s
important. Keep in mind; it’s all about fun.
Each rider is responsible for making sure their
motorcycle is mechanically up to the ride. Before
you meet, make sure you’ve got enough fuel, and
you’ve taken care of all those maintenance issues.
(If you’re not sure what to check, use the MSF’s
T-CLOCK system that is reproduced below). You
don’t want to be the reason for the whole group
stopping when you could have prevented the
problem with a few simple checks.
•
If your ride group starts to grow, think about
creating smaller five- to seven-rider packs.
That way, if something goes wrong, you don’t
have end up with 25 bikes sitting on the side
of the road. Smaller groups work much better
in suburban and city streets, too.
•
Remember the 2-second rule- creating a
space cushion in front and behind. If you
want to keep the group tight, use a staggered
formation; leaving enough room so everyone
can manoeuvre side-to-side they have to.
Avoid riding side-by-side because it shrinks
your space cushion.
•
Trikes and sidecars should stay in the centre
of the lane, and should be given the same
amount of cushion as if they were a car.
•
As turns get sharper, or as visibility
decreases, move back to single file. You’ll
also want to use single file entering or exiting
enjoy the ride
13
12
In most parts of Australia, some kind of shade
is desirable, and you can buy quickly erected
sunshades from around $50. You’ll need weights to
stop your shelter from blowing away.
Add a couple of folding chairs, an esky with
plenty of ice and water and/or sports drinks [Alcohol
is usually banned], and you’re almost set.
Some organisers provide food, but good things
you might want to pack include:
•
Protein bars
•
Fruit, and
•
Sultanas
Finally, don’t forget sunscreen, a hat, windproof
jacket and insect repellent.
Skin Protection
We’re not talking Slip, Slop, Slap here. We’re
talking protecting the wrapping nature provided you
with some specialised bike gear that’s going to cost
you a significant sum.
The two things you need to look for in your riding
gear are protection from sliding along the tarmac,
and protection from hitting the tarmac.
Synthetics have come a long way in recent
years, with Cordura, Kevlar and GoreTex, but the
gold standard still remains leather when it comes to
sliding down the road. Look for double stitching, and
a label to certify it complies with CE standards.
One piece suits are favoured among the racing
community, but a well made two-piece suit can work
well, provided you zip it up the whole way round
your waist.
If you’re going to be using your suit on the road,
higher visibility colours means you’re less likely to
be overlooked.
Many suits offer inbuilt or added hip and knee
protection- You should have closed cell foam on
your knees and hips, plus back protection as a
minimum. Some suits offer protection for the elbows
and shoulders, too.
As with many things, the more you pay, the better
the product. The same goes for gloves, boots and a
helmet, all of which are requirements for any track
day. If you fall off, you will regret having skimped on
the quality of your gear.
Who to Bring With You
Having a friend along can make a big difference
to your day at a track.
You’ll need to check with the organizers as to
how many track day mates you can bring along,
and any restriction on where they can go, and what
they can do.
This guide has been written for a complete novice
who may never have even been to a race-track.
You, as an experienced rider, might think some of
this is extraneous.
On-Road Riding
MA member organisations and affiliates run a
huge range of events which you can take part in.
These events can be as simple as a morning ride
with mates or as complex as a ten day fully-catered
tour. With so many events across the country, the
chances are you’ll find at something to suit within
easy riding distance.
Check out the links to the various tours, rides,
and rallies on the MA website www.ma.org.au
Group Road Riding
There’s nothing quite like the feeling of being on
a bike with a group of mates, following the curves
of one of Australia’s great motorcycling roads. You
catch sight of the riders behind you, and their grin
matches your own.
This is what a group road-ride is all about. It’s your
opportunity to share the open road with like-minded
people. But like most motorcycling experiences,
this one is much more enjoyable if you follow a few
simple rules that keep everyone safe.
Organising the ride can be as informal as standing
around in a parking area and deciding where to ride,
or as complicated as planning for a special meeting
where riders get pre-prepared maps and exchange
mobile phone numbers.
Riding in a group should never mean you
surrender your ability to make judgements about
your own safety. Ride your own ride, and never ride
faster than you feel comfortable.
When planning your route and stops, think about
the experience and the stamina of everyone in the
group. If it’s going to be a long ride, have a few
breaks along the way.
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
it can, remain in your system for much of the next
day, affecting your judgment and reaction times.
On the day, stay away from caffeine- tea, coffee
and colas, because it is dehydrating. If you’re not
running to the toilet frequently, you’re probably not
getting enough fluids.
Sessions are about half an hour long, but make
your first run of the day shorter than that, which will
allow you to check out your bike, and get warmed
up without cramping.
Like you, your bike will need a rest from time to
time. Once your session has ended you should slow
down so that your bike, and brakes, cool down.
A Question of Grip
Getting There
A lot of track riders rider their bikes to the track
and back home without any problems. Getting there
is seldom a problem… as for getting home, you’ll
have expended a lot of energy and maybe the bike
will be in need of a little TLC. That’s why it makes
more sense to put your bike on a trailer or on the
back of a ute.
This will also give you some options if the don’t
make through the day without going down. If you
don’t have a ute or trailer yourself, ask a friendYou’ll enjoy the day a lot more if you have someone
to bounce ideas off- (see Track Day Mates).
If you don’t have a trailer, a ute or a mate, you
can hire a bike trailer, but you’ll need to have/buy
the necessary tie-downs.
Don’t forget that your tyres might not be legal
after a day on the track… you wouldn’t want to incur
a fine for a roadworthiness infringement after having
a great day on the circuit.
And Don’t Forget
Some people arrive and set up a Taj Mahal in
the paddock, while others rely on their bike’s toolkit,
and whatever they can borrow from the guys with
the biggest tent.
If you don’t want to be known as the fool who
borrows tools, as a minimum you should take:
•
Your bike’s toolkit
•
A decent set of combination spanners
•
Whatever you need to remove your wheels
•
Whatever you need to adjust your
suspension [including a tape measure to
measure suspension sag]
Some cable ties and duct tape
Spare oil & coolant
Fuel (if you can’t buy it at the venue)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Extras you might want:
Spare brake & clutch levers
Gear lever
Special Tools for your bike
12v Tyre pump
Race stand (especially if your bike lacks a
centre-stand
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
Tyres are probably the most important safety item
on your bike, so the idea of scrimping on tyres simply
doesn’t make sense. Tyres, while expensive, are
much cheaper than fairings and paint. The savings
of a few dollars on tyres will seem like nothing if you
end up in the kitty litter after a lap or two.
You’re probably wondering how many track days
you’ll get out of a set of track day tyres. The answer
is- there’s no way of telling. Generally speaking:
•
The heavier the bike, the shorter your tyre life
•
The more powerful the engine, the shorter
your tyre life
•
The grippier the tyres, the shorter your tyre
life
•
The longer you stay on track, the shorter your
tyre life.
Some tracks are harder on tyres than others
and other factors for tyre life can include ambient
temperature, the layout of the track and average
speeds.
There are literally dozens of different tyre designs
to choose from. Some work better with different
bikes than others. Speak with the organizers, your
tyre dealer, and other participants about what works
best for them.
It is essential that you check tyre pressures at
the track, even if you checked them at home before
leaving. The right time to check your tyre pressures
is when they’re cold, before the bike has turned a
wheel.
An accurate tyre gauge is a good investment, as
is a 12 volt tyre pump, which will let you adjust tyre
pressures to suit your bike, and conditions on the
track.
11
10
Attending a Ride Day at a Track
As a participant in a MA ride, you must abide
by our rules and guidelines. These rules are there
to ensure the safety of all participants and the
preservation of the environment.
While you have your Owner’s manual out, check if
there are recommendations for suspension settings.
Adjust it to the “high speed” or “rider and pillion”
setting. There are many websites which provide
recommendations on setting up your suspension.
What to Leave on, What to Take off
Preparing your Bike
Preparing your bike for a track day should be
fairly easy if you usually look after your machine.
To be honest, although all machines will need to
pass through scrutineering [an inspection process
to make sure your bike is up to the task] the better
looked after your bike looks, the more likely you are
to get through without problems.
Give your bike a thorough once-over a few days
before the event, not the night before. The last
thing you want on the morning of a track day is
to be hammering on the door of your dealer after
something you could have easily purchased in the
lead up to an event.
Start with removing all the body work or fairing
so you can check that all major bolts are tight. If
there’s a major oil leak, you might not be allowed to
ride on the track, so now’s the time to get everything
shipshape.
While you’re down there, check the oil levels,
or, even better, change the oil. On the subject of
fluids- brake fluid generally needs to be replaced
on a schedule which you’ll find in your Owner’s
Manual. Old brake fluids will affect your braking
performance.
Some organisers require you to replace
traditional coolants [anti-freeze] with plain water.
This is because coolants with gycol leave the
track treacherously slippery.- check the organiser’s
instructions.
Tyres and brakes are critical to your safety, so
make sure that your tyres are properly inflated,
free of cracks splits and tears, and foreign objects
in the tread. Ensure that there’s plenty of meat on
your brake pads- they’ll wear much faster in half an
hour on some circuits than months on the road. Are
your discs straight and true? Warped brakes simply
won’t make the cut.
Check and lubricate the chain. Check for tight
spots. It’s generally better to have the chain on the
loose side of manufacturer’s settings than too tight.
Remember that a new chain will probably stretch
during the day and may need adjustment.
Most organisers generally require you to tape up
all glass. This means that you need to cover all
breakable glass with tape to stop bits being left all
over the track if you’re unlucky enough to crash.
Some riders tape over their mirrors as well, but
we recommend removing them. This not only is one
less thing to put tape on (and get it off!) but it’s also
one less thing to replace if you crash.
Most organisers also ask you to unplug or cover
your taillight so that the rider following you works
out their own braking points. You should also tape
over, or remove your indicators.
Unplug the headlight, or remove the fuse to stop
the heat of the headlight baking the duct tape on
your headlight glass.
Although it’s not compulsory to do so, while
you’ve got the duct tape out, tape over the wheel
weights, which should stop them from flying off, and
creating a distracting wheel wobble.
Many regular track day goers also remove their
numberplate, or at least tape over the bolts to stop
any bits vibrating loose.
About the only thing worth adding to a track
day bike are the nylon type buffers which will help
prevent some damage in low speed crashes.
Preparing Yourself
Regardless of the weather conditions, riding on a
track will dehydrate you.
Between the wind on the bike, the stress of trying
hard and the excitement of high speeds, you’ll lose
a lot of fluids.
Whenever you’re not on the bike, you should
have a bottle of water in your hands, sipping from
it continually. Some riders also recommend using
a sports drink like Powerade or Gatorade. The
general recommendation is about five litres per
person per day.
The night before the track day, get to bed a little
earlier, and, and minimise your alcohol consumption-
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
Transport Signal
MA events will often use an internationally
recognised hazard system called the Corner Man
(CM) system.
The Corner Man System is a user-friendly
system that helps create safer riding. It accounts
for a variety of skills and experience, allowing
everyone to ride at their own pace, with a safety net
if something goes wrong.
There are three main components of the CM
System.
Lead Rider – They wear red vests or helmet
covers.
Riders – known as the corner men.
Sweeps – They wear green vests or helmet covers.
Hand Signals
The Corner Man System
How the Corner Man System Works
Once they receive a
transport signal, riders must
reduce their speed and not
overtake. This signal may
apply where there is a dust or
other hazard.
Directional Signal
Riders need to follow the
direction of the signal, coming
from a Corner Man, and not
ride on any sidetracks, major
or minor, unless indicated.
Slow Down
When they receive the
slow down signal, riders must
reduce speed and watch,
as there may be danger or
hazard ahead. This signal
may also be used where the
trail can be easily damaged,
so riders should keep a
steady throttle.
Bike Problems
If a there’s problem with a bike, the rider should
move it off the trail to a safe area where it won’t
obstruct other traffic. The following rider should stop
to render assistance and aid in the investigation of
the problem. If it can’t be fixed, the Sweep(s) will
follow the procedure for vehicle evacuation.
If you become separated from the rest of group,
stay calm and think carefully. Stop your bike, switch off
the engine and remove your helmet so you can hear
other bikes. It might be some time before you hear
anyone else. If you can’t hear any other bikes, go back
to the last known Corner Man position and wait there,
regardless of the duration, as this will be a location
where searchers will look for you.
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
When the Lead Rider arrives at a hazard, an
environmental issue or a change in trail direction,
he/she will indicate to the following rider (using pre
agreed hand signals) that they are to STOP and
WAIT.
That rider then becomes the Corner Man. Their
job is to indicate to all riders that follow the hazard,
or change in trail direction. They should also count
the number of riders that pass, comparing it with the
number that started.
Only once the Sweep (last rider) arrives, the
Corner Man can proceed. If there’s a difference in
the number of riders that have passed the corner
man and those who started, it’s the Corner Man’s
job to tell the Sweep(s).
The benefit of the CM System is that it allows all
riders to ride the trail at their own pace, determined
by their experience. The more experience riders who
have waited while acting as a Corner Man can make
their way through the riding group. These riders may
find themselves acting in the Corner Man role more
frequently as their skill
level dictates.
No rider is permitted
to pass the Lead Rider,
and no rider should fall
behind the Sweep.
enjoy the ride
9
8
don’t forget to get tearoffs; plastic film over your
goggles will allow you to maintain a clear view.
Off-road pants or leathers must be durable enough
to protect your legs from the engine, the bush, and
the occasional fall. Boots specially designed for offroad riding will protect you and could save your foot
and lower leg from being damaged in a fall.
You’ll also need a long sleeved jersey or jacket
to protect your arms if you fall, and from passing
branches. An off-road chest protector will not only
help deflect the rocks and debris other riders kick
up, but may also help protect your ribs during a fall.
Good gloves will help keep your hands from
getting ripped apart during the almost inevitable
falls you’ll have.
Some events require you to wear a full range
of protective gear, you’ll need to read the entry
requirements carefully.
Getting Wet
One important part of every athletic sport or
recreation is staying properly hydrated.
You’ll being using up a lot of fluid as you sweat,
so make sure you drink plenty of liquid before riding.
On an event, it is critical you bring your own water.
Just keep sipping on the water; if you wait ‘til you
are thirsty, you’ve waited too long. There are many
ways to bring the water you need, but the best are
the drinking systems that strap onto your back that
are available in many places.
The great thing about being on an MA ride is that
there’ll probably be someone else there who’s had
similar problems and can help you with advice.
Following the Route
MA events can use a combination of roads, trails
and tracks on public land, private property and public
roads. Well-run events need a lot of preparation in
laying out, mapping and preparing the course.
This effort is to help you navigate as safely as
possible, but there are always some hazards that
appear during the event or may go unmarked, so
you must beware.
During an event, you may see trail markers,
follow a roll chart or receive instructions from a
corner person.
Once on the road or trail, you must keep an eye
out for trail markers, hazards and other road users.
This can be very difficult for new riders whose focus
might be on the trail in front of them, rather than
their surroundings.
At speed, it’s easy to miss a trail marker or misread
the roll chart, so as you ride, remember to frequently
look ahead for turns, obstacles and other road users.
If you get hurt, stay close to the trail or road side so
someone will see you. If you break down, stay with
your bike. This protocol avoids arranging a search
for people who may have left the trail.
Tips for Off-Road Ride Set-up
With climates ranging from rain-forest to desert,
alpine to tropical, Australia offers a huge range of
environments and terrains to ride in. Add to that wildlife,
large roots, gravel, sand, and rocks, and setting up
your bike can become a critical safety item.
Choosing the right tyre and tyre pressure can do
a lot to improve your bike’s performance.
If you expect a lot of sand, soft terrain tyres with
reduced air pressure might be the ticket. If the
budget doesn’t run to new tyres for every trail type,
choose a good intermediate tyre and adjust the air
pressure to accommodate the conditions.
Some engines can be affected by altitude, fuel,
temperature and exhaust changes. Trouble signs
can include frequently fouled plugs, hard starting,
inconsistent throttle response, and stuttering at high
rpm. Sometimes problems can be helped through
tuning or carburettor jetting changes.
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
If a fellow rider breaks down, check if help is
needed and provide what help you can. Wait with the
other rider or alert support personnel as required.
Pay particular attention at trail junctions to ensure
you don’t crash into another vehicle.
Concentrate on your riding and follow any
directives on trail signage.
If you encounter an unexpected hazard, show
it to other riders to ensure the safety of the whole
group.
Use the correct methods for hazard identification
shown to you by your Ride Organiser.
Carry enough food and fluids to sustain your
needs during the ride.
The routes that off-road MA events cross may
include both gazetted roads to tracks and trails with
minimal maintenance through to unmarked tracks
on private property.
Bikes need to be in good working order, well
muffled with good tyres with heavy duty tubes
preferred. Riders of two-strokes should also carry
spare engine oil just in case. Fuel range requirements
will vary according to each event type. Your vehicle
may be inspected and you must be able to present
proof of your current vehicle registration and rider’s/
driver’s license before starting.
Riding in the Pits and Paddock
or horses doesn’t mean they are not there. Think
about how you’d think if strangers you allowed onto
your property forgot to close the gate, left rubbish
behind, and made a lot of noise late at night. There
have been many documented experiences where
motorcyclists have lost access to such lands for
such indiscretions.
Taking care of both public and private lands is
the key to ensuring we can continue to enjoy the
privilege of riding our motorcycles and ATVs.
You can respond to owners’ generosity by:
•
Not tearing up the roads when entering or
leaving a ride area.
•
Staying off fences and gates.
•
Only riding in designated and permitted riding
areas.
•
Not sneaking out to ride after hours.
•
If you see riders abusing these guidelines, let
us or the police know.
Remember safety first, ride responsibly.
Rider’s Etiquette...Passing other Riders
There are times when you’ll meet another rider
who is travelling slower than you. Here are some
simple pointers to follow, which will make passing
safe for both of you:
•
Don’t crowd the other rider. The rider you’re
following may panic and brake suddenly.
•
Pace yourself – This could be a good time
to catch your breath & plan the next part of
your ride.
•
Be ready when the slower rider gives you room.
•
A quick thankyou wave never goes astray.
•
Let faster riders pass you – don’t take it
personally. .
Remember, you’re both there to have fun, not get
hurt.
Investing in the Right Off-Road Riding Gear
Buying a bike is only a start. To ride your bike,
you need to invest money in the right safety gear.
Riding at an MA event requires you to have and
wear a full complement of safety gear.
Each of us only gets the one head and brain. A
helmet which meets Australian Standards is a good
start.
Goggles designed for off-road riding will keep
dust out of your eyes and if there’s likely to be mud,
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
In many MA run events, entrants are permitted
to ride their bikes in the staging area. Because of
the very real danger of accidents occurring where
there’s a mix of motorcycles and pedestrians, some
rules need to be followed:
•
Only licenced riders may ride in a pit,
paddock or staging area.
•
You must remain in first gear.
•
Ride conservatively, and don’t try stunts.
In the event of a breach of these simple rules,
you will be warned once and then excluded from
the event.
Riding on Private Property
Thanks to our land management agencies, there
are still public lands in Australia that permit off-road
vehicles, but that right is always being challenged,
especially when riders behave inappropriately.
Some private property owners have been
generous enough to permit access to their farms
and properties. Even if you can’t see cows, sheep,
enjoy the ride
7
6
•
Tell someone else where you’ll be riding,
•
Wear protective clothing.
We ask that all members follow our rules as well
as use their common sense when participating at
an MA event. If you can’t, we recommend that you
reconsider membership of MA.
Our long term goals are to create and develop
opportunities for riders, and riding outside these
simple rules can jeopardise this for every rider.
Off-Road Riding...Environmental Care
You will have an affect on the environment you
ride in and it is up to you to ensure you don’t damage
it. If you, and all other riders are to continue to enjoy
the privilege of riding in Australia you need to:
•
Always have your motorcycle fitted with an
appropriate muffler to an approved Australian
standard.
•
Ride to minimise your impact on the
environment. (Your Ride Organiser can help
you do this by demonstrating the correct style
of riding).
•
Don’t litter the
riding environment. Anything you bring into
the riding environment must go home with
you or into an appropriate rubbish bin. (If
you see any rubbish and can carry it, pick it
up: Every bit you can do helps to protect the
environment).
•
Providing that you do not endanger yourself
or others, avoid colliding with native or
domestic animals that live in the riding
environment.
•
Leave the riding
environment in the same or better condition
than when you arrived.
•
Communicate any bushfire or inappropriate
land use to your Ride Organiser or the
appropriate authorities.
•
If you open a gate, close it after you.
•
Stick to established trails and don’t take
shortcuts through the bush, which could
cause erosion problems (and a reason to
restrict motorcycle access).
•
Only use designated crossing points on
creeks and waterways and minimise wheel
spin at these crossings to reduce water
turbidity.
Off-Road Riding Safety
Your MA Ride Organiser is responsible for
coordinating and guiding your ride. The Ride
Organiser not only leads the activity but also takes
responsibility for providing adequate pre-ride
training, hazard identification and general safety of
all participants.
You must wear, as a minimum
•
Safe footwear,
•
Eye protection,
•
Gloves, Protective clothing and an
•
Australian Standards approved helmet.
Your Ride Organiser will inform you if you do nt
meet the minimum standard of personal protective
equipment to participate in the ride.
For your safety, and the safety of everyone on the
ride, is imperative that you:
•
Be present and pay attention for the entire
pre-ride briefing.
•
Take notice of any hazards identified during
the pre-ride briefing, or during the ride.
•
Always follow the instructions of the Ride
Organiser and any other personnel.
Take notice of any particular concerns that the
organisers have about the ride conditions and
make sure that you understand the Ride Organisers
requirements to eliminate these concerns.
Follow the directions of your Ride Organiser and
support personnel when hazards are identified.
Don’t do anything that will endanger yourself,
your fellow riders and or other people.
What NOT to wear
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
Be prepared. Like any scout, you need to think
about what you’re about to do. Is your bike ready
for the event? Maybe now is a good time to get it
looked at by a qualified person.
Have you got the appropriate riding gear- helmet,
protective gear, boots, etc?
Depending on the type of ride you are entering,
you might also need a tool bag with basic tools to
fix a flat tyre and spares like a tube, tyre levers,
spark plugs, a chain link and a pump.
If you are riding alone, ask around at the start for
someone to ride with. Most of us are pretty friendly
and will welcome another rider to the group.
The Riders’ Meeting
The Riders’ Meeting is an essential part of
any event. This is where you’ll find out about the
particulars of the event, including warnings about
the roads, trails, course or track.
You will also get information about fuel availability,
special conditions about private property use, and
many things that will make your ride safer and more
enjoyable.
For this reason, we ask that you always attend
the Riders’ Meeting, stay for the whole time, and
listen carefully.
Selecting an MA event
Off-Road Riding
As a participant in a MA ride, you must abide
by our rules and guidelines. These rules are there
to ensure the safety of all participants and the
preservation of the environment.
MA’s goal is to maintain and increase access
to areas for our off road rides. This can only be
achieved through your co-operation by following
some simple rules.
Please read and make sure you understand
all of these rules and guidelines before you ride.
Following these rules can help ensure your safety,
and the safety of everyone on the ride. Your actions
can also affect ongoing access for all riders.
•
Remember that riding is a privilege, not a
right.
•
Caring for and maintaining the environment is
every rider’s responsibility.
Only ride where it’s legal,
Stick to marked trails,
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
There’s a world of riding out there. Being an MA
Riders’ Division member gives you the opportunity
to start enjoying your bike with other people who
love their bikes.
Some events are run free of charge, but
most Riders’ Division permitted events will offer
discounted rates for members.
You can join the Riders’ Division at many events,
but this will take time, so it makes sense to sign up
well before you plan to ride. The easiest way to do
this is by visiting our website www.ma.org.au and
clicking on the ‘Join Us’ link at the top of the home
page.
If you plan to ride at an event, you’ll need:
•
Entry confirmation (which you’ll get if you
pre-register for the ride)
•
MA membership card
•
Civil licence appropriate to your vehicle, and
•
Appropriate protective gear and helmet.
If you don’t pre-register, plan on joining a long
line well before the sign-up booth even opens!
Due to Privacy Legislation, and the sometimes
remote nature of our events, you must have your
membership card with you even if you have preregistered. No card- No ride.
It will also be a condition of your participation in
MA events that you indemnify MA and the organisers
against claims that may arise from your participation
in the event.
Participants and spectators attending an event
may also have to pay for admission to the event
area. Event entrants usually also pay a registration
or entry fee.
•
•
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
5
4
or kick-backs paid to Motorcycling Australia.
All you need to do is use your membership
number or show your licence or membership
card when shopping at any of the suppliers listed.
There are a number of organisations, such as
Europcar and Best Western which require the
input of a unique code which you can obtain from
Motorcycling Australia’s website- www.ma.org.au
The list of participating organisations is subject
to change at any time. For the most up-to date list,
please check our website: www.ma.org.au
If there is a service or product which isn’t covered
by our range of benefits, please make sure that we
know so that we can investigate how to add it and
improve the value of your membership.
If you have a business and would like to
participate in the Member Benefits program, for
which there is no charge, please contact Dan on 03
9684 0509 or email riders@ma.org.au
Riders’ Division
In 2005, Motorcycling Australia started the
Riders’ Division as a way for non-competitive
motorcyclists to become part of Australia’s peak
motorcycling organisation.
Membership of the Riders’ Division is open to
any adult in Australia. The cost to join at the time of
printing of this manual is $35/year, even less if you
join for more than a year at a time.
Discounting of membership will also occur
from time to time during the year, so keep a look
out if you are planning of giving Riders’ Division
membership as a gift to a friend or loved one.
As a member of Motorcycling Australia Riders’
Division you have access to the same wide range
of discounted products, services and special
events that our competition members enjoy. The
full list of benefits are shown at the end of this
Non-Competitive Manual.
We will try to get a new member’s kit to anyone
who joins within thirty business days, but with
peaks in demand, and variations in the mail across
the country, it may take a little longer.
To access the range of member benefits, and to
ride at an MA sanctioned event, you’ll need your
membership card, which is credit-card sized, so
you can carry it anywhere you go.
You also will receive emails about special offers
and upcoming events that you can participate in.
MA Affiliated Tours
Motorcycling is more about the journey than the
destination.
With such a great range of roads and off-road
trails to choose from, Australia can offer every
rider, from the just-licenced newbie to the forty-year
veteran a touring experience second to none.
Motorcycling Australia Affiliated Tours have the
best back-up, safety systems and support you can
get. All our tour guides are trained, and they carry
communications equipment to ensure your well-being.
Motorcycling Australia Tours is not a travel agent
or tour provider. Instead we work with affiliated tour
providers and travel agents to put together fantastic
travel events that are relevant to motorcyclists.
Many are based around motorcycling sporting
events.
In Australia, you can participate in tours to the
Australian MotoGP and to the Australian round of
the World Superbike Championship. In addition,
more than ten off-road riding organisations offer
trial rides and off-road tours through Motorcycling
Australia Tours.
Whether your idea of a tour is a day-trip around
a capital city or a coast-to-coast run, MA sanctioned
tours will have an event for you. One of the great
things is that once you’re an MA member, you don’t
need to muck around arranging permits or anything
like that to attend an MA Riders’ Division permitted
event. Tour operators operate in every State except
Tasmania (correct at the time of printing) , and your
membership should give you discounted entry to
these events.
Taking Part in Events
One of the best things about MA Riders’ Division
events is that they are not races. They are fun rides
you can do at your own pace. Many will take you
past scenic spots where you can stop and take a
breather, a picture or just admire the view. Others
might test your riding skills to the max. Either way,
they offer a great day on your bike.
Before you head to any event, remember that
you’ll need to have an appropriately registered
motorcycle and you must have the appropriate
licence for the vehicle you are planning to ride.
Knowing the rules is a good way to avoid trouble,
so take a few minutes to check these pages,
and anything else you might get from the event
organisers.
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
You can find more details about your State/
Territory body, including how to contact them at the
front of the Competition Manual and at our website
www.ma.org.au
There are about 13 people working in the National
office in South Melbourne, Victoria, and many more
who work at the State offices. Your State Body
can provide you with information on how to start in
motorsport, including information about racing clubs
you can join.
MA is working for all motorcyclists, tackling antimotorcycle legislation and promoting motorcycles
as a leisure and commuting alternative, including:
•
Maintaining access to off-road riding areas in
accessible locations,
Support for removing motorcyclist-specific
hazards and anti- motorcycling laws.
•
Legal representation on road, track and trail
closures,
•
Advocating the environmental credentials
of motorcycles as a legitimate means of
transport,
•
The continued success of MA depends heavily on
the continued support from its members and the
motorcycling community.
It can take a lot of work to layout an off-road track,
check motorcycles for safety, make sure routes are
safe for bikes, and all the things that need to happen
for an event to happen.
If you want to be involved, contact your local
motorcycle club or SCB. They can be found at
www.ma.org.au
MA Member Benefits
Your membership card, whether it’s an MA race
or official’s licence or a Riders’ Division Card gives
you access to a whole range of benefits, that will
mean you’ll spend much less on the things you
need and want.
Motorcycling Australia has arranged these
benefits for you and you should use your card
whenever you can. Supporting our partners means
you also support us.
We have tried to arrange for a balance of benefits:
discounts, special deals and members’-only events
so that every time you reach for your wallet or purse,
you will be able to show your MA card and get the
benefit of being a Motorcycling Australia member.
This works for you and for every other member
of MA, because together we will be supporting the
organisations that support us. This way we can
continue to expand the number of organisations
that will provide benefits.
We are a membership services organisation. We
exist to empower motorcyclists and to serve you.
When we make arrangements with partners, we
do so to improve the services to our members. We
do not charge our partners to provide discounts,
special deals or offers to you, nor are commissions
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
In this role, Motorcycling Australia represents
riders on the Federal Government’s advisory
committee to the Minister for Transport.
We also help our affiliated organisations
conduct events by providing training, structure
and insurance, and sometimes we promote events
directly. It is through this combined effort that MA
is able to support its members with fun, activism,
information and support.
It’s All About Volunteers
Everything that Motorcycling Australia does
couldn’t happen without the support and hard work
of an army of volunteers.
If you paid for the actual commercial value
of everything that happens at an MA event,
an entry ticket to the Australian round of the
World Superbikes would probably cost several
thousand dollars. Going on a trail ride through
a State Forest might cost many hundreds.
This means the real work only gets done when
members like you participate.
MA has a range of volunteer roles that help
us help members, such as setting up rides,
fund raising, stuffing envelopes, newsletter
contributions, etc.
MA is a not for profit company and it ploughs
any money it makes back into motorcycling.
enjoy the ride
3
2
Motorcycling Australia
Non-Competitive Manual
This Manual is your guide to non-competitive
membership of Motorcycling Australia, Australia’s
peak motorcycling organisation. It is the result of
contributions by dozens of riders and officials, many
of whom have learned the hard way.
This book contains all sorts of information, and
we hope that you’ll find it useful enough to refer to,
but don’t forget that you’ll find the most up-to-date
information at the Motorcycling Australia websitewww.ma.org.au
As well as information about the benefits of
membership, there’s also information about ways
you can make your own riding safer and more
enjoyable.
Flip this book over and you’ll get a whole new
insight into two-wheeled motorsport in Australia.
Racers call this book “the Bible” because it is the
law when in comes to motorcycle sport. You might
be amazed at how detailed some of the rules are.
They are there to ensure the safety and fairness of
the sport.
We are dedicated to making your membership as
good as it can be, so if you’ve got feedback on your
experiences as a member of Motorcycling Australia,
or ideas on how we can serve you better, please
let us know by phone- 03 9684 0509 or by emailriders@ma.org.au
About Motorcycling Australia
MA has been around for more than 80 years,
primarily running two-wheeled motorsport. From
our inception until 1982, we were called the Auto
Cycle Council. MA is the sole Australian affiliate of
the Fédération Internationale d’Motocyclisme (FIM)
and almost every two-wheeled motorsport event
occurs as a consequence of the existence of MA.
Motorcycling Australia has more than 26,000
members. There are affiliated clubs and commercial
operators. Many members of MA are also members
of local motorcycle clubs.
Membership of MA is made up of motorcycle
enthusiasts from all walks of life, from all over
Australia. There are husbands, wives and children,
doctors, lawyers and teachers, technicians, tradies
and labourers. The thing they have in common is a
love of motorcycling, and they do it on road, off road
and on the track.
The racers, the officials who check the bikes, the
people who make the events and race meetings
safe fair and enjoyable are part of Motorcycling
Australia’s involvement.
We are a national federation comprising seven
State and Territory Controlling Bodies. There are
offices in every State and in the Northern Territory,
making MA the only motorcycle organisation in
Australia to have the infrastructure to satisfy
the requirements of being the peak body for
motorcycling in Australia.
Table of Contents
About Motorcycling Australia
It’s all About Volunteers .. ....
MA Member Benefits .... ....
Riders’ Division... .... .... ....
MA Affiliated Tours.... .... ....
Taking part in Events .... ....
Selecting an MA Event ... ....
Off-Road Riding .. .... .... ....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
...2
...3
...3
...4
...4
...4
...5
...5
Getting Wet .. .... .... .... .... ....
The Corner Man System .... ....
Attending a Ride Day at a Track.
On Road Riding .. .... .... .... ....
Ride Ready On and Off- Road ...
Member Benefits Listing. .... ....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
...8
...9
.10
.12
.13
.15
enjoy the ride
2009 NON-COMPETITIVE MANUAL
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
Motorcycling Australia
2009 Non-Competitive Manual
Published annually
by Motorcycling Australia
ABN 83 057 830 083
147 Montague Street
South Melbourne 3205
Victoria Australia
Tel: 03 9684 0500
Fax: 03 9684 0555
email: mail@ma.org.au
website: www.ma.org .au
This publication is available
electronically from www.ma.org.au
Motorcycling Australia is
the Australian affiliate of
the Fèdèration Internationale
de Motocyclisme.
www.fim.ch
ISSN 1833-2609
2009. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the CEO.
enjoy the ri
suzuki.com.au
RACING A SUZUKI
JUST GOT EVEN
MORE REWARDING
The Suzuki Support Rider Program
(SSR) is all set for 2009, offering
generous contingency payments for
privateer riders across the country.
Visit www.suzuki.com.au for a full
list of applicable road and off road
events, conditions and instructions
on how to apply, or go to your
participating Suzuki Dealer for a
sign-up pack.
13mm spine
2009
Manual of Motorcycle Sport
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising